This is a modern-English version of A Visit to the Philippine Islands, originally written by Bowring, John. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Original Front Cover.
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A VISIT
TO
THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

A Trip to the Philippines.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Original Frontispiece.
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Original Title Page.
A VISIT
TO
THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
HOT SPRINGS AT TIVI.

HOT SPRINGS AT TIVI.

TIVI HOT SPRINGS.

LONDON:
SMITH, ELDER & CO., 65, CORNHILL.
1859
[The right of Translation is reserved.]

[v]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

PREFACE.

The Philippine Islands are but imperfectly known. Though my visit was a short one, I enjoyed many advantages, from immediate and constant intercourse with the various authorities and the most friendly reception by the natives of every class.

The Philippine Islands are not very well known. Although my visit was brief, I benefited greatly from direct and ongoing interactions with various officials and received a warm welcome from locals of all backgrounds.

The information I sought was invariably communicated with courtesy and readiness; and by this publication something will, I hope, be contributed to the store of useful knowledge.

The information I needed was always provided with friendliness and eagerness; and through this publication, I hope to add something valuable to the body of useful knowledge.

The mighty “tide of tendency” is giving more and more importance to the Oriental world. Its resources, as they become better known, will be more rapidly developed. They are promising fields, which will encourage and reward adventure; inviting receptacles for the superfluities of European wealth, activity, and intelligence, whose streams will flow back [vi]upon their sources with ever-augmenting contributions. Commerce will complete the work in peace and prosperity, which conquest began in perturbation and peril. Whatever clouds may hang over portions of the globe, there is a brighter dawning, a wider sunrise, over the whole; and the flights of time, and the explorings of space, are alike helping the “infinite progression” of good.

The powerful “tide of tendency” is placing more and more importance on the Eastern world. As its resources become better known, they will be developed faster. These are promising areas that will encourage and reward adventure; they are welcoming places for the excesses of European wealth, activity, and intelligence, which will flow back [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]to their origins with ever-growing contributions. Commerce will finish the work in peace and prosperity that conquest started in chaos and danger. No matter what challenges may arise around the world, there's a brighter future and a wider horizon for everyone; the passage of time and exploration of space are both contributing to the “infinite progression” of good.

J. B. [vii]

J. B. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

[1]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A VISIT
TO THE
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.

CHAPTER I.

MANILA AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

Three hundred and forty years ago, the Portuguese navigator Fernando de Magalhães, more generally known by his Spanish designation Magellanes, proposed to Carlos I. an expedition of discovery in the Eastern seas. The conditions of the contract were signed at Zaragoza, and, with a fleet of six vessels, the largest of which was only 130 tons burden, and the whole number of the crews two hundred and thirty-four men, Magalhães passed the straits which bear his name in November, 1520; in the middle of March of the following year he discovered the Mariana Islands, and a few days afterwards landed on the eastern coast of the island of Mindanao, where he was well received by the native population. He afterwards visited the island of Zebu, where, notwithstanding a menaced resistance from more [2]than two thousand armed men, he succeeded in conciliating the king and his court, who were not only baptized into the Catholic faith, but recognised the supreme sovereignty of the crown of Spain, and took the oaths of subjection and vassalage. The king being engaged in hostilities with his neighbours, Magalhães took part therein, and died in Mactan, on the 26th April, 1521, in consequence of the wounds he received. This disaster was followed by the murder of all the leading persons of the expedition, who, being invited to a feast by their new ally, were treacherously assassinated. Guillen de Porceleto alone escaped of the twenty-six guests who formed the company. Three of the fleet had been lost before they reached the Philippines; one only returned to Spain—the Vitoria—the first that had ever made the voyage round the world, and the Spanish king conferred on her commander, Elcano, a Biscayan, an escutcheon bearing a globe, with the inscription, “Primus circumdedit me.” A second expedition, also composed of six vessels and a trader, left Spain in 1524. The whole fleet miserably perished in storms and contests with the Portuguese in the Moluccas, and the trader alone returned to the Spanish possessions in New Spain.

Three hundred and forty years ago, the Portuguese navigator Fernando de Magalhães, better known by his Spanish name Magellan, proposed a discovery expedition in the Eastern seas to Carlos I. The contract was signed in Zaragoza, and with a fleet of six ships, the largest weighing only 130 tons and a crew of two hundred thirty-four men, Magalhães passed through the straits that bear his name in November 1520. In mid-March of the following year, he discovered the Mariana Islands and a few days later landed on the eastern coast of Mindanao, where he was warmly welcomed by the local people. He later visited the island of Cebu, where, despite facing resistance from over two thousand armed men, he managed to win over the king and his court, who were baptized into the Catholic faith, acknowledged the authority of the Spanish crown, and swore loyalty. The king was involved in conflicts with neighboring tribes, and Magalhães participated, ultimately dying in Mactan on April 26, 1521, from wounds sustained in battle. This tragedy was followed by the murder of all the prominent members of the expedition, who were invited to a feast by their new ally and were treacherously killed. Guillen de Porceleto was the only one to escape among the twenty-six guests. Three of the ships were lost before they reached the Philippines; only one, the Vitoria, returned to Spain, becoming the first ship to sail around the world. The Spanish king awarded her captain, Elcano, a Basque, with a shield featuring a globe and the inscription, “Primus surrounded me.” A second expedition, also made up of six ships along with a trader, left Spain in 1524. The entire fleet tragically perished in storms and battles with the Portuguese in the Moluccas, and only the trader made it back to Spanish territories in New Spain.

About one hundred and twenty of the expedition landed in Tidore, where they built themselves a fortress, and were relieved by a third fleet sent by Hernan Cortes, in 1528, to prosecute the discoveries of which Magalhães had had the initiative. This third adventure was as disastrous as those [3]which had preceded it. It consisted of three ships and one hundred and ten men, bearing large supplies and costly presents. They took possession of the Marianas (Ladrone Islands) in the name of the king of Spain, reached Mindanao and other of the southern islands, failed twice in the attempt to reach New Spain, and finally were all victims of the climate and of the hostility of the Portuguese.

About one hundred and twenty members of the expedition landed in Tidore, where they built a fortress and were later relieved by a third fleet sent by Hernan Cortes in 1528 to continue the discoveries that Magalhães had started. This third voyage was as disastrous as the ones that came before it. It consisted of three ships and one hundred and ten men, carrying large supplies and expensive gifts. They claimed the Marianas (Ladrone Islands) in the name of the king of Spain, reached Mindanao and other southern islands, failed twice to reach New Spain, and ultimately fell victim to the climate and the hostility of the Portuguese.

But the Spanish court determined to persevere, and the Viceroy (Mendoza) of New Spain was ordered to prepare a fourth expedition, which was to avoid the Molucca Islands, where so many misfortunes had attended the Spaniards. The fleet consisted of three ships and two traders, and the commander was Villalobos. He reached the Archipelago, and gave to the islands the name of the Philippines, in honour of the Prince of Asturias, afterwards Philip the Second. Contrary winds (in spite of the royal prohibition) drove them into the Moluccas, where they were ill received by the Portuguese, and ordered to return to Spain. Villalobos died in Amboyna, where he was attended by the famous missionary, St. Francisco Xavier. Death swept away many of the Spaniards, and the few who remained were removed from the Moluccas in Portuguese vessels.

But the Spanish court decided to keep going, and the Viceroy (Mendoza) of New Spain was directed to get ready for a fourth expedition that would steer clear of the Molucca Islands, where the Spaniards had faced so many disasters. The fleet included three ships and two traders, with Villalobos as the commander. He arrived in the Archipelago and named the islands the Philippines, in honor of the Prince of Asturias, who later became Philip II. Unfavorable winds (despite the royal order) pushed them into the Moluccas, where the Portuguese did not receive them well and sent them back to Spain. Villalobos passed away in Amboyna, where he was cared for by the well-known missionary, St. Francisco Xavier. Many Spaniards fell victim to death, and the few who survived were taken away from the Moluccas on Portuguese ships.

A fifth expedition on a larger scale was ordered by Philip the Second to “conquer, pacify, and people” the islands which bore his name. They consisted of five ships and four hundred seamen and soldiers, and sailed from La Natividad (Mexico) in 1564, under the orders of Legaspi, who was nominated [4]Governor of the Philippines, with ample powers. He reached Tandaya in February, 1565, proceeded to Cabalian, where the heir of the native king aided his views. In Bojol, he secured the aid and allegiance of the petty sovereigns of the island, and afterwards fixed himself on the island of Zebu, which for some time was the central seat of Spanish authority.1

A fifth expedition on a larger scale was ordered by Philip the Second to “conquer, pacify, and populate” the islands that were named after him. It included five ships and four hundred seamen and soldiers, departing from La Natividad (Mexico) in 1564, under the command of Legaspi, who was appointed [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Governor of the Philippines, with significant powers. He arrived in Tandaya in February 1565, then moved on to Cabalian, where the heir of the native king supported his plans. In Bojol, he gained the support and loyalty of the local rulers, and later established his base on the island of Zebu, which for a while served as the main hub of Spanish authority.1

Manila was founded in 1581.

Manila was established in 1581.


Illness and the despotism of the doctors, who ordered me to throw off the cares of my colonial government and to undertake a sea voyage of six or seven weeks’ duration, induced me to avail myself of one of the many courtesies and kindnesses for which I am indebted to the naval commander-in-chief, Sir Michael Seymour, and to accept his friendly offer of a steamer to convey me whither I might desire. The relations of China with the Eastern Spanish Archipelago are not unimportant, and were likely to be extended in consequence of the stipulations of Lord Elgin’s Tientsin Treaty. Moreover, the slowly advancing commercial liberalism of the Spaniards has opened three additional ports to foreign trade, of which, till lately, Manila had the monopoly. I decided, therefore, after calling at the capital in order to obtain the facilities with which I doubted not the courtesy of my friend Don Francisco Norzagaray, the Captain-General of the Philippines, would favour me, to visit Zamboanga, Iloilo, and Sual. I [5]had already experienced many attentions from him in connection with the government of Hong Kong. It will be seen that my anticipations were more than responded to by the Governor, and as I enjoyed rare advantages in obtaining the information I sought, I feel encouraged to record the impressions I received, and to give publicity to those facts which I gathered together in the course of my inquiries, assisted by such publications as have been accessible to me.

Illness and the strictness of the doctors, who told me to set aside the worries of my colonial government and take a sea trip lasting six or seven weeks, led me to take advantage of one of the many favors I owe to the naval commander-in-chief, Sir Michael Seymour, and accept his generous offer of a steamer to take me wherever I wanted to go. The relationship between China and the Eastern Spanish Archipelago is significant and was likely to grow due to the agreements made in Lord Elgin’s Tientsin Treaty. Additionally, the slowly progressing commercial openness of the Spaniards has opened three new ports to foreign trade, which until recently, Manila had solely controlled. Therefore, I decided, after stopping by the capital to obtain the resources that I was sure my friend Don Francisco Norzagaray, the Captain-General of the Philippines, would generously provide, to visit Zamboanga, Iloilo, and Sual. I [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] had already received much attention from him regarding the government of Hong Kong. It will be clear that my expectations were more than met by the Governor, and since I had great opportunities in gathering the information I was looking for, I feel encouraged to document the impressions I received and to share the facts I collected during my research, aided by the publications that were available to me.

Sir Michael Seymour placed her Majesty’s ship Magicienne at my disposal. The selection was in all respects admirable. Nothing that foresight could suggest or care provide was wanting to my comfort, and I owe a great deal to Captain Vansittart, whose urbanities and attentions were followed up by all his officers and men. We left Hong Kong on the 29th of November, 1858. The China seas are, perhaps, the most tempestuous in the world, and the voyage to Manila is frequently a very disagreeable one. So it proved to us. The wild cross waves, breaking upon the bows, tossed us about with great violence; and damage to furniture, destruction of glass and earthenware, and much personal inconvenience, were among the varieties which accompanied us.

Sir Michael Seymour made Her Majesty’s ship Magicienne available to me. The choice was excellent in every way. Nothing that foresight could offer or care could provide was missing for my comfort, and I owe a lot to Captain Vansittart, whose courtesy and attentiveness were reflected by all his officers and crew. We departed from Hong Kong on November 29, 1858. The China seas are probably the most turbulent in the world, and the journey to Manila is often quite unpleasant. That’s how it turned out for us. The wild cross waves crashing against the bow tossed us around violently, causing damage to furniture, breaking glass and china, and leading to much personal discomfort along the way.

But on the fifth day we sighted the lighthouse at the entrance of the magnificent harbour of Manila, and some hours’ steaming brought us to an anchorage at about a mile distant from the city. There began the attentions which were associated with the whole of our visit to these beautiful regions. The Magicienne was visited by the various authorities, and arrangements [6]were made for my landing and conveyance to the palace of the Governor-General. Through the capital runs a river (the Pasig), up which we rowed, till we reached, on the left bank, a handsome flight of steps, near the fortifications and close to the column which has been erected to the memory of Magellanes, the discoverer of, or, at all events, the founder of Spanish authority in, these islands. This illustrious name arrested our attention. The memorial is not worthy of that great reputation. It is a somewhat rude column of stone, crowned with a bronze armillary sphere, and decorated midway with golden dolphins and anchors wreathed in laurels: it stands upon a pedestal of marble, bearing the name of the honoured navigator, and is surrounded by an iron railing. It was originally intended to be erected in the island of Zebu, but, after a correspondence of several years with the Court of Madrid, the present site was chosen by royal authority in 1847. There was a very handsome display of cavalry and infantry, and a fine band of music played “God save the Queen.” Several carriages and four were in waiting to escort our party to the government palace, where I was most cordially received by the captain-general and the ladies of his family. A fine suite of apartments had been prepared for my occupation, and servants, under the orders of a major-domo, were ordered to attend to our requirements, while one of the Governor’s aides-de-camp was constantly at hand to aid us.

But on the fifth day, we saw the lighthouse at the entrance of the beautiful harbor of Manila, and after a few hours of steaming, we reached an anchorage about a mile from the city. This is where the attentions we experienced throughout our visit to these lovely regions began. The Magicienne was visited by various authorities, and plans [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]were made for my landing and transportation to the Governor-General's palace. A river (the Pasig) runs through the capital, and we rowed up it until we reached a handsome flight of steps on the left bank, near the fortifications and close to the column dedicated to Magellan, the discoverer of, or at least the founder of Spanish authority in, these islands. This renowned name caught our attention. The memorial doesn't do justice to that great reputation. It's a somewhat rough stone column topped with a bronze armillary sphere and decorated midway with golden dolphins and anchors surrounded by laurel: it stands on a marble pedestal inscribed with the name of the honored navigator and is enclosed by an iron railing. It was initially meant to be placed on the island of Cebu, but after several years of correspondence with the Court of Madrid, the current site was chosen by royal authority in 1847. There was a beautiful display of cavalry and infantry, and a fine band played “God Save the Queen.” Several carriages and a four-horse team were waiting to take our party to the government palace, where I was warmly received by the captain-general and his family members. A lovely suite of rooms had been prepared for me, and servants, under the direction of a major-domo, were assigned to attend to our needs, while one of the Governor’s aides-de-camp was always available to assist us.

Though the name of Manila is given to the capital of the Philippine Islands, it is only the fort and garrison [7]occupied by the authorities to which the designation was originally applied. Manila is on the left bank of the river, while, on the right, the district of Binondo is the site inhabited by almost all the merchants, and in which their business is conducted and their warehouses built. The palace fills one side of a public plaza in the fortress, the cathedral another of the same locality, resembling the squares of London, but with the advantage of having its centre adorned by the glorious vegetation of the tropics, whose leaves present all varieties of colour, from the brightest yellow to the deepest green, and whose flowers are remarkable for their splendour and beauty. There is a statue of Charles the Fourth in the centre of the garden.

Though the name Manila refers to the capital of the Philippine Islands, it originally applied only to the fort and garrison [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] occupied by the authorities. Manila is located on the left bank of the river, while the district of Binondo on the right is home to almost all the merchants, where they conduct their business and build their warehouses. The palace occupies one side of a public plaza in the fortress, and the cathedral takes another side of the same area, similar to the squares in London, but with the added beauty of tropical vegetation, featuring leaves in every shade from bright yellow to deep green, and flowers that are stunning and vibrant. In the center of the garden stands a statue of Charles the Fourth.

The most populous and prosperous province of the Philippines takes its name from the fortification2 of Manila; and the port of Manila is among the best known and most frequented of the harbours of the Eastern world. The capital is renowned for the splendour of its religious processions; for the excellence of its cheroots, which, to the east of the Cape of Good Hope, are generally preferred to the cigars of the Havana; while the less honourable characteristics of the people are known to be a universal love of gambling, which is exhibited among the Indian races by a passion for cock-fighting, an amusement made a productive source of revenue to the State. [8]Artists usually introduce a Philippine Indian with a game-cock under his arm, to which he seems as much attached as a Bedouin Arab to his horse. It is said that many a time an Indian has allowed his wife and children to perish in the flames when his house has taken fire, but never was known to fail in securing his favourite gallo from danger.

The most populated and thriving province of the Philippines gets its name from the fortress of Manila; and the port of Manila is one of the most recognized and busiest harbors in the Eastern world. The capital is famous for the grandeur of its religious parades; for the quality of its cigars, which, east of the Cape of Good Hope, are usually preferred over Havana cigars; while the less admirable traits of the locals include a widespread love of gambling, which is particularly shown among the indigenous people through a passion for cockfighting, a pastime that also serves as a significant source of income for the government. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Artists typically portray a Philippine native with a gamecock under his arm, to which he appears as attached as a Bedouin Arab to his horse. It is said that many times a native has let his wife and children perish in a fire when his house burned down, but he has never failed to save his beloved gallo from danger.

On anchoring off the city, Captain Vansittart despatched one of his lieutenants, accompanied by my private secretary, to the British consulate, in order to announce our arrival, and to offer any facilities for consular communication with the Magicienne. They had some difficulty in discovering the consulate, which has no flag-staff, nor flag, nor other designation. The Consul was gone to his ferme modèle, where he principally passes his time among outcast Indians, in an almost inaccessible place, at some distance from Manila. The Vice-Consul said it was too hot for him to come on board, though during a great part of the day we were receiving the representatives of the highest authorities of Manila. The Consul wrote (I am bound to do him this justice) that it would “put him out” of his routine of habit and economy if he were expected to fête and entertain with formality “his Excellency the Plenipotentiary and Governor of Hong Kong.” I hastened to assure the Consul that my presence should cause him no expense, but that the absence of anything which becomingly represented consular authority on the arrival of one of Her Majesty’s large ships of war could hardly be passed unnoticed by the commander of that vessel. [9]

On anchoring off the city, Captain Vansittart sent one of his lieutenants, along with my private secretary, to the British consulate to announce our arrival and offer any support for communication with the Magicienne. They struggled to locate the consulate, which has no flagpole, flag, or any other identifying mark. The Consul was away at his ferme modèle, where he spends most of his time with marginalized Indians in a nearly inaccessible area, some distance from Manila. The Vice-Consul said it was too hot for him to come on board, even though during much of the day we were meeting with representatives of the highest authorities in Manila. The Consul wrote (I must give him this credit) that it would “throw him off” his routine of habits and economizing if he were expected to formally host “his Excellency the Plenipotentiary and Governor of Hong Kong.” I quickly reassured the Consul that my visit would incur no costs for him, but that the lack of any proper representation of consular authority upon the arrival of one of Her Majesty’s large warships could hardly go unnoticed by the commander of that vessel. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Crowds of visitors honoured our arrival; among them the archbishop and the principal ecclesiastical dignitaries; deputations from the civilians, army and navy, and the various heads of departments, who invited us to visit their establishments, exhibited in their personal attentions the characteristics of ancient Castilian courtesy. A report had spread among the officers that I was a veteran warrior who had served in the Peninsular campaign, and helped to liberate Spain from the yoke of the French invaders. I had to explain that, though witness to many of the events of that exciting time, and in that romantic land, I was a peaceful spectator, and not a busy actor there. The bay of Manila, one of the finest in the world, and the river Pasig which flows into it, were, no doubt, the great recommendations of the position chosen for the capital of the Philippines. During the four months of March, April, May, and June, the heat and dust are very oppressive, and the mosquitos a fearful annoyance. To these months succeed heavy rains, but on the whole the climate is good, and the general mortality not great. The average temperature through the year is 81° 97′ Fahrenheit.

Crowds of visitors welcomed our arrival; among them were the archbishop and the main church leaders, representatives from the civilian sector, the army and navy, and various department heads, who invited us to check out their facilities, showing us the kind of courtesy you’d expect from old-school Castilian manners. A rumor had spread among the officers that I was a seasoned warrior who fought in the Peninsular campaign and helped free Spain from the French invaders. I had to clarify that, although I witnessed many of the events during those thrilling times in that romantic land, I was just a peaceful observer, not an active participant. The bay of Manila, one of the most beautiful in the world, along with the river Pasig that flows into it, were definitely major selling points for the capital of the Philippines. From March to June, the heat and dust can be really oppressive, and the mosquitoes are a major nuisance. After those months, heavy rains follow, but overall, the climate is decent, and the general mortality rate isn’t too high. The average temperature throughout the year is 81° 97′ Fahrenheit.

The quarantine station is at Cavite, a town of considerable importance on the southern side of the harbour. It has a large manufacturing establishment of cigars, and gives its name to the surrounding province, which has about 57,000 inhabitants, among whom are about 7,000 mestizos (mixed race). From its adjacency to the capital, the numerical proportion of persons paying tribute is larger than in any other province. [10]

The quarantine station is located in Cavite, an important town on the southern side of the harbor. It has a large cigar manufacturing facility and shares its name with the surrounding province, which has around 57,000 residents, including about 7,000 mestizos (mixed race). Because it's close to the capital, the number of people paying tribute is higher here than in any other province. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

PLAN OF MANILA.

PLAN OF MANILA.

MANILA MAP.

  • 1 Artillery
  • 2 Hall of Arms
  • 3 Hall of Audience
  • 4 Military Hospital
  • 5 Custom House
  • 6 Univ. of S. Thomas
  • 7 Cabildo
  • 8 Palace & Treasury
  • 9 Archbishop’s Palace
  • 10 Principal Accountancy
  • 11 Intendance
  • 12 Consulado
  • 13 Bakery
  • 14 Artillery Quarters
  • 15 S. Potenciano’s College
  • 16 Fortification Department
  • 17 Barracks (Ligoros)
  • 18 Barracks (Asia)
  • 19 Nunnery of S. Clara
  • 20 S. Domingo
  • 21 Establishment of S. Rosa
  • 22 Cathedral
  • 23 S. John of Lateran
  • 24 Establishment of S. Catherine
  • 25 S. Isabella
  • 26 S. Juan de Dios
  • 27 S. Augustine
  • 28 Orden Tercera
  • 29 S. Francisco
  • 30 Ricolets
  • 31 S. Ignatius
  • 32 Establishment of the Jesuits
  • 33 Santiago Troops
  • 34 Bulwark of the Torricos
  • 35 Gate of S. Domingo
  • 36 Custom-house Bulwark
  • 37 S. Gabriel’s Bulwark
  • 38 Parien Gate
  • 39 Devil’s Bulwark
  • 40 Postern of the Ricolets
  • 41 S. Andrew’s Bulwark
  • 42 Royal Gate
  • 43 S. James’s Bulwark
  • 44 S. Gregory’s Battery
  • 45 S. Peter’s Redoubt
  • 46 S. Luis Gate
  • 47 Plane Bulwark
  • 48 Gate of Sally-port
  • 49 S. Domingo’s Redoubt
  • 50 Gate of Isabella II.

[11]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The city, which is surrounded by ramparts, consists of seventeen streets, spacious and crossing at right angles. As there is little business in this part of the capital (the trade being carried on on the other side of the river), few people are seen in the streets, and the general character of the place is dull and monotonous, and forms a remarkable contrast to the activity and crowding of the commercial quarters. The cathedral, begun in 1654, and completed in 1672, is 240 feet in length and 60 in breadth. It boasts of its fourteen bells, which have little repose; and of the carvings of the fifty-two seats which are set apart for the aristocracy. The archiepiscopal palace, though sufficiently large, did not appear to me to have any architectural beauty. The apartments are furnished with simplicity, and though the archbishop is privileged, like the governor, to appear in some state, it was only on the occasion of religious ceremonies that I observed anything like display. His reception of me was that of a courteous old gentleman. He was dressed with great simplicity, and our conversation was confined to inquiries connected with ecclesiastical administration. He had been a barefooted Augustin friar (Recoleto), and was raised to the archiepiscopal dignity in 1846.

The city, surrounded by walls, has seventeen wide streets that intersect at right angles. Since there's little business happening in this part of the capital (most trade occurs on the other side of the river), the streets are mostly empty, and the overall vibe is dull and monotonous, which sharply contrasts with the bustling energy of the commercial areas. The cathedral, started in 1654 and finished in 1672, measures 240 feet long and 60 feet wide. It is known for its fourteen bells, which constantly ring, and for the carvings on the fifty-two seats reserved for the aristocracy. The archiepiscopal palace, although quite large, didn't strike me as particularly beautiful architecturally. The rooms are simply furnished, and even though the archbishop, like the governor, can appear with some formality, I only noticed any sort of grandeur during religious ceremonies. When I met him, he was a polite old gentleman dressed very simply, and our conversation was limited to questions about church administration. He had been a barefoot Augustinian friar (Recoleto) before he became an archbishop in 1846.

The palacio in which I was so kindly accommodated was originally built by an opulent but unfortunate protégé of one of the captains-general; it was reconstructed in 1690 by Governor Gongora. It fills a considerable space, and on the south-west side has a beautiful view of the bay and the surrounding headlands. [12]There is a handsome Hall of Audience, and many of the departments of the government have their principal offices within its walls. The patio forms a pretty garden, and is crowded with tropical plants. It has two principal stone staircases, one leading to the private apartments, and the other to the public offices. Like all the houses at Manila, it has for windows sliding frames fitted with concha, or plates of semi-transparent oysters, which admit an imperfect light, but are impervious to the sunbeams. I do not recollect to have seen any glass windows in the Philippines. Many of the apartments are large and well furnished, but not, as often in England, over-crowded with superfluities. The courtesy of the Governor provided every day at his table seats for two officers of the Magicienne at dinner, after retiring from which there was a tertulia, or evening reception, where the notabilities of the capital afforded me many opportunities for enjoying that agreeable and lively conversation in which Spanish ladies excel. A few mestizos are among the visitors. Nothing, however, is seen but the Parisian costume; no vestiges of the recollections of my youth—the velo, the saya, and the basquiña; nor the tortoiseshell combs, high towering over the beautiful black cabellera; the fan alone remains, then, as now, the dexterously displayed weapon of womanhood. After a few complimentary salutations, most of the gentlemen gather round the card-tables.

The palace where I was kindly hosted was originally built by a wealthy but unfortunate protégé of one of the captains-general; it was renovated in 1690 by Governor Gongora. It occupies a large area and offers a stunning view of the bay and the surrounding headlands from the southwest side. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] There is an elegant Hall of Audience, and many of the government departments have their main offices inside. The patio serves as a lovely garden filled with tropical plants. It has two main stone staircases: one leads to the private quarters, while the other goes to the public offices. Like all the houses in Manila, it has sliding windows fitted with concha, or semi-transparent oyster shells, which let in soft light but block out the sun. I don’t recall seeing any glass windows in the Philippines. Many of the rooms are spacious and well-furnished, but not overcrowded with unnecessary items like often seen in England. The Governor's hospitality provided daily dinner seats for two officers of the Magicienne, and after dinner, there was a tertulia, or evening reception, where the notable people of the capital gave me plenty of chances to enjoy the delightful and lively conversations that Spanish ladies are known for. A few mestizos attended as well. However, the only thing visible was the Parisian style; there were no remnants of my youth—the velo, the saya, and the basquiña; nor the tortoiseshell combs towering over the beautiful black cabellera; only the fan remains, still the skillfully wielded emblem of femininity. After a few polite greetings, most of the gentlemen gathered around the card tables.

The Calzada, a broad road a little beyond the walls of the fortress, is to Manila what Hyde Park is to London, the Champs Elysées to Paris, and the Meidan [13]to Calcutta. It is the gathering place of the opulent classes, and from five o’clock P.M. to the nightfall is crowded with carriages, equestrians and pedestrians, whose mutual salutations seem principally to occupy their attention: the taking off hats and the responses to greetings and recognitions are sufficiently wearisome. Twice a week a band of music plays on a raised way near the extremity of the patio. Soon after sunset there is a sudden and general stoppage. Every one uncovers his head; it is the time of the oracion announced by the church bells: universal silence prevails for a few minutes, after which the promenades are resumed. There is a good deal of solemnity in the instant and accordant suspension of all locomotion, and it reminded me of the prostration of the Mussulmans when the voice of the Muezzim calls, “To prayer, to prayer.” A fine evening walk which is found on the esplanade of the fortifications, is only frequented on Sundays. It has an extensive view of the harbour and the river, and its freedom from the dust and dirt of the Calzada gives it an additional recommendation; but fashion despotically decides all such matters, and the crowds will assemble where everybody expects to meet with everybody. In visiting the fine scenery of the rivers, roads, and villages in the neighbourhood of Manila, we seldom met with a carriage, or a traveller seeking to enjoy these beauties. And in a harbour so magnificent as that of Manila one would expect to see skiffs and pleasure-boats without number, and yachts and other craft ministering to the enjoyment and adding to the [14]variety of life; but there are none. Nobody seems to like sporting with the elements. There are no yacht regattas on the sea, as there are no horseraces on the shore. I have heard the life of Manila called intolerably monotonous; in my short stay it appeared to me full of interest and animation, but I was perhaps privileged. The city is certainly not lively, and the Spaniard is generally grave, but he is warm-hearted and hospitable, and must not be studied at a distance, nor condemned with precipitancy. He is, no doubt, susceptible and pundonoroso, but is rich in noble qualities. Confined as is the population of Manila within the fortification walls, the neighbouring country is full of attractions. To me the villages, the beautiful tropical vegetation, the banks of the rivers, and the streams adorned with scenery so picturesque and pleasing, were more inviting than the gaiety of the public parade. Every day afforded some variety, and most of the pueblos have their characteristic distinctions. Malate is filled with public offices, and women employed in ornamenting slippers with gold and silver embroidery. Santa Ana is a favourite Villagiatura for the merchants and opulent inhabitants. Near Paco is the cemetery, “where dwell the multitude,” in which are interred the remains of many of the once distinguished who have ceased to be. Guadalupe is illustrious for its miraculous image, and Paco for that of the Saviour. The Lake of Arroceros (as its name implies) is one of the principal gathering places for boats loaded with rice; near it, too, are large manufactories of paper [15]cigars. Sampaloc is the paradise of washermen and washerwomen. La Ermita and other villages are remarkable for their bordadoras, who produce those exquisite piña handkerchiefs for which such large sums are paid. Pasay is renowned for its cultivation of the betel. Almost every house has a garden with its bamboos, plantains and cocoa-nut trees, and some with a greater variety of fruits. Nature has decorated them with spontaneous flowers, which hang from the branches or the fences, or creep up around the simple dwellings of the Indians. Edifices of superior construction are generally the abodes of the mestizos, or of the gobernadorcillos belonging to the different pueblos.

The Calzada is a wide road just outside the fortress walls, similar to how Hyde Park is to London, the Champs Elysées is to Paris, and the Meidan [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] is to Calcutta. It's the meeting spot for the wealthy classes, and from five o'clock P.M. until nightfall, it gets crowded with carriages, riders, and walkers, who seem mostly focused on greeting each other: taking off hats and responding to hellos and acknowledgments can get quite tiring. Twice a week, a band plays music on a raised platform near the end of the patio. Shortly after sunset, everything suddenly comes to a stop. Everyone removes their hats; it's the time for the oracion signaled by the church bells: a universal silence lasts for a few minutes, and then the strolling resumes. There's a certain solemnity in this coordinated pause, reminiscent of the Muslims' prostration when the Muezzim calls, “To prayer, to prayer.” A lovely evening walk can be enjoyed along the esplanade of the fortifications, which is only crowded on Sundays. It offers a broad view of the harbor and the river, and its cleanliness compared to the Calzada makes it even more appealing; however, fashion dictates where people gather, so crowds form where they expect to see others. During our exploration of the beautiful rivers, roads, and villages surrounding Manila, we rarely encountered a carriage or a traveler looking to appreciate these sights. One would expect to see numerous small boats and pleasure crafts in such a stunning harbor like Manila's, enhancing the enjoyment and variety of life; yet, there are none. It seems no one is interested in engaging with the elements. There are no yacht races at sea, just as there are no horse races on land. I've heard people describe life in Manila as unbearably dull; during my brief visit, it seemed full of interest and energy, but perhaps I was fortunate. The city is certainly not vibrant, and the Spanish people are generally serious, but they are warm-hearted and welcoming, and should not be judged from afar or too quickly. They are, without a doubt, sensitive and pundonoroso, but they possess many noble qualities. Although the population of Manila is confined within fortress walls, the nearby countryside is full of attractions. To me, the villages, the stunning tropical vegetation, the riverbanks, and the picturesque streams adorned with charming scenery were more appealing than the liveliness of the public gatherings. Each day offered some variety, with most pueblos having their own unique characteristics. Malate is filled with government offices, and women there are busy decorating slippers with gold and silver embroidery. Santa Ana is a popular Villagiatura for wealthy merchants and residents. Close to Paco is the cemetery, “where the multitude lives,” where many once-distinguished individuals are laid to rest. Guadalupe is famous for its miraculous image, and Paco for that of the Savior. The Lake of Arroceros (as the name suggests) is a main gathering place for boats transporting rice; nearby, there are large factories producing paper [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]cigars. Sampaloc is the haven for washermen and washerwomen. La Ermita and other villages are known for their bordadoras, who create exquisite piña handkerchiefs that fetch high prices. Pasay is famous for its cultivation of betel trees. Nearly every home has a garden filled with bamboos, plantains, and coconut trees, and some feature an even wider variety of fruits. Nature has adorned these spaces with spontaneous flowers that dangle from branches or fences, or creep up around the simple homes of the locals. Better-built structures are generally homes for mestizos or the gobernadorcillos of various pueblos.

Philip the Third gave armorial bearings to the capital, and conferred on it the title of the “Very Noble City of Manila” (La mui noble Ciudad), and attached the dignity of Excellency to the Ayuntamiento (municipality).

Philip the Third granted coats of arms to the capital and gave it the title of the “Very Noble City of Manila” (La mui noble Ciudad), and assigned the dignity of Excellency to the Ayuntamiento (municipality).

During my stay at Manila, every afternoon, at five or six o’clock, the Governor-General called for me in my apartments, and escorted by cavalry lancers we were conveyed in a carriage and four to different parts of the neighbourhood, the rides lasting from one to two hours. We seldom took the same road, and thus visited not only nearly all the villages in the vicinity, but passed through much beautiful country in which the attention was constantly arrested by the groups of graceful bamboos, the tall cocoa-nut trees, the large-leafed plantains, the sugar-cane, the papaya, the green paddy fields (in which many people were [16]fishing—and who knows, when the fields are dry, what becomes of the fish, for they never fail to appear again when irrigation has taken place?), and that wonderful variety and magnificence of tropical vegetation,—leaves and flowers so rich and gorgeous, on which one is never tired to gaze. Much of the river scenery is such as a Claude would revel in, and high indeed would be the artist’s merit who could give perpetuity to such colouring. And then the sunset skies—such as are never seen in temperate zones,—so grand, so glowing, and at times so awful! Almost every pueblo has some dwellings larger and better than the rest, occupied by the native authorities or the mixed races (mostly, however, of Chinese descent), who link the Indian to the European population. The first floor of the house is generally raised from the ground and reached by a ladder. Bamboos form the scaffolding, the floors, and principal wood-work; the nipa palm makes the walls and covers the roof. A few mats, a table, a rude chair or two, some pots and crockery, pictures of saints, a lamp, and some trifling utensils, comprise the domestic belongings, and while the children are crawling about the house or garden, and the women engaged in household cares, the master will most probably be seen with his game-cock under his arm, or meditating on the prowess of the gallo while in attendance on the gallinas.

During my time in Manila, every afternoon around five or six o’clock, the Governor-General came to my apartment and, accompanied by cavalry lancers, we would take a carriage ride to various parts of the neighborhood. The rides lasted from one to two hours. We rarely took the same route, allowing us to visit almost all the nearby villages and travel through beautiful countryside where we were constantly captivated by groups of graceful bamboos, tall coconut trees, large-leafed plantains, sugar cane, papayas, and vibrant green rice fields (where many people were fishing—and who knows what happens to the fish when the fields dry up, since they always reappear when the fields are irrigated?). The incredible variety and lushness of tropical vegetation—with leaves and flowers so rich and stunning—you can’t help but stare. A lot of the river scenery is something Claude would love, and it would take a highly skilled artist to capture such vibrant colors for eternity. And then there are the sunsets—like nothing seen in temperate zones—so grand, so radiant, and sometimes so dramatic! Almost every town has some larger, better houses occupied by local authorities or mixed-race individuals (mostly of Chinese descent) who connect the Indian and European populations. The first floor of these houses is usually elevated off the ground and accessed by a ladder. Bamboo is used for scaffolding, floors, and main woodwork; nipa palm makes the walls and covers the roof. A few mats, a table, a couple of simple chairs, some pots and dishes, pictures of saints, a lamp, and a few small utensils make up the household items. While the children crawl around the house or garden and the women tend to household duties, you’ll likely see the master with his game-cock under his arm, or pondering the strength of the gallo while watching over the gallinas.

VIEW FROM MY WINDOW SAN MIGUEL.

VIEW FROM MY WINDOW SAN MIGUEL.

VIEW FROM MY WINDOW SAN MIGUEL.

The better class of houses in Manila are usually rectangular, having a court in the centre, round which are shops, warehouses, stables and other offices, the [17]families occupying the first floor. Towards the street there is a corridor which communicates with the various apartments, and generally a gallery in the interior looking into the patio (court). The rooms have all sliding windows, whose small panes admit the light of day through semi-transparent oyster-shells: there are also Venetians, to help the ventilation and to exclude the sun. The kitchen is generally separated from the dwelling. A large cistern in the patio holds the water which is conveyed from the roofs in the rainy season, and the platform of the cistern is generally covered with jars of flowering plants or fruits. The first and only floor is built on piles, as the fear of earthquakes prevents the erection of elevated houses. The roofing is ordinarily of red tiles.

The nicer houses in Manila are usually rectangular, with a courtyard in the center surrounded by shops, warehouses, stables, and other offices, where the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] families live on the ground floor. There’s a corridor facing the street that connects to the different rooms, and usually a gallery inside that overlooks the patio (courtyard). The rooms have sliding windows with small panes that let in daylight through semi-transparent oyster shells; there are also Venetian blinds to improve ventilation and block out the sun. The kitchen is typically separate from the living area. A large cistern in the patio collects rainwater from the roofs, and the top of the cistern is usually adorned with jars of flowering plants or fruits. The ground floor is raised on piles, as concerns about earthquakes prevent the construction of taller houses. The roof is usually made of red tiles.

The apartments, as suited to a tropical climate, are large, and many European fashions have been introduced: the walls covered with painted paper, many lamps hung from the ceiling, Chinese screens, porcelain jars with natural or artificial flowers, mirrors, tables, sofas, chairs, such as are seen in European capitals; but the large rooms have not the appearance of being crowded with superfluous furniture. Carpets are rare—fire-places rarer.

The apartments, designed for a tropical climate, are spacious, and various European styles have been incorporated: the walls are covered with wallpaper, numerous lamps hang from the ceiling, there are Chinese screens, porcelain jars filled with real or artificial flowers, mirrors, tables, sofas, and chairs like those found in European capitals; however, the large rooms don't feel cluttered with unnecessary furniture. Carpets are uncommon—fireplaces are even more so.

Among Europeans the habits of European life are slightly modified by the climate; but it appeared to me among the Spaniards there were more of the characteristics of old Spain than would now be found in the Peninsula itself. In my youth I often heard it said—and it was said with truth—that neither Don [18]Quixote nor Gil Blas were pictures of the past alone, but that they were faithful portraits of the Spain which I saw around me. Spain had then assuredly not been Europeanized; but fifty years—fifty years of increased and increasing intercourse with the rest of the world—have blotted out the ancient nationality, and European modes, usages and opinions, have pervaded and permeated all the upper and middling classes of Spanish society—nay, have descended deep and spread far among the people, except those of the remote and rural districts. There is little now to distinguish the aristocratical and high-bred Spaniard from his equals in other lands. In the somewhat lower grades, however, and among the whole body of clergy, the impress of the past is preserved with little change. Strangers of foreign nations, principally English and Americans, have brought with them conveniences and luxuries which have been to some extent adopted by the opulent Spaniards of Manila; and the honourable, hospitable and liberal spirit which is found among the great merchants of the East, has given them “name and fame” among Spanish colonists and native cultivators. Generally speaking, I found a kind and generous urbanity prevailing,—friendly intercourse where that intercourse had been sought,—the lines of demarcation and separation between ranks and classes less marked and impassable than in most Oriental countries. I have seen at the same table Spaniard, mestizo and Indian—priest, civilian and soldier. No doubt a common religion forms a common bond; but to him [19]who has observed the alienations and repulsions of caste in many parts of the Eastern world—caste, the great social curse—the blending and free intercourse of man with man in the Philippines is a contrast well worth admiring. M. Mallat’s enthusiasm is unbounded in speaking of Manila. “Enchanting city!” he exclaims; “in thee are goodness, cordiality, a sweet, open, noble hospitality,—the generosity which makes our neighbour’s house our own;—in thee the difference of fortune and hierarchy disappears. Unknown to thee is etiquette. O Manila! a warm heart can never forget thy inhabitants, whose memory will be eternal for those who have known them.”

Among Europeans, the habits of life are slightly modified by the climate; but it seemed to me that the Spaniards still had more characteristics of old Spain than you'd find in the Peninsula today. In my youth, I often heard it said—and it was true—that neither Don [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Quixote nor Gil Blas were just reflections of the past, but rather faithful portrayals of the Spain I saw around me. Back then, Spain had definitely not been Europeanized; but fifty years—fifty years of growing interactions with the rest of the world—have erased the ancient nationality, and European customs, practices, and opinions have spread widely among the upper and middle classes of Spanish society—indeed, they have reached deeply and extensively among the people, except in the remote rural areas. There’s little now to distinguish the aristocratic and well-bred Spaniard from his peers in other countries. However, in the somewhat lower classes and among the entire clergy, the mark of the past remains with little change. Foreign visitors, mainly from England and America, have brought conveniences and luxuries that have been partially adopted by the wealthy Spaniards of Manila; and the honorable, hospitable, and generous spirit found among the leading merchants of the East has given them “name and fame” among Spanish colonists and native farmers. Generally speaking, I found a kind and generous urbanity prevailing—friendly interactions where they were sought—the boundaries and separations between ranks and classes less defined and less strict than in most Eastern countries. I've seen Spaniards, mestizos, and Indians—priests, civilians, and soldiers—sharing the same table. No doubt a common religion forms a unifying bond; but for someone [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]who has observed the alienations and divisions of caste in many parts of the Eastern world—caste, the great social curse—the blending and casual interactions among people in the Philippines is a contrast worth admiring. M. Mallat’s enthusiasm for Manila is boundless. “Enchanting city!” he exclaims; “in you, there is goodness, warmth, a sweet, open, noble hospitality—the generosity that makes our neighbor’s house our own;—in you, the differences in wealth and hierarchy vanish. You are unfamiliar with strict etiquette. O Manila! a warm heart can never forget your inhabitants, whose memory will live on for those who have known them.”

De Mas’ description of the Manila mode of life is this:—“They rise early, and take chocolate and tea (which is here called cha); breakfast composed of two or three dishes and a dessert at ten; dinner at from two to three; siesta (sleep) till five to six; horses harnessed, and an hour’s ride to the pasco; returning from which, tea, with bread and biscuits and sweets, sometimes homewards, sometimes in visit to a neighbour; the evening passes as it may (cards frequently); homewards for bed at 11 P.M.; the bed a fine mat, with mosquito curtains drawn around; one narrow and one long pillow, called an abrazador (embracer), which serves as a resting-place for the arms or the legs. It is a Chinese and a convenient appliance. No sheets—men sleep in their stockings, shirts, and loose trousers (pajamas); the ladies in garments something similar. They say ‘people must [20]always be ready to escape into the street in case of an earthquake.’” I certainly know of an instance where a European lady was awfully perplexed when summoned to a sudden flight in the darkness, and felt that her toilette required adjustment before she could hurry forth.

De Mas’ description of life in Manila goes like this: “They get up early and have chocolate and tea (which they call cha); breakfast consists of two or three dishes and dessert at ten; dinner is served between two to three; they take a siesta (nap) until five or six; then they harness the horses and go for an hour’s ride to the pasco; coming back, they have tea with bread, biscuits, and sweets, sometimes at home and sometimes visiting a neighbor; the evening passes however it might (cards are often played); they head home for bed around 11 PM; the bed is a fine mat with mosquito nets drawn around it; there’s one narrow and one long pillow, called an abrazador (embracer), which serves as a resting place for the arms or legs. It’s a Chinese invention and quite convenient. There are no sheets—men sleep in their stockings, shirts, and loose pants (pajamas); women wear something similar. They say ‘people must [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]always be ready to escape into the street in case of an earthquake.’” I definitely know of a situation where a European lady was totally confused when she had to make a sudden exit in the dark and thought her outfit needed some fixing before she could rush out.

Many of the pueblos which form the suburbs of Manila are very populous. Passing through Binondo we reach Tondo, which gives its name to the district, and has 31,000 inhabitants. These pueblos have their Indian gobernadorcillos. Their best houses are of European construction, occupied by Spaniards or mestizos, but these form a small proportion of the whole compared with the Indian Cabánas. Tondo is one of the principal sources for the supply of milk, butter, and cheese to the capital; it has a small manufacturing industry of silk and cotton tissues, but most of the women are engaged in the manipulation of cigars in the great establishments of Binondo. Santa Cruz has a population of about 11,000 inhabitants, many of them merchants, and there are a great number of mechanics in the pueblo. Near it is the burying-place of the Chinese, or, as they are called by the Spaniards, the Sangleyes infieles.

Many of the towns that make up the suburbs of Manila are very populous. Passing through Binondo, we reach Tondo, which names the district and has 31,000 residents. These towns have their Indian gobernadorcillos. The best houses are built in a European style, occupied by Spaniards or mestizos, but they make up a small part of the total compared to the Indian Cabánas. Tondo is one of the main sources of milk, butter, and cheese for the capital; it has a small manufacturing industry for silk and cotton fabrics, but most women work in cigar production in the large factories of Binondo. Santa Cruz has a population of about 11,000, with many merchants and a large number of mechanics in the town. Nearby is the burial ground for the Chinese, or as they are referred to by the Spaniards, the Sangleyes infieles.

Santa Cruz is a favourite name in the Philippines. There are in the island of Luzon no less than four pueblos, each with a large population, called Santa Cruz, and several besides in others of the Philippines. It is the name of one of the islands, of several headlands, and of various other localities, and [21]has been carried by the Spaniards into every region where they have established their dominion. So fond are they of the titles they find in their Calendar, that in the Philippines there are no less than sixteen places called St. John and twelve which bear the name of St. Joseph; Jesus, Santa Maria, Santa Ana, Santa Caterina, Santa Barbara, and many other saints, have given their titles to various localities, often superseding the ancient Indian names. Santa Ana is a pretty village, with about 5,500 souls. It is surrounded with cultivated lands, which, being irrigated by fertilizing streams, are productive, and give their wonted charm to the landscape—palms, mangoes, bamboos, sugar plantations, and various fruit and forest trees on every side. The district is principally devoted to agriculture. A few European houses, with their pretty gardens, contrast well with the huts of the Indian. Its climate has the reputation of salubrity.

Santa Cruz is a popular name in the Philippines. On the island of Luzon, there are at least four towns named Santa Cruz, each with a large population, as well as several others in different parts of the Philippines. It’s also the name of one of the islands, several headlands, and various other places, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]has been taken by the Spaniards into every area they have colonized. They are so attached to the names they find in their Calendar that there are at least sixteen locations named St. John and twelve named St. Joseph in the Philippines; Jesus, Santa Maria, Santa Ana, Santa Caterina, Santa Barbara, and many other saints have inspired the names of various places, often replacing the original Indian names. Santa Ana is a lovely village with about 5,500 residents. It's surrounded by cultivated land, which, thanks to nourishing streams, is productive and enhances the landscape with palms, mangoes, bamboos, sugarcane plantations, and various fruit and forest trees all around. The area is mainly dedicated to agriculture. A few European-style houses, with their charming gardens, contrast nicely with the huts of the locals. The climate is known for being healthy.

There is a considerable demand for horses in the capital. The importation of the larger races from Australia has not been successful. They were less suited to the climate than the ponies which are now almost universally employed. The Filipinos never give pure water to their horses, but invariably mix it with miel (honey), the saccharine matter of the caña dulce, and I was informed that no horse would drink water unless it was so sweetened. This, of course, is the result of “education.” The value of horses, as compared with their cost in the remoter islands, is double or treble in the capital. In fact, [22]nothing more distinctly proves the disadvantages of imperfect communication than the extraordinary difference of prices for the same articles in various parts of the Archipelago, even in parts which trade with one another. There have been examples of famine in a maritime district while there has been a superfluity of food in adjacent islands. No doubt the monsoons are a great impediment to regular intercourse, as they cannot be mastered by ordinary shipping; but steam has come to our aid, when commercial necessities demanded new powers and appliances, and no regions are likely to benefit by it more than those of the tropics.

There is a high demand for horses in the capital. The importation of larger breeds from Australia has not been successful. They are less suited to the climate than the ponies that are now almost universally used. Filipinos never give pure water to their horses; they always mix it with miel (honey) or the sugary substance from caña dulce, and I was told that no horse would drink water unless it was sweetened. This, of course, is the result of "training." The value of horses, compared to their cost in the more remote islands, is double or triple in the capital. In fact, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]nothing illustrates the drawbacks of poor communication more clearly than the huge price differences for the same items in different parts of the Archipelago, even in areas that trade with each other. There have been instances of famine in coastal regions while there was an abundance of food in nearby islands. No doubt, the monsoons are a significant barrier to regular trade, as they cannot be navigated by regular shipping; however, steam has come to our aid when commercial needs called for new capabilities and tools, and no regions are likely to benefit from it more than those in the tropics.

The associations and recollections of my youth were revived in the hospitable entertainment of my most excellent host and the courteous and graceful ladies of his family. Nearly fifty years before I had been well acquainted with the Spanish peninsula—in the time of its sufferings for fidelity, and its struggles for freedom, and I found in Manila some of the veterans of the past, to whom the “Guerra de Independencia” was of all topics the dearest; and it was pleasant to compare the tablets of our various memories, as to persons, places and events. Of the actors we had known in those interesting scenes, scarcely any now remain—none, perhaps, of those who occupied the highest position, and played the most prominent parts; but their names still served as links to unite us in sympathizing thoughts and feelings, and having had the advantage of an early acquaintance with Spanish, all that I had forgotten [23]was again remembered, and I found myself nearly as much at home as in former times when wandering among the mountains of Biscay, dancing on the banks of the Guadalquivir, or turning over the dusty tomes at Alcalá de Henares.3

The memories of my youth came flooding back during the warm hospitality of my wonderful host and the polite, graceful ladies of his family. Almost fifty years ago, I was very familiar with the Spanish peninsula, during its struggles for loyalty and its fight for freedom. In Manila, I encountered some veterans from that time, to whom the “Independence War” was by far the most cherished topic. It was delightful to exchange our memories regarding people, places, and events. Very few of the people we knew from those fascinating times are still around—none, perhaps, of those who held the highest status and took on the most significant roles. But their names still connected us in mutual thoughts and feelings, and having had the chance to learn Spanish early on, everything I had forgotten was revived. I found myself feeling almost as comfortable as I did back then when exploring the mountains of Biscay, dancing by the Guadalquivir, or sifting through the dusty books in Alcalá de Henares. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 3

There was a village festival at Sampaloc (the Indian name for tamarinds), to which we were invited. Bright illuminations adorned the houses, triumphal arches the streets; everywhere music and gaiety and bright faces. There were several balls at the houses of the more opulent mestizos or Indians, and we joined the joyous assemblies. The rooms were crowded with Indian youths and maidens. Parisian fashions have not invaded these villages—there were no crinolines—these are confined to the capital; but in their native garments there was no small variety—the many-coloured gowns of home manufacture—the richly embroidered kerchiefs of piña—earrings and necklaces, and other adornings; and then a vivacity strongly contrasted with the characteristic indolence of the Indian races. Tables were covered with refreshments—coffee, tea, wines, fruits, cakes and sweetmeats; and there seemed just as much of flirting and coquetry as ever marked the scenes of higher civilization. To the Europeans great attentions were paid, and their presence was deemed a great honour. Our young midshipmen were among the busiest and liveliest of the throng, and [24]even made their way, without the aid of language, to the good graces of the Zagalas. Sampaloc, inhabited principally by Indians employed as washermen and women, is sometimes called the Pueblo de los Lavanderos. The festivities continued to the matinal hours.

There was a village festival in Sampaloc (the Indian name for tamarinds), and we were invited. Bright lights decorated the houses, triumphal arches lined the streets; everywhere there was music, joy, and smiling faces. Several parties were held at the homes of the wealthier mestizos or Indians, and we joined the lively gatherings. The rooms were packed with Indian boys and girls. Parisian styles haven’t made their way to these villages—there were no crinolines—those are only found in the capital; but in their traditional clothing, there was plenty of variety—the colorful dresses made at home—the beautifully embroidered piña scarves—earrings, necklaces, and other accessories; and there was a lively spirit that stood in stark contrast to the typical laziness of the Indian cultures. Tables were filled with snacks—coffee, tea, wine, fruit, cakes, and sweets; and there was just as much flirting and teasing as in more sophisticated settings. The Europeans were given great attention, and their presence was considered a significant honor. Our young midshipmen were among the most active and cheerful in the crowd, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]even managed to win the favor of the Zagalas without needing any words. Sampaloc, mainly populated by Indians working as laundry workers, is sometimes referred to as the Pueblo de los Lavanderos. The celebrations went on into the early morning hours.

LAVANDEROS OR WASHERWOMEN

LAVANDEROS OR WASHERWOMEN

Laundry Workers

In 1855 the Captain-General (Crespo) caused sundry statistical returns to be published, which throw much light upon the social condition of the Philippine Islands, and afford such valuable materials for comparison with the official data of other countries, that I shall extract from them various results which appear worthy of attention.

In 1855, the Captain-General (Crespo) had several statistical reports published that provide significant insight into the social conditions of the Philippine Islands and offer valuable material for comparison with the official data from other countries. I will extract various results from them that seem worth noting.

The city of Manila contains 11 churches, with 3 convents, 363 private houses; and the other edifices, amounting in all to 88, consist of public buildings and premises appropriated to various objects. Of the private houses, 57 are occupied by their owners, and 189 are let to private tenants, while 117 are rented for corporate or public purposes. The population of the city in 1855 was 8,618 souls, as follows:—

The city of Manila has 11 churches, 3 convents, and 363 private houses. The other buildings, totaling 88, include public structures and places used for different purposes. Out of the private houses, 57 are lived in by their owners, 189 are rented out to private tenants, and 117 are leased for corporate or public use. The city's population in 1855 was 8,618 people, broken down as follows:—

—— Males. Females. Total.
European Spaniards 503 87 590
Native ditto 575 798 1,373
Indians and Mestizos 3,830 2,493 6,323
Chinese 525 74 532
Total 5,433 3,385 8,818

Far different are the proportions in another part [25]of the capital, the Binondo district, on the other side of the river:—

Far different are the proportions in another part [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] of the capital, the Binondo district, on the other side of the river:—

—— Males. Females. Total.
European Spaniards 67 52 219
Native ditto 569 608 1,177
Foreigners 85 11 96
Indians and Mestizos 10,317 10,685 21,002
Chinese 5,055 85 5,063
Total 16,193 11,364 27,557

Of these, one male and two females (Indian) were more than 100 years old.

Of these, one male and two female (Indian) were over 100 years old.

The proportion of births and deaths in Manila is thus given:—

The ratio of births to deaths in Manila is as follows:—

—— Spaniards. Natives. Total.
Births 4·38 per ct. 4·96 per ct. 4·83 per ct.
Deaths 1·68
per
,,
ct.
,,
2·72
per
,,
ct.
,,
2·48
per
,,
ct.
,,
Excess of Births over Deaths 2.70 per ct. 2.24% 2.35 per ct.

In Binondo the returns are much less favourable:—

In Binondo, the returns are not very favorable:—

Births 5·12
Deaths 4·77
0.35

The statistical commissioners state these discrepancies to be inexplicable; but attribute it in part to the stationary character of the population of the city, and the many fluctuations which take place in the commercial movements of Binondo. [26]

The statistical commissioners say these discrepancies are hard to explain, but partly blame them on the steady nature of the city's population and the numerous changes in the commercial activity of Binondo. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Binondo is really the most important and most opulent pueblo of the Philippines, and is the real commercial capital: two-thirds of the houses are substantially built of stone, brick and tiles, and about one-third are Indian wooden houses covered with the nipa palm. The place is full of business and activity. An average was lately taken of the carriages daily passing the principal thoroughfares. Over the Puente Grande (great bridge) their number was 1,256; through the largest square, Plaza de S. Gabriel, 979; and through the main street, 915. On the Calzada, which is the great promenade of the capital, 499 carriages were counted—these represent the aristocracy of Manila. There are eight public bridges, and a suspension bridge has lately been constructed as a private speculation, on which a fee is levied for all passengers.

Binondo is truly the most important and wealthiest town in the Philippines, and it's the actual commercial hub. Two-thirds of the buildings are made of stone, brick, and tiles, while about one-third are traditional wooden houses covered with nipa palm. The area is bustling with business and activity. Recently, an average was calculated of the carriages that pass through the main roads. Over the Puente Grande (great bridge), their number was 1,256; through the largest square, Plaza de S. Gabriel, there were 979; and along the main street, 915. On the Calzada, which is the main promenade of the capital, 499 carriages were counted—these represent the upper class of Manila. There are eight public bridges, and a suspension bridge has recently been built as a private venture, where a fee is charged for all passengers.

Binondo has some tolerably good wharfage on the bank of the Pasig, and is well supplied with warehouses for foreign commerce. That for the reception of tobacco is very extensive, and the size of the edifice where the state cigars are manufactured may be judged of from the fact that nine thousand females are therein habitually employed.

Binondo has a decent waterfront along the Pasig River and is well-equipped with warehouses for international trade. The warehouse for receiving tobacco is quite large, and you can gauge the size of the building where state cigars are made by the fact that nine thousand women work there regularly.

The Puente Grande (which unites Manila with Binondo) was originally built of wood upon foundations of masonry, with seven arches of different sizes, at various distances. Two of the arches were destroyed by the earthquake of 1824, since which period it has been repaired and restored. It is 457 feet in length and 24 feet in width. The [27]views on all sides from the bridge are fine, whether of the wharves, warehouses, and busy population on the right bank of the river, or the fortifications, churches, convents, and public walks on the left.

The Puente Grande (which connects Manila to Binondo) was originally built from wood on masonry foundations, featuring seven arches of various sizes spaced apart. Two of the arches were destroyed by the earthquake of 1824, and since then, it has been repaired and restored. It is 457 feet long and 24 feet wide. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]views from the bridge are great all around, whether it's the wharves, warehouses, and bustling crowd on the right side of the river or the fortifications, churches, convents, and public walkways on the left.

The population of Manila and its suburbs is about 150,000.

The population of Manila and its surrounding areas is around 150,000.

The tobacco manufactories of Manila, being the most remarkable of the “public shows,” have been frequently described. The chattering and bustling of the thousands of women, which the constantly exerted authority of the female superintendents wholly failed to control, would have been distracting enough from the manipulation of the tobacco leaf, even had their tongues been tied, but their tongues were not tied, and they filled the place with noise. This was strangely contrasted with the absolute silence which prevailed in the rooms solely occupied by men. Most of the girls, whose numbers fluctuate from eight to ten thousand, are unmarried, and many seemed to be only ten or eleven years old. Some of them inhabit pueblos at a considerable distance from Manila, and form quite a procession either in proceeding to or returning from their employment. As we passed through the different apartments specimens were given us of the results of their labours, and on leaving the establishment beautiful bouquets of flowers were placed in our hands. We were accompanied throughout by the superior officers of the administration, explaining to us all the details with the most perfect Castilian [28]courtesy. Of the working people I do not believe one in a hundred understood Spanish.

The tobacco factories in Manila, being the most notable of the “public shows,” have been described many times. The chatter and activity of the thousands of women, which the ever-trying authority of the female supervisors couldn’t control, would have been distracting enough from the handling of the tobacco leaves, even if they had been silent, but they were not silent, and the noise filled the space. This was a stark contrast to the complete silence in the rooms occupied only by men. Most of the girls, whose numbers range from eight to ten thousand, are unmarried, and many appeared to be only ten or eleven years old. Some come from towns far from Manila and create quite a scene on their way to and from work. As we moved through the different rooms, we were shown examples of their work, and upon leaving the factory, we were given beautiful bouquets of flowers. We were accompanied at all times by senior officials from the administration, who explained everything to us with perfect Castilian courtesy. I doubt that one in a hundred of the workers understood Spanish. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The river Pasig is the principal channel of communication with the interior. It passes between the commercial districts and the fortress of Manila. Its average breadth is about 350 feet, and it is navigable for about ten miles, with various depths of from 3 to 25 feet. It is crossed by three bridges, one of which is a suspension bridge. The daily average movement of boats, barges, and rafts passing with cargo under the principal bridge, was 277, escorted by 487 men and 121 women (not including passengers). The whole number of vessels belonging to the Philippines was, in 1852 (the last return I possess), 4,053, representing 81,752 tons, and navigated by 30,485 seamen. Of these, 1,532 vessels, of 74,148 tons, having 17,133 seamen, belong to the province of Manila alone, representing three-eighths of the ships, seven-eighths of the tonnage, and seventeen-thirtieths of the mercantile marine. The value of the coasting trade in 1852 is stated to have been about four and a-half millions of dollars, half this value being in abacá (Manila hemp), sugar and rice being the next articles in importance. The province of Albay, the most southern of Luzon, is represented by the largest money value, being about one-fourth of the whole. On an average of five years, from 1850 to 1854, the coasting trade is stated to have been of the value of 4,156,459 dollars, but the returns are very imperfect, and do not include all the provinces. The statistical [29]commission reports that on an examination of all the documents and facts accessible to them, in 1855, the coasting trade might be fairly estimated at 7,200,459 dollars.

The Pasig River is the main route for getting into the interior. It flows between the business districts and the fortress of Manila. It's about 350 feet wide on average and navigable for roughly ten miles, with depths ranging from 3 to 25 feet. There are three bridges that cross it, one of which is a suspension bridge. On average, 277 boats, barges, and rafts carrying cargo pass under the main bridge each day, accompanied by 487 men and 121 women (not counting passengers). In 1852, the total number of vessels registered in the Philippines was 4,053, with a combined weight of 81,752 tons, operated by 30,485 sailors. Out of these, 1,532 vessels, weighing 74,148 tons, and employing 17,133 sailors belonged to the province of Manila alone, accounting for three-eighths of the ships, seven-eighths of the total tonnage, and seventeen-thirtieths of the merchant fleet. The value of the coasting trade in 1852 was reported to be around four and a half million dollars, with half of that attributed to abacá (Manila hemp), and sugar and rice following in importance. The province of Albay, located at the southernmost tip of Luzon, had the highest monetary value, representing about one-fourth of the total. On average, from 1850 to 1854, the coasting trade was valued at 4,156,459 dollars, but the records are quite incomplete and do not cover all provinces. The statistical [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] commission reported that after reviewing all the available documents and information in 1855, the coasting trade could be reasonably estimated at 7,200,459 dollars.

At a distance of about three miles from Binondo, on the right bank of the Pasig, is the country house of the captain-general, where he is accustomed to pass some weeks of the most oppressive season of the year: it has a nice garden, a convenient moveable bath, which is lowered into the river, an aviary, and a small collection of quadrupeds, among which I made acquaintance with a chimpanzee, who, soon after, died of a pulmonary complaint. [30]

About three miles from Binondo, on the right bank of the Pasig, is the captain-general's country house, where he usually spends a few weeks during the hottest part of the year. It has a lovely garden, a convenient movable bath that can be lowered into the river, an aviary, and a small collection of animals, including a chimpanzee that I got to know, who sadly passed away shortly after from a lung condition. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 A recent History of the Conquest of the Islands, and of the Spanish rule, is given by Buzeta, vol. i., pp. 57–98. 

1 A recent history of the conquest of the islands and Spanish rule is provided by Buzeta, vol. i., pp. 57–98.

2 I visited some Cochin Chinese prisoners in the fortification. They had been taken at Turon, and one of them was a mandarin, who had exercised some authority there,—said to have been the commandant of the place. They wrote the Chinese characters, but were unable to understand the spoken language. 

2 I visited some Cochin Chinese prisoners in the fortifications. They had been captured at Turon, and one of them was a mandarin who had held some authority there—said to have been the commandant of the area. They could write in Chinese characters but couldn't understand the spoken language.

3 Among my early literary efforts was an essay by which the strange story was utterly disproved of the destruction of the MSS. which had served Cardinal Ximenes in preparing his Polyglot Bible. 

3 One of my early writing projects was an essay that completely debunked the bizarre tale about the destruction of the manuscripts that Cardinal Ximenes used to create his Polyglot Bible.

4 One woman, six children. 

4 One woman, six kids. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

5 All children. 

5 All kids. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER II.

VISIT TO LA LAGUNA AND TAYABAS.

WATERFALL OF THE BOTOCAN.

WATERFALL OF THE BOTOCAN.

Botocan Waterfall.

Having arranged for a visit to the Laguna and the surrounding hills, whose beautiful scenery has given to the island of Luzon a widely-spread celebrity, we started accompanied by the Alcalde Mayor, De la Herran, Colonel Trasierra, an aide-de-camp of the Governor, appointed to be my special guide and guardian, my kind friend and gentlemanly companion Captain Vansittart, and some other gentlemen. The inhabitants of the Laguna are called by the [31]Indians of Manila Tagasilañgan, or Orientals. As we reached the various villages, the Principalia, or native authorities, came out to meet us, and musical bands escorted us into and out of all the pueblos. We found the Indian villages decorated with coloured flags and embroidered kerchiefs, and the firing of guns announced our arrival. The roads were prettily decorated with bamboos and flowers, and everything proclaimed a hearty, however simple welcome. The thick and many-tinted foliage of the mango—the tall bamboos shaking their feathery heads aloft—the cocoa-nut loftier still—the areca and the nipa palms—the plantains, whose huge green leaves give such richness to a tropical landscape—the bread-fruit, the papaya, and the bright-coloured wild-flowers, which stray at will over banks and branches—the river every now and then visible, with its canoes and cottages, and Indian men, women, and children scattered along its banks. Over an excellent road, we passed through Santa Ana to Taguig, where a bamboo bridge had been somewhat precipitately erected to facilitate our passage over the stream: the first carriage got over in safety; with the second the bridge broke down, and some delay was experienced in repairing the disaster, and enabling the other carriages to come forward. Taguig is a pretty village, with thermal baths, and about 4,000 inhabitants; its fish is said to be particularly fine. Near it is Pateros, which no doubt takes its name from the enormous quantity of artificially hatched ducks (patos) which are [32]bred there, and which are seen in incredible numbers on the banks of the river. They are fed by small shell-fish found abundantly in the neighbouring lake, and which are brought in boats to the paterias on the banks of the Pasig. This duck-raising is called Itig by the Indians. Each pateria is separated from its neighbour by a bamboo enclosure on the river, and at sunset the ducks withdraw from the water to adjacent buildings, where they deposit their eggs during the night, and in the morning return in long procession to the river. The eggs being collected are placed in large receptacles containing warm paddy husks, which are kept at the same temperature; the whole is covered with cloth, and they are removed by their owners as fast as they are hatched. We saw hundreds of the ducklings running about in shallow bamboo baskets, waiting to be transferred to the banks of the river. The friar at Pasig came out from his convent to receive us. It is a populous pueblo, containing more than 22,000 souls. There is a school for Indian women. It has stone quarries worked for consumption in Manila, but the stone is soft and brittle. The neighbourhood is adorned with gardens. Our host the friar had prepared for us in the convent a collation, which was served with much neatness and attention, and with cordial hospitality. Having reached the limits of his alcadia, the kind magistrate and his attendants left us, and we entered a falua (felucca) provided for us by the Intendente de Marina, with a goodly number of rowers, and furnished with a carpet, cushions, curtains, [33]and other comfortable appliances. In this we started for the Laguna, heralded by a band of musicians. The rowers stand erect, and at every stroke of the oar fling themselves back upon their seats; they thus give a great impulse to the boat; the exertion appears very laborious, yet their work was done with admirable good-humour, and when they were drenched with rain there was not a murmur. In the lake (which is called Bay) is an island, between which and the main land is a deep and dangerous channel named Quinabatasan, through which we passed. The stream rushes by with great rapidity, and vessels are often lost in the passage. The banks are covered with fine fruit trees, and the hills rise grandly on all sides. Our destination was Santa Cruz, and long before we arrived a pilot boat had been despatched in order to herald our coming. The sun had set, but we perceived, as we approached, that the streets were illuminated, and we heard the wonted Indian music in the distance. Reaching the river, we were conducted to a gaily-lighted and decorated raft, which landed us,—and a suite of carriages, in one of which was the Alcalde, who had come from his Cabacera, or head quarters, to take charge of us,—conducted the party to a handsome house belonging to an opulent Indian, where we found, in the course of preparation, a very handsome dinner or supper, and all the notables of the locality, the priest, as a matter of course, among them, assembled to welcome the strangers. We passed a theatre, which appeared hastily erected and grotesquely adorned, where, as we were informed, it [34]was intended to exhibit an Indian play in the Tagál language, for our edification and amusement. I was too unwell to attend, but I heard there was much talk on the stage (unintelligible, of course, to our party), and brandishing of swords, and frowns and fierce fighting, and genii hunting women into wild forests, and kings and queens gaily dressed. The stage was open from the street to the multitude, of whom many thousands were reported to be present, showing great interest and excitement. I was told that some of the actors had been imported from Manila. The hospitality of our host was super-abundant, and his table crowded not only with native but with many European luxuries. He was dressed as an Indian, and exhibited his wardrobe with some pride. He himself served us at his own table, and looked and moved about as if he were greatly honoured by the service. His name, which I gratefully record, is Valentin Valenzuela, and his brother has reached the distinction of being an ordained priest.

Having planned a visit to the Laguna and the nearby hills, which are famous for their stunning scenery, we set out with Alcalde Mayor De la Herran, Colonel Trasierra, an aide-de-camp to the Governor, who was assigned as my special guide and protector, my good friend and gentlemanly companion Captain Vansittart, and a few other gentlemen. The residents of the Laguna are referred to as the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Indians of Manila Tagasilañgan, or Orientals. As we arrived in different villages, the native leaders, known as the Principalia, came out to greet us, and musical bands accompanied us in and out of all the towns. The Indian villages were adorned with colorful flags and embroidered handkerchiefs, and the sound of gunfire celebrated our arrival. The roads were beautifully decorated with bamboo and flowers, and everything shouted a warm, albeit simple, welcome. The lush and colorful foliage of mango trees—tall bamboos swaying gently above—the towering coconut trees—the areca and nipa palms—the plantains, with their large green leaves adding richness to the tropical landscape—the breadfruit, papaya, and vibrant wildflowers that casually draped over banks and branches—the river, occasionally visible, filled with canoes and cottages, and Indian men, women, and children scattered along its banks. On a nice road, we passed through Santa Ana to Taguig, where a bamboo bridge had been somewhat hastily built to help us cross the stream; the first carriage crossed safely, but the bridge collapsed with the second, causing some delays while repairs were made to allow the other carriages to move forward. Taguig is a charming village with thermal baths and about 4,000 residents; its fish is reputed to be particularly excellent. Nearby is Pateros, likely named for the immense number of artificially hatched ducks (patos) raised there, which are seen in astonishing quantities along the riverbanks. They are fed with small shellfish abundantly found in the nearby lake, which is brought in boats to the paterias along the Pasig. This duck farming is known as Itig by the locals. Each pateria is separated from the next by bamboo barriers in the river, and at sunset, the ducks leave the water for nearby buildings, where they lay eggs overnight, returning in long lines to the river in the morning. The collected eggs are placed in large containers filled with warm paddy husks, kept at a consistent temperature; the whole setup is covered with cloth, and the owners remove them as soon as they hatch. We saw hundreds of ducklings scurrying around in shallow bamboo baskets, waiting to be taken to the riverbanks. The friar at Pasig came out from his convent to welcome us. It’s a populous town with over 22,000 people. There’s a school for Indian women. The local stone quarries supply material for Manila, but the stone is soft and brittle. The area is filled with beautiful gardens. Our host, the friar, prepared a neatly presented collation in the convent, serving us with warm hospitality. After reaching the edge of his alcadia, the kind magistrate and his entourage left, and we boarded a falua (felucca) arranged by the Intendente de Marina, complete with plenty of rowers and furnished with a carpet, cushions, curtains, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and other comforts. We set off for the Laguna, accompanied by a band of musicians. The rowers stood upright, throwing themselves back on their seats with every stroke, propelling the boat with great force; while it looked exhausting, they did their work with cheerful spirits, and not a single complaint was heard, even when they were soaked by rain. In the lake, known as Bay, there’s an island, with a deep and treacherous channel named Quinabatasan separating it from the mainland, through which we passed. The water rushed by rapidly, and vessels are frequently lost in its currents. The banks are lined with beautiful fruit trees, and hills rise majestically on all sides. Our destination was Santa Cruz, and well before we arrived, a pilot boat had been sent ahead to announce our arrival. Although the sun had set, we could see as we got closer that the streets were lit up, and we could hear the familiar sounds of Indian music in the background. Upon reaching the river, we were led to a brightly-lit and decorated raft, which took us to a fleet of carriages; one of these belonged to the Alcalde, who had come from his Cabacera, or headquarters, to escort us. He guided the party to a beautiful house owned by a wealthy local, where a splendid dinner or supper was being prepared, and all the local leaders, including the priest, gathered to welcome us. We passed a theater that appeared quickly constructed and bizarrely decorated, where, as we were told, an Indian play in the Tagál language was set to be performed for our enjoyment. I felt too unwell to attend, but I heard there was much dialogue on stage (which of course was incomprehensible to our group), along with swordplay, intense expressions, and fierce battles, as well as stories of genies leading women into wild forests, kings and queens dressed elaborately. The stage was open to the street, attracting an audience that reportedly numbered in the thousands, showing great enthusiasm and excitement. I was informed some of the actors had come from Manila. Our host’s generosity was abundant, his table filled not only with local delicacies but also many European luxuries. He was dressed as an Indian and showcased his wardrobe with some pride. He personally served us at his own table, appearing honored by the service. His name, which I sincerely acknowledge, is Valentin Valenzuela, and his brother has achieved the honor of being an ordained priest.

Santa Cruz has a population of about 10,000 souls. Many of its inhabitants are said to be opulent. The church is handsome; the roads in the neighbourhood broad and in good repair. There is much game in the adjacent forests, but there is not much devotion to the chase. Almost every variety of tropical produce grows in the vicinity. Wild honey is collected by the natives of the interior, and stuffs of cotton and abacá are woven for domestic use. The house to which we were invited was well furnished, but with the usual adornings of saints’ images and vessels for [35]holy water. In the evening the Tagála ladies of the town and neighbourhood were invited to a ball, and the day was closed with the accustomed light-heartedness and festivity: the bolero and the jota seemed the favourite attractions. Dance and music are the Indians’ delight, and very many of the evenings we passed in the Philippines were devoted to these enjoyments. Next morning the carriages of the Alcalde, drawn by the pretty little ponies of Luzon, conducted us to the casa real at Pagsanjan, the seat of the government, or Cabacera, of the province, where we met with the usual warm reception from our escort Señor Tafalla, the Alcalde. Pagsanjan has about 5,000 inhabitants, being less populous than Biñan and other pueblos in the province. Hospitality was here, as everywhere, the order of the day and of the night, all the more to be valued as there are no inns out of the capital, and no places of reception for travellers; but he who is recommended to the authorities and patronized by the friars will find nothing wanting for his accommodation and comfort, and will rather be surprised at the superfluities of good living than struck with the absence of anything necessary. I have been sometimes amazed when the stores of the convent furnished wines which had been kept from twenty to twenty-five years; and to say that the cigars and chocolate provided by the good friars would satisfy the most critical of critics, is only to do justice to the gifts and the givers.

Santa Cruz has a population of about 10,000 people. Many of its residents are said to be wealthy. The church is beautiful, and the roads in the area are wide and well-maintained. There's plenty of game in the nearby forests, but not many people are into hunting. Almost every kind of tropical produce can be found nearby. The locals collect wild honey from the interior, and they weave cotton and abacá for home use. The house we visited was nicely furnished, adorned with typical images of saints and vessels for [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]holy water. In the evening, the local Tagála ladies were invited to a ball, and the day ended with the usual joy and festivities: the bolero and jota were especially popular. Dance and music are the joys of the Indians, and many of the evenings we spent in the Philippines were dedicated to these pleasures. The next morning, the Alcalde's carriages, pulled by the charming little ponies of Luzon, took us to the casa real at Pagsanjan, the government seat, or Cabacera, of the province, where we received the usual warm welcome from our escort, Señor Tafalla, the Alcalde. Pagsanjan has around 5,000 residents, making it less populous than Biñan and other towns in the province. Hospitality was, as always, the norm day and night, which was especially appreciated since there are no inns outside the capital and no places for travelers to stay. However, those who are recommended to the authorities and supported by the friars will find everything they need for comfort and accommodation, often more than they'd expect. I have sometimes been amazed when the convent's supplies included wines that had been aged for twenty to twenty-five years; and to say that the cigars and chocolate provided by the generous friars would satisfy the most discerning critics only acknowledges the quality of their offerings and the kindness of the givers.

We made an excursion to the pretty village of [36]Lumbang, having, as customary, been escorted to the banks of the river, which forms the limit of the pueblo, by the mounted principalia of Pagsanjan. The current was strong, but a barge awaited us and conveyed us to the front of the convent on the other side, where the principal ecclesiastic, a friar, conducted us to the reception rooms. We walked through the pueblo, whose inhabitants amount to 5,000 Indians, occupying one long broad street, where many coloured handkerchiefs and garments were hung out as flags from the windows, which were crowded with spectators. We returned to the Cabacera, where we slept. Early in the morning we took our departure from Pagsanjan.

We took a trip to the beautiful village of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Lumbang, and, as usual, we were escorted to the riverbank, which marks the edge of the town, by the mounted leaders of Pagsanjan. The current was strong, but a barge was waiting for us to take us to the convent on the other side, where the main friar welcomed us into the reception rooms. We walked through the town, which has around 5,000 residents, along a long broad street where many colorful handkerchiefs and garments were hung as flags from the windows, which were filled with onlookers. We returned to the main settlement, where we spent the night. Early in the morning, we left Pagsanjan.

VILLAGE OF MAJAJAY

VILLAGE OF MAJAJAY

Village of Majajay

We next advanced into the more elevated regions, growing more wild and wonderful in their beauties. As we proceeded the roads became worse and worse, and our horses had some difficulty in dragging the carriages through the deep mud. We had often to ask for assistance from the Indians to extricate us from the ruts, and they came to our aid with patient and persevering cheerfulness. When the main road was absolutely impassable, we deviated into the forest, and the Indians, with large knives—their constant companions—chopped down the impeding bushes and branches, and made for us a practicable way. After some hours’ journey we arrived at Majayjay, and between files of Indians, with their flags and music, were escorted to the convent, whence the good Franciscan friar Maximo Rico came to meet us, and led us up the wide staircase to the vast apartments above. [37]The pueblo has about 8,500 inhabitants; the climate is humid, and its effects are seen in the magnificent vegetation which surrounds the place. The church and convent are by far the most remarkable of its edifices. Here we are surrounded by mountain scenery, and the forest trees present beautiful and various pictures. In addition to leaves, flowers and fruits of novel shapes and colours, the grotesque forms which the trunks and branches of tropical trees assume, as if encouraged to indulge in a thousand odd caprices, are among the characteristics of these regions. The native population availed themselves of the rude and rugged character of the region to offer a long resistance to the Spaniards on their first invasion, and its traditional means of defence were reported to be so great that the treasures of Manila were ordered to be transported thither on the landing of the English in 1762. Fortunately, say the Spanish historians, the arrangement was not carried out, as the English had taken their measures for the seizure of the spoils, and it was found the locality could not have been defended against them.

We then moved into the higher areas, which became more wild and beautiful. As we went along, the roads got worse, making it hard for our horses to pull the carriages through the thick mud. We often had to ask the Indians for help to get us out of the ruts, and they came to our rescue with patient and persistent cheerfulness. When the main road became completely impassable, we turned into the forest, where the Indians, with their large knives—always by their side—cut down the obstructing bushes and branches to clear a path for us. After several hours of travel, we reached Majayjay, and were escorted to the convent through lines of Indians with their flags and music. There, the kind Franciscan friar Maximo Rico came to greet us and led us up the wide staircase to the spacious rooms above. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]The town has about 8,500 residents; the climate is humid, which is evident in the stunning vegetation around the area. The church and convent are the most notable buildings here. We're surrounded by mountainous landscapes, and the forest trees create beautiful and diverse scenes. Besides the leaves, flowers, and fruits of unusual shapes and colors, the strange forms of tropical tree trunks and branches seem to indulge in countless oddities, which are typical of these regions. The local population used the rough terrain to resist the Spaniards during their initial invasion, and it was said their defenses were so strong that when the English landed in 1762, the treasures of Manila were to be moved there. Thankfully, according to Spanish historians, this plan was not executed because the English were prepared to seize the treasures, and it turned out the area could not have been defended against them.

We were now about to ascend the mountains, and were obliged to abandon our carriages. Palanquins, in which we had to stretch ourselves at full length, borne each by eight bearers, and relays of an equal number, were provided for our accommodation. The Alcalde of the adjacent province of Tayabas had come down to Majayjay to invite us into his district, where, he said, the people were on the tiptoe of expectation, had made arrangements for our reception, [38]and would be sadly disappointed if we failed to visit Lucban. We could not resist the kind urgency of his representations, and deposited ourselves in the palanquins, which had been got ready for us, and were indeed well rewarded. The paths through the mountains are such as have been made by the torrents, and are frequently almost impassable from the masses of rock brought down by the rushing waters. Sometimes we had to turn back from the selected road, and choose another less impracticable. In some places the mud was so deep that our bearers were immersed far above their knees, and nothing but long practice and the assistance of their companions could have enabled them to extricate themselves or us from so disagreeable a condition. But cheerfulness and buoyancy of spirits, exclamations of encouragement, loud laughter, and a general and brotherly co-operation surmounted every difficulty. Around us all was solitude, all silence, but the hum of the bees and the shrieks of the birds; deep ravines below, covered with forest trees, which no axe of the woodman would ever disturb; heights above still more difficult to explore, crowned with arboreous glories; brooks and rivulets noisily descending to larger streams, and then making their quiet way to the ocean receptacle. At last we reached a plain on the top of a mountain, where two grandly adorned litters, with a great number of bearers, were waiting, and we were welcomed by a gathering of graceful young women, all on ponies, which they managed with admirable agility. They were clad in the gayest dresses. [39]The Alcalde called them his Amazonas; and a pretty spokeswoman informed us, in very pure Castilian, that they were come to escort us to Lucban, which was about a league distant. The welcome was as novel as it was unexpected. I observed the Tagálas mounted indifferently on the off or near side of their horses. Excellent equestrians were they; and they galloped and caracolled to the right and the left, and flirted with their embellished whips. A band of music headed us; and the Indian houses which we passed bore the accustomed demonstrations of welcome. The roads had even a greater number of decorations—arches of ornamented bamboos on both sides of the way, and firing of guns announcing our approach. The Amazonas wore bonnets adorned with ribands and flowers,—all had kerchiefs of embroidered piña on their shoulders, and variously coloured skirts and gowns of native manufacture added to the picturesque effect. So they gambolled along—before, behind, or at our sides where the roads permitted it—and seemed quite at ease in all their movements. The convent was, as usual, our destination; the presiding friar—quite a man of the world—cordial, amusing, even witty in his colloquies. He had most hospitably provided for our advent. All the principal people were invited to dinner. Many a joke went round, to which the friar contributed more than his share. Talking of the fair (if Indian girls can be so called), Captain Vansittart said he had thirty unmarried officers on board the Magicienne.

We were about to climb the mountains and had to leave our carriages behind. We were provided with palanquins, where we had to lie down fully, each carried by eight bearers, with relays of the same number. The Alcalde of the nearby province of Tayabas came down to Majayjay to invite us to his district, where, he said, the people were eagerly waiting, had arranged for our welcome, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and would be very disappointed if we didn't visit Lucban. We couldn't resist his kind insistence and settled into the palanquins that had been prepared for us, which turned out to be a great decision. The paths through the mountains were created by floods and were often nearly impossible to navigate due to the large rocks swept down by the rushing waters. Sometimes we had to turn back from our chosen route and select another, less challenging one. In some areas, the mud was so deep that our bearers sank well past their knees, and only their extensive experience and help from their companions allowed them to get us out of such an unpleasant situation. But cheerfulness and a positive attitude, along with encouraging shouts, hearty laughter, and a spirit of cooperation, helped us overcome every obstacle. Around us was complete solitude and silence, except for the buzz of bees and the cries of birds; deep ravines below, thick with trees that no woodcutter would ever touch; heights above that were even harder to explore, crowned with beautiful trees; streams and small rivers rushing down to join larger ones, then quietly flowing to the ocean. Finally, we reached a flat area on top of a mountain, where two beautifully decorated litters awaited us, carried by many bearers, and we were greeted by a group of graceful young women on ponies, which they skillfully rode. They wore the brightest dresses. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]The Alcalde called them his Amazonas; and a charming spokesperson told us, in very clear Spanish, that they had come to escort us to Lucban, which was about a league away. The welcome was as surprising as it was delightful. I noticed the Tagálas riding casually on either side of their horses. They were excellent riders, galloping and prancing to the left and right, playfully flicking their decorated whips. A band of music led the way, and the local houses we passed displayed the usual signs of welcome. The roads were even more decorated—arches made of bamboo adorned both sides, and gunfire announced our arrival. The Amazonas wore bonnets embellished with ribbons and flowers—all had embroidered piña shawls over their shoulders, and colorful skirts and gowns of local fabric added to the picturesque scene. They danced alongside us—before, behind, or beside us where the roads allowed—and seemed completely at ease in their movements. The convent was our usual destination; the head friar—a sophisticated man—was warm, entertaining, and witty in conversation. He had prepared a hospitable welcome for us. All the prominent locals were invited to dinner. Many jokes were exchanged, with the friar contributing more than his fair share. Speaking of the beautiful women (if Indian girls can be called that), Captain Vansittart mentioned that he had thirty single officers on board the Magicienne.

TRAVELLING BY PALKEE.

TRAVELLING BY PALKEE.

Traveling by palanquin.

[40]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“A bargain,” exclaimed the friar; “send them hither,—I will find pretty wives for all of them.”

“A deal,” the friar exclaimed; “send them over here—I’ll find beautiful wives for all of them.”

“But you must convert them first.”

“But you need to convert them first.”

“Ay! that is my part of the bargain.”

“Ay! that’s my part of the deal.”

“And you will get the marriage fees.”

“And you’ll receive the marriage fees.”

“Do you think I forgot that?”

“Do you think I forgot about that?”

After dinner, or supper, as it was called, the Amazonas who had escorted us in the morning, accompanied by many more, were introduced; the tables were cleared away; and when I left the hall for my bedroom, the dancing was going on in full energy.

After dinner, or supper as it was called, the Amazonas who had escorted us in the morning, along with many others, were introduced; the tables were cleared away; and when I left the hall for my bedroom, the dancing was in full swing.

Newspapers and books were lying about the rooms of the convent. The friar had more curiosity than most of his order: conversation with him was not without interest and instruction.

Newspapers and books were scattered around the rooms of the convent. The friar was more curious than most of his order: talking to him was both interesting and insightful.

We returned by a different road to Majayjay, for the purpose of visiting a splendid waterfall, where the descent of the river is reported to be 300 feet. We approached on a ledge of rock as near as we could to the cataract, the roar of which was awful; but the quantity of mist and steam, which soon soaked our garments, obscured the vision and made it impossible for us to form any estimate of the depth of the fall. It is surrounded by characteristic scenery—mountains and woods—which we had no time to explore, and of which the natives could give us only an imperfect account: they knew there were deer, wild boars, buffaloes, and other game, but none had penetrated the wilder regions. A traveller now and then had scrambled [41]over the rocks from the foot to the top of the waterfall

We took a different route back to Majayjay to visit a stunning waterfall, which is said to drop 300 feet. We got as close as we could to the waterfall on a rock ledge, and the roar was deafening. However, the mist and steam quickly soaked our clothes, blocking our view and making it hard to gauge the depth of the fall. The area is surrounded by typical scenery—mountains and woods—that we didn’t have time to explore, and the locals could only give us a vague description: they knew there were deer, wild boars, buffaloes, and other game, but no one had ventured into the more remote areas. Occasionally, a traveler would climb over the rocks from the base to the top of the waterfall [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__].

We returned to Majayjay again to be welcomed and entertained by our hosts at the convent with the wonted hospitality; and taking leave of our Alcalde, we proceeded to Santa Cruz, where, embarking in our felucca, we coasted along the lake and landed at Calamba, a pueblo of about 4,000 inhabitants; carriages were waiting to convey us to Biñan, stopping a short time at Santa Rosa, where the Dominican friars, who are the proprietors of large estates in the neighbourhood, invited us as usual to their convent. We tarried there but a short time. The roads are generally good on the borders of the Laguna, and we reached Biñan before sunset, the Indians having in the main street formed themselves in procession as we passed along. Flags, branches of flowering forest trees, and other devices, were displayed. First we passed between files of youths, then of maidens; and through a triumphal arch we reached the handsome dwelling of a rich mestizo, whom we found decorated with a Spanish order, which had been granted to his father before him. He spoke English, having been educated at Calcutta, and his house—a very large one—gave abundant evidence that he had not studied in vain the arts of domestic civilization. The furniture, the beds, the tables, the cookery, were all in good taste, and the obvious sincerity of the kind reception added to its agreeableness. Great crowds were gathered together in the square which fronts the house of [42]Don José Alberto. Indians brought their game-cocks to be admired, but we did not encourage the display of their warlike virtues. There was much firing of guns, and a pyrotechnic display when the sun had gone down, and a large fire balloon, bearing the inscription, “The people of Biñan to their illustrious visitors,” was successfully inflated, and soaring aloft, was lost sight of in the distance, but was expected to tell the tale of our arrival to the Magicienne in Manila Bay. Biñan is a place of some importance. In it many rich mestizos and Indians dwell. It has more than 10,000 inhabitants. Large estates there are possessed by the Dominican friars, and the principal of them was among our earliest visitors. There, as elsewhere, the principalia, having conducted us to our head-quarters, came in a body to present their respects, the gobernadorcillo, who usually speaks Spanish, being the organ of the rest. Inquiries about the locality, thanks for the honours done us, were the commonplaces of our intercourse, but the natives were always pleased when “the strangers from afar” seemed to take an interest in their concerns. Nowhere did we see any marks of poverty; nowhere was there any crowding, or rudeness, or annoyance, in any shape. Actors and spectators seemed equally pleased; in fact, our presence only gave them another holiday, making but a small addition to their regular and appointed festivals. Biñan is divided by a river, and is about a mile from the Laguna. Its streets are of considerable width, and the neighbouring roads excellent. Generally [43]the houses have gardens attached to them; some on a large scale. They are abundant in fruits of great variety. Rice is largely cultivated, as the river with its confluents affords ample means of irrigation. The lands are usually rented from the Dominicans, and the large extent of some of the properties assists economical cultivation. Until the lands are brought into productiveness, little rent is demanded, and when they become productive the friars have the reputation of being liberal landlords and allowing their tenants to reap large profits. It is said they are satisfied with one-tenth of the gross produce. A tenant is seldom disturbed in possession if his rent be regularly paid. Much land is held by associations or companies known by the title of Casamahanes. There is an active trade between Biñan and Manila.

We went back to Majayjay, where our hosts at the convent welcomed us with their usual hospitality. After saying goodbye to our Alcalde, we headed to Santa Cruz. There, we boarded our boat and sailed along the lake until we reached Calamba, a town with about 4,000 residents. Carriages were waiting to take us to Biñan, with a brief stop at Santa Rosa, where the Dominican friars, who own large estates in the area, invited us to their convent. We stayed there for just a little while. The roads near Laguna are generally good, and we arrived in Biñan before sunset. The locals had formed a procession in the main street as we passed by. Flags, branches of flowering trees, and other decorations were on display. First, we walked between lines of young men, then young women; through a triumphal arch, we arrived at the beautiful house of a wealthy mestizo, who was adorned with a Spanish honor that had been given to his father. He spoke English, having been educated in Calcutta, and his large home was a testament to his knowledge of domestic life. The furniture, beds, tables, and cooking were all tastefully arranged, and the genuine warmth of the welcome made it even more enjoyable. Large crowds filled the square in front of Don José Alberto's house. Locals brought their gamecocks to show off, but we didn't encourage that display. There was a lot of gunfire and a fireworks show after sunset, and a large fire balloon, which read “The people of Biñan to their illustrious visitors,” was successfully inflated and floated away into the distance, expected to announce our arrival to the Magicienne in Manila Bay. Biñan is a place of some significance, home to many wealthy mestizos and Indians, with over 10,000 residents. The Dominican friars own large estates here, and the head friar was among our first visitors. Like in other places, the principalia led us to our main quarters and came as a group to pay their respects, with the gobernadorcillo, who usually speaks Spanish, acting as the spokesperson. Our discussions typically involved questions about the area and gratitude for the hospitality we received, but the locals were always pleased when “the visitors from afar” showed interest in their affairs. We didn't see any signs of poverty anywhere; there wasn't any crowding, rudeness, or annoyance. Both performers and audience seemed happy; our presence just gave them another holiday, adding little to their regular festivities. Biñan is split by a river and is about a mile from Laguna. Its streets are fairly wide, and the nearby roads are in great condition. Generally, the houses have gardens, some of them quite large, filled with a variety of fruits. Rice is widely cultivated here, as the river with its tributaries provides ample irrigation. Land is usually rented from the Dominicans, and the expansive size of some properties helps with cost-effective farming. Until the land is productive, little rent is charged, and when it begins to yield crops, the friars are known to be generous landlords, allowing their tenants to make good profits. It is said they are content with just one-tenth of the total output. A tenant rarely faces eviction as long as their rent is paid on time. Much of the land is owned by groups or companies called Casamahanes. There is a thriving trade between Biñan and Manila.

Greatly gratified with all we had seen, we again embarked and crossed the Laguna to Pasig. Descending by that charming river, we reached Manila in the afternoon. [44]

Feeling very satisfied with everything we had seen, we boarded our boat again and crossed the lagoon to Pasig. Heading down that lovely river, we arrived in Manila in the afternoon. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER III.

HISTORY.

A few sketches of the personal history of some of the captains-general of Manila will be an apt illustration of the general character of the government, which, with some remarkable exceptions, appears to have been of a mild and paternal character; while the Indians exhibit, when not severely dealt with, much meekness and docility, and a generally willing obedience. The subjugation of the wild tribes of the interior has not made the progress which might have been fairly looked for; but the military and naval forces at the disposal of the captain-general have always been small when the extent of his authority is considered. In fact, many conquests have had to be abandoned from inadequacy of strength to maintain them. The ecclesiastical influences, which have been established among the idolatrous tribes, are weak when they come in contact with any of the forms of Mahomedanism, as in the island of Mindanao, where the fanaticism of Mussulman faith is quite as strong as that among the Catholics themselves. Misunderstandings between the Church and State could hardly be avoided where each has asserted a predominant power, and such misunderstandings have often [45]led to the effusion of blood and the dislocation of government. Mutual jealousies exist to the present hour, and as the friars, in what they deem the interests of the people, are sometimes hostile to the views of the civil authority, that authority has frequently a right to complain of being thwarted, or feebly aided, by the local clergy.

A few sketches of the personal history of some of the captains-general of Manila will illustrate the general nature of the government, which, with some notable exceptions, seems to have been mild and paternal. The locals show, when not treated harshly, a lot of meekness and willingness to obey. The conquest of the wild tribes in the interior hasn't progressed as much as might have been expected; however, the military and naval forces available to the captain-general have always been limited given the extent of his authority. In fact, many conquests had to be abandoned due to a lack of strength to maintain them. The influence of the Church among the idolatrous tribes is weak when faced with any forms of Islam, as in the island of Mindanao, where the fervor of the Muslim faith rivals that of the Catholics. Misunderstandings between the Church and State were inevitable where both have claimed dominant power, and these misunderstandings have often [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]led to violence and disruptions in governance. Mutual jealousies still exist today, and since the friars, in what they believe are the people's best interests, sometimes oppose the civil authority, that authority frequently has a legitimate complaint about being obstructed or inadequately supported by the local clergy.

While shortly recording the names of the captains-general to whom the government of the Philippines has been confided, I will select a few episodes from the history of the islands, which will show the character of the administration, and assist the better understanding of the position of the people.

While briefly noting the names of the captains-general who have been entrusted with the governance of the Philippines, I will highlight a few key events from the islands' history, which will illustrate the nature of the administration and help clarify the situation of the people.

Miguel Lope de Legaspi, a Biscayan, upon whom the title of Conqueror of the Philippines has been conferred, was the first governor, and was nominated in 1565. He took possession of Manila in 1571, and died, it is said, of disgust and disappointment the following year. The city was invaded by Chinese pirates during the government of his successor Guido de Lavezares, who repulsed them, and received high honours from his sovereign, Philip II. Francisco de Saude founded in Camarines the city of Nueva Caceres, to which he gave the name of the place of his birth. He was a man of great ambition, who deposed one and enthroned another sultan of Borneo, and modestly asked from the king of Spain authority to conquer China, but was recommended to be less ambitious, and to keep peace with surrounding nations. Rinquillo de Peñarosa rescued Cagayan from a Japanese pirate, and founded New Segovia [46]and Arévalo in Panay; his nephew succeeded him, and in doing honour to his memory set the Church of St. Augustin on fire; it spread to the city, of which a large part was destroyed. In 1589, during the rule of Santiago de Vera, the only two ships which carried on the trade with New Spain were destroyed by a hurricane in the port of Cavite. The next governor, Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, sent to Japan the missionaries who were afterwards put to death; he headed an expedition to Moluco, but on leaving the port of Mariveles his galley was separated from the rest of the fleet; the Chinese crew rose, murdered him, and fled in his vessel to Cochin China. His son Luis followed him as governor. A Franciscan friar, who had accompanied the unfortunate expedition of his father, informed him that he would find, as he did, his patent of appointment in a box which the Chinese had landed in the province of Ilocos, and his title was in consequence recognised. Francisco Tello de Guzman, who entered upon the government in 1596, was unfortunate in his attempts to subdue the natives of Mindanao, as was one of his captains, who had been sent to drive away the Dutch from Mariveles.

Miguel López de Legazpi, from Biscay, was named the Conqueror of the Philippines and became the first governor in 1565. He took control of Manila in 1571 and, reportedly, died of frustration and disappointment the following year. During the tenure of his successor, Guido de Lavezares, the city faced an invasion by Chinese pirates, who were repelled, earning Lavezares high honors from King Philip II. Francisco de Sáenz founded the city of Nueva Cáceres in Camarines, naming it after his birthplace. He was very ambitious, having removed one sultan and placed another on the throne in Borneo, and modestly sought permission from the King of Spain to conquer China, though he was advised to be less ambitious and maintain peace with neighboring nations. Rinquillo de Peñarosa rescued Cagayan from a Japanese pirate and established New Segovia [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and Arévalo in Panay; his nephew succeeded him and, in memory of him, set fire to the Church of St. Augustine, which spread to the city and destroyed a large part of it. In 1589, during Santiago de Vera's governance, the only two ships trading with New Spain were destroyed by a hurricane in the port of Cavite. The next governor, Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, sent missionaries to Japan, who were later executed; he led an expedition to the Moluccas, but after leaving the port of Mariveles, his galley got separated from the fleet, leading to his Chinese crew rebelling, murdering him, and fleeing to Cochin China on his ship. His son Luis succeeded him as governor. A Franciscan friar, who had joined the ill-fated expedition of his father, informed him that he would find, as he did, his appointment document in a box the Chinese had dropped off in Ilocos, which led to his title being recognized. Francisco Tello de Guzmán, who began his governorship in 1596, faced failures in his attempts to subdue the natives of Mindanao, as did one of his captains sent to remove the Dutch from Mariveles.

In the year 1603 three mandarins arrived in Manila from China. They said that a Chinaman, whom they brought as a prisoner, had assured the Emperor that the island of Cavite was of gold, that the Chinaman had staked his life upon his veracity, and that they had come to learn the truth of his story. They soon after left, having been conducted [47]by the governor to examine Cavite for themselves. A report speedily spread that an invasion of the Philippines by a Chinese army of 100,000 was in contemplation, and a Chinese called Eng Kang, who was supposed to be a great friend of the Europeans, was charged with a portion of the defences. A number of Japanese, the avowed enemies of the Chinese, were admitted to the confidence of the governor, and communicated to the Chinese the information that the government suspected a plot. A plot there was, and it was said the Chinese determined on a rising, and a general massacre of the Spaniards on the vespers of St. Francis’ day. A Philippine woman, who was living with a Chinaman, denounced the project to the curate of Quiapo, who advised the governor. A number of the conspirators were assembled at a half-league’s distance from Manila, and Eng Kang was sent with some Spaniards to put down the movement. The attempt failed, and Eng Kang was afterwards discovered to have been one of the principal promoters of the insurrection. In the evening the Chinese attacked Quiapo and Tondo, murdering many of the natives. They were met by a body of 130 Spaniards, nearly all of whom perished, and their heads were sent to Parian, which the insurgents captured, and besieged the city of Manila from Dilao. The danger led to great exertions on the part of the Spaniards, the ecclesiastics taking a very active part. The Chinese endeavoured to scale the walls, but were repulsed. The monks declared that St. Francis had appeared in [48]person to encourage them. The Chinese withdrew to their positions, but the Spaniards sallied out from the citadel, burnt and destroyed Parian, and pursued the flying Chinese to Cabuyao. New reinforcements arrived, and the flight of the Chinese continued as far as the province of Batangas, where they were again attacked and dispersed. It is said that of 24,000 revolted Chinese only one hundred escaped, who were reserved for the galleys. About 2,000 Chinese were left, who had not involved themselves in the movement. Eng Kang was decapitated, and his head exposed in an iron cage. It was three years after this insurrection that the Court of Madrid had the first knowledge of its existence.

In 1603, three mandarins arrived in Manila from China. They claimed that a Chinese man, whom they brought as a prisoner, had told the Emperor that the island of Cavite was made of gold, that the man had staked his life on his truthfulness, and that they had come to find out if his story was true. Soon after, they left, escorted by the governor to check out Cavite for themselves. A rumor quickly spread that a Chinese army of 100,000 was planning to invade the Philippines, and a Chinese named Eng Kang, believed to be a close ally of the Europeans, was assigned to part of the defenses. Several Japanese, who were openly hostile towards the Chinese, were brought into the governor's confidence and informed the Chinese that the government suspected a conspiracy. There was indeed a plot, and it was said the Chinese were planning an uprising and a general massacre of the Spaniards on the eve of St. Francis' day. A Philippine woman, who was living with a Chinese man, revealed the plan to the curate of Quiapo, who then advised the governor. Several conspirators were gathered about half a league from Manila, and Eng Kang was sent with some Spaniards to suppress the uprising. The attempt failed, and it was later discovered that Eng Kang was one of the main instigators of the rebellion. That evening, the Chinese attacked Quiapo and Tondo, killing many locals. They were confronted by a group of 130 Spaniards, almost all of whom were killed, and their heads were sent to Parian, which the insurgents captured, then besieged the city of Manila from Dilao. The threat prompted the Spaniards to make significant efforts, with the clergy playing a very active role. The Chinese attempted to climb the walls but were pushed back. The monks claimed that St. Francis had appeared in person to inspire them. The Chinese retreated to their positions, but the Spaniards charged out from the citadel, burned and destroyed Parian, and chased the fleeing Chinese to Cabuyao. New reinforcements arrived, and the Chinese retreat continued all the way to Batangas, where they were again attacked and scattered. It’s said that out of 24,000 rebel Chinese, only one hundred escaped, who were taken for the galleys. About 2,000 Chinese who had not been involved in the uprising were left. Eng Kang was beheaded, and his head was displayed in an iron cage. It was three years after this uprising that the Court of Madrid first learned of its occurrence.

Pedro de Acuña, after the suppression of this revolt, conquered Ternate, and carried away the king, but died suddenly, in 1606, after governing four years. Cristobal Tellez, during his short rule, destroyed a settlement of the Japanese in Dilao. Juan de Silva brought with him, in 1609, reinforcements of European troops, and in the seventh year of his government, made great preparations for attacking the Dutch, but died after a short illness. In 1618, Alonzo Fajardo came to the Philippines, with conciliatory orders as regarded the natives, and was popular among them. He punished a revolt in Buhol, sent an unsuccessful mission to Japan, and in a fit of jealousy killed his wife. Suspecting her infidelity, he surprised her at night in a house, where she had been accustomed to give rendezvous to her paramour, and found her in a dress which left no [49]doubt of her crime. The governor called in a priest, commanded him to administer the sacrament, and, spite of the prayers of the ecclesiastic, he put her to death by a stab from his own dagger. This was in 1622. Melancholy took possession of him, and he died in 1624. Two interim governors followed. Juan Niño de Tabera arrived in 1626. He brought with him 600 troops, drove the Dutch from their holds, and sent Olaso, a soldier, celebrated for his deeds in Flanders, against the Jolo Indians; but Olaso failed utterly, and returned to Manila upon his discomfiture.

Pedro de Acuña, after putting down this revolt, conquered Ternate and took the king captive, but died suddenly in 1606 after ruling for four years. Cristobal Tellez, during his brief time in charge, destroyed a settlement of Japanese in Dilao. Juan de Silva brought reinforcements of European troops in 1609 and, in the seventh year of his governorship, readied for an attack on the Dutch, but died after a short illness. In 1618, Alonzo Fajardo arrived in the Philippines with conciliatory orders for the natives and became well-liked by them. He suppressed a revolt in Buhol, sent an unsuccessful mission to Japan, and, in a fit of jealousy, killed his wife. Suspecting her of cheating, he caught her one night in a house where she had been meeting her lover, and found her in a dress that left no doubt about her guilt. The governor summoned a priest, ordered him to administer the sacrament, and despite the priest's pleas, he killed her with a stab from his own dagger. This happened in 1622. He fell into a deep sadness and died in 1624. Two interim governors then took over. Juan Niño de Tabera arrived in 1626, bringing 600 troops. He drove the Dutch from their positions and sent Olaso, a soldier known for his exploits in Flanders, against the Jolo Indians; however, Olaso failed completely and returned to Manila after his defeat.

A strange event took place in 1630. The holy sacrament had been stolen in a glass vase, from the cathedral. A general supplication (rogativa) was ordered; the archbishop issued from his palace barefooted, his head covered with ashes, and a rope round his neck, wandering about to discover where the vase was concealed. All attempts having failed, so heavy were the penitences, and so intolerable the grief of the holy man, that he sank under the calamity, and a fierce contest between the ecclesiastical and civil functionaries was the consequence of his death.

A strange event happened in 1630. The holy sacrament was stolen in a glass vase from the cathedral. A general supplication (rogativa) was called for; the archbishop left his palace barefoot, his head covered in ashes, with a rope around his neck, searching for where the vase was hidden. After all attempts failed, the heavy burdens of penance and the unbearable grief of the holy man overwhelmed him, and he succumbed to the tragedy, leading to a fierce conflict between the church and civil authorities after his death.

In 1635 there was a large arrival of rich converted Japanese, who fled from the fierce persecutions to which the Christians had been subjected in Japan; but a great many Catholic missionaries hastened to that country, in order to be honoured with the crown of martyrdom. Another remarkable ecclesiastical quarrel took place at this time. A commissary, lately arrived from Europe, ordered that all the friars [50]with beards should be charged with the missions to China and Japan; and all the shorn friars should remain in the Philippines. The archbishop opposed this, as the Pope’s bulls had no regulations about beards. Fierce debates were also excited by the exercise of the right of asylum to criminals, having committed offences, either against the military or the civil authority. The archbishop excommunicated—the commandant of artillery rebelled. The archbishop fined him—the vicar apostolic confirmed the sentence. The Audiencia annulled the proceedings—the Bishop of Camarines was called on as the arbiter, and absolved the commandant. Appeals followed, and one of the parties was accused of slandering the Most Holy Father. The Jesuits took part against the archbishop, who called all the monks together, and they fined the Jesuits 4,000 dollars. The governor defended the Jesuits, and required the revocation of the sentence in six hours. The quarrel did not end here: but there was a final compromise, each party making some concessions to the other.

In 1635, a significant number of wealthy converted Japanese fled from the intense persecution Christians faced in Japan. However, many Catholic missionaries rushed to the country, eager to earn the honor of martyrdom. Around this time, another notable church dispute arose. A commissary, recently arrived from Europe, ordered that all bearded friars be assigned to missions in China and Japan, while the clean-shaven friars should stay in the Philippines. The archbishop objected to this, arguing that the Pope’s decrees did not mention anything about beards. Intense debates were also sparked over the right to offer asylum to criminals who had committed offenses against military or civil authorities. The archbishop excommunicated the artillery commandant who rebelled against him. The archbishop imposed a fine, which the vicar apostolic upheld. The Audiencia canceled these actions, and the Bishop of Camarines was called in as an arbitrator, absolving the commandant. Appeals ensued, with one party accused of slandering the Most Holy Father. The Jesuits sided against the archbishop, who then called all the monks together and fined the Jesuits $4,000. The governor defended the Jesuits and demanded that the fine be revoked within six hours. This conflict didn't end there, but eventually, a final compromise was reached, with each side making some concessions to the other.

The disasters which followed the insurrection of Eng Kang did not prevent the influx of Chinese into the islands, and especially into the province of Laguna, where another outbreak, in which it is said 30,000 Chinese took part, occurred in 1639. They divided themselves into guerrillas, who devastated the country; but were subdued in the following year, seven thousand having surrendered at discretion. Spanish historians say that the hatred of the Indians to the Chinese awaked them from their habitual [51]apathy, and that in the destruction of the intruders they exhibited infinite zeal and activity.

The disasters that followed the Eng Kang uprising didn’t stop the flow of Chinese immigrants to the islands, particularly into the province of Laguna, where another revolt, involving an estimated 30,000 Chinese, occurred in 1639. They organized into guerrilla groups that ravaged the land but were defeated the following year, with seven thousand surrendering unconditionally. Spanish historians claim that the Indians' hatred for the Chinese stirred them from their usual apathy and that in their efforts to eliminate the intruders, they showed remarkable zeal and activity.

In the struggles between the natives and the Spaniards, even the missionaries were not always safe, and the Spaniards were often betrayed by those in whom they placed the greatest confidence. The heavy exactions and gabelles inflicted on the Indians under Fajardo led to a rising in Palopag, when the Jesuit curate was killed and the convent and church sacked. The movement spread through several of the islands, and many of the prisoners were delivered in Caraga to the keeping of an Indian, called Dabao, who so well fulfilled his mission, that when the governor came to the fortress, to claim the captives, Dabao seized and beheaded his Excellency, and, with the aid of the prisoners, destroyed most of the Spaniards in the neighbourhood, including the priests; so that only six, among whom was an Augustine barefooted friar, escaped, and fled to the capital. Reinforcements having arrived from Manila, the Indians surrendered, being promised a general pardon. “The promise,” says the Spanish historian, “was not kept; but the leaders of the insurrection were hanged, and multitudes of the Indians sent to prison.” The governor-general “did not approve of this violation of a promise made in the king’s name,” but ordered the punishment of the Spanish chiefs, and the release of such natives as remained in prison.

In the conflicts between the locals and the Spaniards, even the missionaries weren’t always safe, and the Spaniards were often betrayed by those they trusted the most. The heavy taxes and unfair demands on the Indians under Fajardo sparked a revolt in Palopag, where the Jesuit curate was killed and the convent and church were looted. The uprising spread to several islands, and many prisoners were handed over in Caraga to an Indian named Dabao, who carried out his task so well that when the governor came to the fortress to claim the captives, Dabao seized and beheaded him. With the help of the prisoners, he wiped out most of the Spaniards nearby, including the priests, leaving only six survivors, among them a barefoot Augustine friar, who fled to the capital. After reinforcements arrived from Manila, the Indians surrendered, having been promised a general pardon. “The promise,” says the Spanish historian, “was not kept; instead, the leaders of the uprising were hanged, and countless Indians were sent to prison.” The governor-general “did not approve of this breach of a promise made in the king’s name,” but ordered the punishment of the Spanish leaders and the release of any remaining natives in prison.

In 1645, for two months there was a succession of fearful earthquakes. In Cagayan a mountain was overturned, and a whole town engulfed at its foot. [52]Torrents of water and mud burst forth in many places. All the public buildings in the capital were destroyed, except the convent and the church of the Augustines, and that of the Jesuits. Six hundred persons were buried in Manila under the ruins of their houses, and 3,000 altogether are said to have lost their lives.

In 1645, for two months, there was a series of terrifying earthquakes. In Cagayan, a mountain collapsed, and an entire town was overwhelmed at its base. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Torrents of water and mud erupted in many areas. All the public buildings in the capital were destroyed, except for the convent and church of the Augustines, and the Jesuits' church. Six hundred people were buried in Manila under the rubble of their homes, and a total of 3,000 are said to have lost their lives.

De Lara was distinguished for his religious sentiments. On his arrival in 1653 he refused to land till the archbishop had preceded him and consecrated the ground on which he was to tread. He celebrated a jubilee under the authority of the Pope, by which the country was to be purified from “the crimes, censures, and excommunications” with which, for so many years, it had been afflicted. The archbishop, from an elevated platform in Manila, blessed the islands and their inhabitants in the presence of an immense concourse of people. Reconciliations, confessions, restitutions followed these “days of sanctity;” but the benedictions seem to have produced little benefit, as they were followed by earthquakes, tempests, insurrections, unpunished piracies, and, in the words of a Spanish writer, “a web of anxieties and calamities.” Missionaries were sent to convert the Mahomedans, but they were put to death, and many professed converts turned traitors. Kung Sing, the piratical chief, who had conquered Formosa, and who had 1,000 junks and 100,000 men under his orders, had sent an envoy to Manila demanding the subjection of the islands to his authority or threatening immediate invasion. The threat [53]created a general alarm: the Chinese were all ordered to quit the country; they revolted, and almost all were murdered. “It is wonderful,” says De Mas, “that any Chinamen should have come to the Philippines after the repeated slaughters” of their countrymen at different periods, though it is certain they have often brought down the thunderbolt on their own heads. De Lara, having been accused of corruption, was fined 60,000 dollars, pardoned, and returned to Spain, where he became an ecclesiastic, and died in Malaga, his native city.

De Lara was known for his strong religious beliefs. When he arrived in 1653, he refused to disembark until the archbishop had arrived first to bless the ground he would step on. He celebrated a jubilee under the Pope's authority to purify the country from “the crimes, censures, and excommunications” that had plagued it for so many years. The archbishop, from a high platform in Manila, blessed the islands and their people in front of a large crowd. Reconciliation, confessions, and restitution followed these “days of sanctity;” however, the blessings seemed to have little effect as they were followed by earthquakes, storms, uprisings, unchecked piracy, and, in the words of a Spanish writer, “a web of anxieties and calamities.” Missionaries were sent to convert the Muslims, but they were killed, and many who converted became traitors. Kung Sing, the pirate leader who had taken over Formosa and commanded 1,000 ships and 100,000 men, sent a messenger to Manila demanding that the islands submit to his rule or face immediate invasion. The threat [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]caused widespread panic: all Chinese were ordered to leave the country; they revolted, resulting in the murder of almost all of them. “It is amazing,” says De Mas, “that any Chinese would come to the Philippines after the repeated massacres” of their fellow countrymen over the years, although it’s clear they have often brought disaster upon themselves. De Lara, after being accused of corruption, was fined 60,000 dollars, pardoned, and returned to Spain, where he became a cleric and died in Malaga, his hometown.

The “religiosity,” to use a Spanish word, of De Lara was followed by a very different temper in his successor, Salcedo, a Belgian by birth, nominated in 1663. He quarrelled with the priests, fined and condemned to banishment the archbishop, kept him standing while waiting for an audience, insulted him when he had obtained it; and on the death of the archbishop a few months afterwards, there were royal fiestas, while the services De Profundis, in honour of the dead, were prohibited as incompatible with the civil festivities. The Inquisition interfered in the progress of time, and its agents, assisted by an old woman servant, who held the keys, entered the palace, found the Governor asleep, put irons upon him, and carried him a prisoner to the Augustine convent. They next shipped him off to be tried by the Holy Office in Mexico, but he died on his way thither. The King of Spain cancelled and condemned the proceedings, confiscated the property of those who had been concerned in them, and directed [54]all that had been seized belonging to Salcedo to be restored to his heirs.

The “religiosity,” as the Spanish would say, of De Lara was followed by a very different attitude in his successor, Salcedo, a Belgian by birth, appointed in 1663. He clashed with the priests, fined and exiled the archbishop, made him wait while standing for an audience, and insulted him when he finally got one. After the archbishop died a few months later, there were royal fiestas, while the De Profundis services for the deceased were banned because they conflicted with the civil celebrations. The Inquisition got involved, and its agents, helped by an old female servant who had the keys, entered the palace, found the Governor asleep, shackled him, and took him to the Augustine convent as a prisoner. They then sent him off to be tried by the Holy Office in Mexico, but he died on the way there. The King of Spain canceled and condemned the proceedings, confiscated the property of those involved, and ordered [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] all the confiscated items belonging to Salcedo to be returned to his heirs.

Manuel de Leon, in 1669, obtained great reputation among the ecclesiastics. He governed for eight years and left all his property to obras pias. His predecessor, Manuel de la Peña Bonifaz (nominated provisionally), had refused to surrender his authority. He was declared an intruder, his goods were confiscated, and his arrest was ordered, but he sought refuge in the convent of the Recoletos, where he died. A quarrel took place between the competitors for the provisional government—the one appointed enjoyed his authority only for six months. He was, on his death, succeeded by his competitor, who was displaced by Juan de Vargas Hurtado in 1678. Great misunderstandings between the clergy and the civilians took place about this time. The governor was excommunicated, having been ordered on every holiday to appear in the cathedral and in the churches of Parcan and Binondo, barefooted and with a rope round his neck. Refusing to submit to such a degradation, he lived a solitary life, excluded from all intercourse, on the banks of the river, until he obtained permission to embark for New Spain; he died broken-hearted on the voyage.

Manuel de Leon gained significant respect among church officials in 1669. He governed for eight years and left all his possessions to obras pias. His predecessor, Manuel de la Peña Bonifaz (who was appointed temporarily), refused to give up his power. He was deemed an intruder, his property was taken away, and a warrant for his arrest was issued, but he found refuge in the Recoletos convent, where he passed away. A conflict arose between the rivals for the temporary leadership—the appointed one held power for just six months. Upon his death, his rival took over, but he was replaced by Juan de Vargas Hurtado in 1678. During this time, there were major misunderstandings between the clergy and civilians. The governor was excommunicated and ordered to appear in the cathedral and in the churches of Parcan and Binondo on every holiday, barefoot and with a rope around his neck. Refusing to endure such humiliation, he lived a secluded life by the river until he received permission to leave for New Spain; he died heartbroken during the journey.

It must be remembered, in looking over the ancient records of the Philippines, that the sole historians are the monks, and that their applause or condemnation can hardly be deemed a disinterested or equitable judgment. Hurtado is accused by them [55]of many acts of despotism: they say that, in order to accomplish his objects, he menaced the friars with starvation, and by guards, prevented food reaching the convents; that he interfered with the election of ecclesiastics, persecuted and ordered the imprisonment of Bonifaz, his immediate predecessor (provisionally appointed), who fled to a convent of Recoletos (barefooted Augustines), and was protected by them. The Jesuits denied his claim to protection, but during the controversy Bonifaz died, and the records remain to exhibit another specimen of the bitterness of the odium theologicum and of the unity and harmony of which the Church of Rome sometimes boasts as the results of her infallibility. The archbishop was at this time quarrelling with the civil tribunals, to which he addressed his mandamus, and answered their recalcitrancy by reminding them that all secular authority was subordinate to ecclesiastical. The archbishop was placed under arrest and ordered to be banished by the Audiencia. He was conveyed by force in his pontifical robes to the vessel which transported him to Pangasinan. The Dominicans, to whose order the archbishop belonged, launched their excommunications and censures, and troops were sent to the convent to prevent the ringing of bells and the alarm and gathering of the people. The provincial, who had taken the active part in resistance, was, with other friars, ordered to be banished to Spain. When about to be removed, the dean commanded the soldiers present to kiss the provincial’s feet and do him all honour while he poured out his benedictions on the [56]recalcitrant friars. In the midst of all this confusion a new governor (Curuzcalegui) arrived, in 1684, who took part with the clergy, and declared himself in favour of the banished archbishop, and condemned his judges to banishment. One of them fled to the Jesuit’s College, a sanctuary, but was seized by the troops. This by no means settled the quarrel, the following out of which is too complicated and too uninteresting to invite further scrutiny here.

It should be noted that when reviewing the old records of the Philippines, the only historians are the monks, and their praise or criticism shouldn't really be considered unbiased or fair judgment. Hurtado is accused by them [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]of many acts of tyranny: they claim that to achieve his goals, he threatened the friars with starvation and used guards to stop food from reaching the convents; that he meddled in the election of church officials, persecuted, and ordered the imprisonment of Bonifaz, his immediate predecessor (who was appointed temporarily), who fled to a Recoletos convent (barefoot Augustines) and was protected by them. The Jesuits denied Bonifaz's claim of protection, but during the dispute, Bonifaz died, and the records show yet another example of the bitterness of odium theologicum and the unity and harmony the Church of Rome sometimes celebrates as results of its infallibility. At this time, the archbishop was fighting with the civil courts, to which he sent his mandamus, and responded to their defiance by reminding them that all secular authority is subordinate to ecclesiastical authority. The archbishop was arrested and ordered to be exiled by the Audiencia. He was forcibly taken in his ceremonial robes to the ship that transported him to Pangasinan. The Dominicans, the order to which the archbishop belonged, issued their excommunications and censures, and troops were sent to the convent to prevent the ringing of bells and the gathering of the people. The provincial, who had actively resisted, along with other friars, was ordered to be exiled to Spain. Just before his removal, the dean commanded the soldiers present to kiss the provincial’s feet and show him all respect while he gave blessings to the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]rebellious friars. Amid all this chaos, a new governor (Curuzcalegui) arrived in 1684, sided with the clergy, declared his support for the exiled archbishop, and condemned his judges to exile. One of them sought refuge at the Jesuit College, a sanctuary, but was captured by the troops. This did not resolve the conflict, the details of which are too complicated and uninteresting to explore further here.

In 1687 the King of Spain sent out a commissioner to inquire into the troubles that reigned in the Philippines. The Pope had taken up the cause of the more violent of the clergy, and Pardo (the archbishop), thus encouraged in his intemperance, declared the churches of the Jesuits desecrated in which the bodies of the civilians had been buried, who had adjudicated against the monks. Their remains were disinterred, but most of the judges who had defended the rights of the State against the ecclesiastical invasions were dead before the commissioner arrived; and, happily for the public peace, the turbulent prelate himself died in 1689. Curuzcalegui also died in 1689. After a short provisional interregnum (during which Valenzuela, the Spanish minister, who had been banished to the Philippines by Charles II., on his return homeward, was killed by the kick of a horse in Mexico), Fausto Cruzat y Gongora, was in 1690 invested with the government. His rule is most remarkable for its financial prosperity. It lasted for eleven years, for his successor, Domingo de Zubalburo, though nominated in 1694, did not arrive till 1701. [57]He improved the harbour, but was dismissed by the King of Spain in consequence of his having admitted a Papal Legate à latere without requiring the presentation of his credentials. The Audiencia demanded them, and the Legate replied he was surprised at their venturing to question his powers. He frightened the people by this assumption, and proceeded to found a college in the name of St. Clement. The king was so exasperated that he ordered the college to be demolished, fined the Oidores (judges) a thousand dollars, and removed the dean from his office. Martin de Ursua y Arrimendi arrived in 1709, and died much regretted in 1715; he checked the influx of the Chinese, and thus conciliated popular prejudices. The interim governor, Jose Torralba, was accused of peculation to the amount of 700,000 dollars. He was called on by royal order to reimburse and find security for 40,000 dollars; but failing was sent to prison in fetters. He was ordered afterwards to be sent to Spain, but agreed to pay 120,000 dollars. He had not the money, and died a beggar. Fernando Bustillo (Bustamente) landed in 1717. He spent large sums in useless embassies, and lived ostentatiously and expensively. He set about financial reforms, and imprisoned many persons indebted to the State. He seized some of the principal inhabitants of the capital, menaced the judges, who fled to the convents for protection. The governor took Torralba into favour, releasing him from prison, and using him to undermine the authority of the Audiencia, by investing him with its [58]powers. He ordered that on the discharge of a piece of artillery, all the Spaniards should repair to the palace: he arrested the archbishop, the chapter of the cathedral, several prelates and ecclesiastics, when a tumult followed; crowds rushed to the palace; they killed the governor and his son, who had hurried thither to defend his father. Francisco de la Cuesta was called upon to take charge of the government. The remaining children of Bustillo were sent to Mexico, and the Audiencia made a report of what had taken place to the king, who appointed Toribio José Cosio y Campo, and directed the punishment of those who had caused the former governor’s death; but under the influence of a Franciscan monk, Cosio was induced to consent to various delays, so that nothing was done in the matter, and the government in 1729 was transferred to Fernando Valdes y Tamon, who reformed the military exercises, sent an expedition to conquer the island of Palaos, failed in the attempt, and was succeeded by a Fleming, Gaspar de la Torre, in 1739. He dealt so severely with the fiscal Arroyo as to cause his death. He was disliked, became morose and solitary, and died in 1745. The bishop elect of Ilocos, father John Arrechedera, was the next governor, and the Sultan of Jolo, who desired to be baptized, visited him in Manila. The archbishop, to whom the matter was referred, declared that the Sultan had been received into the bosom of the Church by the Dominican friars of Panogui. The Marquis of Obando took possession of the government in 1750. [59]The archbishop, whom he displaced, had received orders from the Spanish Cabinet to expel the Chinese from the islands; but whether from the honest conviction that the execution of the order would be pernicious to the permanent interests of the Philippines—in which judgment he was perfectly right—or (as the natives avow) from an unwarrantable affection for the Chinese, he, on various pretexts, delayed the publication of the royal mandate. Obando involved himself in quarrels with the Mussulman inhabitants of Mindanao, for which he had made no adequate preparation. He determined to restore the Sultan of Jolo, but on reaching Zamboanga he proceeded against the Sultan for unfaithfulness (infidencia), sent him to Manila, and caused him to be put into prison. The Mahomedans revolted. Obando desired to take the command against them. The Audiencia objected to the exposure of the person of the governor. The expedition failed, and disorders increased. He left the government in a most unsatisfactory state, and died on his way homewards. Pedro Manuel de Arandia assumed the government in 1754. He had some successes against the Mahomedans (or Moors, as they are generally called by Spanish writers). He intended to restore the Sultan of Jolo, but he involved himself in quarrels with the clergy, and his proceedings were disapproved by the Spanish Court. His unpopularity led to a fixed melancholy, under whose influences he died in 1759. Though he left his property for charitable purposes, the fact of its [60]amounting to 250,000 dollars is urged as evidence of the corrupt character of his administration. The Bishop of Zebu, followed by the Archbishop of Manila, Manuel Royo, held the government provisionally on the death of Arandia. It was Royo who surrendered Manila, and transferred the island to the British in 1762.1 He was made a prisoner, and died [61]in prison in 1764, of grief and shame it was said. Simon de Anda y Salazar, one of the judges of [62]the Royal Audiencia, was charged with the government during the possession of the capital by the [63]English, and established his authority in Pampanga, where he maintained himself till the arrival of Francisco de la Torre, who was provisionally appointed by the Crown, and who, through Anda, received back Manila from the British. José Raon took possession of the government in 1766.

In 1687, the King of Spain sent a commissioner to investigate the issues in the Philippines. The Pope had supported the more extreme members of the clergy, which led Archbishop Pardo, feeling bolstered by this back-up, to declare the Jesuit churches desecrated where the bodies of civilians who had ruled against the monks were buried. Their remains were exhumed, but most of the judges who had defended the state against church interference were already dead by the time the commissioner arrived; fortunately for public peace, the troubled archbishop himself died in 1689. Curuzcalegui also passed away in 1689. After a short provisional interregnum (during which Valenzuela, the Spanish minister banished to the Philippines by Charles II, was killed by a horse kick in Mexico), Fausto Cruzat y Gongora was appointed governor in 1690. His rule was especially notable for its financial success, lasting eleven years, until his successor, Domingo de Zubalburo, appointed in 1694, didn't arrive until 1701. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] He improved the harbor but was dismissed by the King of Spain for allowing a Papal Legate à latere without asking for his credentials. The Audiencia demanded them, and the Legate was taken aback that they would question his authority. This stance intimidated the public, and he then set out to establish a college in the name of St. Clement. The King was so enraged that he ordered the college to be demolished, fined the judges a thousand dollars, and removed the dean from his position. Martin de Ursua y Arrimendi arrived in 1709 and died in 1715, mourned by many; he curtailed the influx of Chinese immigrants, which helped ease public tensions. The interim governor, Jose Torralba, was accused of embezzling $700,000. He was ordered by royal command to repay and secure $40,000, but after failing to do so, he was imprisoned in chains. He was later commanded to be sent to Spain but agreed to pay $120,000 instead. Lacking the funds, he died in poverty. Fernando Bustillo (Bustamente) arrived in 1717. He squandered vast amounts on pointless embassies and lived extravagantly. He initiated financial reforms and imprisoned many indebted to the state. He targeted leading residents of the capital, threatening judges who sought refuge in convents. The governor reconciled with Torralba, freeing him from prison, and collaborated with him to undermine the Audiencia's authority by granting him its [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ powers. He ordered that upon the firing of a cannon, all Spaniards should report to the palace: he arrested the archbishop, members of the cathedral chapter, and several clergymen, which led to a riot; crowds surged into the palace, killing the governor and his son, who rushed in to protect his father. Francisco de la Cuesta was called to take over the government. Bustillo's remaining children were sent to Mexico, and the Audiencia reported on the events to the king, who appointed Toribio José Cosio y Campo and mandated punishment for those responsible for the former governor's death. However, influenced by a Franciscan monk, Cosio agreed to various delays, so nothing was executed, and in 1729, the government passed to Fernando Valdes y Tamon, who reformed military exercises, launched an expedition to conquer the island of Palaos, failed, and was succeeded in 1739 by a Fleming, Gaspar de la Torre. He treated the prosecutor Arroyo so harshly that it led to his death. He was unpopular, became reclusive and morose, and passed away in 1745. The elected bishop of Ilocos, Father John Arrechedera, then became governor, and the Sultan of Jolo, wishing to be baptized, visited him in Manila. The archbishop, to whom the request was directed, stated that the Sultan had been received into the Church by Dominican friars in Panogui. The Marquis of Obando took control of the government in 1750. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] The displaced archbishop had received orders from the Spanish Cabinet to expel the Chinese from the islands; however, whether due to a genuine belief that executing the order would be harmful to the Philippines' long-term interests—which he was entirely correct about—or (as claimed by the locals) from an undue fondness for the Chinese, he, under various pretexts, postponed issuing the royal mandate. Obando got caught up in disputes with the Muslim inhabitants of Mindanao without sufficient preparation. He aimed to reinstate the Sultan of Jolo, but upon reaching Zamboanga, he turned against the Sultan for disloyalty (infidencia), took him to Manila, and imprisoned him. The Muslims revolted. Obando sought to lead the charge against them. The Audiencia opposed exposing the governor to danger. The expedition failed, and chaos increased. He left the government in a very bad state and died while returning home. Pedro Manuel de Arandia took over the government in 1754. He had some victories against the Muslims (or Moors, as they are typically referred to by Spanish writers). He planned to reinstate the Sultan of Jolo but got into conflicts with the clergy, and his actions were criticized by the Spanish Court. His unpopularity led him into persistent melancholy, contributing to his death in 1759. Although he left his estate for charitable endeavors, the fact that it amounted to $250,000 is presented as evidence of his administration's corruption. The Bishop of Zebu, followed by the Archbishop of Manila, Manuel Royo, provisionally governed after Arandia's death. It was Royo who surrendered Manila and handed the island over to the British in 1762.1 He was captured and died [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in prison in 1764, reportedly from grief and shame. Simon de Anda y Salazar, one of the judges of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the Royal Audiencia, was tasked with governing during the British occupation of the capital and secured his leadership in Pampanga, where he remained until Francisco de la Torre arrived, provisionally appointed by the Crown, who, through Anda, regained Manila from the British. José Raon took over the government in 1766.

The Sultan of Jolo, replaced on his throne by the English, caused great molestations to the island of Mindanao, against Raon, who was unable to protect his countrymen. The expulsion of the Jesuits having been determined on, the secret purpose was communicated to the Governor. He was accused of having divulged, and of concealing a writing-desk supposed to contain important documents. He was ordered to be imprisoned in his own house, where he died.

The Sultan of Jolo, who was removed from power by the English, caused serious trouble for the island of Mindanao, targeting Raon, who couldn’t protect his people. After deciding to expel the Jesuits, the secret plan was shared with the Governor. He was accused of leaking information and hiding a desk believed to contain important documents. He was placed under house arrest, where he eventually died.

One of the monkish historians gives the following account of the manner in which the rebellious Indians were disposed of:—“Arza, with the efficacious aid of the Augustin fathers, and of the faithful (who were many), went to Vigan, and repeated what he had done in Cagallan; for he hanged more than a hundred, [64]and among them Doña Gabriela, the wife of Silang, a mestiza of malas mañas (bad tricks), not less valiant than her husband, the notary, and a great many cabecillas (heads of groups of families), who fled to the mountains of Alva; as to the rest of the rabble of this revolted crew, he was satisfied with giving them each two hundred lashes, while exposed on the pillory. He sent 3,000 Ilocos triumphant and rich with booty to Pangasinan. This was in 1763.”2

One of the monkish historians provides the following account of how the rebellious Indians were dealt with:—“Arza, with the effective support of the Augustin fathers and many of the faithful, went to Vigan and repeated what he had done in Cagallan; he hanged more than a hundred, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]including Doña Gabriela, the wife of Silang, a mestiza known for her malas mañas (bad tricks), who was just as courageous as her husband, the notary, along with many cabecillas (leaders of family groups) who fled to the mountains of Alva; as for the rest of the rabble from this revolted group, he was satisfied with giving each of them two hundred lashes while they were exposed on the pillory. He sent 3,000 Ilocos back, triumphant and wealthy with booty, to Pangasinan. This was in 1763.”2

After the capture of Manila by the British, they were naturally suspected and accused of fomenting and encouraging the many insurrections which followed that event. The impetuous and despotic character of Anda, who assumed the governorship of the islands, had made him many enemies, and he seems to have considered all opposition to his arbitrary measures as evidence of treacherous confederation with the English. No doubt their presence was welcomed, especially by the Mussulman population of the southern islands, as affording them some hopes of relief from Spanish oppression; but even the Philippine historians do justice to the British authorities, and state that they punished the piratical acts of their allies, without distinction of persons. The Spaniards, however, encouraged Tenteng, a Mahomedan dato (chieftain), to attack the British, whose garrison, in Balambangan, was reduced by sickness from 400 men to seventy-five infantry and twenty-eight artillery. But it was, says De Mas, “solely in expectation of booty.” From the woods in the night [65]they stole down on the English while they were asleep, set fire to the houses, and murdered all but six of the garrison, who escaped in a boat with the English commandant; they then hoisted the white flag, and did not spare the life of a single Englishman left on shore. The Mahomedans seized much spoil in arms and money. The Sultan of Jolo and the datos, fearing the vengeance of the English, disclaimed all participation in the affair; but on Tenteng’s reaching Jolo, and delivering up his plunder to the authorities, they, “thinking there were now arms and money enough to resist both Spaniards and English,” declared Tenteng to be a hero, and well deserving of his country. A few months afterwards, a British ship of war appeared, and obtained such reparation as the case allowed.

After the British captured Manila, they were naturally seen as suspicious and accused of stirring up and supporting the numerous uprisings that followed. The reckless and authoritarian nature of Anda, who took over as governor of the islands, made him many enemies, and he appeared to view any opposition to his harsh policies as proof of treachery linked with the British. There’s no doubt that their presence was welcomed, particularly by the Muslim population in the southern islands, as it gave them some hope for relief from Spanish oppression; however, even Philippine historians recognize that the British authorities punished the piratical actions of their allies without favoritism. The Spaniards, on the other hand, encouraged Tenteng, a Muslim chieftain, to attack the British. The garrison in Balambangan had decreased from 400 men to just seventy-five infantry and twenty-eight artillery due to sickness. De Mas remarks that it was “solely in expectation of booty.” Under the cover of night, they crept down from the woods to the British positions while they were asleep, set fire to the buildings, and killed all but six of the garrison who managed to escape in a boat with the British commander; they then raised the white flag and spared the life of no Englishman left on shore. The Muslims seized a lot of loot in weapons and money. The Sultan of Jolo and the chieftains, fearing retaliation from the British, denied any involvement in the incident; but when Tenteng returned to Jolo and handed over his loot to the authorities, they, “thinking there were now enough arms and money to resist both Spaniards and English,” hailed Tenteng as a hero, deserving of honor in his country. A few months later, a British warship showed up and sought whatever reparation the situation allowed.

Anda had won so much credit for resisting the English, that he was rewarded by his sovereign with many honours, made Councillor of Castile, and returned as governor to Manila, in 1770. He imprisoned his predecessor, many of the judges, the government secretary, a colonel, and other persons. He sent some to Spain, and banished others from the capital. He involved himself in ecclesiastical quarrels, met with many vexations, and retired to the estate of the Recoleto friars, where he died in 1766. De Mas says, in reference to this period:—“For more than two centuries, the Philippines had been for the crown of Spain a hotbed of so many disputes, anxieties, and expenses, that the abandonment of the colony was again and again proposed by the ministers; [66]but the Catholic monarchs could never consent to the perdition of all the souls that had been conquered, and which it was still hoped to conquer, in these regions.” After a short interregnum temporarily filled by Pedro Sarrio, José Basco arrived in 1778. He established the tobacco monopoly, sent off to Europe three judges, and compelled other functionaries to quit the capital, but, after two years’ occupation of the gubernatorial seat, he returned to Spain, and obtained other employment from the crown. Pedro Sarrio was again invested with the temporary authority. Felix Berenguer de Marquina arrived in 1788, and ruled six years. He was accused of corruption, but absolved by the king. Rafael Maria de Aguilar was nominated in 1793.

Anda had gained a lot of respect for resisting the English, so his ruler rewarded him with numerous honors, making him a Councillor of Castile, and he returned to Manila as governor in 1770. He imprisoned his predecessor, several judges, the government secretary, a colonel, and others. He sent some people to Spain and banished others from the capital. He got involved in church disputes, faced many frustrations, and eventually retreated to the estate of the Recoleto friars, where he died in 1766. De Mas says about this period: “For more than two centuries, the Philippines had been a source of numerous disputes, worries, and expenses for the Spanish crown, prompting ministers to repeatedly propose abandoning the colony; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] but the Catholic monarchs could never agree to losing all the souls that had been won over, and for which it was still hoped to convert in these areas.” After a brief interregnum temporarily filled by Pedro Sarrio, José Basco arrived in 1778. He set up the tobacco monopoly, sent three judges to Europe, and forced other officials to leave the capital. However, after two years in the gubernatorial position, he returned to Spain and took on other duties from the crown. Pedro Sarrio was again given temporary authority. Felix Berenguer de Marquina arrived in 1788 and ruled for six years. He was accused of corruption but was cleared by the king. Rafael Maria de Aguilar was appointed in 1793.

In 1800 the governor-general having consulted the assessor on the conduct to be observed towards the Mussulman pirates who had entered the port of Manila, received a reply which is somewhat grandiloquent:—“It is time all the royal wishes should be fulfilled, and that these islands cease to be tributaries to a vile and despicable Mahomedan. Let him feel the direful visitations of a nation, whose reputation has been so often offended and outraged, but which has tolerated and concealed its wrongs the better to inflict its vengeance; let the crown be cleansed from the tarnish, which in this port, and in the sight of so many European nations, it has received from the low rabble (canalla). The repeated disasters of the Indians appear to have rendered Spaniards insensible; yet is there a man who, having witnessed [67]the desolation, murders, ruin of families, has not his soul moved with a desire of revenge against the desolator and destroyer? Were they our wives, sons, fathers, brothers, with what clamour should we call on the authorities to punish the criminal, and to restore our freedom.... Justice, pity, the obligation of your consciences, upon which the royal conscience reposes, all plead together.... Eternal memory for him who shall release us from the yoke which has oppressed us for ages!”

In 1800, the governor-general consulted the advisor about how to deal with the Muslim pirates that had entered the port of Manila and received a somewhat grand response: "It's time that all royal wishes are fulfilled and that these islands stop being tributaries to a vile and despicable Muslim. Let him feel the harsh consequences from a nation whose reputation has been so often disrespected and insulted, but has tolerated and hidden its grievances just to wait and take revenge; let the crown be cleansed from the stain it has received in this port, in the view of so many European nations, from the lowly rabble (canalla). The repeated disasters faced by the Indians seem to have made the Spaniards numb; yet, is there anyone who, having witnessed [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the devastation, murders, and destruction of families, has not felt a burning desire for revenge against the destroyer? If it were our wives, sons, fathers, brothers, how loudly would we call on the authorities to punish the offender and restore our freedom.... Justice, compassion, the duty of your consciences, which the royal conscience depends on, all plead together.... Eternal glory to whoever frees us from the yoke that has oppressed us for ages!"

A treaty was concluded between the government of Manila and the Sultan of Mindanao in 1805. The Sultan’s minister of state was a Mexican deserter; the ambassador of the Spaniards a Mexican convict. He was, in truth, hardly dealt with, for, after making the treaty, he was ordered to fulfil the term of his transportation.

A treaty was made between the government of Manila and the Sultan of Mindanao in 1805. The Sultan’s minister of state was a Mexican deserter, and the ambassador from Spain was a Mexican convict. In reality, he was treated unfairly because, after finalizing the treaty, he was ordered to serve the rest of his sentence.

In 1811, a conspiracy broke out in Ilocos, where a new god was proclaimed by the Indians, under the name of Lungao. There was a hierarchy of priests appointed in his honour. They made their first attempts to convert the idolaters in Cagayan, and to engage them to take part against the Spaniards. The Catholic missionaries were the special object of their dislike, but the information which these ecclesiastics gave to the authorities enabled them to suppress the rebellion and to punish the leaders.

In 1811, a conspiracy emerged in Ilocos, where the locals declared a new god named Lungao. They appointed a hierarchy of priests in his honor. Their first efforts were to convert the idol worshippers in Cagayan and rally them to join the fight against the Spaniards. The Catholic missionaries were particularly disliked by them, but the information these priests provided to the authorities allowed for the rebellion to be quashed and the leaders to be punished.

The cholera invaded Manila in 1819. A massacre of foreigners and Chinese was the consequence, who were accused (especially the English) of poisoning the wells. Robberies and other excesses followed the [68]murders. The Host was paraded in vain through the streets. The carnage ceased when no more victims were to be found, but Spanish persons and property were respected.

The cholera epidemic hit Manila in 1819. A massacre of foreigners and Chinese followed, with the English particularly accused of poisoning the wells. Robberies and other abuses took place after the murders. The Host was paraded through the streets for no reason. The violence stopped when there were no more victims, but Spanish people and property were left alone.

Under the government of Martinez, in 1823, a rising took, place, headed by Novales, a Manilaman in the Spanish service. As many as 800 of the troops joined the movement. They took possession of the palace, murdered the king’s lieutenant, and, according to all appearances, would have overthrown the government, had there been any organization or unity of purpose. But a few courageous men gathered around them numbers faithful to the king and the royalist party. Soldiers arrived; the insurgents faltered; the inconstant people began to distrust the revolutionary leaders, and Novales was left with one piece of artillery, and about 300 to 400 followers. Overpowered, he fled, but was compelled to surrender. He was brought to a drumhead court-martial, declared he had no accomplices, but was the sole seducer of the troops, and was shot with one of his sergeants the same day. Amnesty was proclaimed, after twenty non-commissioned officers had been executed.

Under Martinez's government in 1823, a rebellion broke out, led by Novales, a Manilaman serving in the Spanish army. Around 800 troops joined the uprising. They seized the palace, killed the king’s lieutenant, and, it seemed, would have toppled the government if they had any organization or unified goal. However, a few brave individuals rallied loyal supporters of the king and the royalist cause. Soldiers arrived; the insurgents hesitated; the fickle populace started to lose faith in the revolutionary leaders, leaving Novales with just one piece of artillery and about 300 to 400 followers. Overwhelmed, he fled but was forced to surrender. He was taken to a quick court-martial, claimed he had no accomplices and was the only instigator among the troops, and was executed alongside one of his sergeants that same day. An amnesty was declared after twenty non-commissioned officers had been executed.

A serious insurrection broke out in Tayabas during the short rule of Oraa (1841–43). The Spaniards say it was the work of a Tagál called Apolinano, lay-brother of the convent of Lucban, not twenty years old, who established a brotherhood (Cofradia) exclusively confined to the native Indians. The object does not seem to have been known, but the [69]meetings of the Cofrades excited alarms and suspicions. The archbishop called on the captain-general to put down the assemblies, which in some places had sought legalization from the authorities. The arrest of Apolinano was ordered, upon which he fled to the mountains, where he was joined by 3,000 Indians, and it was reported in Manila that he had raised the cry of rebellion in Igsavan. On this the Alcalde mayor, accompanied by two Franciscan friars, a few troops, and two small pieces of artillery, marched upon the denounced rebels. They fired upon the Spaniards and killed the Alcalde. On the news reaching the capital, a force of about 800 men was collected. It is said the positions held by Apolinano were impregnable, but he had not kept the promises he had made to the Indians, that sundry miracles were to be wrought in their favour. Only a few advanced to meet the Spaniards, and many of these were killed and the rest took to flight. Almost without loss on their own side, the Spaniards left above 240 Indians dead on the field, and shot 200 whom they made prisoners. Apolinano, in endeavouring to cross a river, was seized by two of his own people, bound, and delivered over to the authorities. He was accused of aspiring to be King of the Tagálos. He averred that the objects of his Cofradia were purely and simply religious. He was shot on the 4th of November, 1841. De Mas says he knew him, and that he was a quiet, sober, unobtrusive young man, exhibiting nothing of the hero or the adventurer. He performed menial services [70]at the convent of Lucban; and as far as I can discover, the main ground of suspicion was, that he admitted no Spaniards or Mestizos into his religious fraternity; but that so many lives should have been sacrificed to a mere suspicion is a sad story.’

A serious uprising broke out in Tayabas during Oraa's short rule (1841–43). The Spaniards claim it was led by a young Tagál named Apolinano, a lay brother of the convent in Lucban, who was under twenty years old. He formed a brotherhood (Cofradia) exclusively for native Indians. The purpose of the brotherhood wasn't clear, but the meetings of the Cofrades raised alarms and suspicions. The archbishop urged the captain-general to disperse the assemblies, which had sought approval from the authorities in some areas. An arrest order was issued for Apolinano, but he fled to the mountains, where he was joined by 3,000 Indians, and reports surfaced in Manila that he had called for rebellion in Igsavan. In response, the Alcalde mayor, alongside two Franciscan friars, a few troops, and two small cannons, marched against the alleged rebels. They were fired upon by the rebels, and the Alcalde was killed. Upon hearing this news in the capital, a force of about 800 men was assembled. It's said that Apolinano's positions were impregnable, but he failed to deliver on promises made to the Indians that miracles would occur in their favor. Only a few of his followers stepped forward to face the Spaniards; many were killed, and the rest fled. The Spaniards suffered almost no losses, leaving over 240 Indians dead on the battlefield and capturing 200 more. Apolinano was captured by two of his own men while trying to cross a river, bound, and handed over to the authorities. He was accused of trying to become the King of the Tagálos. He insisted that the goals of his Cofradia were purely religious. He was shot on November 4, 1841. De Mas mentioned that he knew him and described him as a quiet, sober, unassuming young man who didn’t exhibit any qualities of a hero or adventurer. He performed menial tasks at the convent of Lucban, and as far as I can tell, the main reason for suspicion was his refusal to admit any Spaniards or Mestizos into his religious fraternity. It's a tragic story that so many lives were lost over mere suspicion.

Between 1806 and 1844 no less than fourteen governors followed one another. Among them Narciso Claveria (1844–49) is entitled to notice. He added the island of Balanguingui to the Spanish possessions. One of his declarations obtained for him great applause—that “he had left Spain torn by civil dissensions, but that he should make no distinctions between his countrymen on the ground of political differences, but forget all title except that of Español y Caballero (Spaniard and gentleman).” Since that time Ramon Montero has been their Governor ad interim, viz., in 1853, 1854, and 1856. The Marquis of Novaliches took possession of the government in 1854, but held it only for about eight months. Don Manuel Crespo arrived in November, 1854, and the present Governor-General, Don Fernando de Norzagaray, on the 9th of March, 1857.

Between 1806 and 1844, fourteen governors succeeded one another. Among them, Narciso Claveria (1844–49) stands out. He added the island of Balanguingui to Spanish territories. One of his statements earned him significant praise: he said he had left Spain divided by civil strife, but he would not make distinctions among his countrymen based on political differences, instead choosing to recognize only the title of Español y Caballero (Spaniard and gentleman). Since then, Ramon Montero has served as Governor ad interim in 1853, 1854, and 1856. The Marquis of Novaliches took control of the government in 1854 but only held the position for about eight months. Don Manuel Crespo arrived in November 1854, followed by the current Governor-General, Don Fernando de Norzagaray, on March 9, 1857.

It is worthy of note that during the period in which there have been seventy-eight governors, there have been only twenty-two archbishops; the average period of the civil holding being four years—that of the ecclesiastical, eleven and a-half years. [71]

It’s important to point out that out of seventy-eight governors, there have only been twenty-two archbishops; the average term for governors is four years, while for archbishops, it’s eleven and a half years. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 The account given by Spanish writers of the taking of Manila by the British forces, and here translated from Buzeta’s narrative, seems given with as much fairness as could be expected.

1 The account provided by Spanish writers regarding the British forces capturing Manila, translated from Buzeta’s narrative, appears to be presented as fairly as possible.

“In 1762, the city of Manila had reached to wonderful prosperity. Its commercial relations extended to the Moluccas, Borneo, many parts of India, Malacca, Siam, Cochin China, China, Japan—in a word, to all places between the Isthmus of Suez and Behring’s Straits. But at the end of this year a disaster visited the city which prostrated it for many years after. The English, then at war with Spain, presented themselves with considerable forces. The most illustrious Archbishop Don Manuel Royo, then temporarily in charge of the government, had received no notice of any declaration of war, and had made no preparations for defence. The enemy’s fleet was the bearer of the news. The garrison was composed of the regiment del rey, which ought to have numbered 2,000 men, but was reduced to 500, by detachments, desertion and disease. There were only 80 artillerymen, all Indians, who knew little about the management of guns. In this state of matters, the English fleet suddenly appeared on the 22nd September, 1762. It consisted of thirteen ships, with 6,830 excellent troops. In total ignorance of public affairs, the fleet was supposed to be one of Chinese sampans. Some defensive measures were adopted, and an officer was sent to inquire of the commander of the fleet what was his nation, and what the object of his unannounced visit. The messenger returned the following day, accompanied by two English officers, who stated that the conquest of the islands was the purpose of the expedition. They were answered that the islands would defend themselves. On the night of the 23rd/24th, the enemy effected their disembarkation at the redoubt of St. Anthony Abbot. An attempt was made to dislodge them; it failed. They were fired upon in the morning of the 24th, but with little effect, so well were they entrenched and protected by various buildings. In order to arrest their proceedings, it was determined to make a vigorous sally, whose arrangement was left to M. Fallu, a French officer in the service of Spain; but this valiant soldier soon found that the foreign troops were too numerous to be dealt with by his forces. He fought during the night, and did not return to the citadel till 9 A.M. of the following day. There was a suspension of hostilities, and the invaders sent a flag of truce to the city. The bombardment continued on the 25th, and our grape-shot did much damage to the enemy. On the 28th, in the morning, the English general asked for the head of an officer who, having been the bearer of a flag of truce two days before, had been decapitated by the Indians. He demanded also the delivery of the persons who had committed the crime, and, if refused, threatened horrible reprisals. The requirement was complied with; and the Archbishop, who was exercising the functions of government, and directing the defence of the city, showed himself on horseback to the camp of the enemy, but without result. On the 29th, the English squadron received a reinforcement of three ships, which bore 350 Frenchmen from Pondicherry, who sought an opportunity to turn upon the English, and nominated two of their confidants to arrange their desertion and the accomplishment of their purpose; but the two confederates were supposed by the Indians to be Englishmen, and, instead of being welcomed, were slain. The English, being informed of what had taken place, secured themselves against further treachery on the part of the French. On the 3rd of October, a large force of Pampangan Indians having arrived, a sally was resolved upon: it was very bloody, but of no benefit for the defence. The following day the besiegers made a breach in the Fundicion bulwarks. A council of war was held, and the military decided that a capitulation was imperative: the citizens were for continuing the defence. Unfortunately the Archbishop was carried away from this opinion, which led to so many disasters for Manila. On the 4th, there was a general conviction that this city would soon be compelled to surrender; and the title of the Lieutenant to the Government having been conferred on the judge (oidor) Simon de Anda y Salazar, in order that he might transfer the seat of Spanish authority to some other part of the island, and provide for its defence, he left the same evening at 10 P.M., in a launch with a few rowers, a Tagál servant, 500 dollars in silver, and forty sheets of official stamped paper. These were his resources against an enemy having sixteen vessels in the bay, and who were on the point of entering the city. Thus without an army or a fleet, a man of more than threescore years reached Bulacan, determined on pertinacious opposition to those conquerors who were about to enter the capital. They did enter on the following day, leaving their entrenchments and advancing in three columns to the breach, which was scarcely practicable. Forty Frenchmen of Pondicherry led and found no resistance. The fortress was compelled to surrender. The city was sacked for forty hours, neither the churches nor the palace of the Archbishop or Governor finding any mercy. The loss of the Spaniards during the siege was three officers, two sergeants, fifty troops of the line, and thirty civilians of the militia, without reckoning the wounded; the Indians had 300 killed and 400 wounded. The besiegers lost about 1,000 men, of whom 16 were officers. The fleet fired upon the city more than 5,000 bombs, and more than 20,000 balls. It might have been hoped that a sack of forty hours and the capitulation of the garrison would have satisfied the enemy; it was not so, for during the sackage the English commander informed the Archbishop that all the inhabitants would be massacred if two millions of dollars were not immediately paid in coin, and two millions more in drafts on the Spanish treasury. To this it was necessary to accede, and the charitable funds and the silver ornaments of the churches were devoted to the payment.

“In 1762, the city of Manila had achieved remarkable prosperity. Its trade connections extended to the Moluccas, Borneo, many regions of India, Malacca, Siam, Cochin China, China, Japan—in short, to all areas between the Isthmus of Suez and Bering’s Straits. However, by the end of that year, a disaster struck the city, leaving it devastated for many years. The English, who were at war with Spain, arrived with significant forces. The esteemed Archbishop Don Manuel Royo, who was temporarily overseeing the government, had received no notice of any war declaration and had made no defensive preparations. The enemy's fleet was the bearer of this troubling news. The garrison consisted of the regiment del rey, which was supposed to number 2,000 men but had dwindled to only 500 due to detachments, desertion, and disease. There were just 80 artillerymen, all Indians, who had little knowledge of handling guns. In this dire situation, the English fleet suddenly appeared on September 22, 1762. It included thirteen ships with 6,830 well-trained troops. Initially unaware of the situation, they mistook the fleet for Chinese sampans. Some defensive measures were quickly put in place, and an officer was sent to ask the fleet's commander what nation he belonged to and the intention of his unexpected visit. The messenger returned the next day with two English officers, who stated that the purpose of the expedition was to conquer the islands. They were told that the islands would defend themselves. On the night of September 23/24, the enemy managed to land at the redoubt of St. Anthony Abbot. An attempt was made to dislodge them but failed. They were fired upon on the morning of the 24th, but with little effect due to their strong entrenchment and cover from various buildings. In an effort to halt their advance, it was decided to launch a vigorous sally, which was to be organized by M. Fallu, a French officer in the service of Spain; however, this bold soldier soon realized that the foreign troops were too numerous for his forces to handle. He fought through the night and didn’t return to the citadel until 9 AM the following day. A temporary pause in hostilities occurred, and the invaders sent a flag of truce to the city. The bombardment continued on the 25th, and our grape-shot caused significant damage to the enemy. On the morning of the 28th, the English general demanded the head of an officer who, after delivering a flag of truce two days prior, had been decapitated by Indians. He also demanded the handover of those responsible, threatening horrific reprisals if refused. The demand was met; the Archbishop, who was managing the defense of the city, rode out to the enemy camp but achieved nothing. On the 29th, the English squadron received reinforcements of three ships, bringing 350 French nationals from Pondicherry who sought a chance to switch sides against the English; they appointed two of their allies to arrange their desertion, but the Indians mistook the two for Englishmen, leading to their deaths instead of being welcomed. Upon learning of this, the English took measures to prevent further betrayal from the French. On October 3, a large group of Pampangan Indians arrived, prompting a sally that was bloody but ultimately futile for the defense. The next day, the besiegers breached the Fundicion bulwarks. A war council was convened, and the military concluded that surrender was necessary: the citizens preferred to continue the fight. Unfortunately, the Archbishop was swayed from this view, which would bring many disasters to Manila. On the 4th, there was a widespread belief that the city would soon have to surrender; the title of Lieutenant Governor was given to the judge (oidor) Simon de Anda y Salazar, so he could relocate the center of Spanish authority elsewhere on the island and ensure its defense. That evening, he departed at 10 PM in a small boat with a few rowers, a Tagál servant, 500 dollars in silver, and forty sheets of official stamped paper. These were his resources against an enemy with sixteen ships in the bay, about to overrun the city. Thus, without an army or a fleet, a man over sixty made his way to Bulacan, determined to resist the conquerors about to enter the capital. They did enter the next day, abandoning their entrenchments and advancing in three columns to the barely passable breach. Forty Frenchmen from Pondicherry led the charge without encountering any resistance. The fortress had no choice but to surrender. The city was looted for forty hours, with neither the churches nor the archbishop's or governor's palace spared. The Spanish losses during the siege included three officers, two sergeants, fifty regular soldiers, and thirty militia civilians, not counting the wounded; the Indians suffered 300 dead and 400 wounded. The besiegers lost around 1,000 men, including 16 officers. The fleet bombarded the city with over 5,000 shells and more than 20,000 cannonballs. One might hope that a forty-hour sacking and the garrison's surrender would suffice for the enemy; however, during the pillaging, the English commander warned the Archbishop that all the inhabitants would be massacred unless two million dollars were immediately paid in cash, along with another two million in drafts on the Spanish treasury. Compliance was necessary, and charitable funds as well as the silver ornaments of the churches were used to meet this demand.”

While the events of Manila had this tragic termination, Anda collected in Bulacan the Alcalde, the ecclesiastics, and other Spaniards, showed them his authority, which was recognised with enthusiasm. On the evening of the same day news of the fall of Manila was received, and Anda published a proclamation declaring himself Governor and Captain-General of the Philippine Islands, and chose for the seat of his government Bacalor in Pampanga. He thus for fifteen months carried on the war, notwithstanding the insurrections fomented by the English, especially among the Chinese, and notwithstanding the general disorganization of the provinces. In fact, he almost kept the English blockaded in Manila, from whose walls they scarcely dared to venture. In Malenta, a property of the Augustin friars, a French sergeant, named Bretagne, who deserted from the English, and induced some thirty of his countrymen to follow his example, was made captain, and directed operations against the invaders, to whom he appears to have given much trouble by intercepting provisions, and attacking stragglers from the city. The English offered 5,000 dollars for the delivery of Anda alive into their hands. But on the 3rd July, 1763, a British frigate arrived announcing an armistice between the belligerent powers, and directing the cessation of hostilities. In March, 1764, news arrived of the treaty of peace; the English evacuated Manila, and Spanish authority was re-established. The mischief done by the English was repaired by Governor Basco.” 

While the events in Manila ended tragically, Anda gathered the Alcalde, clergy, and other Spaniards in Bulacan, showing them his authority, which they enthusiastically acknowledged. Later that same day, news of Manila's fall came in, and Anda issued a proclamation declaring himself Governor and Captain-General of the Philippine Islands, choosing Bacalor in Pampanga as the seat of his government. For fifteen months, he continued the fight, despite the uprisings stirred up by the English, particularly among the Chinese, and the overall chaos in the provinces. In fact, he nearly kept the English blockaded in Manila, from which they hardly dared to venture out. In Malenta, a property of the Augustinian friars, a French sergeant named Bretagne deserted from the English and persuaded about thirty of his fellow countrymen to do the same. He was appointed captain and led operations against the invaders, causing them significant trouble by intercepting supplies and attacking those straggling from the city. The English offered $5,000 for Anda to be captured alive. However, on July 3, 1763, a British frigate arrived to announce a ceasefire between the warring parties and ordered an end to hostilities. In March 1764, news of the peace treaty arrived; the English evacuated Manila, and Spanish authority was restored. The damage caused by the English was addressed by Governor Basco.

2 MS. of the Siege of Manila, by Fr. Juan de Santa Maria. 

2 Manuscript of the Siege of Manila, by Fr. Juan de Santa Maria.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER IV.

GEOGRAPHY—CLIMATE, ETC.

INTERIOR OF THE CRATER OF THE VOLCANO AT TAAL.

INTERIOR OF THE CRATER OF THE VOLCANO AT TAAL.

INTERIOR OF THE CRATER OF THE VOLCANO AT Taal.

The generally accepted theory as to the formation of the Philippines is, that they all formed part of a vast primitive continent, which was broken up by some great convulsion of nature, and that these islands are the scattered fragments of that continent. Buzeta supposes that from Luzon the other islands were detached.1

The widely accepted theory about how the Philippines formed is that they were once part of a large ancient continent, which was split apart by a major natural disaster, leaving these islands as the scattered remnants of that land. Buzeta suggests that the other islands were separated from Luzon. 1

The Indians have a tradition that the earth was borne on the shoulders of a giant, who, getting tired of his heavy burden, tumbled it into the ocean, leaving nothing above the waters but the mountains, [72]which became islands for the salvation of the human race.

The Native Americans have a story that the earth was carried on the shoulders of a giant who, tired of his heavy load, dropped it into the ocean, leaving nothing above the water but the mountains, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] which turned into islands for the salvation of humanity.

I do not propose to give a detailed geographical description of the Philippine Islands. Buzeta’s two octavo volumes will furnish the most accurate particulars with which I am acquainted as to the various localities. The facts which I collected in the course of my personal observation refer specially to the islands of Luzon, Panay, and Mindanao. The more general information has been derived from Spanish authorities on the spot, or has been found in Spanish books which I have consulted. I cannot presume to consider the present volume as complete or exhaustive, but it will contribute something to augment that knowledge which is already possessed.

I don’t intend to provide a detailed geographical overview of the Philippine Islands. Buzeta’s two volumes will supply the most accurate information I know about the various locations. The facts I gathered from my personal observations focus mainly on the islands of Luzon, Panay, and Mindanao. The broader information has come from Spanish authorities on the ground or from Spanish books I've read. I can’t claim that this volume is comprehensive or exhaustive, but it will add to the existing knowledge.

The extent of the Philippine Archipelago is about 300 leagues from north to south, and 180 leagues from east to west. The islands of which it is composed are innumerable, most of the larger ones having some Spanish or mestizo population. A range of irregular mountains runs through the centre of the whole. Those known by the name of the Caraballos, in Luzon, are occupied by unsubdued races of idolatrous Indians, and extend for nearly sixty leagues. Several large rivers have their sources in the Caraballos. At the top of Mount Cabunian, whose ascent is very difficult, there is a tomb worshipped by the pagan Igorrotes. There are large lakes in several of the islands, and during the rainy season some of them become enormously extended. These inundations are naturally favourable to the vegetable productions [73]by fertilizing vast tracts of land. Mindanao, which means “Men of the lake,” has its Indian name from the abundance of its inward waters, in the same way that La Laguna has been adopted by the Spaniards as the designation of the province bordering on the Lake of Bay. In this latter district are many mineral and thermal springs, which have given to one of its pueblos the name of Los Baños (the baths). One of them issues from the source at a temperature of 67° of Reaumur. They are much visited by the inhabitants of Manila. There are boiling springs in the pueblo of Mainit.

The Philippine Archipelago stretches about 300 leagues from north to south and 180 leagues from east to west. It consists of countless islands, most of the larger ones having some Spanish or mestizo population. An irregular mountain range runs through the center of the archipelago. The Caraballos mountains in Luzon are inhabited by unconquered groups of pagan Indians and extend nearly sixty leagues. Several large rivers start in the Caraballos. At the summit of Mount Cabunian, which is very difficult to climb, there is a tomb that the pagan Igorrotes worship. Several islands have large lakes, and during the rainy season, some of these lakes expand significantly. These floods naturally benefit the plant life by fertilizing vast areas of land. Mindanao, meaning "Men of the lake," gets its name from the abundance of its inland waters, just as La Laguna has been adopted by the Spaniards to refer to the province near the Lake of Bay. In this region, there are many mineral and hot springs, which have led to one of its towns being named Los Baños (the baths). One of these springs flows at a temperature of 67° Reaumur. They are frequently visited by people from Manila. There are also boiling springs in the town of Mainit.

The climate of the Philippines is little distinguished from that which characterizes many other tropical regions of the East. It is described in a Spanish proverb as—

The climate of the Philippines is not much different from that of many other tropical areas in the East. A Spanish proverb describes it as—

Seis meses de polvo,

Six months of dust,

Seis meses de lodo,

Six months of mud,

Seis meses de todo.

Six months of everything.

“Six months of dust, six months of mud, six months of everything;”—though it may generally be stated that the rainy season lasts one half, and the dry season the other half of the year. There are, however, as the distich says, many months of uncertainty, in which humidity invades the ordinary time of drought, and drought that of humidity. But from June to November the country is inundated, the roads are for the most part impassable, and travelling in the interior is difficult and disagreeable. Even in the month of December, in several districts of Luzon, we found, as before mentioned, places in which carriages are [74]necessarily abandoned, the palanquin bearers being up to their thighs in mud; and other places in which we were compelled to open a new way through the woods. The heat is too oppressive to allow much active exertion in the middle of the day, and the siesta is generally resorted to from 1 to 3 o’clock P.M., before and after which time visits are paid and business transacted. The pleasant evening time is, however, that of social enjoyment, and the principal people have their tertulias, to which guests are welcomed from half-past 8 o’clock to about 11 o’clock P.M.

“Six months of dust, six months of mud, six months of everything;”—though generally, the rainy season lasts half the year and the dry season takes up the other half. However, as the saying goes, there are many months of uncertainty where humidity overlaps with the dry season, and dryness overlaps with the wet. But from June to November, the country gets flooded, the roads are mostly untraversable, and traveling inland is tough and unpleasant. Even in December, in several areas of Luzon, we found spots where carriages are [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]necessarily left behind, with the palanquin bearers up to their thighs in mud; and in other areas, we had to carve out a new path through the woods. The heat is too oppressive for much activity in the middle of the day, so a siesta is usually taken from 1 to 3 o’clock P.M., during which visits and business are conducted before and after. The enjoyable evening time is when social gatherings occur, and the prominent individuals host their tertulias, welcoming guests from half-past 8 o’clock to about 11 o’clock PM

The variations of the thermometer rarely exceed 10° of Reaumur, the maximum heat being from 28° to 29°, the minimum 18° to 19°. Winter garments are scarcely ever required.

The thermometer variations rarely go beyond 10° Reaumur, with the highest temperature between 28° and 29°, and the lowest ranging from 18° to 19°. Winter clothing is hardly ever needed.

The difference between the longest and shortest day is 1h. 47m. 12s. On the 20th June, in Manila, the sun rises at 5h. 33m. 12s., and sets at 6h. 26m. 48s.; on the 20th December, it rises at 6h. 26m. 48s., and sets at 5h. 33m. 12s.

The difference between the longest and shortest day is 1 hour, 47 minutes, and 12 seconds. On June 20th in Manila, the sun rises at 5:33:12 AM and sets at 6:26:48 PM; on December 20th, it rises at 6:26:48 AM and sets at 5:33:12 PM.

The minimum fall of rain in Manila is 84 inches, the maximum 114. Hailstorms are rare. There is no mountain sufficiently high to be “snow-capped;” the highest, Banaho, is between 6,000 and 7,000 feet above the level of the sea.

The minimum rainfall in Manila is 84 inches, and the maximum is 114 inches. Hailstorms are rare. There are no mountains tall enough to be “snow-capped;” the highest one, Banaho, is between 6,000 and 7,000 feet above sea level.

Like other tropical climates, the Philippines are visited by the usual calamities gathered by the wild elements round that line which is deemed the girdle of the world. Violent hurricanes produce fearful devastations; typhoons cover the coasts with wrecks; inundations of rivers and excessive rains destroy the [75]earth’s produce, while long-continued droughts are equally fatal to the labours and the hopes of husbandry. Earthquakes shake the land, overturn the strongest edifices and sport destructively with the power of man; volcanic mountains inundate the earth with their torrents of burning lava. Clouds of locusts sometimes devour all that is green upon the surface of the ground; and epidemic diseases carry away multitudes of the human race. The ravages caused by accidental fires are often most calamitous, as the greater part of the houses are constructed of inflammable materials. When such a disaster occurs, it spreads with wonderful rapidity, and, there being no adequate means of extinction, a whole population is often rendered houseless.

Like other tropical climates, the Philippines experience the typical disasters caused by the wild elements around the equator, often referred to as the girdle of the world. Violent hurricanes cause severe destruction; typhoons litter the coasts with wreckage; floods from rivers and heavy rains ruin the earth’s crops, while prolonged droughts are just as devastating for farming and people's hopes. Earthquakes shake the ground, topple even the strongest buildings, and challenge humanity's strength; volcanic mountains flood the land with torrents of burning lava. Swarms of locusts can sometimes wipe out all green vegetation; and epidemic diseases take a heavy toll on the population. The damage caused by accidental fires is often catastrophic, as most houses are made from flammable materials. When such a disaster strikes, it spreads quickly, and without proper means to stop it, entire communities can end up without homes.

During the change of the monsoons especially, the storms are often terrific, accompanied by very violent rains, fierce lightning and loud thunder. If in the night, the darkness thickens. Many lose their lives by lightning strokes, and houses are frequently carried away by the vehemence of the torrents.

During the transition of the monsoons, storms can be really intense, with heavy rain, strong lightning, and loud thunder. At night, the darkness can become overwhelming. Many people lose their lives due to lightning strikes, and houses are often swept away by the force of the floods.

Bagyo is the Indian name for hurricane. These violent outbreaks are generally announced in the morning by a light smoky mist which appears on the mountains; it gathers, and darkens, and thickens into heavy clouds, and before day closes breaks out with its fearful and destroying violence, raging from an hour and a half to two hours. M. de Gentil says that in the torrid zone the clouds which bring the most destructive tornadoes are at an elevation not exceeding 400 toises of perpendicular height. [76]

Bagyo is the Indian term for hurricane. These intense storms are usually signaled in the morning by a light smoky mist that appears on the mountains; it gathers, darkens, and thickens into heavy clouds, and before the day ends, it unleashes its terrifying and destructive force, lasting from an hour and a half to two hours. M. de Gentil notes that in the tropics, the clouds that cause the most destructive tornadoes are typically at an altitude of no more than 400 toises. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The largest of the volcanoes is that of Mayon in Luzon. It is in the shape of a sugar-loaf, perfectly conical. Its base covers several leagues in the provinces of Albay and Camarines, and it is one of the most prominent objects and landmarks visible from the sea; there is a constant smoke, sometimes accompanied by flames; its subterranean sounds are often heard at a distance of many leagues. The country in the neighbourhood is covered with sand and stone, which on different occasions have been vomited forth from the crater. There is a description by the Alcalde of an eruption in 1767, which lasted ten days, during which a cone of flame, whose base was about forty feet in diameter, ascended, and a river of lava was poured out for two months, 120 feet in breadth. Great ruin was caused to the adjacent villages. The lava torrent was followed about a month afterwards by enormous outpourings of water, which either greatly widened the beds of the existing rivers, or formed new channels in their rush towards the sea. The town of Malinao was wholly destroyed, and a third part of that of Casana. Many other villages suffered; forests were buried in sand; which also overwhelmed houses and human beings. The ravages extended over a space of six leagues.

The largest volcano is Mayon in Luzon. It has a sugar-loaf shape, perfectly conical. Its base spans several leagues in the provinces of Albay and Camarines, and it’s one of the most notable landmarks visible from the sea; there’s always smoke, sometimes with flames; its underground sounds can often be heard from many leagues away. The surrounding area is covered with sand and stone, which have been expelled from the crater at different times. There’s a record from the Alcalde of an eruption in 1767 that lasted ten days, during which a cone of flame with a base of about forty feet in diameter rose up, and a river of lava flowed for two months, measuring 120 feet across. The nearby villages suffered significant destruction. About a month later, the lava flow was followed by massive amounts of water, which either greatly expanded the existing riverbeds or created new channels rushing toward the sea. The town of Malinao was completely destroyed, and a third of Casana was lost. Many other villages were affected; forests were buried in sand, which also overwhelmed homes and people. The devastation spread across six leagues.

From an eruption at Buhayan, sixty leagues from Zamboanga, in the island of Mindanao, in 1640, large masses of stone were flung to a distance of two leagues. The ashes fell in the Moluccas and in Borneo. Dense darkness covered Zamboanga. Ships at sea lighted their lamps at 8 A.M., but the light [77]could not be seen through the clouds of sand. The mountain whence the explosion originated disappeared, and a lake was formed and still remains in the locality as a record of the agitation. The waters of the lake were long white with ashes. The noise of the eruption was heard in Manila.

From an eruption at Buhayan, sixty leagues from Zamboanga, on the island of Mindanao in 1640, huge chunks of stone were thrown up to two leagues away. Ashes fell in the Moluccas and Borneo. Thick darkness covered Zamboanga. Ships at sea turned on their lights at 8AM, but the light [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] couldn't be seen through the clouds of sand. The mountain that erupted vanished, creating a lake that still exists as a reminder of the disturbance. The lake's waters were long white with ashes. The roar of the eruption was heard in Manila.

About twenty leagues from Manila is the province of Batanga. In one of the bays is an island called by the natives Binintiang Malagui, remarkable for its beauty, for the variety of its vegetation, and the number of animals which inhabit it. The eastern part of the island is a mountain, whose extinct volcano is seen in the form of a truncated cone of enormous extent, surrounded by desolation. The flanks of the mountain have been torn by vast channels, down which the lava-streams must have flowed. The sides are covered with ferruginous and sulphurous pyrites and scoriæ, which make the ascent difficult. It is most accessible on the southern side, by which we reach the mouth of the crater, whose circumference exceeds three miles, and whose deep and wild recesses exhibit astounding evidences of the throes and agitations which in former times must have shaken and convulsed this portion of the earth. A Spanish writer says it looked “like an execrable blasphemy launched by Satan against God.” There are still some signs of its past history in the smoke which rises from the abyss; but what characterizes the spot is the contrast between the gigantic wrecks and ruins of nature on one side, and the extreme loveliness and rich variety of other parts of the landscape. [78]Descending into the crater by the help of cords round the body, a grand platform is reached at the depth of about 600 feet, in which are four smaller craters, one constantly and the others occasionally emitting a white smoke, but they cannot be approached on account of the softness and heat of the soil. To the east is a lake from which a stream runs round the craters over beds of sulphur, which assume the colour of emeralds. Formerly this lake was in a state of boiling ebullition, but is now scarcely above the natural temperature; it blackens silver immediately. Frequent earthquakes change the character of the crater and its neighbourhood, and every new detailed description differs from that which preceded it. The Indians have magnificent notions of the mineral riches buried in the bosom of the mountain, the sulphur mines of which were advantageously worked a few years ago, when a well-known naturalist (Lopez, now dead) offered to the Spanish government large sums for the monopoly of the right of mining the district of Taal.

About twenty leagues from Manila is the province of Batangas. In one of the bays is an island called by the locals Binintiang Malagui, known for its beauty, diverse vegetation, and the many animals that inhabit it. The eastern part of the island features a mountain with an extinct volcano shaped like a massive truncated cone, surrounded by desolation. The mountain's sides have been carved out by vast channels, where lava streams must have flowed. Its slopes are covered with iron and sulfur pyrites and volcanic rock, making the climb challenging. The southern side is the easiest to access, leading to the mouth of the crater, which has a circumference of over three miles, with deep and wild recesses showing clear signs of the explosive activity that once shook this part of the earth. A Spanish writer described it as “like an execrable blasphemy launched by Satan against God.” There are still some signs of its past, like the smoke that rises from the abyss, but what stands out is the contrast between the gigantic wreckage and ruins of nature on one side and the striking beauty and rich diversity of other areas of the landscape. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Climbing down into the crater using ropes, you reach a large platform about 600 feet deep, where four smaller craters exist—one constantly and the others occasionally releasing white smoke, but they are too hot and soft to approach. To the east is a lake with a stream flowing around the craters over beds of sulfur that shimmer with emerald colors. This lake once boiled intensely but now is nearly at normal temperature; it tarnishes silver instantly. Frequent earthquakes alter the crater and its surroundings, and each new detailed description varies from the last. The locals have grand ideas about the mineral wealth hidden within the mountain, where sulfur mines were successfully operated a few years ago when a well-known naturalist (Lopez, now deceased) offered the Spanish government significant amounts for the exclusive right to mine the Taal area.

On the 21st of September, 1716, sounds like those of heavy artillery proceeded from the Taal volcano, and the mountain seemed to be in a state of ignition over a space of three leagues towards Macolot. Gigantic towers of boiling water and ashes were thrown up, the earth shook on all sides, the waters of the lake were agitated and overran its banks: this lasted for three days. The water was blackened, and its sulphurous smell infested the whole district. In 1754 a yet more violent eruption, lasting eight [79]days, took place, with terrible explosions, heavings of the earth, darkness, and such clouds of dust and ashes that all the roofs of the houses at Manila, at a distance of twenty leagues, were covered. Great masses of stones, fire and smoke were thrown from the mountain. The lake boiled in bubbles. Streams of bitumen and sulphur ran over the district of Bong-bong. The alligators, sharks, tunnies, and all the large fish, were destroyed in the river and flung upon the banks, impregnating the air with stench. It is said that subterranean and atmospheric thunders were heard at a distance of 300 leagues from the volcano, and that the winds carried the ashes to incredible distances. In Panay there was midday darkness. Many pueblos were wholly destroyed; among them Sala, Janavan, Lipa, and Taal: others bearing the same names have been since founded at a greater distance from the mountain.

On September 21, 1716, the Taal volcano erupted with sounds similar to heavy artillery, and the mountain appeared to be on fire over a three-league area towards Macolot. Massive columns of boiling water and ash were shot into the air, the ground shook all around, and the lake's waters became restless, overflowing its banks. This phenomenon lasted for three days. The water turned black, and a sulfurous smell spread throughout the entire region. In 1754, an even more intense eruption took place, lasting eight [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] days, accompanied by terrifying explosions, ground tremors, darkness, and such thick clouds of dust and ash that roofs in Manila, twenty leagues away, were coated. Large boulders, fire, and smoke erupted from the volcano. The lake bubbled violently. Streams of bitumen and sulfur flowed across the Bong-bong area. Alligators, sharks, tunas, and other large fish were killed in the river and washed up on the banks, filling the air with a foul odor. It is reported that subterranean and atmospheric thunder was heard up to 300 leagues away from the volcano, with winds carrying the ash to astonishing distances. In Panay, there was darkness at midday. Many towns were completely destroyed, including Sala, Janavan, Lipa, and Taal; new towns with the same names were later established at a greater distance from the mountain.

Lopez gives a description of his descent into the crater. He employed 100 men for eight days to make a slope for his going down. He says the crater is oval, two miles in diameter; that the lake within the crater is surrounded by level and solid ground; that there was a deep chasm which had been recently ignited: there was sulphur enough to load many ships. He saw a cube of porphyry 20 to 25 feet square. The crater wall is perpendicular on all sides; that on the north 1,200 feet high, the lowest exceeding 900 feet. He says he believes the south sides to be of porphyry. At night, midway of the descent, he saw “thousands of millions” of jets, whose gas immediately inflamed [80]on coming in contact with the atmosphere, and he heard many small detonations. The waters of the lake were impregnated with sulphuric acid, and 12 lbs. of the water, when distilled, left a mineral residuum weighing 2½ lbs.

Lopez describes his descent into the crater. He hired 100 men for eight days to create a slope for his descent. He mentions that the crater is oval and two miles in diameter; the lake inside the crater is surrounded by flat and solid ground; there was a deep chasm that had recently ignited: there was enough sulfur to load many ships. He observed a cube of porphyry measuring 20 to 25 feet on each side. The walls of the crater are vertical on all sides, with the northern side standing 1,200 feet high and the lowest side over 900 feet. He believes the southern sides are made of porphyry. At night, halfway down the descent, he saw “thousands of millions” of jets, whose gas ignited immediately upon contact with the atmosphere, and he heard many small explosions. The waters of the lake contained sulfuric acid, and 12 lbs. of the water, when distilled, left behind a mineral residue weighing 2½ lbs.

There are many remarkable caves in the Philippines. I translate a description of one in the province of Tondo. Two stony mountains unite, and on their skirt is the road towards a branch of the main river. On the left is a cave whose entrance fronts the south. The mouth is almost covered with tangling vegetation, but it is arched, and, being all of marble, is, particularly in the sunshine, strikingly beautiful. You enter by a high, smooth, natural wall like the façade of a church, over which is a cavity roofed as a chapel. The interior pathway is flat, about four yards in breadth and six in height, though in some places it is much loftier. The roof presents a multitude of graceful figures, resembling pendent pineapples, which are formed by the constant filtration and petrifaction of the water. Some are nearly two yards in length, and seem sculptured into regular grooves; others are in the shape of pyramids whose bases are against the roof. Arches, which may be passed both from above and below, are among these wonderful works. Not far from the door is a natural staircase, mounting which you enter a large chamber, on whose right hand is another road, which, being followed, conducts to a second staircase, which opens on the principal communication. Suspended on one wing are immense numbers of bats, who occupy the [81]recesses of the ceiling. Though there is mud in some of the paths, the ground is generally of stone, which, on being struck, gives a hollow sound as if there were passages below. Penetrating the cave for above 200 yards, a loud noise is perceived coming from a clear bright river, by the side of which the cave is continued under a semicircular roof. The great cave has many smaller vaults and projections of a grotesque and Gothic character. The course of the stream is from the north-west to the south-east.

There are many amazing caves in the Philippines. I’m translating a description of one in the province of Tondo. Two rocky mountains come together, and at their base is a road leading to a branch of the main river. On the left is a cave whose entrance faces south. The opening is almost hidden by tangled plants, but it is arched and, since it’s all made of marble, strikingly beautiful, especially in the sunlight. You enter through a tall, smooth, natural wall that looks like the front of a church, over which there's a roofed cavity like a chapel. The pathway inside is flat, about four yards wide and six tall, though in some spots it’s much higher. The ceiling features numerous graceful shapes that look like hanging pineapples, formed by the constant dripping and petrification of water. Some are nearly two yards long and seem sculpted into regular grooves; others are shaped like pyramids with their bases against the roof. Arches, which can be accessed from above and below, are among these amazing formations. Not far from the entrance is a natural staircase, and climbing it leads to a large chamber. On the right side is another pathway, and following it brings you to a second staircase that leads to the main passage. Hanging from one side are countless bats, which occupy the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] recesses of the ceiling. Although some paths are muddy, the ground is mostly stone, which makes a hollow sound when struck, as if there are tunnels below. After exploring the cave for over 200 yards, you can hear a loud noise from a clear, bright river, alongside which the cave continues under a semicircular roof. The large cave has many smaller vaults and grotesque, Gothic projections. The stream flows from the northwest to the southeast.

The destructive ravages and changes produced by earthquakes are nowhere more remarkable than in the Philippines. They have overturned mountains, they have filled up valleys, they have desolated extensive plains; they have opened passages for the sea into the interior, and from the lakes into the sea There are many traditional stories of these territorial revolutions, but of late disasters the records are trustworthy. That of 1796 was sadly calamitous. In 1824 many churches in Manila were destroyed, together with the principal bridge, the barracks, great numbers of private houses; and a chasm opened of nearly four miles in length. The inhabitants all fled into the fields, and the six vessels in the port were wrecked. The number of victims was never ascertained. In 1828, during another earthquake, the vibration of the lamps was found to describe an arch of four and a half feet; the huge corner-stones of the principal gate of the city were displaced; the great bells were set ringing. It lasted between two and three minutes, rent the walls of several churches and [82]other buildings, but was not accompanied by subterranean noises, as is usually the case.

The destructive effects of earthquakes are most strikingly evident in the Philippines. They have toppled mountains, filled in valleys, and devastated large plains; they have created openings for the sea to flow inland and for lakes to connect to the ocean. There are many traditional tales about these dramatic changes in the landscape, but recent records are reliable. The earthquake of 1796 was particularly devastating. In 1824, many churches in Manila were destroyed, along with the main bridge, barracks, and numerous private homes; a chasm nearly four miles long opened up. The residents all fled to the fields, and the six ships in the harbor were wrecked. The exact number of casualties was never confirmed. In 1828, during another earthquake, the lamps swayed in an arc of four and a half feet; the massive cornerstones of the main city gate shifted, and the large bells rang out. This tremor lasted between two and three minutes, cracking the walls of several churches and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]other buildings, but it was unusual in that it was not accompanied by the typical subterranean noises.

There are too few occasions on which scientific observations have been made on the subject of earthquakes, which take men by surprise and ordinarily create so much alarm as to prevent accurate and authentic details. A gentleman who had established various pendulums in Manila for the purpose of measuring the inclination of the angles and the course of the agitation, states that, in the slight earthquakes of 20th and 23rd June, 1857, the thermometer being at 88°, the direction of the first shock was from N.N.E. to S.S.E., the duration 14 seconds, and the oscillation of the pendulum 1½ degrees; time, 2h. 0m. 40s. P.M.: 20th June. Second shock from N.E. to S.W.; duration, 26 seconds; oscillation of pendulum, 2 degrees; time, 2h. 47m. P.M.: 20th June. Third shock S.W. to N.; duration of the shock, 15 seconds; greatest oscillation, 6 degrees, but slight movements continued for a minute, and the oscillations were observed from 2 degrees to three-quarters of a degree; time, 5 P.M.: 23rd June.

There are too few occasions when scientific observations have been made on the topic of earthquakes, which catch people off guard and usually cause so much panic that accurate and reliable details are hard to obtain. A man who set up various pendulums in Manila to measure the tilt of the angles and the pattern of the movement reports that during the minor earthquakes on June 20 and June 23, 1857, when the thermometer was at 88°F, the first shock came from N.N.E. to S.S.E., lasted for 14 seconds, and the pendulum swung 1½ degrees; time, 2:00:40 P.M., June 20. The second shock was from N.E. to S.W.; it lasted 26 seconds, and the pendulum swung 2 degrees; time, 2:47 P.M., June 20. The third shock was from S.W. to N.; it lasted 15 seconds, with the maximum swing of the pendulum at 6 degrees, but small movements continued for a minute, and oscillations were observed from 2 degrees down to three-quarters of a degree; time, 5 P.M., June 23.

Earthquakes have produced great changes in the geography of the Philippines. In that of 1627, one of the most elevated of the mountains of Cagayan disappeared. In 1675, in the island of Mindanao, a passage was opened to the sea, and a vast plain was emerged. Successive earthquakes have brought upon Luzon a series of calamities.

Earthquakes have caused significant changes in the geography of the Philippines. In 1627, one of the highest mountains in Cagayan vanished. In 1675, on the island of Mindanao, a passage was opened to the sea, and a large plain emerged. Continuous earthquakes have led to a series of disasters in Luzon.

Endemic diseases are rare in the Philippines. Intermittent fevers and chronic dysentery are among [83]the most dangerous disorders. There have been two invasions of cholera, in 1820 and 1842. Elephantiasis, leprosy, and St. Anthony’s fire are the scourges of the Indians; and the wilder races of the interior suffer from a variety of cutaneous complaints. The biri biri is common and fatal. Venereal diseases are widely spread, but easily cured. Among the Indians, vegetables alone are used as medicaments. Chinese quack-doctors have much influence. In the removal of some of the tropical pests, no European can compete with the natives. They cure the itch with great dexterity, and are said to have remedies for pulmonary phthisis. Their plasters are very efficacious in external applications. They never employ the lancet or the leech. Surgical science is, of course, unknown.

Endemic diseases are uncommon in the Philippines. Intermittent fevers and chronic dysentery are among [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the most serious illnesses. Cholera has invaded twice, in 1820 and 1842. Elephantiasis, leprosy, and St. Anthony’s fire are significant health issues for the locals; and the more remote communities deal with various skin diseases. Biri-biri is common and deadly. Venereal diseases are widespread but easily treatable. Locals typically use only vegetables as medicine. Chinese quack doctors hold considerable influence. When it comes to treating certain tropical ailments, no European can match the skills of the locals. They effectively treat itching and are rumored to have cures for lung diseases. Their plasters are very effective for external use. They never use a lancet or leeches. Surgical practices are, of course, not known.

There have been generally in the Philippines a few successful medical practitioners from Europe. Foreigners are allowed to exercise their profession, having previously obtained the authority of the Spanish Government; but the natives seldom look beyond their own simple mode of dealing with the common diseases of the islands; and in those parts where there is little or no Spanish population, no one is to be found to whom a surgical operation could safely be intrusted. The vegetable world furnishes a great variety of medicinal herbs, which the instinct or the experience of the Indian has turned to account, and which are, probably, on the whole, as efficacious as the more potent mineral remedies employed by European science. Quinine, opium, mercury, and [84]arsenic, are the wonder-workers in the field of Oriental disease, and their early and proper application generally arrests the progress of malady.

There have generally been a few successful medical practitioners from Europe in the Philippines. Foreigners are allowed to practice their profession after getting approval from the Spanish Government; however, locals usually stick to their own simple ways of treating common diseases found on the islands. In areas with little or no Spanish population, you won’t find anyone safe to perform a surgical operation. The plant world offers a wide variety of medicinal herbs, which the instinct or experience of the indigenous people has utilized, and which are likely, overall, just as effective as the more powerful mineral remedies used in European medicine. Quinine, opium, mercury, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]arsenic are the key treatments for Oriental diseases, and their timely and proper use usually stops the disease from getting worse.

I found practising in the island of Panay Dr. Lefevre, whom I had known in Egypt more than twenty years before, and who was one of the courageous men who boldly grappled with the current superstitions respecting the contagious character of the Oriental plague, and the delusions as to the efficacy of quarantine regulations, so really useless, costly, and vexatious. He placed in my hand some observations which he had published at Bombay in 1840, where vessels from the Red Sea were subjected to sanatory visitations. He asserts that plague is only generated at particular seasons, in certain definable conditions of the atmosphere, and when miasma is created by the decomposition of decaying matter; that endemic plague is unknown in countries where proper attention is paid to hygienic precautions; that severe cold or intense heat equally arrests the progress of the plague; that the epoch of its ravages is always one when damp and exposed animal and vegetable substances emit the greatest amount of noxious gases; and that plague has never been known to originate or to spread where the air is in a state of purity. I was glad to rediscuss the matter with him after so long an added experience, and to find he had been more and more confirmed in his former conclusions by prolonged residence in the tropics, where endemic and epidemic diseases partake of the pestilential character, though they do not assume the forms, of the [85]Levant plague. Dr. Lefevre affirms that quarantines have done nothing whatever to lessen the dangers or check the ravages of the plague, but much to encourage its propagation. He complains of the deafness and incredulity of those whom the examination of a “thousand indisputable facts” will not convince, and he thus concludes:—“If I had not with peculiar attention studied the plague in the midst of an epidemic, and without any more precautions than if the danger was nothing—if, subsequent to the terrible visitation of 1835 in Egypt, I had not been frequently a witness to the scourge—if, finally, since that epoch I had not given myself up, with all the warmth of passion, to the constant study of this malady, to the perusal of histories of the plagues which have ravaged the world, and to the examination of all sorts of objections—I should not have dared to emit such a decided opinion—an opinion respecting the soundness of which I do not entertain the slightest doubt.”

I found myself practicing on the island of Panay with Dr. Lefevre, whom I had known in Egypt more than twenty years ago. He was one of the brave individuals who challenged the widespread superstitions about the contagious nature of the Oriental plague and the misconceptions about the effectiveness of quarantine measures, which proved to be largely useless, expensive, and frustrating. He shared some observations he published in Bombay in 1840, where ships from the Red Sea were subjected to health inspections. He claims that the plague only arises during specific seasons, under certain definable atmospheric conditions, and when miasma is produced by decaying matter. He argues that endemic plague is not found in places that prioritize hygiene; that extreme cold or heat can stop the spread of the plague; that its outbreaks always occur when damp, rotting animal and vegetable matter releases the most harmful gases; and that the plague has never started or spread in clean air. I was pleased to revisit this topic with him after such a long experience, and to learn that his previous conclusions were further supported by his extended stay in the tropics, where local diseases may have similar pestilential effects but do not resemble the Levant plague. Dr. Lefevre insists that quarantines have done nothing to reduce the risks or curb the spread of the plague, and instead have contributed to its proliferation. He expresses frustration about the disbelief and ignorance of those who remain unconvinced despite "a thousand indisputable facts," and he concludes: “If I hadn’t studied the plague closely during an epidemic, without taking more precautions than if there was no danger—if, after the terrible outbreak in Egypt in 1835, I hadn't often witnessed the scourge—if, finally, since that time, I hadn't passionately dedicated myself to constantly studying this disease, reading histories of plagues that have devastated the world, and examining various objections—I wouldn't have dared to form such a firm opinion—an opinion of which I have no doubt at all.”

One cannot but be struck, in reference to the geographical character of these islands, with the awful serenity and magnificent beauty of their primeval forests, so seldom penetrated, and in their recesses hitherto inaccessible to the foot of man. There is nothing to disturb their silence but the hum of insects, the song of birds, the noises of wild animals, the rustling of the leaves, or the fall of decayed branches. It seems as if vegetation revelled in undisturbed and uncontrolled luxuriance. Creeping plants wander from tree to tree; lovely orchids hang themselves [86]from trunks and boughs. One asks, why is so much sweetness, so much glory, wasted? But is it wasted? To the Creator the contemplation of his works, even where unmarked by human eye, must be complacent; and these half-concealed, half-developed treasures, are but reserved storehouses for man to explore; they will furnish supplies to awaken the curiosity and gratify the inquiry of successive ages. Rove where he may—explore as he will—tax his intellect with research, his imagination with inventions—there is, there will be, an infinite field around and above him, inexhaustible through countless generations. [87]

One cannot help but notice, when it comes to the geography of these islands, the breathtaking tranquility and stunning beauty of their ancient forests, which are rarely explored and often remain untouched by human feet. The only sounds breaking the silence are the buzzing of insects, the singing of birds, the sounds of wild animals, the rustling of leaves, or the falling of decayed branches. It feels as if the plants thrive in unbothered and uncontrolled abundance. Vines twist and turn from tree to tree; beautiful orchids hang from trunks and branches. One might wonder, why is so much beauty and glory squandered? But is it really squandered? To the Creator, observing His creations—even when unseen by human eyes—must be satisfying; and these partially hidden, partially revealed treasures are just waiting for humans to discover them; they will provide inspiration to spark curiosity and satisfy the inquiries of generations to come. No matter where he goes—no matter how deeply he explores—using his mind for research or his imagination for creation—there is, and always will be, an endless expanse around and above him, inexhaustible for countless generations.


1 Diccionario geográfico, estadístico, histórico de las Islas Filipinas. 2 vols. Madrid, 1850. 

1 Geographic, statistical, and historical dictionary of the Philippines. 2 vols. Madrid, 1850.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER V.

GOVERNMENT—ADMINISTRATION, ETC.

The Administration of the Philippine Archipelago has for its head and chief a captain and governor-general, who resides in Manila, the capital of the islands, and who is not permitted to quit them without the authority of the sovereign of Spain. Next to the government of Cuba, it is the most important and the most lucrative post at the disposal of the Cabinet of Madrid, and has unfortunately been generally one of the prizes wrested from the unsuccessful, and seized by the predominant, political party. It was rather a melancholy employment for me to look over the collection of portraits of captains-general, and many vacant frames waiting for future occupants, which ornament the walls of the handsome apartments in which I dwelt at the palace. Since 1835 there have been five provisional and eleven formal appointments to the governor-generalship. Some of these only held their authority for a few months, being superseded by ministerial changes at Madrid. Of other high functionaries, I observe that there have been only two archbishops since 1830, while it is [88]understood that the service of heads of departments is assured for ten years. To the public interests the mischiefs which are the results of so uncertain a hold of the supreme authority are incalculable. The frequent and sudden removals and nominations are, indeed, little consistent with the principles of monarchical and hereditary government, however accordant with the republican institutions of the Western world; and among the causes of the slow development of the immense resources of these beautiful islands, the fluctuation of the superintending rule is assuredly one of the most prominent.

The administration of the Philippine Archipelago has a head and chief who is a captain and governor-general, based in Manila, the capital of the islands, and he cannot leave without permission from the sovereign of Spain. Next to the government of Cuba, this is the most important and lucrative position available from the Cabinet of Madrid, and unfortunately, it has often been a reward seized by the dominant political party from those who were unsuccessful. It was rather a depressing job for me to look at the collection of portraits of past captains-general and the many empty frames waiting for future leaders that decorated the walls of the nice rooms I lived in at the palace. Since 1835, there have been five provisional and eleven formal appointments to the position of governor-general. Some held the office for only a few months, being replaced by changes in the ministry in Madrid. I’ve also noticed that there have only been two archbishops since 1830, while it is [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] understood that heads of departments are guaranteed a service period of ten years. The damage to public interests caused by this uncertain hold on supreme authority is immeasurable. The frequent and sudden removals and appointments do not align with the principles of monarchical and hereditary government, even though they do fit with the republican systems of the Western world; among the reasons for the slow development of the vast resources of these beautiful islands, the instability of leadership is definitely one of the main issues.

The titles of the captain-general occupy a page, and embrace the usual attributes of government, with the exception of authority over the fleet, which is subject to the Ministry of Marine in Spain, and a somewhat limited jurisdiction in ecclesiastical matters, which is a consequence of the exclusive establishment of the Roman Catholic faith.

The titles of the captain-general take up a page and include the standard powers of government, except for control over the fleet, which falls under the Ministry of Marine in Spain, and a somewhat restricted authority in church matters due to the exclusive establishment of the Roman Catholic faith.

The lieutenant-governor, who takes the place of the captain-general in case of his death, is called the Segundo Cabo, or second head.

The lieutenant governor, who steps in for the captain general if he dies, is called the Segundo Cabo, or second head.

The Philippine Islands are divided into provinces, subject either to politico-military governors or alcaldes mayores, who are generally civilians.

The Philippine Islands are divided into provinces, overseen either by politically appointed military governors or municipal mayors, who are usually civilians.

When the government is military, an assistant lieutenant-governor, who must have graduated as a lawyer, exercises the preliminary jurisdiction (de primera instancia), but the alcaldes hold that jurisdiction in their own persons. Both dispose in their provinces of the military authority, and have [89]the controlling direction of the collection of the revenues, under responsibility to the General Administrator of Tributes.

When the government is military, an assistant lieutenant governor, who must be a law graduate, exercises the initial jurisdiction (de primera instancia), but the mayors hold that jurisdiction themselves. Both hold military authority in their provinces and have [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the overall control of revenue collection, reporting to the General Administrator of Taxes.

The provinces are divided into pueblos (towns or villages), over each of which a native Indian or mestizo, called a gobernadorcillo (diminutive of governor) is placed. He is assisted in the discharge of his functions by native lieutenants and alguacils, whose number depends upon the extent of the population. This body, which, when gathered together, is called the principalia of the pueblo, settles all minor matters of police and civil questions between the natives as to rights of persons and property. In districts where the Chinese or their descendants are sufficiently numerous (they are known by the name of Sangleyes), they are allowed, under special authority of the government, to select principalia from their own body, independently of Indian jurisdiction. These principalia are really popularly chosen municipalities, and they are specially charged to assist the clergy in all matters connected with public worship and ecclesiastical authority. They determine questions up to the amount of two taels of gold, or forty-four silver dollars. They collect evidence in criminal cases, which is submitted to the provincial chief; they assist in the collection of the royal revenues, circulate the ordinances of the government among the people, and are authorized to levy a small but defined contribution in support of their dignity.

The provinces are divided into pueblos (towns or villages), each overseen by a local native Indian or mestizo known as a gobernadorcillo (a smaller version of governor). He is supported in his duties by native lieutenants and alguacils, with their number depending on the size of the population. This group, when assembled, is called the principalia of the pueblo, and they handle minor police matters and civil issues between the locals regarding rights of individuals and property. In areas where the Chinese or their descendants are numerous (referred to as Sangleyes), they are permitted, under special government authorization, to choose their own principalia, independent of Indian oversight. These principalia are essentially locally elected municipalities, tasked specifically with assisting the clergy in matters related to public worship and ecclesiastical authority. They address issues involving amounts up to two taels of gold or forty-four silver dollars. They gather evidence in criminal cases to be presented to the provincial chief, help collect royal revenues, spread government regulations among the people, and are granted the authority to levy a small but defined fee to maintain their status.

Besides these, there are in every pueblo certain [90]functionaries who are called Cabezas (heads) de Barangay. A barangay is a collection of the chiefs of families, or persons paying tribute, generally amounting to forty or fifty. They are under the special charge of the cabeza, who must dwell among them, and, under bond, collect the tribute due to the State. He is required to settle misunderstandings and to maintain peace and order, to apportion the various charges among the members of the barangay, and to collect the taxes for payment to the gobernadorcillo, or to the functionary appointed for the purpose. The cabezas are also considered the procuradores, or law advisers, of these little communities.

Besides these, every village has certain [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] officials known as Cabezas (heads) de Barangay. A barangay is a group of family heads or individuals who pay tribute, usually around forty or fifty people. They are overseen by the cabeza, who must live among them and is responsible for collecting the tribute owed to the State. He is expected to resolve disputes and maintain peace and order, distribute various responsibilities among the barangay members, and collect taxes to be paid to the gobernadorcillo or the designated official. The cabezas are also regarded as the procuradores, or legal advisers, for these small communities.

In ancient times there is little doubt that the office was hereditary; and there are yet localities where the hereditary right is maintained; but it is generally elective: and when a vacancy occurs, the gobernadorcillo in council, with the other cabezas, presents a name for the approval of the superior authority, and the same steps are taken when the increase of population requires a new cabeza to be nominated. The cabezas, their wives and first-born, who are required to assist in the collection of the tribute, are exempted from its payment.

In ancient times, it’s clear that the position was passed down through families; and there are still places where this hereditary right exists; however, it is mostly an elected position now. When a vacancy comes up, the gobernadorcillo and the other cabezas come together to put forward a name for the higher authority to approve. The same process is followed when a growing population needs a new cabeza to be appointed. The cabezas, their spouses, and their firstborn, who are responsible for helping collect the taxes, are exempt from having to pay them.

In some provinces the cabezas are only chosen for three years; after which they form part of the principalia, and take the title of Don. I remember, in one locality, that the principalia who came to pay their respects consisted of more than seventy persons. The government complains of the number who, [91]under this state of things, are exempted from taxation, and I understand some measures are in contemplation for limiting the extent of the privileges.

In some provinces, the heads are only chosen for three years; after that, they become part of the principalia and get the title of Don. I remember one place where the principalia that came to pay their respects numbered more than seventy people. The government is concerned about the number who, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] under these circumstances, are exempt from taxes, and I hear plans are being considered to limit the privileges.

The elections of the gobernadorcillo are annual, and take place on the 1st of April. An extraordinary excitement generally prevails, the post (a really important, popular, and influential one) being an object of much ambition. Three names are selected, one of whom must have already served as gobernadorcillo, for submission to the superior authority, on or before the 15th of May, and the chosen gobernadorcillo enters on his functions on the 1st of June. There is, however, some alteration of dates, where, as in the tobacco districts, the period of election interferes with harvest time.

The elections for the gobernadorcillo happen every year on April 1st. There’s usually a lot of excitement since the position is quite important, popular, and influential, making it a target of much ambition. Three names are put forward, one of whom must have previously served as gobernadorcillo, to be submitted to the higher authority by May 15th. The selected gobernadorcillo starts their role on June 1st. However, in some places, like the tobacco districts, the election dates can be adjusted because they conflict with the harvest season.

The head of the province ordinarily presides over the elections, to which the principal ecclesiastic is also invited. In case of their absence, any native-born Spaniard may be nominated by the principal authority to preside.

The head of the province usually oversees the elections, and the main church leader is also invited. If they aren't present, any native-born Spaniard can be appointed by the main authority to take charge.

There are thirteen electors for each pueblo—the gobernadorcillo and twelve inhabitants—half of whom must have been gobernadorcillos or cabezas, and the other half be in the actual exercise of those functions; they must also have some well-recognized means of existence: domestic servants to the authorities are excluded; as also those who have been punished as criminals.

There are thirteen electors for each town—the town leader and twelve residents—half of whom must have been former town leaders or heads, and the other half must currently hold those positions; they also need to have some stable means of income: domestic servants to the authorities are excluded, as are those who have been convicted of crimes.

It is further required that the gobernadorcillo be a native Indian or mestizo, an inhabitant of the locality where he serves, and above twenty-five years old; [92]having passed the subordinate offices of lieutenant or cabeza, having his accounts in order, holding no land from the community, and no monopoly (estanco) from the government. Similar recommendations are insisted on for the first lieutenant and the principal (native) magistrates appointed for the settlement of questions regarding seed-sowing, police, and cattle. These magistrates must have enjoyed the rank of gobernadorcillo. As regards the minor officers of justice and their attendants, a list is to be made out by the gobernadorcillo before quitting office, which is to be presented to the authority presiding over the elections, and having heard the clergyman (cura) and the committee of election, the president approves the list for transmission to the supreme authority; but if he finds discordance and irreconcilable opinions between the parties before him, he is authorized himself to recommend the officers for nomination.

It is also required that the gobernadorcillo be a native Indian or mestizo, a resident of the area where he serves, and at least twenty-five years old; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]having previously held the positions of lieutenant or cabeza, having his accounts in order, not owning any land from the community, and not having a monopoly (estanco) from the government. Similar criteria apply to the first lieutenant and the chief (native) magistrates appointed to handle issues related to seed-sowing, police, and livestock. These magistrates must have previously held the rank of gobernadorcillo. As for the minor officers of justice and their staff, a list must be prepared by the gobernadorcillo before leaving office, which should be submitted to the authority overseeing the elections. After consulting with the clergyman (cura) and the election committee, the president approves the list for submission to the highest authority; but if he encounters disagreements and conflicting opinions among the parties present, he has the authority to suggest the officers for nomination himself.

All the proceedings are the subjects of record, and to be signed by the president, the curate (if present), the electors, and the public notary, and to be remitted to the supreme authority, except in the provinces adjacent to the capital. The president may attach to the record any observations of his own connected with the returns. A decree of 1850 required the general adoption of the system which has been described, and which appears to me well worthy of note, showing how many valuable elements of good government are to be found in the popular institutions of the Philippine Indians.

All proceedings are recorded and must be signed by the president, the curate (if present), the electors, and the public notary, then sent to the supreme authority, except in provinces near the capital. The president can add any personal observations related to the records. A decree from 1850 mandated the widespread adoption of the system described, which I believe is noteworthy, as it demonstrates how many valuable aspects of good governance are present in the popular institutions of the Philippine Indians.

The Chinese of the capital may elect Christian [93]converts of their own body, under the presidency of the alcalde mayor of Manila, to the offices of gobernadorcillo, first lieutenant, and principal alguacil (bailiff). The dependent subordinate officers of justice are called bilangos, and are appointed by the gobernadorcillo on his election. The recovery of the tribute or taxes from the Chinese is not left to their principalia, but is effected by the alcalde mayor or superior chief. An officer is appointed to classify the Chinese, and apportion the quota of their contributions according to the wealth of the payer, who is charged for what is called a patente industrial.

The Chinese in the capital can elect Christian [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] converts from their community, with the alcalde mayor of Manila overseeing the elections for the positions of gobernadorcillo, first lieutenant, and principal alguacil (bailiff). The subordinate justice officers are known as bilangos, and they are appointed by the gobernadorcillo once he is elected. The collection of taxes from the Chinese isn’t handled by their principalia, but by the alcalde mayor or the chief officer. An officer is designated to categorize the Chinese and determine how much each person should contribute based on their wealth, and they are charged a fee known as a patente industrial.

The gobernadorcillos and officers of justice are entitled to sit in the presence of the provincial chiefs, who are to require the parochial clergy to treat them with due honour and regard.

The town leaders and law officials have the right to sit in front of the provincial chiefs, who are to make sure that the local clergy treat them with the proper respect and consideration.

M. Mallat, whose Geographical History of the Philippines was published in 1846, remarks that, of all colonies founded by Europeans, these regions are perhaps the least known, and the most worthy of being known. The number of islands which compose the archipelago,—their vast extent and boundless variety,—the teeming population of many of them,—the character of the climate,—the wonderful fertility of the soil,—the inexhaustible riches of hill, valley, and plain,—all offer to cultivation and its civilizing influences abundant rewards. But as regards the “industrious habits” of the natives, I cannot place that consideration, as M. Mallat does, among the elements of hope. It is the want of these “industrious habits,” among four or five millions of [94]inhabitants, which has left the Philippines in a position so little advanced.

M. Mallat, whose *Geographical History of the Philippines* was published in 1846, notes that out of all the colonies established by Europeans, these areas are probably the least known and the most deserving of recognition. The number of islands that make up the archipelago—their vast size and incredible diversity—the booming populations of many of them—the climate— the amazing fertility of the soil—the endless resources of the hills, valleys, and plains—all provide great opportunities for cultivation and its civilizing impacts. However, when it comes to the “industrious habits” of the locals, I can't view that aspect, as M. Mallat does, as a source of hope. It is the lack of these “industrious habits” among four or five million [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] residents that has kept the Philippines so underdeveloped.

Java under the government of the Dutch, and Cuba subjected to the Spanish rule, present, no doubt, far more favourable pictures than do the Philippines; but many of the difficulties which surround the captain-general of Manila,—difficulties both religious and social,—do not embarrass the governor of Batavia; the island of Java, the most productive of Netherlands India, being peculiarly free from these difficulties; and it cannot be said that Sumatra and Borneo are even on a level with the more advanced of the Philippine Islands.

Java under Dutch rule and Cuba under Spanish control certainly present more favorable conditions than the Philippines. However, many of the challenges faced by the captain-general of Manila—both religious and social—do not trouble the governor of Batavia. The island of Java, the most productive part of the Netherlands Indies, is particularly free from these issues, and it can't be claimed that Sumatra and Borneo are even comparable to the more developed Philippine Islands.

To the character of the original conquest and of the earlier government of the Philippines may be traced many of the impediments which now stand in the way of improvement. In America and the West Indies all the brutality of military conquerors was exhibited, and the possession and plunder of new territories were encouraged by the Spanish court, and were the main object of the Spanish invader. But far different was the policy adopted in the Philippines, where only a small body of soldiers was accompanied by zealous missionaries, whose purpose was rather to convert and christianize the Indians than to pillage and destroy them. These friars gradually obtained a paramount influence over the Indians. The interests of trade have ever been the predominant consideration among Dutch colonizers, and among British adventurers the commercial element has always been intimately associated with the desire [95]for territorial occupation. To the Spaniards it must be conceded that the religious purpose—be its value what it may—has never been abandoned or forgotten. Ecclesiastical jurisdiction and authority are interwoven in the Philippines with the machinery of government and the daily concerns of life.

The character of the original conquest and the earlier governance of the Philippines can be seen in many of the obstacles that still hinder progress today. In America and the West Indies, all the brutality of military conquerors was on display, and the Spanish court encouraged the possession and plundering of new territories, which was the main goal of the Spanish invaders. In contrast, the policy in the Philippines was quite different, as only a small group of soldiers was accompanied by dedicated missionaries whose aim was more to convert and Christianize the locals than to loot and devastate. These friars gradually gained significant influence over the Indigenous people. Trade interests have always been the primary focus for Dutch colonizers, while British adventurers have consistently linked commercial motivations with their desire for territorial control. Must be acknowledged that the Spaniards have never abandoned or forgotten their religious mission—whatever its worth. In the Philippines, ecclesiastical jurisdiction and authority are deeply intertwined with governmental operations and daily life.

And such ecclesiastical action has been comparatively little interfered with in the Philippines. The development which mental emancipation has given to many Protestant countries and their dependencies has reached few Catholic colonies; nor is that emancipation, indeed, consistent with the more rigid discipline and doctrines of Rome. But in the case of the most prosperous instances of colonization by the British, the native races have either wholly disappeared or are in progress of extinction, while the infusion of Spanish and foreign blood into the colonies of Spain has not only allowed the increase of the indigenous population, but has been insufficient to change or do more than slightly modify their national characters. It has undoubtedly been the boast of the Catholics that Francis de Xavier and his followers won more for the Roman Church in the East than Luther or Calvin ever tore away from it in the West; but the value of the conquests, contrasted with that of the losses and sacrifices, if fairly estimated, would hardly be deemed unsatisfactory to the Protestant cause.

And church-related activities have been relatively undisturbed in the Philippines. The growth that mental freedom has brought to many Protestant countries and their territories hasn't reached many Catholic colonies; in fact, that freedom isn't really compatible with the stricter discipline and teachings of the Roman Church. However, in the most successful cases of British colonization, the native populations have either completely disappeared or are on the verge of extinction, whereas the mixing of Spanish and foreign blood in Spanish colonies has not only supported the growth of the local population but has also only slightly changed or modified their national identities. Catholics have often claimed that Francis de Xavier and his followers achieved more for the Roman Church in the East than Luther or Calvin ever took away from it in the West; however, when you weigh the value of those gains against the losses and sacrifices, it would likely not be seen as particularly favorable for the Protestant cause.

No doubt the great remoteness of the Philippines from Europe, the difficulties and infrequency of communication, gave to the local authorities more of independent action than would otherwise have been [96]allowed to them; and in case of the death of the governor, the archbishop was generally the functionary who filled his place; his adjacency to the government, and frequent direction of it, naturally led to the strengthening of his own authority and that of all ecclesiastics dependent upon him.

No doubt the great distance of the Philippines from Europe, along with the challenges and rarity of communication, allowed local authorities to act more independently than they otherwise would have [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]; in the event of the governor’s death, the archbishop usually stepped in to take over his role. His close ties to the government and frequent leadership in its affairs naturally enhanced his own power and that of all the clergy under him.

In the earlier periods of Eastern colonization, too, the Portuguese, jealous of all European intercourse but their own with nations east of the Cape, did all in their power to prevent any other than the Lusitanian flag from being seen in Oriental waters. But as regards missionary objects their views were to some extent concurrent with those of the Spanish priests, and their proceedings were in harmony with those of the Spaniards, especially in so far as both received their direction from the Pontiff at Rome. It ought not, however, to be forgotten that whatever may have been the progress of Christianity in the Philippines, the persecutions, disasters, discomfiture, and death of so many professing Christians in Japan, are probably attributable to the ill-guided zeal of the Portuguese preachers of the Gospel in these still remoter regions. It is well for the interests of truth, as most assuredly it is for the interests of commerce and civilization, that a more temperate and tolerant spirit has for the last century been associated with the progress of European influence in the East.

In the early days of Eastern colonization, the Portuguese, who were protective of their exclusive trade with countries east of the Cape, did everything they could to keep any flag other than their own from appearing in Asian waters. However, in terms of missionary goals, their intentions somewhat aligned with those of the Spanish priests, and their efforts were coordinated with the Spaniards, especially since both were guided by the Pope in Rome. It should not be overlooked, though, that despite whatever advancement Christianity made in the Philippines, the persecution, suffering, failures, and deaths of many Christians in Japan can likely be linked to the misguided enthusiasm of Portuguese Gospel preachers in those distant areas. It is certainly beneficial for the truth, as well as for commerce and civilization, that a more moderate and tolerant attitude has been associated with the growth of European influence in the East over the past century.

The comparatively small number of Spanish settlers in the Philippines would not allow them, even if such had been their purpose, which it does not appear to [97]have been, unnecessarily to interfere with the usages of the Indians, or their forms of administration and government, except in so far as their conversion to Christianity compelled the observance of the Christian rites; and the friars willingly accommodated their action to the social habits of the people, respecting, as to this hour are respected, most of the patriarchal forms of administration and government which had existed among them from immemorial time.

The relatively small number of Spanish settlers in the Philippines meant that they couldn't, even if they had wanted to—which doesn’t seem to be the case—unnecessarily interfere with the practices of the locals or their systems of administration and governance, except in ways that their conversion to Christianity required them to follow Christian rituals. The friars willingly adapted their actions to the social customs of the people, respecting, as is still the case today, most of the traditional forms of administration and governance that have been in place among them since ancient times.

There have been speculations—and M. Mallat is among the sanguine anticipators of such an advent—that in process of time the Philippines may become the dominant political power of the Eastern world, subjecting to its paramount influence the Netherlands Archipelago, the Pacific, Australia, and even China and Japan, and that Manila is destined to be the great emporium for the eastern and south-eastern world. M. Mallat even goes further, and says: “Manila might easily become the centre of the exports and imports of the entire globe.” It must be contented with a less brilliant futurity. Certainly its commercial relations might be greatly extended, and the Spanish archipelago be much elevated in value and in influence; but in the vast development of commercial relations in the Oriental world, the Philippines must be contented with a moderate though a considerable share of benefit, even under the best administration and the adoption of the wisest policy.

There have been speculations—and M. Mallat is among the optimistic proponents of this idea—that over time, the Philippines could become the leading political power in the Eastern world, exerting its significant influence over the Netherlands Archipelago, the Pacific, Australia, and even China and Japan, with Manila set to become the major center for the eastern and southeastern regions. M. Mallat even goes further, claiming: “Manila could easily become the hub for exports and imports for the entire globe.” However, it must settle for a less dazzling future. Certainly, its commercial connections could be greatly expanded, and the Spanish archipelago could significantly increase in value and influence; but as commercial ties grow in the Oriental world, the Philippines must be satisfied with a moderate, yet considerable, share of the benefits, even with the best management and the implementation of the smartest policies.

Tropical regions fail to attract permanent settlers from the West. The foreign merchant comes to [98]realize what he deems an adequate fortune, and to withdraw; the superior public functionary is among, or above, but never of, the people. What must be looked to is the popular element. Of what are the millions composed, and how can the millions be turned to account? There is no reason to apprehend that these millions will aspire to political power or sovereignty. Their pristine habits would permit of no general organization. The various races and clans would never unite in a national object, or recognize one native chief. All that is found of order and government among them is local; except through and for their masters, the different islands have little or no intercourse with one another. The Tagál and the Bisayan have no common sympathies. Dissatisfaction might produce disorder, which, if not controlled, would lead to anarchy, but not to good government.

Tropical regions struggle to attract permanent settlers from the West. Foreign merchants come to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] to make what they consider a sufficient fortune and then leave; the higher public officials are involved, but never really part of the local community. What needs attention is the local population. What are the millions made up of, and how can we make use of them? There's no reason to fear that these millions will seek political power or control. Their traditional ways wouldn't allow for any widespread organization. The different races and clans would never come together for a national purpose or recognize a single native leader. Any order and governance they have is local; aside from their rulers, the various islands have little to no interaction with each other. The Tagál and the Bisayan don’t share common interests. Discontent might lead to unrest, which, if unchecked, could result in chaos, but not in effective governance.

The Philippines are free from the curse of slavery. Time will settle the controversy as to whether the labour of the freeman can, in the long run, be brought into competition with that of the slave, especially in the tropics; but that the great tide of tendency flows towards the abolition of slavery, that civilizing opinion and enlightened Christian legislation must sweep the ignominy away, is a conviction which possesses the minds of all who see “progress” in the world.

The Philippines are free from the burden of slavery. Time will determine whether free labor can ultimately compete with slave labor, especially in tropical regions; however, the strong trend is moving toward the abolition of slavery. It is a belief held by everyone who sees "progress" in the world that civilized opinion and enlightened Christian laws will eliminate this shameful practice.

As it is, the Philippines have made, and continue to make, large contributions to the mother country, generally in excess of the stipulated amount which [99]is called the situado. Spain, in her extreme embarrassment, has frequently called on the Philippines to come to her aid, and it is to the credit of the successive governors-general that, whatever may have been the financial disorders at home, the dependants upon the Manila treasury have had little motive for complaint, and while the Peninsula was engaged in perilous struggles for her independence, and even her existence as a nation, the public tranquillity of her island colonies was, on the whole, satisfactorily maintained, and interruptions to the ordinary march of affairs of short endurance.

As it stands, the Philippines have made, and continue to make, significant contributions to the mother country, usually exceeding the required amount referred to as the situado. Spain, facing serious challenges, has often called on the Philippines for support, and it is commendable that the successive governors-general have managed to keep the Manila treasury’s dependents mostly satisfied, despite the financial issues back home. While the mainland faced dangerous struggles for its independence and survival as a nation, the overall public peace in the island colonies was maintained fairly well, with only brief interruptions to normal activities.

There would seem to be no legislation defining the powers of the viceroy, or captain-general; but whenever any important matter is under discussion, it is found that reference must be made to Madrid, and that the supreme rule of this vast archipelago is in the leading strings of the Spanish Cabinet, impotent to correct any great abuses, or to introduce any important reforms. The captain-general should be invested with a large amount of power, subject, of course, to a personal responsibility as to its becoming exercise. As he must, if properly selected, know more, being present, than strangers who are absent, his government should be trusted on account of that superior knowledge. Well does the Castilian proverb say, “Mas sabe el loco en su casa que el cuerdo en la agena”—“The fool knows more about his own house than the sage about the house of another.” He should be liberally paid, that the motives for corruption be diminished. He should be surrounded by a [100]council composed of the best qualified advisers. Many objects would necessarily occupy the attention of such a body, and it would naturally have to create becoming local machinery and to furnish the materials for improved administration, such as surveys and statistics of the land and population, which would lead to a more satisfactory distribution of provinces, districts and pueblos. A simple code of civil and criminal law would be a great blessing, and should be grounded, in so far as the real interests of justice will allow, upon the customs and habits of the people, while employing, when compatible with those interests, the administrative local machinery in use among the natives.

It seems there’s no law clearly outlining the powers of the viceroy or captain-general; however, whenever an important issue comes up for discussion, it's clear that decisions need to be sent back to Madrid. The ultimate authority over this vast archipelago lies with the Spanish Cabinet, which is unable to address significant abuses or implement major reforms. The captain-general should be given considerable power, with the understanding that he is personally responsible for how that power is used. If chosen wisely, he will have more on-the-ground knowledge than those who are not present, and this superior knowledge should earn him trust in his governance. As the Castilian proverb goes, “Mas sabe el loco en su casa que el cuerdo en la ajena”—“The fool knows more about his own house than the sage knows about another’s.” He should receive a generous salary to reduce the temptation for corruption. He should be supported by a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]council made up of the best-qualified advisors. This group would need to focus on many issues and would naturally need to create suitable local systems and provide resources for improved administration, including surveys and population statistics, which would help in better organizing provinces, districts, and towns. A straightforward set of civil and criminal laws would be a significant improvement and should be based, as much as possible, on the customs and habits of the locals, while also using administrative methods already familiar to the indigenous people whenever appropriate.

Nothing would be more beneficial to the interests of Manila than the establishment of an efficient board of works, with provincial ramifications, to whose attention the facilitating communications should be specially recommended. The cost and difficulty of transport are among the principal impediments to the development of the resources of the islands, and the tardy progress of the few works which are undertaken is discouraging to those who suggest, and disappointing to those who expect to benefit by them. In many of the provinces the bridges are in miserable condition, and the roads frequently impassable. Even in the populous island of Panay delays the most costly and annoying interfere with the transport of produce to the capital and naturally impede the development of commerce. There is, no doubt, a great want of directing talent and of that [101]special knowledge which modern science is able to furnish. The construction of bridges being generally left to the rude artists who are employed by the Spanish functionaries, or to the direction of the friars, with whom the stare super antiquas vias is the generally received maxim, it is not wonderful that there should be so many examples of rude, unsafe and unsightly constructions. Moreover, estimates have to be sent to the capital of all the proposed outlay, and it is hardly to be expected but that sad evidence should be found—as elsewhere—of short-sighted and very costly economy. The expense, too, almost invariably exceeds the estimates—a pretty general scandal; then the work is arrested, and sometimes wholly abandoned. Funds there are none, and neither policy nor patriotism will provide them. Even when strongly impelled, the Indian moves slowly; self-action for the promotion of the public good he has none. There is no pressure from without to force improvements upon the authorities, and hence little is to be hoped for as to improvement except from direct administrative action.

Nothing would benefit Manila more than setting up an efficient board of works with regional branches, specifically focused on improving communication. The costs and challenges of transportation are major obstacles to developing the islands' resources, and the slow progress of the few projects that do get started discourages those who propose them and disappoints those who hope to benefit from them. In many provinces, the bridges are in terrible condition, and the roads are often impassable. Even on the densely populated island of Panay, costly and frustrating delays hinder the transport of goods to the capital and naturally slow down commerce. There is definitely a severe lack of leadership and the specialized knowledge that modern science offers. The construction of bridges is generally left to the unskilled workers hired by Spanish officials or managed by the friars, who adhere to the old maxim of stare super antiquas vias, which explains why there are so many examples of poorly made, unsafe, and unattractive structures. Additionally, all proposed expenses have to be submitted to the capital, and it’s not surprising that there is often clear evidence of shortsighted and costly budgeting. The costs almost always end up exceeding the estimates, which is a common scandal; then the work gets halted, and sometimes it’s completely abandoned. There are no funds available, and neither policy nor patriotism will provide any. Even when strongly motivated, the local people move slowly; they lack initiative for promoting the public good. There’s no external pressure to push the authorities for improvements, so we can expect little progress unless it comes from direct administrative action.

As to M. de la Gironière’s marvellous encounters and miraculous escapes from man and beast; his presence at feasts where among the delicacies were human brains, steeped by young girls in the juice of sugar-cane, of which he did not drink, but his servant did; his discoveries of native hands in “savory” pots [103]prepared for food; his narratives where the rude Indians tell elaborate tales in the lackadaisy style of a fantastic novel; his vast possessions; his incredible influence over ferocious bandits and cruel savages;—all this must be taken at its value. I confess I have seen with some surprise, in M. de la Gironière’s book, two “testimonies” from M. Dumont d’Urville and Admiral La Place, in which, among other matters, they give an account of the hatching of eggs by men specially engaged for this purpose.3 They saw, as any one may, in the villages on the Pasig River, prodigious quantities of ducks and ducklings, and were “puzzled” to find how such multitudes could be produced; but they learnt the wonderful feat was accomplished by “lazy Tagál Indians,” who lay themselves down upon the eggs, which are placed in ashes. The patient incubators eat, drink, smoke, and chew their betel, and while they take care not to injure the fragile shells, they carefully remove the ducklings as they are brought into being (pp. 358 and 362). Now it may well be asked who takes care when the lazy Tagáls are asleep; and, if our worthy witnesses had reflected for a moment, they would have known that, if all the inhabitants were employed in no other office than that of egg-hatching, [104]they would be hardly sufficient to incubate the “prodigious” numbers of ducklings which disport on the banks of the Pasig. The incubation is really produced by placing warm paddy husks under and over the eggs; they are deposited in frames; a canvas covering is spread over the husks; the art is to keep up the needful temperature; and one man is sufficient to the care of a large number of frames, from which he releases the ducklings as they are hatched, and conveys them in little flocks to the water-side. The communities are separated from one another by bamboo fences, but there is scarcely a cottage with a river frontage which has not its patero (or duckery). [105]

As for M. de la Gironière’s amazing encounters and miraculous escapes from both people and animals; his attendance at feasts where one of the delicacies was human brains, soaked by young girls in sugarcane juice, which he didn't eat but his servant did; his discoveries of native hands in “savory” pots prepared for food; his stories where the rough Indians share elaborate tales in the laid-back style of a fanciful novel; his extensive possessions; his incredible influence over fierce bandits and brutal savages;—all this should be taken at face value. I must admit I was somewhat surprised to see in M. de la Gironière’s book two “testimonies” from M. Dumont d’Urville and Admiral La Place, where they recount, among other things, how men were specifically engaged to hatch eggs. They observed, just like anyone else could, in the villages along the Pasig River, a huge number of ducks and ducklings and were “puzzled” about how such great numbers could be produced; but they found out that this impressive feat was achieved by “lazy Tagál Indians,” who lie down on the eggs placed in ashes. The patient incubators eat, drink, smoke, and chew their betel, and while taking care not to break the delicate shells, they carefully remove the ducklings as they hatch. Now it’s worth asking what happens when the lazy Tagáls are asleep; and if our esteemed witnesses had thought about it for a moment, they would have realized that if all the residents were solely involved in the task of hatching eggs, they would hardly be enough to incubate the “prodigious” amounts of ducklings frolicking on the banks of the Pasig. The incubation is actually done by placing warm paddy husks under and over the eggs; they are laid out in frames; a canvas cover is spread over the husks; the skill lies in maintaining the necessary temperature; and one man can supervise a large number of frames, from which he releases the ducklings as they hatch and takes them in small groups to the water’s edge. The communities are divided by bamboo fences, but there's hardly a cottage with a riverbank that doesn't have its patero (or duckery).


2 I learn from the Captain-General that Messrs. de la Gironière and Montblanc are now charged with “a scientific mission to the Philippines,” under the auspices of the French government. 

2 I find out from the Captain-General that Messrs. de la Gironière and Montblanc are now tasked with “a scientific mission to the Philippines,” supported by the French government.

3 I find in Mr. Dixon’s book on Domestic Poultry the merits of this discovery in the science of incubation attributed to an ancient couple, whose goose having been killed while “sitting,” the old man transferred the “cooling” eggs to their common bed, and he and the old lady taking their turns, safely brought the goslings into being. I ought to mention that confirmatory proofs of M. de la Gironière’s narrative are added from Mr. H. Lindsay; but Mr. Lindsay guards himself against endorsing the “strange stories” with which M. de la Gironière’s book abounds. 

3 I find in Mr. Dixon’s book on Domestic Poultry the advantages of this discovery in the field of incubation credited to an old couple. When their goose was killed while “sitting,” the old man moved the “cooling” eggs to their shared bed, and he and the old lady took turns, successfully hatching the goslings. I should mention that supporting evidence for M. de la Gironière’s story is included from Mr. H. Lindsay; however, Mr. Lindsay is careful not to endorse the “strange stories” that fill M. de la Gironière’s book.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER VI.

POPULATION.

In the last generation a wonderful sensation was produced by the propagation of the great Malthusian discovery—the irresistible, indisputable, inexorable truth—that the productive powers of the soil were less and less able to compete with the consuming demands of the human race; that while population was increasing with the rapidity of a swift geometrical progression, the means of providing food lagged with the feebleness of a slow arithmetical advance more and more behind; that the seats at nature’s table—rich and abundant though it was—were being abundantly filled, and that there was no room for superfluous and uninvited guests; in a word, to use the adopted formula, that population was pressing more and more upon subsistence, and that the results must be increasing want, augmenting misery, and a train of calamities boundless as the catalogue of the infinite forms of mortal wretchedness.

In the last generation, a remarkable realization emerged from the great Malthusian discovery—the undeniable, unchangeable truth—that the productive capacity of the land was increasingly unable to keep up with the growing demands of humanity; that while the population was expanding at a fast geometric rate, the ability to provide food was lagging behind with the slow arithmetic pace; that the places at nature's table—rich and plentiful as they were—were being filled up, leaving no space for extra and unwelcome guests; in short, to use the common phrasing, that the population was pressing increasingly against subsistence, leading to growing want, escalating misery, and a series of disasters as vast as the many forms of human suffering.

How often, when threading through the thousand islands of the Philippine Archipelago, did the shadow of Malthus and the visions of his philosophy present themselves to my thoughts. Of those unnumbered, sea-surrounded regions, how many there are that have never been trodden by European foot, how few that have been thoroughly explored, and [106]fewer still that are now inhabited by any civilized or foreign race! And yet they are covered with beautiful and spontaneous vegetable riches above, and bear countless treasures of mineral wealth below; their powers of production are boundless; they have the varieties of climate which mountains, valleys and plains afford—rains to water—suns to ripen—rivers to conduct—harbours for shipment—every recommendation to attract adventure and to reward industry; a population of only five or six millions, when ten times that number might be supplied to satiety, and enabled to provide for millions upon millions more out of the superfluities of their means.

How often, when navigating through the thousands of islands in the Philippine Archipelago, did the shadow of Malthus and his philosophical visions cross my mind. Of those countless, sea-surrounded regions, how many have never been walked on by Europeans, how few have been thoroughly explored, and even fewer that are now inhabited by any civilized or foreign group! Yet they are filled with beautiful, natural plant life above and hold countless treasures of mineral wealth below; their production capabilities are limitless; they offer the climate variety provided by mountains, valleys, and plains—rains for irrigation, sun for ripening, rivers for transportation, harbors for shipping—every reason to attract exploration and reward hard work; a population of only five or six million when it could easily support ten times that number, providing for millions more with their surplus resources.

To what a narrow field of observation must the mind have been confined that felt alarm at a discovery, in itself of so little importance, when brought into the vast sphere of the world’s geography! Though the human race has been increasing at a rapid and almost immeasurable rate, it will be probably found that famines, and plagues, and wars, and those calamitous visitations which were deemed the redressers of the balance—the restorers of the due proportions between man’s wants and man’s supplies—were far more disastrous in ancient than in modern times, if the smaller number of then existing human beings be taken into consideration.

To what a limited perspective must the mind have been restricted that it felt alarm at a discovery, which in itself is of such little significance, when viewed in the broader context of the world's geography! Even though the human population has been growing rapidly and almost endlessly, it’s likely that famines, plagues, wars, and those devastating events considered to restore balance—the re-establishers of the proper ratio between human needs and supplies—were much more catastrophic in ancient times than today, especially when you consider the much smaller number of people living then.

The nobler and higher axiom is that “progress” is the law of Providence, which never fails, while the race of man proceeds in ever-augmenting numbers, to provide ample means for their maintenance and happiness. Neither land nor sea is exhausted nor in [107]process of exhaustion. What myriads of acres, whether in cold, temperate, or tropical climes, remain to be appropriated! what still greater amount to be improved by cultivation! And while in the more densely peopled parts of the world outlets may be required for those who are ill at ease and born to no inheritance but labour, how wonderfully are locomotive facilities increased, so that the embarrassment to ambulatory man is less to discover a fit place for his domicile, than to select one amid the many which offer themselves to his choice! If the poverty-struck Irish could emigrate in such multitudes to American or Australian regions, far greater are the facilities possessed by those better conditioned labouring masses of Europe who are still heavily pressed by the competition of neighbours more fortunate than themselves.

The more admirable and higher principle is that “progress” is the law of Providence, which never fails, while the human race continues to grow in ever-increasing numbers, providing plenty of resources for their support and happiness. Neither land nor sea is depleted nor in the process of being depleted. Countless acres, whether in cold, temperate, or tropical regions, remain to be claimed! Even more can be enhanced through cultivation! And while in the more densely populated areas of the world, there may be a need for outlets for those who are restless and born with nothing but the need to work, how amazing are the improvements in transportation, so that the challenge for mobile individuals is less about finding a suitable place to live and more about choosing from the many options available to them! If the impoverished Irish could emigrate in such large numbers to American or Australian territories, the opportunities available to those better-off working-class individuals in Europe, who are still weighed down by the competition from more fortunate neighbors, are even greater.

It is a matter of surprise that the Spanish colonies should not have attracted a greater number of Spaniards to settle in them; but the national spirit of the Iberian peninsula has ceased to be ambulatory or adventurous. Spain itself is thinly peopled, and offers great resources to its satisfied peasantry. “God,” they say, “has given everything to Spain which He had to give. Our land is an Eden—why should we desert it?” Yet Spain, backward, inert and unenergetic, as she has proved herself to be in the rivalry of active nations, has taken her part in the proud history of human advancement. The more enterprising invaders of Gothic or Anglo-Saxon blood have frequently extirpated the indigenous races of the remote countries in which they [108]have settled. One wave of emigration has followed another; commerce and cultivation have created a demand for, and provided a supply of, the intrusive visitors. But Spain has never furnished such numbers as to dislodge the aboriginal tribes. Her colonists have been always accompanied by large bodies of ecclesiastics, bent upon bringing “the heathen” into the Christian fold. These missionaries have no doubt often stood between the cupidity of the conqueror and the weakness of the conquered. They have preserved, by protecting the Indian clans, and it may be doubted whether ultimately the permanent interests of man will not have been served by influences, whose beneficial consequences may remain when the most prominent evils connected with those influences may be greatly modified or wholly pass away.

It’s surprising that the Spanish colonies didn’t draw more Spaniards to settle there; however, the national spirit of the Iberian Peninsula has stopped being mobile or adventurous. Spain itself is sparsely populated and offers great resources to its content peasantry. “God,” they say, “has given everything to Spain that He had to give. Our land is like paradise—why should we leave it?” Yet Spain, being backward, inactive, and lacking energy, as she has shown in competing with more active nations, has played her role in the remarkable history of human progress. More ambitious invaders of Gothic or Anglo-Saxon descent have often wiped out the indigenous peoples of far-off lands where they [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]settled. One wave of emigration followed another; trade and agriculture created a demand for, and supplied, these intrusive visitors. But Spain has never sent over enough people to displace the original tribes. Her colonists have always been accompanied by large groups of clergy, eager to bring “the heathen” into the Christian fold. These missionaries have often stood between the greed of the conquerors and the vulnerability of the conquered. By protecting the indigenous clans, they have helped preserve them, and it may be questioned whether the long-term interests of humanity won’t ultimately benefit from these influences, whose positive effects may endure even after the most significant negatives associated with them have been significantly reduced or entirely disappeared.

My observations and my reflections, then, lead to this conclusion—that, whatever exceptional cases there may be, the great tide of advancement rolls forward in ever-growing strength;—that the course of the Divine government is

My observations and reflections lead me to this conclusion: that, despite any exceptional cases, the overall momentum of progress moves forward with increasing strength;—that the path of Divine governance is

From seeming evil still educing good,
And BETTER thence again, and BETTER still,
In infinite progression;—

From seeming evil still producing good,
And IMPROVED from that again, and even BETTER,
In endless progression;—

that the human family, taken as a whole, is constantly improving;—that every generation is wiser and better than that which preceded it;—that the savage and least improvable races will continue to be supplanted or absorbed by those of a higher intelligence;—that the semi-civilized will only be perpetuated by contact with a greater civilization, which [109]will raise them in the scale of humanity. A middle race, such as China contributes in the shape of emigrating millions, is wonderfully advancing the work of civilization. The process is everywhere visible in the remoter Eastern world. The mestizo descendants of Chinese fathers and Indian mothers form incomparably the most promising portion of the Philippine population. In Siam, Burmah, Cochin China, profitable employments are mainly absorbed by Chinese settlers. In Netherlands India they are almost invariably prosperous. To them Sumatra, Borneo, and the other islands, must look, and not to the indigenous peoples, for any considerable development of their resources. In our Straits Archipelago they have superseded the Klings in all the most beneficial fields of labour, as the Klings had previously superseded the less industrious Malays. The progress of the higher capabilities, and the depression of the lower, may be traced in the extinction of so many rude languages and the spread of those which represent civilization in its most advanced stages. It may be foretold, I think, without presumption, that in some future time the number of tongues spoken on the face of the globe will be reduced to a very small amount. In the course of a century many a local idiom utterly perishes, and is invariably replaced by one of more extensive range and greater utility. When it is remembered that the written language of China is understood by one-third of the human race; that probably more than one-tenth of mankind have an acquaintance with spoken English[110]—the language which has far more widely planted roots, and more extensive ramifications, than any other; when the daily decay of the provincial dialects of France, Germany, Spain, and Italy is watched, good ground will be discovered for the anticipation that many of the existing instruments for oral communication will be extinguished, the number of dead languages will be much augmented, and of living proportionally decreased.

that the human race, as a whole, is always getting better; that each generation is wiser and better than the one before it; that the least advanced and least changeable groups will continue to be replaced or absorbed by those with higher intelligence; that the semi-civilized will only thrive through contact with a more advanced civilization, which [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]will elevate them in the hierarchy of humanity. A middle group, such as the millions emigrating from China, is greatly advancing civilization's progress. This trend is evident throughout the more remote regions of the East. The mestizo descendants of Chinese fathers and Indian mothers represent by far the most promising segment of the Philippine population. In Siam, Burma, and Cochinchina, profitable jobs are mostly held by Chinese settlers. In the Netherlands East Indies, they are nearly always successful. Sumatra, Borneo, and the other islands must rely on them, not on the native populations, for any significant development of their resources. In our Straits Archipelago, they have taken over from the Klings in all the most beneficial fields of labor, just as the Klings had previously taken over from the less industrious Malays. The rise of higher capabilities and the decline of lower ones can be seen in the extinction of many primitive languages and the spread of those that represent civilization at its most advanced stages. It can be predicted, I believe without arrogance, that in the future the number of languages spoken around the world will shrink to a very small number. Over the course of a century, many local dialects completely die out and are invariably replaced by one that has a wider scope and greater usefulness. When we consider that the written language of China is understood by one-third of the human race; that probably more than one-tenth of people are familiar with spoken English[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]—the language that has more widespread roots and broader connections than any other; when we observe the daily decline of provincial dialects in France, Germany, Spain, and Italy, we find solid reasons to expect that many of the current ways of speaking will disappear, the number of dead languages will increase significantly, and those still in use will decrease proportionally.

I know not on what authority M. Mallat estimated, in 1846, the population of the Philippines at 7,000,000,—an augmentation, he says, of more than 50 per cent from 1816, when he states the population to have been 4,600,000. He says that it quadrupled itself from 1774 to 1816. He attributes the enormous increase from the later period to the introduction of vaccination and the general tranquillity of the country; but the correctness of the data may well be doubted.

I’m not sure what led M. Mallat to estimate the population of the Philippines at 7,000,000 in 1846—he claims that’s an increase of more than 50 percent from 1816, when he says the population was 4,600,000. He mentions that it quadrupled from 1774 to 1816. He attributes the huge increase from the later period to the introduction of vaccination and the overall peace in the country, but the accuracy of his data is questionable.

The Christian population of the Philippines is stated by Father Juan Fernandez to be—

The Christian population of the Philippines is stated by Father Juan Fernandez to be—

—— Pueblos. Souls.
Under the Archbishopric of Manila 185 135,000
Under
,,
the
,,
Bishopric of New Segovia
132 745,000
Under
,,
the
,,
Bishopric of New Caceres
104 480,000
Under
,,
the
,,
Bishopric of Zebu
306 1,200,000
In all 727 3.56 million

The population of the Philippines is generally supposed to be about four millions; but, as the Indians who dwell in the interior of several of the islands—those especially who occupy the unexplored forest and [111]mountainous districts—cannot be included in any official census, any calculations can only be deemed approximative. The returns furnished by the government to the Guia de Foresteros for the year 1858 give the following results:—

The population of the Philippines is estimated to be around four million; however, since the Indigenous peoples living in the interior of several islands—especially those in the unexplored forests and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]mountainous areas—aren't included in any official census, any calculations can only be considered rough estimates. The data provided by the government to the Guia de Foresteros for the year 1858 shows the following results:—

Provinces. Natives paying tribute. Mestizos and Chinese Tributaries. Total Population. Births. Deaths. Marriages.
Manila 86,250 25,418 276,059 11,346 9,251 1,956
Bulacan 91,551 12,119 214,261 8,789 5,172 1,542
Pampanga 79,912 9,631 170,849 9,101 4,407 2,237
Nueva Ecija 40,949 ... 74,698 5,963 2,547 1,176
Bataan 17,473 3,176 42,332 1,941 1,171 347
Cavite 41,471 6,943 56,832 8,867 2,619 868
Batangas 115,359 3,063 247,676 11,133 6,270 1,956
Moron 20,288 1,964 43,010 1,900 1,508 553
La Laguna 65,177 1,866 132,264 5,935 4,295 1,553
Zambales 28,023 149 31,116 2,320 1,191 635
Mindoro 7,335 ... 15,135 734 645 191
Pangasinan 97,786 1,551 272,427 9,172 6,368 2,756
La Union 39,044 117 45,657 3,894 1,526 1,165
Ilocos Sur 77,974 2,293 179,407 7,305 3,647 1,801
Ilocos Norte 70,305 16 140,226 6,189 3,695 1,536
Cagayan 27,784 71 54,457 2,443 1,489 638
Abra 8,009 200 36,737 782 354 407
Nueva Biscaya 6,116 ... 19,754 452 387 131
La Isabela 14,112 ... 26,372 1,040 757 265
Camarines 78,012 125 209,696 6,273 3,456 1,770
Albay 103,928 990 204,840 7,458 6,722 1,099
Tayabas 44,940 154 102,210 3,049 2,124 949
Burias 470 ... 525 17 12 1
Masbate of Ticao 5,421 27 10,992 249 103 55
Zebu 81,457 4,267 267,540 12,653 3,740 2,374
Negros 24,522 394 113,379 4,499 2,688 804
Calamianes 4,003 ... 17,964 730 279 172
Bohol 64,760 692 175,686 5,924 2,476 1,452
Samar 61,586 437 117,866 6,161 3,437 1,863
Leite 66,371 790 134,493 5,582 2,168 1,387
Antique 25,567 42 77,639 4,810 1,708 664
Iloilo 174,884 1,442 527,970 17,675 9,231 3,697
Capiz 66,614 8 143,713 9,810 4,199 1,187
Surigao City 13,801 148 18,848 944 525 181
Misamis 23,729 266 46,517 2,155 845 396
Zamboanga 3,871 16 10,191 429 956 55
Basilan 167 4 447 43 71
Bislig 4,686 21 12,718 394 143 112
Davao 304 ... 800 21 9 18
Romblon 3,517 ... 17,068 892 375 149
Totals 1,787,528 78,400 4,290,371 184,074 102,466 40,093

[112]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Proportion of natives to mixed races 96.00 per cent.
Proportion
,,
of
,,
,,
natives (paying tribute) to population
29.00
per
,,
cent.
,,
Proportion
,,
of
,,
,,
mixed races to population
1.75
per
,,
cent.
,,
Proportion
,,
of
,,
,,
births to population
4.00
per
,,
cent.
,,
Proportion
,,
of
,,
,,
deaths to population
2.33
per
,,
cent.
,,
Proportion
,,
of
,,
,,
marriages to population
.90
per
,,
cent.
,,
Proportion
,,
of
,,
,,
births to deaths
64.00 to 36.00
per
,,
cent.
,,
Proportion
,,
of
,,
,,
births to marriages
2.70
per
,,
cent.
,,

Imperfect returns are given from Corregidor and Pulo Caballo, 370 inhabitants in all: From Benguet, 6,803, of whom 4,639 are pagans, and 15 Christian tributaries: From Cayan, 17,035, the whole population, of which 10,861 tributaries.

Imperfect returns come from Corregidor and Pulo Caballo, with 370 inhabitants in total: From Benguet, 6,803 people, of whom 4,639 are pagans, and 15 are Christian tributaries: From Cayan, 17,035, the entire population, with 10,861 tributaries.

The number of European Spaniards settled in the Philippines bears a very small proportion to that of the mixed races. There are 670 males and 119 females in the capital (Manila and Binondo). Of these there are 114 friars, all living in Manila, eight ecclesiastics, forty-six merchants, fourteen medical practitioners, and the majority of the others military and civil functionaries. But in none of the islands does the proportion of Spaniards approach that which is found in the capital. Probably the whole number of European Spaniards in the islands does not amount to two thousand.

The number of European Spaniards living in the Philippines is very small compared to the mixed races. There are 670 males and 119 females in the capital (Manila and Binondo). Of these, there are 114 friars, all living in Manila, eight clergy members, forty-six merchants, fourteen medical professionals, and most of the others are military and civil officials. However, in none of the islands does the number of Spaniards come close to what is found in the capital. It's likely that the total number of European Spaniards in the islands doesn't exceed two thousand.

There are ninety-six foreigners established in Binondo—eighty-five males and eleven females (none in Manila proper). Of these fifty are merchants or merchants’ assistants. There are twenty-two British subjects, fifteen French, fifteen South Americans, eleven citizens of the United States, nine Germans, and nine Swiss.

There are ninety-six foreigners living in Binondo—eighty-five men and eleven women (none in Manila itself). Out of these, fifty are merchants or work as assistants to merchants. There are twenty-two British subjects, fifteen French, fifteen South Americans, eleven U.S. citizens, nine Germans, and nine Swiss.

Independently of European Spaniards, there are many families which call themselves hijos del pays [113](children of the country), descendants of Spanish settlers, who avoid mingling with native Indian blood. They have the reputation of being more susceptible than are even the old Castilians in matters of etiquette, and among them are many who have received a European education. They are generally candidates for public employment, but are said to be less steady, and more addicted to play and to pleasure, than their progenitors; but they are eminently hospitable. They dress in European style when they appear in public, but at home both men and women use the loose and more convenient Indian costume. They complain, on their part, that barriers are raised between them and their countrymen from the Peninsula; in a word, that the spirit of caste exercises its separating and alienating influences in the Philippines, as elsewhere.

Independently of European Spaniards, there are many families that call themselves hijos del pays [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] (children of the country), descendants of Spanish settlers, who avoid mixing with native Indian blood. They are known to be even more sensitive than the old Castilians when it comes to etiquette, and many of them have received a European education. They generally aim for public jobs, but are said to be less reliable and more prone to gambling and pleasure than their ancestors; however, they are very welcoming. They dress in European style when they go out, but at home, both men and women wear the loose and more comfortable Indian attire. They express frustration that there are barriers between them and their fellow countrymen from the Peninsula; in short, they feel that the spirit of caste creates dividing and isolating influences in the Philippines, just like elsewhere.

The mestizos, or mixed races, form a numerous and influential portion of the Filipinos; the number settled in the islands of women of European birth is small, and generally speaking they are the wives of the higher Spanish functionaries and of superior officers in the army and navy, whose term of service is generally limited. Though the daughters of families of pure Spanish blood generally marry in the colony and keep up a good deal of exclusiveness and caste, it is seldom that the highest society is without a large proportion of mestiza ladies, children of Spanish fathers and native mothers. The great majority of the merchants and landed proprietors belong to this class, and most of the subordinate [114]offices of government are filled by them. There are very many descendants of Chinese by native women; but the paternal type seems so to absorb the maternal, that the children for whole generations bear the strongly marked character which distinguishes the genuine native of the flowery land, even through a succession of Indian mothers. I shall have occasion to speak of a visit I made to a district (Molo, near Iloilo), which in former times had been the seat of a large Chinese colony, where the Chinese race had disappeared centuries ago, but the Chinese physiognomy, and the Chinese character, had left their unmistakable traces in the whole population. I found nowhere among the natives a people so industrious, so persevering, so economical, and, generally, so prosperous. Almost every house had a loom, and it is the place where the best of the piña fabrics are woven. We were invited to a ball at which the principal native ladies were present, and I had to answer a discurso delivered in excellent Castilian by the leading personage. I was informed that the young women were remarkable for their chastity, and that an erring sister obtained no forgiveness among them. Their parents object to their learning Spanish lest it should be an instrument of seduction. Of the mestizos of Chinese or Mongolian descent, De Mas says:—“They are called Sangley, which means Chinese merchant or traveller. They inherit the industrious and speculative spirit of their forefathers. Most of them have acquired riches and lands, and the largest part of the retail trade is in their hands. [115]They form the middle class of the Filipinos. Their prosperity and better education produce the natural results, and their moral and intellectual character is far superior to that of the Indians. They are luxuriously dressed, are more elegant and handsome than the Indians; some of their women are decidedly beautiful. But they preserve most of the habits of the Indians, whom they exceed in attention to religious duties because they are superior in intelligence. This race is likely to increase in numbers and in influence, and, in consequence of the large importation of Chinamen, to augment in the localities of their settlements at a greater rate than the Indian population.”1

The mestizos, or people of mixed race, make up a significant and powerful part of the Filipino population; the number of women of European descent living in the islands is small, and generally, they are wives of high-ranking Spanish officials and superior military officers, whose time in the islands is typically limited. While daughters of families with pure Spanish heritage usually marry within the colony and maintain a significant level of exclusivity and class distinction, the upper society often includes many mestiza women, daughters of Spanish fathers and native mothers. Most merchants and landowners come from this group, and many lower-level government positions are held by them. There are also many descendants of Chinese fathers and native mothers; however, the Chinese traits seem to dominate, so the children, for generations, often show the distinctly recognizable features of true natives even after a succession of Indian mothers. I will discuss a visit I made to a district (Molo, near Iloilo), which in the past was home to a large Chinese colony that has vanished centuries ago, but the Chinese appearance and character have left their unmistakable marks on the entire population. Among the locals, I found no group as hardworking, persistent, frugal, and generally prosperous. Almost every household had a loom, and it is known for producing the finest piña fabrics. We attended a ball where the prominent native ladies were present, and I had to respond to a discurso delivered in excellent Castilian by the leading figure. I learned that the young women were known for their chastity, and a sister who strayed did not receive forgiveness among them. Their parents discourage them from learning Spanish, fearing it might lead to temptation. Regarding the mestizos of Chinese or Mongolian descent, De Mas states:—“They are referred to as Sangley, which means Chinese merchant or traveler. They inherit the hardworking and entrepreneurial spirit of their ancestors. Many have accumulated wealth and land, and they control a large portion of the retail trade. They represent the middle class among Filipinos. Their success and better education yield natural outcomes, and their moral and intellectual standards are significantly higher than those of the Indians. They dress elegantly, are more refined and attractive than the Indians, and some of their women are truly beautiful. However, they retain many of the Indians' habits, yet they surpass them in religious devotion due to their greater intelligence. This group is likely to grow both in numbers and influence, and thanks to the substantial influx of Chinese immigrants, they will increase in their settlement areas faster than the Indian population.”

There can be no doubt that the predominance of the characteristics of the father over those of the mother has improved, through successive generations, the general character of the race of mestizo Chinese. They are more active and enterprising, more prudent and persevering, more devoted to trade and commerce, than the Indios. They all [116]preserve the black hair, which is characteristic of China, “the black-haired” being one of the national names by which the people of the “middle kingdom” are fond of designating themselves. The slanting position of the eyes, forming an angle over the nose, the beardless chin, the long and delicate fingers (in conformity with Chinese usage they frequently allow the middle nail of the left hand to grow to a great length), their fondness for dress and ornament, distinguish them. They exercise great influence over the Indians, who believe them to be masters of the art of money-getting. The children of a Spanish mestizo by a Chinese mestiza, are called Torna atras, “going back;” those of a Chinese mestizo by an Indian woman are considered as Chinese and not Indian half-castes. The mingling of Chinese blood is observable in all the town populations. The number of mestizos of European descent is trifling compared with those of Chinese origin. Their houses are invariably better furnished than those of the natives. Many of them adopt the European costume, but where they retain the native dress it is finer in quality, gayer in colours, and richer in ornament. Like the natives, they wear their shirts over the trousers, but the shirt is of piña or sinamay fastened with buttons of valuable stones; and a gold chain is seldom wanting, suspended round the neck. The men commonly wear European hats, shoes and stockings, and the sexes exhibit no small amount of dandyism and coquetry.

There’s no doubt that the traits of the father have become more dominant than those of the mother over generations, leading to an overall improvement in the mestizo Chinese population. They are more active and ambitious, more cautious and persistent, and more engaged in trade and business than the Indios. They all [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]maintain the black hair that is typical of China, with “the black-haired” being one of the names the people of the “middle kingdom” like to call themselves. The slanted shape of their eyes forms an angle over the nose, they have smooth chins, and their long, delicate fingers (in line with Chinese tradition, they often let the middle nail of their left hand grow quite long). They enjoy dressing well and wearing ornaments, which sets them apart. They have a significant influence over the Indians, who see them as masters of making money. The children of a Spanish mestizo and a Chinese mestiza are referred to as Torna atras, or “going back;” while the children of a Chinese mestizo and an Indian woman are considered Chinese rather than Indian mixed-race. The blending of Chinese ancestry can be seen in all the urban populations. The number of mestizos of European descent is very small compared to those of Chinese descent. Their homes are usually better furnished than those of the natives. Many adopt European clothing, but those who keep the native attire have higher quality, more colorful, and more elaborately decorated outfits. Like the natives, they wear their shirts over their trousers, but the shirt is made of piña or sinamay, secured with buttons made of precious stones; a gold chain around the neck is also a common accessory. The men typically wear European hats, shoes, and stockings, and both men and women show a fair amount of dandyism and flirtation.

The great mass of the indigenous population of the [117]Philippine Islands may be divided into two principal races—the Tagálos occupying the north, and the Bisáyos the south. Of these, all who inhabit the towns and villages profess Christianity, and are much under the influence of the regular clergy, who administer the religious ordinances in the various provinces, which are, for the most part, submitted to the ecclesiastical jurisdiction of different orders of brotherhood. There are a few instances of the Indians being invested with the full rights of priesthood, though they generally reach no higher post than that of assistants to the friars. At the great ceremony which I attended of the Purisima Conception at Manila, an Indian was chosen to deliver the sermon of the day; it was, as usual, redolent with laudations of the Virgin, and about equal to the average style of flowery Spanish preaching. But as we recede from the towns, religious ordinances are neglected, and in the centre and mountainous parts of the islands Christianity ceases to be the profession of the inhabitants; the friars deplore their ignorant and abandoned state, and occupy themselves in the endeavour to bring them into their fold, and to enforce the payment of that tributo from which they, as well as the government, derive their revenues. If this be paid, if the services of the Church be duly performed, confession made, fit co-operation given to the religious processions and festivals (which are the native holidays), matters go on well between the clergy and the people. I found many of the friars objects of affection and reverence, and deservedly so, [118]as guardians and restorers of the family peace, encouragers of the children in their studies, and otherwise associating their efforts with the well-being of the community; but removed, as the ecclesiastics frequently are, from the control of public opinion, there is often scandal, and good ground for it.

The large indigenous population of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Philippine Islands can be divided into two main groups—the Tagálos in the north and the Bisáyos in the south. Most people living in towns and villages are Christian and are heavily influenced by the clergy, who oversee religious practices in various provinces, which are mostly under the jurisdiction of different religious orders. There are a few instances where locals hold full priesthood rights, but they usually serve as assistants to the friars. At the major event I attended, the Purisima Conception in Manila, an Indian was selected to give the sermon. It was, as always, filled with praises for the Virgin and was pretty typical of the flowery Spanish preaching style. However, as we move away from the towns, religious practices are often ignored, and in the central and mountainous areas of the islands, Christianity is not the main faith of the residents. The friars lament the ignorance and neglect of these communities and work to bring them into the Church's fold, while also enforcing the collection of the tributo, which provides income for both the friars and the government. If this tax is paid, if the Church services are properly conducted, if confessions are made, and if there is good participation in religious processions and festivals (which are the local holidays), relations between the clergy and the community typically go smoothly. I found many friars to be well-liked and respected, and rightly so, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]as they act as guardians of family harmony, encourage children in their education, and align their efforts with the community’s welfare; but because the clergy are often out of touch with public opinion, scandals can arise, and there is often valid reason for concern.

Father Zuñiga opines that the Philippines were originally colonized by the inhabitants of America; but he fails altogether in the proofs he seeks in the analogy of languages. The number of Malayan words in Tagal and Bisayan is greater than any to be traced to American dialects; and here I may remark, by the way, that there is no topic on which so much absurdity has been committed to the press as on the derivation and affinity of languages—a subject in which Spanish authority is seldom of much value. El Señor Erro, for example, in his book on the antiquity of the Bascuence, gives a description and picture of a jar found in a well in Guipuscoa, which had on it the words “Gott erbarme dein armes Würmchen!” This he reports to be a Biscayan inscription in honour of the priestesses of the sun anterior to the introduction of Christianity, and he doubts not that the vase (a piece of coarse modern German pottery) was used in the sacred services of the temple!

Father Zuñiga believes that the Philippines were originally colonized by the inhabitants of America; however, he completely fails to support his claims through language comparisons. The number of Malayan words in Tagalog and Visayan is much greater than those that can be traced back to American dialects. I should mention, by the way, that there is no subject on which more nonsense has been published than the origins and relationships of languages—a topic in which Spanish authority is rarely very useful. For instance, Señor Erro, in his book about the ancient Basque language, describes and shows a picture of a jar found in a well in Guipuscoa, which has the words “God have mercy on your poor little worm!” written on it. He claims this is a Biscayan inscription honoring the priestesses of the sun before the arrival of Christianity, and he has no doubt that the vase (which is actually a piece of coarse modern German pottery) was used in the sacred services of the temple!

De Mas supposes that the Indians employed alphabetical writing anterior to the arrival of the Spanish, and gives five alphabets as used in different provinces, but having some resemblance to one another. I doubt alike the antiquity and authenticity of the [119]records; but give a specimen which he says is a contract upon Chinese paper for a sale of land in Bulacan, dated 1652.

De Mas believes that the Indians used alphabetical writing before the Spanish arrived and presents five alphabets from different provinces that have some similarities. I question both the age and authenticity of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] records; however, he provides an example that he claims is a contract on Chinese paper for a land sale in Bulacan, dated 1652.

Sample of old Tagalog script.

My own inquiries led to no discoveries of old records, or written traditions, or inscriptions of remote times, associated with Indian history. There is sufficient evidence that some rude authority existed—that there were masters and slaves—that the land was partially cultivated and the sea explored by labourers and fishermen, leading necessarily to a recognition of some rights of property—that there were wars between hostile tribes, which had their leaders and their laws. The early records of the missionaries give the names of some of the chiefs, and detail the character of the authority exercised by the ruling few over the subject many. They say that gold would procure the emancipation of a slave and his reception among the Mahaldicas, or privileged class. Prisoners of war, debtors, and criminals, were held in bonds. The daughter of a Mahaldica could be obtained in marriage, where the lover was unable to pay her money value, by vassalage to her father for a certain number of years. If a man of one [120]tribe married the woman of another, the children were equally, or as nearly as possible, divided among the two tribes to which the parents belonged. Property was partitioned among the sons at the father’s death, the elder enjoying no rights over the younger.

My own searches didn’t uncover any old records, written traditions, or ancient inscriptions related to Indian history. There is enough evidence to show that some form of rough authority existed—that there were masters and slaves—that the land was partly farmed and the sea explored by workers and fishermen, which naturally led to some recognition of property rights—that there were conflicts between rival tribes, each with their own leaders and laws. The early accounts from missionaries mention some of the chiefs and describe the kind of power the ruling few held over the many. They note that gold could buy the freedom of a slave and allow him to be accepted among the Mahaldicas, or privileged class. Prisoners of war, debtors, and criminals were kept in bondage. A Mahaldica's daughter could be married off, even if her suitor couldn’t pay her monetary value, through servitude to her father for a set number of years. If a man from one [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] tribe married a woman from another, their children would be divided as equally as possible among the tribes of both parents. Property was divided among sons at their father's death, with no special rights for the eldest over the younger.

Local superstitions prevailed as to rocks, trees, and rivers. They worshipped the sun and moon; a blue bird called tigmamanoquin; a stag named meylupa, “lord of the soil;” and the crocodile, to which they gave the title of nono, or “grandfather.” A demon named Osuang was supposed to torment children, to cause pains in childbirth, to live on human flesh, and to have his presence announced by the tictic, a bird of evil augury. Naked men brandished swords from the roof and other parts of the choza to frighten the fiend away, or the pregnant woman was removed from the neighbourhood of the tictic. The Manacolam was a monster enveloped in flames, which could only be extinguished by the ordure of a human being, whose death would immediately follow. The Silagan seized and tore out the liver of persons clad in white. The Magtatangal deposited his head and entrails in the evening in some secret place, wandered about doing mischief in the night, and resumed his “deposit” at break of day. So strange and wild are the fancies of credulity! Sacrifices were offered in deprecation of menaced evils, or in compliment to visitors, by female priestesses called Catalona, who distributed pieces of the sacrificed animal. There were many witches and sorcerers, exercising various functions, one of whom, [121]the Manyisalat, was the love inspirer and the confidant of youths and maidens.

Local superstitions surrounded the rocks, trees, and rivers. They worshipped the sun and moon, a blue bird called tigmamanoquin, a stag known as meylupa, “lord of the soil,” and the crocodile, which they referred to as nono, or “grandfather.” A demon named Osuang was believed to torment children, cause childbirth pain, feast on human flesh, and his presence was signaled by the tictic, a bird associated with bad omens. Naked men waved swords from the roof and other parts of the choza to scare the demon away, or a pregnant woman would be taken away from the area where the tictic was found. The Manacolam was a monster surrounded by flames that could only be put out with human waste, which would lead to the person’s death. The Silagan would attack and rip out the livers of people dressed in white. The Magtatangal would leave his head and entrails in a secret place at night, wander around causing trouble, and retrieve his “deposit” at dawn. Such strange and wild beliefs can arise from gullibility! Sacrifices were made to prevent looming dangers or to honor guests, performed by female priestesses called Catalona, who distributed pieces of the sacrificed animal. There were many witches and sorcerers with various roles, one of whom, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the Manyisalat, was the love instigator and confidant for young men and women.

On entering a forest the Indian supplicated the demons not to molest him. The crackling of wood, the sight of a snake in a cottage newly built, were deemed presages of evil. In the house of a fisherman it was deemed improper to speak of a forest, in that of a huntsman of the sea. A pregnant woman was not allowed to cut her hair, lest her child should he horn hairless.

On entering a forest, the Indian prayed to the spirits not to harm him. The sound of cracking wood and seeing a snake in a newly built cottage were believed to be bad omens. In a fisherman's house, it was considered inappropriate to mention a forest, just as in a hunter's home it was improper to talk about the sea. A pregnant woman wasn't allowed to cut her hair, for fear that her child would be born without hair.

The price paid for a woman given in marriage was regulated by the position of the parties. The mother had a claim, as well as the nurse who had had charge of the childhood of the bride. Whatever expense the daughter had caused to the father he was entitled to recover from the bridegroom. Among opulent families there was a traditional price, such as the father or grandfather had paid for their wives. If the bride had no living parents, her price was paid to herself. Three days before the marriage the roof of the parental dwelling was extended, and an apartment, called a palapala, added for the wedding festival; the guests brought their presents to the bride, and, whatever the value, it was expected that when, on future occasions, the relations of hosts and guests were changed, an offering of not less value should be given. Among the ceremonies it was required that the lovers should eat from the same plate and drink from the same cup. Mutual pledges and promises of affection were given, and the catalona pronounced a benediction. Sad scenes of drunkenness [122]and scandal are said to have followed the ceremony in the after festivities, which lasted three days. In the northern islands only one wife was allowed, but any number of handmaids and slaves; in the south, where, no doubt, Islamism was not without its influence, any number of legitimate wives was permitted: circumcision was also practised.

The price paid for a woman in marriage was determined by the status of the parties involved. The mother had a claim, as did the nurse who took care of the bride during her childhood. The father was entitled to recover any expenses he incurred because of his daughter from the groom. In wealthy families, there was a customary price, similar to what the father or grandfather had paid for their wives. If the bride had no living parents, the price was paid directly to her. Three days before the wedding, the roof of the family home was extended, and a room, called a palapala, was added for the wedding celebration; guests brought gifts for the bride, and it was expected that when the roles of hosts and guests changed in the future, an offering of equal value would be made. Among the ceremonies, it was required that the couple eat from the same plate and drink from the same cup. They exchanged mutual pledges and promises of love, and the catalona offered a blessing. There were sad scenes of drunkenness [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and scandal that followed the ceremony during the three days of festivities. In the northern islands, only one wife was allowed, but any number of handmaids and slaves could be kept; in the south, where Islam likely had some influence, multiple legitimate wives were permitted: circumcision was also practiced.

Hired mourners, as well as the members of the family, were gathered round the corpse, and sang hymns proclaiming the virtues of the dead. The body was washed, perfumed, dressed and sometimes embalmed. The poor were speedily buried in the silong over which their huts were constructed. The rich were kept for several days, laid out in a coffin made of a solid trunk, the mouth covered with gold-leaf, and the place of sepulture any favourite spot which the deceased might have selected; if on the bank of a river, the passage of boats was interdicted for some time, lest the dead should interfere with the concerns of the living, and a guard had charge of the tomb, near which the garments, usual food and arms of the departed were placed in a separate box—in the case of a woman, her loom and instruments of labour. Where a chief of distinction was interred, a building was erected, in which two goats, two deer, and two pigs were imprisoned and a fettered slave belonging to the deceased, who was ordered to accompany his master to the other world, and died a miserable death of starvation. It was supposed on the third day after the interment that the dead man visited his family: a vase of water was placed at the door, that he might [123]wash and free himself from the dirt of the grave; a wax light was left burning through the day; mats were spread and covered with ashes, that the footmarks of the dead might be traced; and the door was opened at the accustomed time of meals, and a splendid repast laid out for the expected visitor. No doubt it was disposed of by the attendants in the same way as other costly sacrifices. The Indians of the north put on black, those of the south white, mourning robes.

Hired mourners, along with family members, gathered around the body and sang hymns celebrating the virtues of the deceased. The body was washed, perfumed, dressed, and sometimes embalmed. The poor were quickly buried in the silong beneath their huts. The wealthy, however, were kept for several days, displayed in a coffin made from a solid trunk, the lid covered in gold leaf, and buried in a favorite spot chosen by the deceased. If it was by a riverbank, boat traffic was prohibited for a while to avoid disturbing the dead, and a guard watched over the tomb. Near the grave, the deceased's clothing, usual food, and weapons were placed in a separate box; if a woman, her loom and work tools were included. When a notable chief was buried, a structure was built where two goats, two deer, and two pigs were held captive, along with a bound slave of the deceased, who was forced to follow his master into the afterlife and died a slow death from starvation. On the third day after the burial, it was believed that the deceased visited his family: a vase of water was set at the door for him to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] wash off the grave's dirt; a wax candle was kept burning throughout the day; mats were laid out and sprinkled with ashes to track the dead's footprints; and the door was opened at mealtime, with an elaborate feast prepared for the anticipated guest. Surely, the attendants disposed of it like other valuable offerings. The northern Indians wore black mourning robes, while those in the south wore white.

INDIAN FUNERAL.

INDIAN FUNERAL.

Indian funeral.

In the administration of justice the elders were consulted, but there was no code of laws, and the missionaries affirm that the arbitrators of quarrels were generally but too well paid for their awards. Murder committed by a slave was punished with death—committed by a person of rank, was indemnified by payments to the injured family. When a robbery took place, all the suspected persons were ordered to bring a load of grass; these loads were mixed in a heap, and if the stolen article was found it was restored to the owner, and no inquiry made as to the bringer of the bundle in which it was concealed. If this method failed, they flung all the suspected into a river, and held him to be guilty who came first to the surface, on the theory that remorse would not allow him to keep his breath. Many are said to have been drowned in order to escape the ignominy of rising out of the water. They sometimes placed candles of equal length in the hands of all the accused, and he was held to be guilty whose candle first went out. Another mode was to gather the accused round a [124]light, and he towards whom the flames turned was condemned as the criminal. Adultery was condoned for by fine to the wronged persons.

In the administration of justice, the elders were consulted, but there was no legal code, and the missionaries claim that the arbitrators of disputes were often well compensated for their decisions. A slave who committed murder was punished with death, while someone of higher status compensated the victim's family. When a robbery occurred, all suspected individuals were required to bring a load of grass; these loads were mixed together, and if the stolen item was found, it was returned to the owner, without investigating the person who brought the bundle containing it. If this method didn’t work, all the suspects were thrown into a river, and the one who surfaced first was deemed guilty, based on the belief that guilt would prevent them from holding their breath. Many are said to have drowned to avoid the shame of coming up from the water. Sometimes, they gave candles of equal length to all the accused, and the person whose candle went out first was considered guilty. Another method involved gathering the accused around a [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]fire, and the one the flames leaned toward was sentenced as the offender. Adultery was excused by a fine paid to the wronged parties.

Gold was used by weight as the medium of exchange, but there was no coined or stamped currency. The largest weight was called a gael, but it represented a dollar and a quarter in silver, nearly corresponding to the Chinese ounce or tael; a gael consisted of two tinga, a tinga of two sapaha;2 a sapaha was divided into sangraga, a very small bean, which was the minimum weight. Accounts were kept by heaps of stones of different sizes. Their measures were the dipa (brace = 6 feet), the dancal (palm), tumuro (span), sangdamac (breadth of the hand), sangdati (breadth of the finger). Thus, as among many rude nations (the vestiges are still to be traced in the phraseology of civilization) every man carried with him his standard of mensuration.

Gold was used by weight as the medium of exchange, but there was no coined or stamped currency. The largest weight was called a gael, which represented a dollar and a quarter in silver, almost equivalent to the Chinese ounce or tael; a gael was made up of two tinga, and a tinga was two sapaha; a sapaha was divided into sangraga, a very small bean, which was the minimum weight. Records were kept with heaps of stones of various sizes. Their measurements were the dipa (brace = 6 feet), the dancal (palm), tumuro (span), sangdamac (breadth of the hand), sangdati (breadth of the finger). So, like in many primitive societies (the remnants can still be found in the language of modern civilization), everyone carried their own standard of measurement.

Time was reckoned by suns and moons, in the Philippines as in China. In Chinese the same words designate day and sun, moon and month, harvest and year. The morning was called “cock-crowing,” the evening “sun-leaving.”

Time was measured by the sun and the moon, in the Philippines just like in China. In Chinese, the same words refer to day and sun, moon and month, harvest and year. The morning was referred to as “cock-crowing,” and the evening as “sun-leaving.”

No Indian passed another without a salutation and a bending of the left knee. An inferior entering the house of a superior crouched down until ordered to rise. Earrings were worn by women and sometimes [125]by men; the chiefs had coloured turbans, scarlet if they had killed an enemy, striped if they had killed seven or more. Peace was made by the mingling blood with wine, and each drank of the blood of the other. This was the most solemn of their oaths.

No Indian passed by another without a greeting and bending their left knee. A lower-status person entering the home of someone of higher status squatted down until told to stand up. Women wore earrings, and sometimes men did too; chiefs wore colored turbans, scarlet if they had killed an enemy, and striped if they had killed seven or more. Peace was established by mixing their blood with wine, and each would drink the blood of the other. This was their most solemn oath.

Chastity seems to have been unknown, though a price was always exacted for a woman’s favours.

Chastity seems to have been unheard of, though there was always a price paid for a woman’s favors.

Many Mahomedan superstitions and usages had found their way to the interior, and among them the rite of circumcision.

Many Muslim superstitions and customs had made their way into the interior, including the practice of circumcision.

All the Indians are born with a circular dark spot on the buttock, of the size of a shilling; as their skins darken the mark extends, becomes lighter in colour, and in age is scarcely distinguishable.

All Indians are born with a circular dark spot on their buttocks, about the size of a shilling; as their skin darkens, the mark spreads, becomes lighter in color, and as they age, it’s hardly noticeable.

There is a tradition that the Indians were formerly in the habit of punishing an unpopular person by a penalty which they called Cobacolo, and which was inflicted on any who had misled them by false counsels. The whole population assembled, went to the house of the offender, every one bearing a cudgel; some surrounded the house to prevent escape, and others entered and, by blows, drove the victim to the balcony, from whence he was compelled to leap, and he was then chased out of the neighbourhood, after which the house was razed to the ground, and all that it contained destroyed. The tradition is preserved in many popular proverbs and phrases, in which the Cobacolo is used as a menace to evil-doers.

There’s a tradition that the Native Americans used to punish someone who was unpopular with a penalty they called Cobacolo. This was applied to anyone who had misled them with false advice. The entire community would gather and go to the offender’s house, each person carrying a stick. Some would surround the house to block any escape, while others would go inside and, by hitting them, force the victim out onto the balcony, from where they had to jump. After that, they would be chased out of the neighborhood, and the house would be torn down, with everything inside destroyed. This tradition is reflected in many popular proverbs and phrases, where Cobacolo is used as a threat against wrongdoers.

Among the most celebrated books on the Philippines are the “Cronicas Franciscanas,” by Fr. Gaspar de S. Agustin, an Augustine monk of Madrid, [126]who lived forty years among the Indians, and from whose descriptions I have made a few selections; but there are remarkable contrarieties of opinion among different writers. Their fields of observation are different, and natural temperament has much to do with the judgment formed. Our friar does not give the natives a favourable character. According to him they are generally “inconstant, distrustful, malicious, sleepy, idle, timid, and fond of travelling by rivers, lakes, and seas.”

Among the most famous books about the Philippines is the “Cronicas Franciscanas,” by Fr. Gaspar de S. Agustin, an Augustine monk from Madrid, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] who spent forty years living among the Indigenous people, and from whose descriptions I have selected a few excerpts; however, there are significant differences in opinion among various writers. Their perspectives vary, and natural temperament greatly influences the judgments formed. Our friar does not portray the natives in a positive light. According to him, they are generally “inconstant, distrustful, malicious, lazy, idle, timid, and enjoy traveling by rivers, lakes, and seas.”

“They are great consumers of fish, which are found in immense abundance. After rains the fields and marshes and ponds are filled with them. Fish two palms long are often pulled up from among the paddy. As the waters dry up, the fish retreat to any muddy recess, and the Indians catch them with their hands, or kill them with sticks.” I have seen many Indians fishing in the paddy grounds, and what becomes of the fish in the times of drought, when no “muddy recesses” are to be found, it is hard to say, but where there is water fish may invariably be sought for with success.

“They are big consumers of fish, which are found in huge numbers. After it rains, the fields, marshes, and ponds are filled with them. Fish about two hands long are often pulled up from the rice paddies. As the waters dry up, the fish retreat to any muddy spots, and the Indians catch them by hand or club them with sticks.” I have seen many Indians fishing in the rice fields, and it’s hard to say what happens to the fish during droughts when there are no “muddy spots” left, but where there is water, fish can always be found successfully.

“They eat three meals a day, consisting principally of rice, the sweet potato, and a small quantity of fish or meat; the daily cost of the whole being half a rial” (= 3d. sterling). “As labourers they get half a rial in addition to their food. They willingly borrow money, which they do not repay, and he who will not encourage ingratitude must show them no favour; to exact a promise is to ensure a falsehood. They are the ingrates described in the 36th Psalm. They [127]never shut the door they have opened; they return nothing to its place; they never do the work they have been paid for beforehand, yet they do not fail to ask for an advance: the carpenter must have money to buy wood; the washerman to get soap; and they even practise their devices upon the parish priest! They have the art of blundering about everything; they fold all garments the wrong way; turn a shirt inside out, always present the back where the front should be.” The father is somewhat severe, and of my own experience I can say there was at least about as much chance in such matters of the Indians doing right as wrong. Alava said of the Indians that their brains were in their hands.

“They eat three meals a day, mainly consisting of rice, sweet potatoes, and a small amount of fish or meat; the daily cost of this is half a rial” (= 3d. sterling). “As laborers, they receive half a rial in addition to their food. They are quick to borrow money that they don’t pay back, and anyone who doesn’t want to encourage ingratitude must avoid showing them any kindness; asking for a promise is just asking for a lie. They are the ingrates mentioned in the 36th Psalm. They [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]never close the door once it’s open; they don’t return things to where they belong; they never complete the work they’ve been paid for in advance, yet they still ask for an upfront payment: the carpenter needs money to buy wood; the washerman needs cash to buy soap; and they even try their tricks on the parish priest! They have a knack for messing everything up; they fold garments the wrong way; turn shirts inside out, always showing the back instead of the front.” The father is somewhat strict, and from my own experience, I can say there was about as much chance of the Indians doing things right as there was of them doing them wrong. Alava remarked about the Indians that their brains were in their hands.

The padre continues:—“They are envious, ill-bred, and impertinent. They will even ask a padre, ‘Whence do you come? where are you going?’ If you are reading a letter, they will look over your shoulders, though not able to read themselves; and if two people are talking in secret, the Indians will come near, though not understanding a word.” Grave charges these. “They enter houses, and even convents, without leave, and seem to make themselves at home in a manner to excite wonderment and anger; even when the padre is asleep, they make a great noise in trampling the floor, though in their own houses they walk with as much care as if treading among eggs. They use no chairs at home, but absolutely wear out those of the convents by sitting and lounging on them, particularly in the balconies, where they can get a look at the women.” [128]

The priest goes on: “They’re envious, rude, and disrespectful. They’ll even ask a priest, ‘Where are you from? Where are you headed?’ If you’re reading a letter, they’ll peek over your shoulder, even though they can’t read; and if two people are having a private conversation, the locals will come over, not understanding a word. Those are serious accusations. “They go into homes and even convents without permission and act like they own the place, which is truly astonishing and infuriating; even when the priest is asleep, they stomp around loudly, while at home they walk as if on eggshells. They don’t use chairs at home, but they wear out the convent furniture by sitting and lounging, especially on the balconies where they can catch a glimpse of the women.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

These extracts are as characteristic of the monk as of the Indian. “They care nothing for dog, cat, horse nor cow; the game-cock is their great concern; him they visit at dawn; him they caress through the day; they will contemplate him with eyes fixed for half an hour at a time: the passion never decays; many of them think of nothing else. The government patronizes cock-fights. Last year they produced 40,000 dollars” (in 1859, 86,000 dollars); “sad resource this for so many tears, crimes, and punishments! What quarrels, what lawsuits, what appeals! And in their gambling they pass the night till sunrise. The chief of the Barangay (clan) loses the tribute-money he has collected; his doom is the prison, or a flight to the mountains. They hate to live in houses or convents where they would be placed beyond even the odour of women. They take care of their own plates, and exhibit in their dwellings some possessed before the arrival of the Spaniards, but in convents and houses they break plates enough to ruin their masters. This is because of their stupidity, or that they are thinking of their beloved, or of anything but what ought to occupy their thoughts; and if they let fall a dish, it is passed over by the Spaniards, or they are only called ‘brute! animal! savage!’ In their own house, however, the breaking a piece of earthenware would be followed with a good number of cane blows, and this is of more efficacy than all Cicero’s Philippics (sic in orig.) They cannot be trusted with a sword, mirror, glass, gun, watch, nor any delicate thing; they are sure to [129]spoil it. You may confide to them a bamboo, a stick, a piece of timber, a palm-branch, and to a few of them a ploughshare.

These excerpts reflect the characteristics of both the monk and the Indian. “They don’t care about dogs, cats, horses, or cows; their main focus is on fighting cocks. They visit them at dawn, pamper them throughout the day, and can stare at them for half an hour straight. Their passion never fades; many think about nothing else. The government supports cockfighting. Last year, it generated $40,000” (which is $86,000 in 1859); “What a sad way to spend so much time crying, committing crimes, and facing punishments! There are endless quarrels, lawsuits, and appeals! All night long, they gamble until sunrise. When the chief of the Barangay (clan) loses the tribute money he collected, his fate is either prison or running away to the mountains. They dislike living in houses or convents where they can’t even stand the smell of women. They take care of their own plates and display some that they owned before the Spaniards arrived, but in convents and houses, they break enough plates to ruin their masters. This happens due to their foolishness, or because they’re preoccupied with their loves or anything but what they should be focusing on; if they drop a dish, the Spaniards overlook it or just call them ‘brute! animal! savage!’ However, in their own home, breaking a piece of pottery would result in a good number of cane lashes, which is more effective than all of Cicero’s Philippics (sic in orig.). They can’t be trusted with a sword, mirror, glass, gun, watch, or anything fragile; they’re bound to ruin it. You can safely give them a bamboo stick, a piece of wood, a palm frond, and for a few, a ploughshare.”

“They are bold and insolent in making unreasonable requests, careless of the when or the how. They remind me in their petitions of what happened to Sancho Panza in the island of Barataria, when troubled with that impertinent and intrusive rustic Michael Turra. For their four eggs they want a hundred dollars. I never see an Indian coming towards me with a gift—something worthless, of course, and of no use to himself—flowers or fruits, but I exclaim, in the words of Laocoon to the Trojans” (grandiloquent friar!) “‘Timeo Danaos dona ferentes.’ The Bishop of Troya, Don Francisco Gines Barrientes, a most circumspect prelate, told me that an Indian brought him a handkerchief of Guava fruit and asked him for the loan of fifty dollars. And when the Lord Marquis de Villasierra, Don Fernando de Valenzuela, was in the castle of Cavite, an Indian gave him a cock, for which the Marquis ordered him to be paid six times its value, and the Indian said he expected eighty cavans of rice, and this, too, was in the time of scarcity, when every cavan was worth two dollars. It matters little, however, for they are just as well pleased when they fail as when they succeed, for they do not value anything given them by a Spaniard, not even by a priest! In selling they will ask thirty and accept six; they take the chance of cheating, and, knowing the great goodness (la suma bondad) of the Spanish character, [130]they do not apprehend any expression of anger in consequence of an absurd pretension.”

“They are bold and clueless when making unreasonable requests, not caring about when or how. Their demands remind me of what happened to Sancho Panza on the island of Barataria when he had to deal with that annoying rustic, Michael Turra. For just four eggs, they want a hundred dollars. Whenever I see an Indian coming toward me with a gift—something worthless, of course, and of no use to them—like flowers or fruits, I can’t help but shout, in the words of Laocoon to the Trojans (that grandiloquent friar!), ‘Timeo Danaos dona ferentes.’ The Bishop of Troya, Don Francisco Gines Barrientes, a very prudent bishop, once told me that an Indian brought him a handkerchief made of guava fruit and asked to borrow fifty dollars. And when the Lord Marquis de Villasierra, Don Fernando de Valenzuela, was at the castle of Cavite, an Indian gave him a rooster, for which the Marquis ordered him to be paid six times its value, but the Indian said he expected eighty cavans of rice, and this was during a time of scarcity when each cavan was worth two dollars. It doesn’t really matter, though, because they are just as happy when they fail as when they succeed; they don’t value anything given to them by a Spaniard, not even by a priest! When it comes to selling, they might ask for thirty but will take six; they take the risk of cheating, and knowing the great goodness (la suma bondad) of the Spanish character, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] they don’t expect any anger after such ridiculous demands.”

The friar thus describes a negotiation between an Indian peasant and a merchant:—“The peasant has two or three hundredweight of indigo for sale; he does not come alone, but with his relations, friends, and sometimes the women, for the indigo belongs to several who form the suite of the seller. Every offer has to be communicated to the party, who are crouched in a circle round the negotiator; the offer being discussed, they agree to the reduction of a dollar in the price—the buyer requires three; this matter being settled, another discussion begins; some of the indigo is damp and dirty, and an allowance must be made, and thus the negotiation goes on harassing and never-ending, so that very few Spaniards will tolerate such impertinence and importunity, and the conference ends by a dry inquiry, ‘Will you? yes! or no!’ If no, the Indians are angrily ordered into the street, but the more patient mestizos and Chinese make the Indians their guests, feed them and lodge them, and get these commodities on their own terms, in Chinese style, for the Indian is very stupid in trading matters.” And then the father gives abundant evidence of their simplicity. “In fine, the Indian prefers the rial of a Chinese to the dollar of a Spaniard.” Who can wonder, then, at the prosperous condition of the Chinese in the Philippines? “The Indians show great indifference to danger: they will not move out of the way of a restive horse, nor, if in a small boat, give place to a large one. [131]In the river, if they see crocodiles approaching, they take no notice and adopt no precautions. The Koran says that every one has his fate written in the marks on his forehead; so think the Indians, not that they have read the Koran, but because of their own folly, which exposes them to daily misfortunes.” “They are very credulous among themselves, yet believe nothing but what is unfavourable about the Spaniards. It is evident that the act of faith is supernatural when they acknowledge the divine mysteries taught by the Spaniards. In other matters they believe in nothing which is adverse to their interests. They do not object to rob Spaniards, not even the ministers of religion. Of this we have irresistible evidence, so that there can be no doubt, and we can only regret that no remedy can be found.”

The friar describes a negotiation between an Indian peasant and a merchant: “The peasant has two or three hundred pounds of indigo for sale; he doesn’t come alone, but with his family, friends, and sometimes the women, because the indigo belongs to several people who accompany the seller. Every offer has to be shared with the group, who are sitting in a circle around the negotiator; the offer is discussed, and they agree to lower the price by a dollar—the buyer wants three. Once this is sorted out, another discussion starts; some of the indigo is wet and dirty, so they need to make an allowance, and this back-and-forth goes on endlessly, so that very few Spaniards will put up with such rudeness and persistence, and the meeting ends with a blunt question, ‘Will you? Yes! Or no!’ If the answer is no, the Indians are angrily sent into the street, but the more patient mestizos and Chinese take the Indians in, feed them, and give them a place to stay, getting these goods on their own terms, in the Chinese way, since the Indian is quite clueless when it comes to trading.” Then the father provides plenty of evidence of their naivety. “In short, the Indian prefers the rial of a Chinese to the dollar of a Spaniard.” Who can be surprised at the thriving condition of the Chinese in the Philippines? “The Indians show a lot of indifference to danger: they won’t step aside for a restless horse, nor do they give way to a larger boat when they’re in a small one. In the river, if they see crocodiles coming, they don’t react and take no precautions. The Koran says that everyone has their fate written in the marks on their forehead; the Indians think the same, not because they’ve read the Koran, but due to their own ignorance, which leads them to daily misfortunes.” “They are very gullible among themselves, yet believe nothing good about the Spaniards. It’s clear that their act of faith is supernatural when they accept the divine mysteries taught by the Spaniards. In other areas, they trust nothing that goes against their interests. They don’t hesitate to rob Spaniards, not even the ministers of religion. We have undeniable proof of this, so there’s no doubt about it, and we can only lament that no solution can be found.”

The Augustine provincial friar of Ilocos, reporting on the insurrection of 1807 in that province, says:—“Here, as elsewhere, there are abundance of robbers and pilferers; it is of no use to bring them to Manila, they should be punished in the locality; but they can be no more extirpated than can the rats and mice. Indeed there is an Indian proverb which says:—‘Robbers and rats will disappear together.’” I cannot endorse the friar’s indiscriminating censures, for I have heard extraordinary evidences of extraordinary integrity. The Alcalde of Cagayan told me that, though he had frequently left uncounted dollars in the care of the Indians, he had never discovered a single fraud.

The Augustinian friar from Ilocos, reporting on the 1807 uprising in that province, says: “Just like everywhere else, there are plenty of thieves and petty criminals here; it's pointless to take them to Manila, they should face consequences in their home area; but they can't be gotten rid of any more than rats and mice can be. In fact, there's an Indian saying: ‘Thieves and rats will vanish together.’” I can't agree with the friar's sweeping judgments, because I've heard remarkable stories of incredible honesty. The Alcalde of Cagayan told me that, even though he often left uncounted cash with the locals, he'd never found a single instance of dishonesty.

One would suppose that the rich and potent friars [132]were tolerably well protected against the Indians, yet one of them writes:—“The Indians do not now employ lances and arrows against our ministry, but papers, pens, tales, jokes and calumnies. So much have they been taught politics in Manila that now in all the pueblos are obscure scribblers, pettifoggers, pretenders, who are clever enough in writing memorials on stamped paper, to be presented to the Royal Audiencia. So if the parish priest reprove or punish them for their evil and scandalous lives, they meet together, drink wine, and fill a folio paper with their crosses, and march off to Manila, to the tribunal which they deem the most impressionable, from whence great vexations are caused to the poor parish priest. And much courage is required to bear this species of martyrdom, which is sufficiently common in the Indies.”—(Abbé Amodea.)

One might think that the wealthy and powerful friars [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] were fairly safe from the Indians, but one of them writes:—“The Indians no longer use lances and arrows against our ministry, but rely on papers, pens, stories, jokes, and slander. They've learned so much about politics in Manila that now in every town there are obscure writers, shysters, and pretenders who are skilled at writing petitions on stamped paper to present to the Royal Audiencia. So if the parish priest criticizes or punishes them for their immoral and scandalous behavior, they gather together, drink wine, and fill a folio page with their signatures, then head off to Manila to the court they believe is most likely to be influenced, from which the poor parish priest suffers greatly. It takes a lot of courage to endure this kind of martyrdom, which is quite common in the Indies.”—(Abbé Amodea.)

I do not know how lately there have been perquisitions against witches, but in the middle of the last century I find the record of a most diligent pursuit and rigorous punishment against the witches of Pampanga. The proceedings were superintended by a friar named Theodore of the Mother of God, who made a special report to the Mexican Inquisition. He says:—“There are witches in every pueblo, and in some they form a third part of the population. These slaves of the devil are divided into sundry classes: lamias, who suck the blood of infants; striges, who are wanderers on the face of the earth; sagas, who dwell in houses, and convey to the devil all the information he requires; larvas, who devote [133]themselves to carnal delights; temures, who prepare love filtres; but all unite to do mischief to the human race.”

I’m not sure when the witch hunts started, but I found records showing a very thorough pursuit and strict punishment of witches in Pampanga in the middle of the last century. A friar named Theodore of the Mother of God oversaw the proceedings and even reported to the Mexican Inquisition. He states: “There are witches in every town, and in some, they make up a third of the population. These devil's servants are divided into different types: lamias, who suck the blood of infants; striges, who wander the earth; sagas, who live in homes and supply the devil with all the information he needs; larvas, who indulge in physical pleasures; temures, who make love potions; but they all come together to harm humanity.”

Of the credulity of the Indians there is no end of examples. In 1832, when the Santa Ana arrived with 250 soldiers, a report spread like wild-fire that the King of Spain had ordered all the children of the Indians to be collected, that their blood might be spilt upon the Spanish mines to make them more productive. The women fled to their homes, seized their children, and sought an asylum in the houses of the Spanish ladies in Manila. The men armed themselves with spears, and rushed tumultuously through the streets. The agitation was appeased with some difficulty. What any man reputed as a sage among the Indians avers, acquires immediate authority, and is not to be controlled by the influence of the priests; the words “Vica ng maruning,” meaning “The wise say so,” is the ready answer to all impugners. “God preserve us,” says the friar, “from Indian sages! for the Indians are proud, and will not obey the priest, nor the friar, nor the chaplain, unless obliged by fear, and they are not always afraid, though they feel thoroughly convinced of the superiority of the Spaniard, and are governed in spite of themselves. They imitate the Spaniard in all that is evil—his love of dress, his swearing habits, addiction to gaming, and all the vicious practices of the zaramullos (fops or busy-bodies); but Spanish courtesy and urbanity and good education they neither study nor copy; but revels [134]and drunken bouts, and riotous weddings and burial excesses and tyrannical acts of all sorts they have inherited from their ancestors, and still preserve, so that they have Spanish vices added to their own.”

Of the gullibility of the Indians, there are endless examples. In 1832, when the Santa Ana arrived with 250 soldiers, a rumor spread rapidly that the King of Spain had ordered all the Indian children to be gathered so that their blood could be spilled on the Spanish mines to make them more productive. The women ran to their homes, took their children, and sought refuge in the houses of Spanish ladies in Manila. The men armed themselves with spears and stormed through the streets in a frenzy. It took a lot of effort to calm the chaos. Anything that a person seen as wise among the Indians claims instantly gains authority and isn't swayed by the priests' influence; the phrase “Vica ng maruning,” meaning “The wise say so,” is the common response to any critics. “God save us,” says the friar, “from Indian sages! Because the Indians are proud and won’t listen to the priest, the friar, or the chaplain unless they are frightened into it, and they aren't always afraid, even though they deeply believe in the superiority of the Spaniard and are governed despite themselves. They mimic the Spaniard in all things bad—his love for fancy clothes, his swearing, his gambling, and all the harmful habits of the zaramullos (fops or busy-bodies); but they don't study or imitate Spanish courtesy, politeness, or education; instead, they indulge in parties, drunkenness, wild weddings, excessive funerals, and all kinds of tyrannical behavior they have inherited from their ancestors and still maintain, so they end up with Spanish vices on top of their own.”

They show much deference to everything that is aristocratic among themselves. The jacket-wearing principalia are treated with great deference, and their rank religiously respected. First, the gobernadorcillo; then the ex-gobernadorcillos, who are called passed captains, in order of seniority; then the acting lieutenant, who must be the head of a barangay; then the heads of barangays according to age; then passed lieutenants, and so on; and their rank is recognized by the adjacent communities.

They show a lot of respect for everything aristocratic among themselves. The jacket-wearing leaders are treated with great respect, and their status is strictly honored. First, the gobernadorcillo; then the former gobernadorescillos, referred to as past captains, in order of seniority; then the acting lieutenant, who has to be the head of a barangay; then the heads of barangays according to age; then past lieutenants, and so on; and their rank is acknowledged by the neighboring communities.

GIRLS BATHING.

GIRLS BATHING.

Girls' bathing.

Bathing is universal, men and women in the same place. The men wear pantaloons, the women cover [135]themselves with a garment which they throw off when they enter the water. No scandal is caused by the habit, and several attempts of the Spanish authorities to interfere with the ancient usage have failed.

Bathing is universal, with men and women in the same location. The men wear pants, while the women cover [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]themselves with a garment that they remove when they get into the water. This practice doesn’t create any scandals, and several attempts by the Spanish authorities to change this long-standing custom have not succeeded.

The Indians embrace by touching noses; but lip-kissing often accompanies the act. When the nostril is contracted (as in the act of smelling), and the Indian looks towards a person at a distance, it is deemed an invitation to a closer embrace. Strange stories are told of the exquisite sense of smell possessed by the Indians; that by it they can distinguish the dresses of their masters and mistresses, and lovers ascertain the state of each other’s affections. Inner garments are interchanged which are supposed to be impregnated with the passions of the owners. In disregard of the monks, the Indians secretly circumcise their children. The banian-tree (Balete, Ficus Indica) is held sacred. They burn incense under it, which they obtain from the friars under various pretences. How strangely are the rites of idolatry mingled with Christian observances! This is not the case alone in the Philippines. One of Dr. Gutzlaff’s renowned converts in Hong Kong used to say that to please the missionary he had added another god—the Christian’s God—to those he worshipped before; and I have known of secret visits to heathen temples on the part of Chinese professing Christians, when they were about to enter upon any important undertaking. “There is no driving out of them,” says the padre, “the cursed belief that the spirits of their ancestors are in the woods and among [136]the roots of bamboos, and that they can bring good or evil upon them. They will offer sacrifices to them; and all our books and all our preachings have failed to remove the impressions left by any old man whom they choose to call ‘a sage.’” “The curates,” says De Mas, “profess to believe that these superstitions are passing away; no doubt the Indian conceals them as much as he can from his father confessor, but I have on many occasions convinced myself of their existence and influence.” Who, indeed, knowing anything of the credulity of the less instructed classes, and not these alone, among ourselves, can wonder at the state of “the religious mind” of the Philippine Indian? And so little are the priests themselves wholly free from infirmity, that a Philippine curate, Mallares, committed and caused to be committed no less than fifty-seven assassinations in the town of Magalan, believing that he should thus save his mother from being bewitched. Mallares was executed in 1840; and in his report the fiscal expresses his horror of “the incredible and barbarous prodigality of bloodshed by this monster.”

The Native people greet each other by touching noses, but they often accompany this with lip kisses. When someone scrunches their nostrils (like when they're smelling something) and looks towards someone far away, it’s seen as an invitation for a deeper embrace. There are strange tales about the incredible sense of smell that these people have; they can recognize the clothing of their masters and mistresses, while lovers can figure out each other’s feelings. They exchange undergarments that are believed to carry the emotions of their owners. In defiance of the monks, they secretly circumcise their children. The banyan tree (Balete, Ficus Indica) is considered sacred. They burn incense under it, which they receive from the friars through various pretenses. How oddly the rituals of idolatry are mixed with Christian practices! This isn’t only happening in the Philippines. One of Dr. Gutzlaff’s well-known converts in Hong Kong said that to please the missionary, he had added another god—the Christian God—to the ones he worshiped before; and I’ve heard of Chinese Christians secretly visiting pagan temples when about to undertake something important. “They can’t be driven away,” says the priest, “from the cursed belief that the spirits of their ancestors are in the forests and among the roots of bamboos, and that they can bring good or evil to them. They will sacrifice to them; and all of our books and sermons have failed to erase the impressions left by any old man they refer to as ‘a sage.’” “The curates,” says De Mas, “believe that these superstitions are fading away; no doubt the Native is trying to hide them as much as possible from his confessor, but I've often confirmed their existence and influence.” Who, indeed, knowing anything about the gullibility of the less educated classes—among ourselves included—can be surprised at the state of “the religious mind” of the Philippine Native? And the priests themselves are not completely free of flaws; a Philippine curate, Mallares, was involved in and instigated no less than fifty-seven murders in the town of Magalan, believing that this would save his mother from being cursed. Mallares was executed in 1840; in his report, the prosecutor expresses his horror at “the incredible and barbarous waste of bloodshed by this monster.”

“The Indian knows no medium,” again to quote from the father. “Ask for tepid water, he will bring it boiling; say it is too hot, and you will get it quite cold. He lives in a circle of extremes. He rejoices if you lose patience and give him a beating, for he goes and boasts of having put his master into a passion. To irritate the Indian, you must take no notice of his short-comings. The sagacious men among them say that the Indian and the cane (for [137]his correction) always grow together. They have another proverb: ‘The Spaniard is fire, and the Indian snow, and the snow puts out the fire.’” One of the padres reports that his servant-boy said to him: “You are a new comer, and are too indulgent: if I do amiss you ought to chastise me. Don’t you know the proverb, ‘The Indian and the cane grow together?’” “They blaspheme and abuse God when their prayers are not granted, and use language which would indeed be horrible were it not known how thoughtless they are, and how impossible it is for them to conform themselves to the Divine will.”

“The Indian knows no middle ground,” to quote the father again. “If you ask for lukewarm water, he'll bring it boiling; say it's too hot, and you’ll get it ice cold. He lives in a world of extremes. He feels proud if you lose your temper and hit him, as he will brag about how he got his master angry. To annoy the Indian, you just have to ignore his shortcomings. The wise ones among them say that the Indian and the cane (for [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]his correction) always grow together. They have another saying: ‘The Spaniard is fire, and the Indian is snow, and snow puts out fire.’” One of the priests reports that his servant-boy told him: “You’re new here and too lenient: if I do wrong, you should punish me. Don’t you know the saying, ‘The Indian and the cane grow together?’” “They curse and insult God when their prayers are not answered, and they use language that would be shocking if it weren't understood how careless they are, and how impossible it is for them to align with the Divine will.”

They are fond of religious dramas, especially of one in Tagál representing the passion and death of Christ; but these religious representations and gatherings give rise to scandal and abuse, and the birth of many illegitimate children. The priests have generally prohibited these exhibitions at night, and sometimes disperse them, whip in hand; at other times the singers are denounced, and get flogged for their pains—or pleasures.

They really enjoy religious dramas, especially one in Tagál that depicts the passion and death of Christ; however, these religious performances and gatherings often lead to scandals and misbehavior, resulting in many illegitimate children. The priests usually ban these events at night and sometimes break them up, whip in hand; other times, the performers are called out and face punishment for their efforts—or indulgences.

It is amusing to read the contradictory opinions of the friars respecting their flocks. One says:—“Their confessions are false; they never own to any but three sins: first, that they have neglected church-going; second, that they eat meat during Lent; and third, that they have sworn profanely.” Another reports—“No Spaniard can be more devout and fervid than the Indians of Manila in their confessions. They obey the instructions they receive, and I have the same good account from many padres of many Indians [138]in the provinces.” No doubt the ecclesiastical statistics would be curious, if obtainable. In Lilio, the curate reports that of 1,300 persons paying tribute in 1840, 600 never confessed, and “this pueblo is not of the most remiss.” In Vigan, of 30,000 inhabitants, the attendance at church did not exceed from 500 to 800 (De Mas), except on the yearly festival of the Virgin, patroness of the pueblo. Father Agustin’s indignation is vehemently expressed as regards confession:—“The infernal Macchiavel Satan has taught them a policy as good for their bodies as bad for their souls, which is that they own their errors and crimes to one another, and conceal them, however excessive, from the spiritual father, from the Spanish alcalde, notwithstanding their personal quarrels, and, as they call them, murder-enmities; so that there is among them no greater offence than to tell the padre or the alcalde what has happened in the pueblo, which they say is mabibig, the most abominable of sins; indeed, the only offence which they hold to be sin.”

It's amusing to read the conflicting opinions of the friars about their congregations. One says:—“Their confessions are insincere; they only admit to three sins: first, that they have neglected going to church; second, that they eat meat during Lent; and third, that they have sworn profanely.” Another reports—“No Spaniard can be more devout and earnest than the Indians of Manila in their confessions. They follow the instructions they receive, and I’ve heard the same good reports from many priests about many Indians [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in the provinces.” No doubt the church statistics would be interesting, if they could be gathered. In Lilio, the curate reports that out of 1,300 people paying tribute in 1840, 600 never confessed, and “this village is not the most neglectful.” In Vigan, out of 30,000 residents, church attendance only reached 500 to 800 (De Mas), except during the annual festival of the Virgin, the village's patron. Father Agustin expresses his frustration strongly regarding confession:—“The infernal Machiavellian Satan has taught them a practice that's good for their bodies but harmful to their souls, which is that they admit their mistakes and crimes to each other, while hiding them, no matter how severe, from the spiritual father and the Spanish alcalde, despite their personal disputes, and what they call murder feuds; so that there is no greater offense among them than to tell the padre or the alcalde what has occurred in the village, which they say is mabibig, the most abominable of sins; indeed, the only offense they consider to be a sin.”

The friars speak in general more favourably of the women than of the men. They are more devout, more submissive, more willing to listen to their ghostly fathers, one of whom says:—“Did all mankind hang upon a single peg, and that peg were wanted by an Indian for his hat, he would sacrifice all mankind. They have no fear of death, but this is an infinite mercy of the Divine Being, who knows how fragile they are; they talk about death, even in the presence of the dying, without any concern. If condemned to the scaffold, they exhibit equal indifference, and smoke [139]their cigar with wonted tranquillity. Their answer to the attendant priest is invariably, ‘I know I am going to die. I cannot help it. I have been wicked—it was the will of God,—it was my fate,’ But the approach of death neither interferes with their sleep nor their meals.” “The tree must bear its fruit,” he continues. “God in his wisdom has made many races of men, as He has made many varieties of flowers, and at last I reconciled myself to seeing the Indians do everything differently from what we should do, and keeping this in view, I could mould them like wax to my purpose.”

The friars generally speak more positively about women than about men. They are more devout, more compliant, and more willing to listen to their spiritual guides. One of these guides says: “If all humanity hung from a single hook, and that hook was needed by an Indian for his hat, he would sacrifice all humanity. They have no fear of death, but this is a profound mercy of the Divine, who understands how fragile they are; they talk about death, even in the presence of those who are dying, without any worry. If faced with execution, they show the same indifference and smoke their cigar with usual calmness. Their response to the attending priest is always, ‘I know I am going to die. I can’t change that. I have sinned—it was God’s will—it was my fate.’ But the approach of death doesn’t disturb their sleep or their meals.” “The tree must bear its fruit,” he continues. “God, in His wisdom, has created many races of people, just as He has created many kinds of flowers, and eventually, I became accustomed to seeing the Indians do everything differently from what we would do, and keeping this in mind, I could shape them like wax to suit my needs.”

As a general result I have not found among these Indian races any one distinguished for intellectual superiority. A few were not backward in their knowledge of the mechanical arts; one or two examples there were of genius as sculptors; a universal love and devotion to the musical art, and some appreciation even of the merits of European composers; but, it must be added, little or nothing is done to develop such capacities as the Indians possess; the field of public instruction is narrowed alike by religious and official influences, and the social tone of the opulent classes, to which alone the Indian can look up, is greatly below that of the Spanish peninsula. Literature is little cultivated: the public newspapers are more occupied with the lives of saints, and preparation for, or accounts of, religious fiestas, than with the most stirring events of the political world. The Spaniards have never been celebrated for very busy inquiries, or very active virtues; but it is to be hoped [140]that the mañana, to which everything is referred, will at last become an hoy dia.

As a general observation, I haven't found among these Indian groups anyone particularly notable for intellectual excellence. A few are skilled in mechanical arts; there are one or two talented sculptors; they have a universal passion for music, and some appreciation for European composers. However, it's important to note that little is done to nurture the abilities the Indians have. The opportunities for public education are limited due to religious and governmental influences, and the social status of the wealthy classes, which the Indians can look up to, is significantly lower than that of Spain. Literature is not well-developed; public newspapers focus more on the lives of saints and religious celebrations than on significant political events. Spaniards have never been known for their rigorous inquiries or active virtues, but hopefully, the future referred to as mañana will finally turn into a present-day reality, hoy dia.

It has been said of the Indian that he is more of a quadruped than a biped. His hands are large, and the toes of his feet pliant, being exercised in climbing trees, and divers other active functions. He is almost amphibious, passing much of his time in the water. He is insensible alike to the burning sun and the drenching rain. The impressions made upon him are transitory, and he retains a feeble memory of passing or past events. Ask him his age, he will not be able to answer: who were his ancestors? he neither knows nor cares. He receives no favours and cannot, therefore, be ungrateful; has little ambition, and therefore little disquiet; few wants, and hence is neither jealous nor envious; does not concern himself with the affairs of his neighbour, nor indeed does he pay much regard to his own. His master vice is idleness, which is his felicity. The labour that necessity demands he gives grudgingly. His health is generally good, and when deranged he satisfies himself with the use of herbs, of whose astringent or laxative powers he has had experience. He uses no soap to wash, no razor to shave; the river is his bathing-place, and he pulls out the hairs in his face with the assistance of a sharp shell; he wants no clock to tell him of the flight of time—no table, nor chairs, nor plates, nor cutlery, to assist him at his meals; a hacha, or large knife, and bag are generally hung at his waist; he thinks no music equal to the crowing of his cock, and [141]holds a shoe to be as superfluous as a glove or a neck-collar.

It has been said that the Indian is more like a four-legged animal than a two-legged one. His hands are large, and the toes on his feet are flexible, used to climbing trees and performing other active tasks. He is almost like a creature from both land and water, spending a lot of his time in the water. He is unaffected by the scorching sun or heavy rain. The impressions made on him are fleeting, and he has a weak memory of recent or past events. If you ask him his age, he won't be able to answer; who his ancestors were? He neither knows nor cares. He receives no favors, so he can’t be ungrateful; he has little ambition, so he experiences little anxiety; he has few wants, so he is neither jealous nor envious; he doesn’t concern himself with his neighbor's affairs, nor does he pay much attention to his own. His biggest flaw is idleness, which brings him happiness. He gives the minimum effort required by necessity, and he does it reluctantly. His health is usually good, and when it’s not, he relies on herbs that he has learned have astringent or laxative properties. He doesn’t use soap to wash or a razor to shave; the river is his bathing place, and he pulls out the hair from his face with a sharp shell. He doesn’t need a clock to tell him the time—no table, chairs, plates, or cutlery to help him eat; a hacha or large knife and a bag are usually hanging from his waist; he thinks no music is better than the crowing of his rooster, and he considers a shoe as unnecessary as a glove or a collar.

I certainly have not discovered among the Indians that enduring “à tout jamais” horror of foreigners upon which M. Mallat dwells, and which he represents as specially and properly directed against Englishmen. On the contrary, I found many Englishmen settled in the Philippines objects of great confidence and affection; and I have heard mestizos and Indians say that they put greater trust in English commercial probity than in that of any other nation. I have witnessed the cordiality with which the old Spanish proverb, “Paz con Ynglaterra y con todo el mundo guerra,” has been quoted in large assemblies of the Filipinos. And assuredly there is no nation which has contributed more than England to the prosperity of the Spanish archipelago. Evidence enough will be found in the course of this narrative of the kindness shown to Englishmen.

I definitely haven't found the lasting “forever” fear of foreigners that M. Mallat talks about, which he claims is specifically aimed at English people. On the contrary, I've seen many English people living in the Philippines who are highly trusted and loved; mestizos and Indians have told me that they have more faith in English business honesty than in that of any other country. I've also witnessed how warmly the old Spanish saying, “Paz con Ynglaterra y con todo el mundo guerra,” has been referenced in large gatherings of Filipinos. It's clear that no other nation has done more for the prosperity of the Spanish archipelago than England. There will be plenty of evidence of the kindness shown to English people throughout this narrative.

It has been said that the Spaniards have very discreetly and successfully used the “divide et impera” among the Indian races as a means of preserving their own authority. There is little sympathy, it is true, between the remoter races; but that their separation and aberration form a part of the Spanish policy may be disproved by the fact that in Binondo nearly one-third of the resident inhabitants are Indians from distant provinces.

It’s often said that the Spaniards have skillfully and subtly applied “divide and conquer” among the Indian tribes to maintain their own power. It’s true that there’s little connection between the more distant tribes; however, that their separation and differences are part of Spanish policy can be challenged by the fact that in Binondo, almost a third of the local residents are Indians from far-off provinces.

The numerical power of the Spaniards is small, that of the armed natives great, were there among [142]them a disposition to rebel against their rulers: I believe there is little of such disposition. Lately the Tagál soldiers have been called into active service in a foreign country (Cochin China), and involved in a quarrel where the Spanish interest is not very discernible. No complaints have been made of their conduct, though they have been exposed to much privation.

The number of Spaniards is small, while the armed natives are numerous, but there's not much of a willingness to rise up against their leaders. Recently, the Tagál soldiers were sent to fight in a foreign country (Cochin China) and got caught up in a conflict where Spanish interests are not very clear. No complaints have been filed about their behavior, even though they’ve faced a lot of hardship.

There is a pretty custom among the peasantry of the interior. Little bamboo frames are seen either supported by a post, or projecting from a window of the choza, on which is to be found, covered with plantain leaves, a supply of food, or fruits, provided from the Indian’s garden, which invariably surrounds his dwelling. Any passing traveller supplies himself, paying nothing if he be poor, but otherwise leaving such compensation as he may deem proper. No sort of reproach attaches to the person who, without the means of payment, partakes of the proffered bounty. These hospitable receptacles are most common in the least peopled localities, and reminded me of the water and the lamp which I have found in the tombs of sainted Mussulmans, who had themselves discharged, or required their followers thus to discharge, the claims of humanity, and in the arid desert provided these grateful, silent, and touching welcomes to the thirsty and weary traveller.

There’s a nice custom among the rural folks in the countryside. You’ll often see small bamboo frames either held up by a post or sticking out of a window of a simple house, where you can find food or fruits covered with plantain leaves, sourced from the Indian’s garden that always surrounds their home. Any traveler passing by can help themselves; if they're poor, they don't have to pay anything, but those who can leave a tip can offer whatever amount they think is fair. There’s no shame for anyone who takes advantage of this free offering without the means to pay. These welcoming setups are most common in sparsely populated areas and remind me of the water and lamp I’ve found in the tombs of revered Muslims, who themselves honored or asked their followers to honor the needs of others, providing these thoughtful, quiet, and heartfelt gestures to the thirsty and tired traveler in the dry desert.

The tact or talent of imitation is strong among the Indians, and facilitated the efforts of the friars, but very various and contradictory reports are found of [143]their aptitudes. Those of Pampanga, Cagayan, Pangasinan, Ilocos, and Zebu are reported to be valiant, generous, laborious, and frequently exhibiting artistical taste. I found the love and the practice of music universal, and saw some remarkable specimens of sculptural ability, but of painting nothing Indian was ever presented to my attention, and the examples of persevering dedication to any sort of labour were few indeed. As servants, the Tagáls are in all respects inferior to the Chinese; as soldiers, the officers generally reported of them favourably. The Indians settled in Manila are said to be the worst of their races: no doubt great cities are the recipients of the dregs of a people, but they attract at the same time the highest order of merit. The courtesies which we received as their guests seemed boundless; no effort too great to do us honour: something, indeed much, could not but be attributed to the guidance of the priests and the presence of the authorities, but there were a thousand marks of spontaneous kindness, such as no external influence could have commanded. [144]

The skill or talent for imitation is strong among the Indigenous people, which helped the friars in their efforts, but there are many different and contradictory reports about their abilities. Those from Pampanga, Cagayan, Pangasinan, Ilocos, and Zebu are said to be brave, generous, hardworking, and often show artistic talent. I found that a love for music is universal and saw some impressive examples of sculptural skill, but I never came across any Indian paintings, and there were very few instances of persistent dedication to any form of labor. In terms of servitude, the Tagáls are considered inferior to the Chinese; however, as soldiers, the officers generally spoke positively of them. The Indigenous people living in Manila are said to be the least favorable among their groups: it's true that large cities tend to attract the less desirable aspects of a population, but they also draw the most capable individuals. The hospitality we received as their guests seemed endless; no effort was too great to honor us. Much of this can indeed be attributed to the guidance of the priests and the presence of officials, but there were countless signs of genuine kindness that no outside influence could have prompted. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 The Chinese seem everywhere to preserve the same characteristics. The British Consul-General of Borneo writes to me:—“Chinese settlers cannot flourish under Malay rule. We have a few hundreds, but the country would absorb hundreds of thousands. In the interior I found among the aborigines a lively remembrance of the former Chinese pepper-growers; they have been all destroyed or driven away by civil dissensions. There remain a few of their descendants, who speak the language of their fathers, but they are not distinguishable from the natives. A Chinese merchant was speaking disparagingly of one of the chiefs, who turned round, and, much to the astonishment of the Chinaman, accosted him in very tolerable Fokien. The little pepper-growing that remains is partly conducted by the mixed races. The produce is slightly increasing, and a few Chinese with native wives are beginning to try it again.” 

1 The Chinese seem to maintain the same traits everywhere. The British Consul-General of Borneo wrote to me: “Chinese settlers can't thrive under Malay rule. We have a few hundred, but the country could support hundreds of thousands. In the interior, I found among the indigenous people a strong memory of the former Chinese pepper growers; they have all been destroyed or driven away by internal conflicts. A few of their descendants remain, who speak their ancestors' language, but they can't be told apart from the natives. A Chinese merchant was speaking negatively about one of the chiefs, who turned around and, much to the surprise of the Chinese man, spoke to him in fairly good Fokien. The little pepper farming that exists is mostly handled by mixed-race people. The output is slowly increasing, and a few Chinese men with native wives are starting to try it again.”

2 Both gael and sapaha are terms probably introduced by traders with China. Tael and sapeque are the names given by Europeans to the liang and tsien of the Chinese, the silver ounce and its thousandth part. 

2 Both gael and sapaha are likely terms brought in by traders from China. Tael and sapeque are the names used by Europeans for the liang and tsien of the Chinese, which refer to the silver ounce and its thousandth part.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER VII.

MANNERS AND SUPERSTITIONS OF THE PEOPLE.

Far more than the fair portion of domestic and social cares falls upon the Indian female, and she has far less than her becoming share of enjoyments. Barbarous practices are frequently associated with parturition. The Mabuting hilot, the good midwife, is called in. If the birth be delayed, witches are supposed to be the cause, and their dispersion is effected by the explosion of gunpowder from a bamboo cane close to the head of the sufferer. The new-born infant is laid on a mat or pillow and exposed to the air, to facilitate the escape of evil influences from the body, which is brought about by burning three wax tapers placed on the two cheeks and chin of the babe, often to its great peril. These practices are to some extent checked and controlled by the priests, who provide where they can for the baptism and registration of the infant.

Far more than a fair share of household and social responsibilities falls on Indian women, and they have much less than their fair share of enjoyment. Cruel practices often surround childbirth. The Good hilot, or good midwife, is called in. If the delivery is delayed, it's believed that witches are to blame, and they are driven away by firing gunpowder from a bamboo tube near the mother’s head. The newborn is placed on a mat or pillow and exposed to the air to help dispel any evil spirits from the body, which is done by burning three wax candles on the cheeks and chin of the baby, often putting it in great danger. These practices are somewhat regulated by the priests, who help arrange for the baptism and registration of the infant where possible.

The patriarchal custom of serving in the house of the father in order to obtain the hand and heart of the daughter, is by no means abolished in the Philippines; nor is the yet more intimate intercourse [145]of plighted lovers, which is reported to be still in usage in the ruder parts of Wales, and with the same perilous consequences to the feebler sex. The domestication of the lover in the house of his intended father-in-law leads to the birth of great numbers of illegitimate children, to frequent violations of vows and promises, to domestic quarrels and much misery. The influence of the friars is generally employed for the protection of the frail one. They are opposed both by duty and interest to these irregularities, matrimonial fees being among the most productive contributions to their revenues.

The tradition of serving in the home of the father to win the hand and heart of his daughter is still very much alive in the Philippines. Similarly, the close relationships between engaged couples, which are said to still exist in the more rural areas of Wales, can lead to serious consequences for women. When a suitor stays in the home of his future father-in-law, it often results in many illegitimate children, frequent broken promises, domestic conflicts, and a lot of suffering. The friars typically intervene to protect the vulnerable individuals involved, as they are both duty-bound and financially motivated to oppose these irregular situations, since marriage fees are one of their significant sources of income. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

I find one of the priests giving the following instructions to the Indians as to marriage:—“It is not right,” he says, “to marry heedlessly, nor to hurry the sacred ceremony as if it were to be got rid of as soon as possible. Let the parties consult the padre, who will learn if they are really disposed to marry. You Indians say the male naturally runs after the female and obtains her consent (an Indian proverb); but this is not decorous; the proper mode of courting is for the priest to say, ‘Will you be the spouse of ——, according to the arrangements of our holy mother Church?’ This is first to be asked of the woman, and then an inquiry is to be made of the man whether he will have the woman, and the ancient and immodest usages of past times must then be abandoned.” In the same spirit is the common saying of the Indians, “Savangmatovir ang ihinahatol nang mañga padre” (The counsels of the padre are always right). And again—“There [146]is no Christian road but through the Roman Catholic Church.”

I overheard one of the priests giving these instructions to the Indians about marriage: “It’s not right,” he says, “to rush into marriage blindly or to hurry through the sacred ceremony as if it’s something to get over with quickly. The couples should talk to the padre, who will find out if they genuinely want to marry each other. You Indians say that the man naturally chases after the woman and gets her agreement (an Indian proverb), but that’s not proper; the right way to court is for the priest to ask, ‘Will you be the spouse of ——, according to the teachings of our holy mother Church?’ This should first be asked of the woman, and then the man should be asked if he wants the woman, and the outdated and inappropriate customs of the past must be left behind.” In the same spirit is the common saying among the Indians, “Savangmatovir ang ihinahatol nang mañga padre” (The counsels of the padre are always right). And again—“There [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]is no Christian road but through the Roman Catholic Church.”

F. de los Santos says there is no instance of a Tagála woman making advances in the way of marriage, nor of a father or mother looking out a bridegroom for their daughter; that it would be a great affront were any girl to seek the favour of the person whom she wished to be her mother-in-law in order to win the son. No woman was ever heard to say, “Manciganguin mo aco” (Make me thy daughter-in-law).

F. de los Santos says there’s no case of a Tagála woman making romantic advances or a parent searching for a groom for their daughter; it would be a huge insult if a girl tried to win over the person she wanted as her mother-in-law to get to her son. No woman has ever been heard to say, “Manciganguin you aco” (Make me your daughter-in-law).

The same friar asserts that the Indians have learnt the meaning which the Europeans attach to “horns,” and that the corresponding Tagál word sungayan (horned animal) cannot be used indiscreetly without giving great offence. He is very angry with the nonsense (boberias and disparates) which he says the natives address to their children. A mother will call her babe father, and mother, and aunt, and even king and queen, sir and madam, with other extravagant and unbecoming outbreaks of affection, which he reproves as altogether blameworthy and intolerable.

The same friar claims that the Indians have figured out what Europeans mean by “horns,” and that the Tagál word sungayan (horned animal) can’t be used casually without causing huge offense. He’s really upset about the nonsense (boberias and disparates) that he says the natives say to their kids. A mother will refer to her baby as father, mother, aunt, and even king and queen, sir and madam, along with other over-the-top and inappropriate displays of affection, which he criticizes as completely wrong and unacceptable.

Though there is some variety in the houses of the Indians, according to their opulence, they preserve a common character, having bamboo floors, nipa roofs, and wooden pillars to support them. A speculation was entered into near Manila to provide more comfortable domestic accommodation for the natives by introducing imported improvements; but the houses were unoccupied, and the adventure [147]proved a losing one. I have seen handsome lamps suspended from the roofs, and pictures hung upon the walls, of some of the Indian dwellings; while among the mestizos many aspire to all the decorations of Spanish luxury, competing with the richest among the European settlers. But religious ornaments are never forgotten, such as images and pictures of the Virgin and her child, vessels for holy water and crucifixes.

While there is some variation in the homes of the locals, depending on their wealth, they all share a common style, featuring bamboo floors, nipa roofs, and wooden pillars for support. There was an attempt near Manila to offer the natives more comfortable housing by bringing in imported improvements, but the houses went unoccupied, and the venture [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] turned out to be a failure. I've seen beautiful lamps hanging from the ceilings and artwork on the walls of some of these homes, while many mestizos aim for the luxurious decorations of Spanish style, competing with the wealthiest European settlers. However, they never forget religious items, such as images and pictures of the Virgin and her child, holy water vessels, and crucifixes.

The beds of the Indians are merely mats on which the whole family repose indiscriminately. Here they smoke their cigars, chew their betel, and fall asleep. The domestic utensils are “a mortar for grinding rice, bamboos for all purposes, cup and spoons of the cocoa-nut shell, pots and kettles, a knife called a goloc, a bench against the wall, a stool which serves for a table, a Chinese basin for oil, a clay lamp, some cotton wicks, torches of the resin-cane, an image of the Virgin, a crucifix, mats, a jar of betel leaves, some areca nuts and lime ready for use, and sometimes a flute or guitar.”—(Buzeta.)

The beds of the Indigenous people are just mats where the entire family rests together. Here, they smoke their cigars, chew their betel, and fall asleep. Their household items include “a mortar for grinding rice, bamboo for various uses, cups and spoons made from coconut shells, pots and kettles, a knife called a goloc, a bench against the wall, a stool that doubles as a table, a Chinese basin for oil, a clay lamp, some cotton wicks, torches made from resin cane, an image of the Virgin, a crucifix, mats, a jar of betel leaves, areca nuts, and lime on hand, and sometimes a flute or guitar.”—(Buzeta.)

The Indians have a very vague idea of distance. Tahanan and Bitañgan are the names given to places of rest between different localities. Instead of the Spanish word league, they say “taval,” which is the distance an ordinary burthen can be carried without stoppage.

The Indians have a pretty unclear sense of distance. Tahanan and Bitañgan are the names for rest spots between different places. Instead of the Spanish word "league," they use "taval," which refers to the distance a typical load can be carried without stopping.

The forty days’ labour which is exacted every year from the Indians is called atag or bayani. This is in addition to the tributo of a dollar and one-third; but exemption from the atag may be obtained by [148]the payment of three dollars. The tribute is called bovis or buvis. “Buvis aco sa balañgay ni covan’ (I am tributary to such and such a balangay).

The forty days of labor required every year from the Indigenous people is called atag or bayani. This is in addition to the tributo of a dollar and a third; however, you can be exempt from the atag by paying three dollars. The tribute is referred to as bovis or buvis. “Buvis is a member of the covan community.” (I am tributary to such and such a balangay).

A curious illustration of the passion for gaming, so general among the Filipinos, is given by the statistical commission, in the report on Binondo. Among the not prohibited games is that called by the natives Panguingui. It is played with six packs of cards, and five or six persons make a party. This game is most popular among all classes. The authorities prohibit its being played during the hours of labour, but it is permitted from twelve to two P.M., and from sunset to ten P.M., on ordinary days, and there is no restriction on festival days. The commission determined to visit without notice the different tables where the game was played; they found on an average 200 tables occupied, but there were 39 ready for play unoccupied.

A fascinating example of the widespread love for gaming among Filipinos is reported by the statistical commission in the document about Binondo. One of the games not banned is called by the locals Panguingui. It’s played with six decks of cards, and five or six people typically join in. This game is very popular across all social classes. The authorities forbid playing it during working hours, but it’s allowed from twelve to two P.M. and from sunset until ten P.M. on regular days, with no restrictions on festival days. The commission decided to visit different gaming tables without any prior notice; they found an average of 200 tables occupied, with 39 tables ready for play but empty.

Players at the 200 tables, 867 men and 313 women.
Spectators
at
,,
the
,,
200
,,
tables,
,,
405
men
,,
and
,,
353
women.
,,

This did not include the tables in private houses, to which the commission had no access. It is to be presumed that these visits took place during the authorised hour of play, but this is not stated by the commission.

This did not include the tables in private homes, which the commission couldn't access. It’s assumed that these visits happened during the allowed playing hours, but the commission does not mention this.

Though games of hazard are prohibited to the multitude, the great game of the lottery is monthly played for the profit of the government and the perdition of the people. Its existence and its temptations encourage that gambling passion which is one of the greatest plagues of the Filipinos. The newspapers [149]are constantly occupied with long lists of persons condemned to heavy fines and imprisonments for indulging in what may be called the besetting sin of the Indians, from which, however, neither mestizos, Chinese nor Europeans are by any means free.

Though games of chance are banned for the general public, the major game of the lottery is played every month for the government's profit and the people's downfall. Its existence and temptations fuel the gambling addiction, which is one of the biggest issues facing Filipinos. The newspapers [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]are constantly filled with long lists of people facing heavy fines and prison time for engaging in what could be considered the common vice of the locals, which, however, mestizos, Chinese, and Europeans also cannot escape.

But the passion for play is most strikingly and universally exhibited in the cock-fights, so characteristic that I can scarcely avoid entering upon some details.

But the love for play is most clearly and universally shown in the cockfights, so typical that I can hardly help going into some details.

A writer on the Philippines, after showing the antiquity of cock-fighting, and tracing its history through most of the civilized nations of the world, thus concludes:—“In Spain there is a notable affection for cock-fights, and great is the care with which the birds are trained to the combat. In America this amusement is a dominant passion, and the Filipinos are not a whit behind the Americans. Nay, here the passion is a delirium, and no law can check the number or the duration of the fights, accompanied by slaughter of the combatants, which may be well called perfidious” (i.e. in violation of protecting regulations). “In other places they sharpen the spurs of the cocks. In the Philippines they are armed with razors, and chance more than skill decides the contest. Every day countless numbers perish, but the race is not diminished. There is hardly a locality which has not more cocks than human inhabitants. On the Puente Grande of Manila, at between four and five A.M., hundreds and hundreds of ‘the shrill clarions’ are heard on all sides, and from vast distances; it is a string of signals passed from mouth to [150]mouth, from the port of Bangui, in North Ilocos, to Manog, the southernmost point of Albay. There are cocks in every house, at every corner, at the foot of every tree, along the quays and shores, on the prows of every coasting ship, and, as if the living were not enough, they are sculptured, they are painted and charcoaled (not artistically) on every wall for public admiration, and public admiration recognizes the portraiture, though the information is not placed there—as by the painter of old—to announce, ‘This is a cock.’”

A writer about the Philippines, after highlighting the long history of cock-fighting and tracing its roots through many civilized nations, concludes: “In Spain, there’s a strong passion for cock-fights, and a significant amount of care goes into training the birds for battle. In America, this pastime is a major obsession, and Filipinos are just as enthusiastic as Americans. In fact, here it’s an obsession, and no law can limit the number or duration of the fights, which often lead to the slaughter of the combatants, truly a deceptive practice” (i.e. in violation of protective regulations). “In other places, they sharpen the cocks' spurs. In the Philippines, they are equipped with razors, and luck plays a bigger role than skill in determining the winner. Every day, countless birds die, yet the population remains unchanged. There’s hardly a place that doesn’t have more cocks than people. On the Puente Grande in Manila, between four and five AM, hundreds and hundreds of ‘the shrill clarions’ can be heard from all directions and from afar; it’s a chain of signals relayed from person to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]person, from the port of Bangui in North Ilocos to Manog, the southernmost point of Albay. Cocks are found in every house, on every corner, at the base of every tree, along the docks and shorelines, on the bows of every coastal ship, and as if that weren't enough, they are carved, painted, and charcoaled (not in an artistic way) on every wall for public admiration, and the public recognizes these depictions, even though there’s no information provided as in the old days when a painter would announce, ‘This is a cock.’”

The following is a translation of an advertisement from a Manila newspaper:—”Principal Cock-fight of Tondo.—The subscriber informs the public that on all cock-fighting days a great crowd from all parts, nearly half of them Chinese, attend, so that on a single day there are from 90 to 100 combats, and this not only from the convenience of the place, which is made of tiles, but because the doubloons (onzas) which circulate there are honest doubloons (son de recibo).—Dalmacio Oligario.”

The following is a translation of an advertisement from a Manila newspaper:—”Principal Cock-fight of Tondo.—The subscriber informs the public that on all cock-fighting days, a huge crowd from all over, nearly half of them Chinese, shows up, so that on a single day there are about 90 to 100 matches. This is not only because the venue is made of tiles but also because the doubloons (onzas) that are used there are legitimate doubloons (son de recibo).—Dalmacio Oligario.”

It is considered a discourtesy to touch an Indian’s game-cock, and permission is always asked to examine a favourite bird. He is the object of many a caress; he eats, crows, and sleeps in the arms of his master; and, whatever else may be forgotten, the cock is in continual remembrance. I have found him celebrated in verse in terms the most affectionate. A cock that has been frequently victorious is subjected to the most minute criticism, in order to discover by external marks what may serve to characterize his [151]merits. The scales of his legs are counted, their form and distribution, the bent of the rings on the spurs, and whether the two spurs resemble each other; the shape of the toes and their nails, the number and colours of the wing-feathers (eleven being the favourite quantity); white eyes are preferred to chesnut; a short comb falling over the eye and beak is a recommendation. Cocks of different colours bear different names—white, puti; red, pula; white with black spots, talisain; red body and black tail and wings, bulic or taguiguin; black, casilien, or maitin; black and white, binabay; ash-colour, abuen; black and white, having black legs, tagaguin; and many others. The wild cock is called labuyo.

It’s considered rude to touch an Indian’s game cock, and you always ask for permission to check out a favorite bird. He is the focus of much affection; he eats, crows, and sleeps in his owner’s arms; and no matter what else might be forgotten, the cock is always remembered. I’ve found him celebrated in poetry with the most affectionate words. A cock that has won many fights is subjected to detailed scrutiny to figure out by external signs what might define his strengths. The scales on his legs are counted, their shape and arrangement examined, the curve of the rings on his spurs, and whether the two spurs are similar; the form of the toes and their nails, the number and colors of the wing feathers (eleven being the preferred amount); white eyes are favored over chestnut; a short comb that falls over the eye and beak is seen as a plus. Cocks of different colors have different names—white, puti; red, pula; white with black spots, talisain; red body with black tail and wings, bulic or taguiguin; black, casilien or nourish; black and white, binabay; ash-colored, abuen; black and white with black legs, tagaguin; and many others. The wild cock is called labuyo.

Of cock-fighting I translate Buzeta’s description:—“The Indians have an inveterate passion for the sport, which occupies the first place in their amusements. The cock is the first object of their care, their general companion, which accompanies them even to the church-door, and is fastened to a bamboo plug outside, when they enter for the service of the mass. For no money will they dispose of a favourite bird. Some possess as many as half-a-dozen of these inappreciable treasures, for whose service they seem principally to live.

Of cockfighting, I translate Buzeta's description:—"The Indians have a deep passion for the sport, which is their favorite form of entertainment. The rooster is their main focus, their constant companion, following them even to the church door, where it is tied to a bamboo peg outside while they attend mass. They wouldn't sell a beloved bird for any amount of money. Some people own as many as six of these treasured birds, and they seem to live mainly to take care of them."

“Every pueblo has its gallera, or amphitheatre, for the cock-fights, from which the government draws a considerable revenue. The galleras are large buildings constructed of palm-trunks, bamboo, and nipa leaves, consisting of a hall, lighted from windows in the roof. In the centre is a stage, raised about five [152]feet high, surrounded by bamboo galleries, which are reached by the spectators, who pay according to the adjacency and convenience of the seats. The gallera is generally crowded. The Indian enters with his cock under his arm; he caresses the favourite, places him on the ground, lifts him up again, smooths his feathers, talks to him, blows his cigar-smoke over him, and, pressing him to his breast, tells him to fight bravely. The cock generally crows aloud in defiance and in pride. His rival appears, a sharpened spur, or rather two-edged knife, or razor, is fastened to the natural spur of the bird, and after being for some time presented to each other the sign of combat is given, which is carried on with extraordinary excitement, until an alguacil announces that the betting is closed. The announcement is followed by universal silence. The owners of the cocks withdraw at another signal, and the combatants contemplate each other, their feathers agitated and erect; they bend their necks, shake their heads, and spring upon one another; the fight continues until one is mortally wounded and falls. The conqueror springs upon him, and crows in token of victory; but it is not unusual for the wounded cock to rise and turn upon his victor. If the victor should fly (as is sometimes the case), he is condemned to ignominious death; his feathers are plucked, and he is suspended almost naked on the outside of the gallera. The wounds of the living bird are staunched by an infusion of tobacco leaves in cocoa-nut wine. He becomes from that hour a favourite to be betted on, and if disabled for future [153]frays, he is carefully provided for by his master. There are cock-doctors and receiving-houses devoted to the healing of their wounds.

“Every town has its gallera, or amphitheater, for cockfighting, which brings in a significant amount of revenue for the government. The galleras are large structures made from palm trunks, bamboo, and nipa leaves, featuring a hall that is lit from windows in the roof. In the center is a stage raised about five [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]feet high, surrounded by bamboo balconies where spectators sit, paying based on how close and convenient their seats are. The gallera is usually packed. The local man enters with his rooster under his arm; he pets his favorite bird, sets it on the ground, picks it up again, smooths its feathers, talks to it, blows cigar smoke over it, and, holding it close, encourages it to fight bravely. The rooster typically crows loudly in defiance and pride. Its opponent appears, and a sharpened spur, or more like a double-edged knife, is attached to the bird's natural spur. After they have been shown to each other for a while, the signal for combat is given, charged with intense excitement, until an alguacil announces that betting is closed. This announcement brings a hush over the crowd. The owners of the roosters step back at another signal, and the fighters stare each other down, their feathers ruffled and standing tall; they bend their necks, shake their heads, and leap at each other; the fight goes on until one is fatally injured and falls. The winner jumps on top of the defeated rooster and crows to show his victory; however, it’s not uncommon for the wounded bird to rise and attack its victor. If the winner tries to escape (which sometimes happens), he faces a disgraceful death; his feathers are pulled out, and he is hung almost naked outside the gallera. The injuries of the living bird are treated with an infusion of tobacco leaves in coconut wine. From that moment on, he becomes a favored betting option, and if he can’t fight anymore [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], his owner makes sure he is taken care of. There are also cock doctors and clinics dedicated to healing their wounds.”

GALLERA, OR COCK-PIT.

GALLERA, OR COCK-PIT.

Cockfight arena.

“In the neighbourhood of the gallera are stalls, where wines, sweetmeats, chocolate, and other refreshments, are sold, prepared by Indians and Chinese. A whole day is devoted to the combat, and even the charms of the siesta are forgotten, and the Indian often returns to his home after sunset a wretched and a ruined man.”

“In the area around the gallera, there are stalls selling wines, sweets, chocolate, and other snacks made by Indians and Chinese. A whole day is spent on the fights, and even the delights of the siesta are forgotten, with the Indian often going home after sunset feeling miserable and defeated.”

The Indians were sometimes desirous that we should witness the exhibition, and brought their favourite cocks to be admired; but I had little curiosity to witness such a display, picturesque as it was no doubt—more picturesque than humane.

The Indians occasionally wanted us to see the exhibition and brought their favorite roosters for us to admire; however, I wasn't very interested in seeing such a display, as picturesque as it undoubtedly was—more picturesque than humane.

Don Ildefonso de Aragon passes this severe judgment upon the sport:—“Perpetual idlers,” the Indians, “they go from cockpit to cockpit, those universities of every vice, which the owners think themselves privileged to keep constantly open and accessible; hence they come forth consummate masters of roguery, jugglery, frauds, ready for acts of violence in private and in public, in town and in country.”

Don Ildefonso de Aragon delivers a harsh assessment of the activity:—“The Indians are perpetual idlers; they move from one cockpit to another, these schools of every vice, which the owners believe they have the right to keep open all the time. As a result, they emerge as experts in deceit, trickery, and scams, prepared for acts of violence both in private and in public, in the city and in the countryside.”

Kite-flying (introduced by the Chinese, among whom it is an amusement both for young and old, and who have made their kites musical by day and illuminated by night) is popular in the Philippines, as are fire-balloons and other pyrotechnic displays.

Kite flying (first introduced by the Chinese, where it's a fun pastime for people of all ages, featuring kites that are musical during the day and light up at night) is a popular activity in the Philippines, along with fire balloons and other fireworks displays.

Except on suitable occasions, the Indian is sober and economical, but he makes great efforts at display when desirous of honouring his guests. On two or [154]three occasions we sat down to meals, which a gastronomer would scarcely have ventured to criticise; a variety of wines, health-drinking, and even speech-making, music and firing of guns, accompanying the festivity. Smoking never fails to form a part of the entertainment; pure cigars of various sizes, and paper cigarritos, being always at hand. St. Andrew’s day, kept in celebration of the delivery of the Philippines from piratical Chinese, is one of great rejoicing.

Except on special occasions, Indians are sober and frugal, but they go all out to impress when they want to honor their guests. On a couple of occasions, we sat down to meals that a food critic would hardly dare to critique; there was a variety of wines, toasts, and even speeches, along with music and gunfire to mark the celebration. Smoking is always part of the entertainment, with pure cigars of different sizes and paper cigarritos readily available. St. Andrew’s Day, celebrated to commemorate the Philippines being freed from pirate attacks by the Chinese, is a time of great festivity.

In religious ceremonies the Indian takes a busy part, and lends a very active co-operation. When they take place after sunset, crowds attend with burning tapers. Gun-firing, music and illuminations are the general accompaniments of the great fiestas. I have more than once mentioned the universality of the musical passion, which is easily trained to excellent performances. An Indian, we heard, was not selected to the band unless he could play for eight hours without cessation. The national music of Spain is generally studied, and, in honour to us, in some places they learnt our “God save the Queen!” We were not hypercritical upon the first attempts, but such tributes from a race, that only sought to do our sovereign, our country, and ourselves all honour, could not but greatly gratify us.

In religious ceremonies, the Indian community plays an active role and provides significant cooperation. When these events happen after sunset, large crowds show up with lit candles. Gunfire, music, and lights are common features of the grand fiestas. I've mentioned before how widespread the love for music is, which can easily be developed into impressive performances. We learned that an Indian wasn't chosen for the band unless he could play for eight hours straight without a break. The national music of Spain is typically studied, and out of respect for us, some places even learned our version of “God Save the Queen!” We didn’t nitpick their early attempts, but such gestures from a community that wanted to honor our queen, our country, and ourselves were certainly pleasing to us.

When at Guimbal (Iloilo), we were waited on at table wholly by Indian female children, prettily dressed; whose bright eyes expressed extreme curiosity, and whose anxiety to understand and to administer to every wish was very charming. They [155]were much pleased to exhibit the various garments they wore of the piña cloth. I remarked one who went to the friar, and whispered in his ear, “But where are the golden garments of the general?” meaning me, and the padre had to explain to the children that “golden garments” were only worn on State occasions, which did not seem satisfactory, as the occasion of our arrival in the pueblo was one of unprecedented excitement and display. They crowded round me, however, and looked into my face, and expressed admiration at my long soft hair. Their associating finery with rank reminded me of a visit once paid me by a young Abyssinian prince, who was taken up the narrow staircase by some mistake of the servants, and who (his interpreter told me) afterwards said to him, “You told me I was to see a great man—had ever a great man so small a staircase?” At his next visit, he was conducted through the principal portals up the wide marble steps of the house in which I lived, and he expressed extreme satisfaction, and said, “Ah! this is as it should be.”

When we were in Guimbal (Iloilo), we were served entirely by young Indian girls, who were dressed beautifully. Their bright eyes showed a lot of curiosity, and their eagerness to understand and fulfill every wish was very charming. They [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]were delighted to show off the different outfits they wore made from piña cloth. I noticed one girl who went to the friar and whispered in his ear, “But where are the golden clothes of the general?” referring to me, and the padre had to explain to the children that “golden clothes” were only worn on special occasions, which didn’t seem to satisfy them, as our arrival in the pueblo was a moment of unprecedented excitement and display. However, they gathered around me, looked into my face, and admired my long, soft hair. Their association of fancy clothing with status reminded me of a visit I once had from a young Abyssinian prince, who was mistakenly led up a narrow staircase by some servants, and later (his interpreter told me) he asked, “You told me I was going to see a great man—has any great man ever had such a small staircase?” On his next visit, he was taken through the main entrance up the grand marble steps of my house, and he expressed great satisfaction, saying, “Ah! this is how it should be.”

A few of the Indians reach the dignity of the priesthood, but they are generally asistentes to the friars. I have heard from the lips of Indian priests as pure Castilian as that spoken in Madrid.

A few of the Native Americans achieve the respected role of priest, but they mostly serve as asistentes to the friars. I've heard Indian priests speak Castilian as pure as that used in Madrid.

“I have observed,” says Father Diaz, “that the word of an Indian is more to be trusted when he uses one of the ancient forms of speech, such as ‘totoo nang totoo’ (it is as true as truth, or, it is truly true), than when called on to take a solemn oath in the name of God or of the cross.” A youth always seeks [156]to get the promise of his sweetheart made according to the old Tagál usage, and it is held as the best security of veracity in all the relations of life.

“I've noticed,” says Father Diaz, “that you can trust an Indian's word more when he uses one of the old ways of speaking, like ‘totoo nang totoo’ (it is as true as truth, or, it is truly true), than when he's asked to take a solemn oath in the name of God or the cross.” A young man always tries to get his sweetheart to make promises in the traditional Tagál way, and it's considered the best guarantee of honesty in all areas of life.

Many of the padres complain that, notwithstanding all the religious instruction given, the taint of idolatry still exists among the converted Indians. There is a sort of worship of ancestors which is seen in many forms. They attach to the word nono (forefather) the same spiritual meaning which the Chinese give to Kwei. These nonos are often addressed in prayer, in order to bring down blessings or to avert calamities. If an Indian gather a flower or fruit, he silently asks leave of the nono. Certain spots, woods and rivers, he never passes without an invocation to these departed genii. Pardon is asked for short-comings or actions of doubtful character. There is a disease called pamoao which is attributed to the influence of the nonos, to whom petitions and sacrifices are offered to obtain relief. These idolatries, says one of the friars, are so deeply rooted and so widely spread as to demand the utmost vigilance for their extirpation.

Many of the priests complain that, despite all the religious teaching provided, the influence of idolatry still lingers among the converted Indigenous people. There is a kind of ancestor worship that manifests in various ways. They assign the word nono (forefather) the same spiritual significance that the Chinese give to Kwei. These nonos are often called upon in prayer to bring blessings or prevent disasters. If an Indigenous person picks a flower or fruit, they quietly ask permission from the nono. There are certain places, woods, and rivers that they never pass without an invocation to these departed spirits. They seek forgiveness for shortcomings or questionable actions. There is an illness called pamoao that is believed to be caused by the nonos, and prayers and offerings are made to them to seek relief. These idolatries, as one of the friars observes, are so deeply entrenched and widespread that they require meticulous attention to eradicate.

So, again, they have their native devil, in the shape of a little black old man, a wild horse, or monster. As a protection against this fiend, however, they apply to their rosary, which certainly affords evidence that he is an orthodox demon of whom the padres cannot fairly complain.

So, once more, they have their local devil, appearing as a small old black man, a wild horse, or some kind of monster. To guard against this evil being, they turn to their rosary, which definitely shows that he is a traditional demon that the padres can't really argue against.

Witches and witchery are called in to discover thieves and to unbewitch bewitched persons; but scapularies and saints, especially St. Anthony of Padua, [157]are auxiliaries in undoing the mischiefs menaced or done. The cauldrons of the weird sisters in Macbeth would find counterparts among the people of the Philippine Islands, but there must be a mingling of Christian texts and Catholic superstitions to complete the identity. One author says these incantations are used for the attainment of riches, beautiful wives, success in battle, escape from justice, and other objects of desire. Father Ortiz will have it that the secrets of these supernatural influences are treasured up in various manuscript works “which ought to be burned.” Their preservation and publication (if they exist) would be more serviceable, because more instructive, to mankind.

Witches and witchcraft are called upon to find thieves and to free those who have been bewitched; however, scapulars and saints, especially St. Anthony of Padua, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], help in undoing the harm caused. The cauldrons of the weird sisters in Macbeth would have their equivalents among the people of the Philippine Islands, but there needs to be a mix of Christian scriptures and Catholic superstitions to fully capture the essence. One author suggests that these spells are used to gain wealth, beautiful spouses, victory in battle, evade justice, and other desires. Father Ortiz believes that the secrets of these supernatural forces are kept hidden in various manuscripts “that should be burned.” Their preservation and publication (if they exist) would be more beneficial, as they would provide valuable knowledge to humanity.

Indian women are seldom seen without some religious ornaments. They have rosaries of corals or pearl beads, medals of copper or gold, having figures of Our Lady of Mexico or Guadalupe. The scapulary is generally found hanging by the rosary. Many of the Indians are associated in the Cofradias, whose different emblems they preserve with great veneration; such as St. Augustine’s string, St. Francis’ cord, St. Thomas’s belt; but they also hang upon their children’s necks crocodiles’ teeth as a preservative against disease.

Indian women are rarely seen without some religious accessories. They wear rosaries made of coral or pearl beads, and medals made of copper or gold featuring images of Our Lady of Mexico or Guadalupe. The scapular usually hangs alongside the rosary. Many of the Indigenous people are part of the Cofradias, and they hold onto their various emblems with great reverence, such as St. Augustine’s string, St. Francis’ cord, and St. Thomas’s belt; they also hang crocodile teeth around their children’s necks as a protection against illness.

The ancient Indian name for God was Bathala, to whom they attributed the creation of the world. Remnants of the old idolatry remain among the people, and the names of some of the idols are preserved. A few phrases are still retained, especially in the remoter parts, as, for example, “Magpabathala [158]ca” (Let the will of Bathala be done), and the priests have been generally willing to recognize the name as not objectionable in substitution for Dios. The Tagál word adopted for idolatry is Pagaanito, but to the worship of images they give the term Anito. I find among the records reference to an idol called Lacambui, probably the god of eating, as the Spaniards call him Abogado de la Garganta (the throat-advocate). The idol Lacanpate was the god of the harvest, and was equally male and female; “an hermaphrodite devil,” he is called by one of the friars. Linga was the god who cured diseases. Lachan bacor protected the growing crops. Aman Sinaya was the fisherman’s god, and was appealed to when the nets were cast. Ama ni Caable was the protector of huntsmen. An ill-famed idol named Tumano was believed to wander about at night among human habitations; the Indians threw ashes upon him, and calling out, “Iri, iri,” he fled, being “a cowardly devil.” Mancucutor was the patron of a particular class of Indians, but the traditions are very obscure.

The ancient Indian name for God was Bathala, who they believed created the world. Remnants of the old idol worship still exist among the people, and some of the names of the idols have been preserved. A few phrases are still used, especially in more remote areas, such as “Magpabathala [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]ca” (Let the will of Bathala be done), and the priests generally accept the name as a reasonable substitute for Dios. The Tagál term for idol worship is Pagaanito, while the worship of images is referred to as Anito. I found records mentioning an idol called Lacambui, likely the god of eating, as the Spaniards dubbed him Abogado de la Garganta (the throat-advocate). The idol Lacanpate was the god of the harvest and was considered both male and female; one of the friars referred to him as “a hermaphrodite devil.” Linga was the god who healed diseases. Lachan bacor safeguarded the growing crops. Aman Sinaya was the god of fishermen, called upon when casting nets. Ama ni Caable protected hunters. An infamous idol named Tumano was believed to roam at night among people; the Indians threw ashes on him and shouted, “Iri, iri,” causing him to flee, as he was considered “a cowardly devil.” Mancucutor was the patron of a particular group of Indians, but the details surrounding this are quite unclear.

There is a bird called by the natives Tigmamanoquin, and if, when they are going to a festival, this bird flies from the right to the left, it is considered of auspicious augury, but disastrous if it fly from the left to the right. The bird (I know not its classical name) is never killed by the Indians, but if caught it is set free with the words, “Hayona tigmamanoquin, lunchan mo nang halinging” (Be gone, bird! and sing sweetly for me). [159]

There’s a bird that the locals call Tigmamanoquin. If it flies from the right to the left during a festival, it’s seen as a good sign, but if it flies from the left to the right, it’s considered bad luck. The bird (I don’t know its formal name) is never harmed by the indigenous people, but if it gets caught, they release it while saying, “Hayona tigmamanoquin, have your lunch now” (Be gone, bird! and sing sweetly for me). [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Indians believe that a guardian angel is born at the birth of every Christian child, to whose special care through life the infant is confided. In some parts this angel is called Catotobo, in others Tagatanor. But the Tagáls habitually employ the Castilian words angel and angeles in the Catholic sense. I remember to have heard a clever Dutchman say that Java was well governed by knowing how to use properly two Arabic words—Islam (faith), which was never to be interfered with; and Kismet (fate), under whose influence Mussulmans cheerfully submit to their destiny. The Santa Iglesia madre is the charm by which the Philippines are ruled.

The locals believe that a guardian angel is assigned at the birth of every Christian child, entrusted with the child's special care throughout their life. In some areas, this angel is referred to as Catotobo, while in others, it’s called Tagatanor. However, the Tagáls commonly use the Spanish words angel and angeles in a Catholic context. I recall hearing a clever Dutchman say that Java was well governed by knowing how to properly use two Arabic words—Islam (faith), which should never be interfered with; and Kismet (fate), under which Muslims willingly accept their destiny. The Santa Iglesia madre is the charm that guides governance in the Philippines.

The Indian women are generally cleanly in their persons, using the bath very frequently, and constantly cleaning and brightening their black and abundant hair, which they are fond of perfuming and tying in a knot behind, called the pusód, which is kept together by a small comb and gilded needles, and is adorned with a fragrant flower. They are proud of their small foot, which the Chinese call golden lily, and which has a slipper, often embroidered with gold or silver, just supported by the toes. Their walk is graceful and somewhat coquettish; they smoke, eat betel, and are rather given to display a languid, liquid eye, for which they have an Indian expression, “Mapuñgay na mata.”

Indian women are generally clean, often bathing frequently and regularly maintaining their long, dark hair, which they love to perfume and style in a bun at the back called the pusód. This bun is kept in place with a small comb and decorated with gilded needles, along with a fragrant flower. They take pride in their small feet, referred to as golden lilies by the Chinese, which are often adorned with slippers that are embroidered with gold or silver and are held on by their toes. Their walk is graceful and a bit flirtatious; they smoke, chew betel, and tend to have a dreamy, sultry gaze, for which they have an Indian phrase, “Resting eyes.”

The dress of the Filipinos is simple enough. It consists of a shirt worn outside a pair of pantaloons; but the shirt is sometimes of considerable value, woven of the piña, handsomely embroidered, and of [160]various colours, bright red being predominant. I asked an opulent Indian to show me his wardrobe, and he brought out twenty-five shirts, exhibiting them with great pride; there were among them some which may have been worth a hundred dollars each. It is difficult to fix a limit to the money value of the more exquisite specimens of weaving and embroidery. A small pocket handkerchief sent to the Queen of Spain is said to have cost five hundred dollars. One or two doubloons (onzas) of gold are asked for the pañuelos (kerchiefs) usually sold in the shops of the capital. The finest qualities are woven in the neighbourhood of Iloilo. The loom is of the rudest and simplest construction; one woman throws the shuttle, another looks after the threads. The cloth is sent to Manila to be embroidered. The women wear gowns of the fabrics of the country, into which, of late, the silks of China and the coloured yarns of Lancashire have been introduced. The better-conditioned wear an embroidered shawl or kerchief of piña. This is the representative of female vanity or ambition. When we passed through the towns and villages of the interior, a handsomely adorned piña handkerchief was the flag that often welcomed us from the windows of the native huts, and sometimes the children bore them about and waved them before us in the processions with which they were wont to show their pleasure at our presence.

The clothing of Filipinos is quite simple. It consists of a shirt worn over a pair of pants, but the shirt can often be very valuable, made of piña fabric, beautifully embroidered, and available in various colors, with bright red being the most common. I asked a wealthy Indian to show me his clothes, and he proudly displayed twenty-five shirts, some of which might have been worth a hundred dollars each. It's hard to determine the exact value of the more exquisite examples of weaving and embroidery. A small handkerchief sent to the Queen of Spain reportedly cost five hundred dollars. In the shops of the capital, they often ask for one or two gold doubloons (onzas) for the pañuelos (kerchiefs). The finest qualities are woven near Iloilo. The looms are quite basic and simple; one woman operates the shuttle while another manages the threads. The cloth is sent to Manila for embroidery. The women wear gowns made from local fabrics, and recently, silks from China and colored yarns from Lancashire have been added. Those with better means wear an embroidered shawl or kerchief made of piña, which represents female vanity or ambition. As we traveled through towns and villages, beautifully decorated piña handkerchiefs often greeted us from the windows of native huts, and sometimes children would carry them around and wave them in processions to show their delight at our presence.

The dress of the Indians is nearly the same throughout the islands; the pantaloons of cotton or silk, white or striped with various colours, girded round [161]the waist with a kerchief, whose folds serve for pockets, and a shirt over the pantaloons of cotton. Sinamay (a native cloth), or piña for the more opulent, is universally employed. Straw hat or kerchief round the head; but the favourite covering is a huge circular cap like a large inverted punch-bowl, made generally of bamboo, but sometimes of tortoise-shell, and having a metal spike or other ornament at the top; it is fitted to the head by an internal frame, and fastened by a ribbon under the chin. This salacot is used by many as a protection against sun and rain; it appeared to me too heavy to be convenient.

The clothing of the locals is pretty much the same across the islands; they wear cotton or silk pants, either white or striped in various colors, cinched at the waist with a bandana, which also serves as pockets, and a cotton shirt over the pants. Sinamay (a native fabric) or piña for the wealthier folks is commonly used. They wear a straw hat or a bandana on their heads, but the most popular head covering is a large circular cap that resembles an upside-down punch bowl, typically made of bamboo, though sometimes from tortoise shell, and topped with a metal spike or other decoration. It fits the head with an internal frame and is secured with a ribbon under the chin. This salacot is worn by many as protection against sun and rain; to me, it seemed too heavy to be practical.

Among the Indian women the opulent wear costly embroidered garments of piña, and many of them possess valuable jewels, and are decorated on occasions of festivity with earrings, necklaces and bracelets of pearls, diamonds and other precious stones. A few of them speak Spanish, and during our visits became the interpreters for the others, as the Indian women generally took a part in the graceful but simple ceremonials which marked our progress; sometimes forming a line through the towns and villages, and waving many-coloured flags over us as we passed, escorted by the native bands of music. In some families the garments which were worn a century ago are still preserved. Many of the petty authorities are the hereditary possessors of local rank, and on grand occasions make displays of the costumes of their forefathers. There is some variety in the mode of dressing the hair. The Tagálas clean it with lemon [162]juice, and employ cocoa-nut oil made fragrant by infusions of odoriferous flowers. They clean their hands with pumice-stone. In many parts the thumbnail of the right hand is allowed by both sexes to grow to a great length, which assists playing on the guitar, and divers domestic operations. The under garments of the women are tightened at the waist, and their camisas have long and wide sleeves, which are turned back upon the arms, and embroidered in more or less costly taste. They all chew the areca, and, as age advances, they blacken their eyebrows and wear false hair like their patrician mistresses. They sometimes paint their nails with vermilion, and to be entitled a Castila, which means European, is recognized as a great compliment.

Among Indian women, the wealthy wear expensive embroidered garments made from piña, and many of them own valuable jewelry. They adorn themselves during festive occasions with earrings, necklaces, and bracelets made of pearls, diamonds, and other precious stones. A few can speak Spanish and acted as interpreters for the others during our visits, while the Indian women often participated in the elegant but simple ceremonies that accompanied our journey. Sometimes, they would form a line through towns and villages, waving colorful flags above us as we passed, accompanied by local bands. In some families, the clothing worn a century ago is still kept. Many of the minor authorities hold hereditary local ranks and display their ancestors' costumes during grand occasions. There’s some variation in how they style their hair. The Tagálas clean their hair with lemon juice and use coconut oil infused with fragrant flowers. They clean their hands with pumice stone. In many areas, both men and women let the thumbnail of the right hand grow long, which helps with playing the guitar and various domestic tasks. Women’s undergarments are fitted at the waist, and their camisas have long, wide sleeves that are turned back on their arms and are embroidered in varying levels of detail. They all chew areca, and as they age, they darken their eyebrows and wear false hair like their noble mistresses. They sometimes paint their nails with vermilion, and being recognized as a Castila, which means European, is considered a great compliment.

Rice is the ordinary food of the Indians. It is boiled for half an hour, and then called canin. The capsicum, or chile, is used for a condiment. They eat three meals a day, out of a large dish, helping themselves with their fingers, and sometimes using a plantain leaf for a plate. They also have sauces round the central dish, into which they dip the canin. They introduce the thumb first into the mouth, and very dexterously employ the fingers to push forward the food. The luxuries of the native are pretty nearly reduced to the cigar and the betel-nut. Indeed these can scarcely be called luxuries; they are more necessary to him than his simple food, which consists generally of boiled rice, sometimes flavoured with fish or vegetables, and his sweetmeat the sugar-cane. As he obtains his cigarritos at the [163]estanco for less than two cuertos a dozen, and can make them, or buy them from a contrabandista, at not even half that price, and as the cost of the areca is extremely small, his wants and his enjoyments are easily and cheaply supplied. His garments are few and economical, and such as in most parts of the islands are supplied by the rude family loom; but the source of his ruin is in his gallo and his passion for play, to which nine-tenths of the miseries of the Indian are to be traced. Out of his embarrassments the Chinaman makes his profit, buying the labour of the indebted and extorting its maximum with coarse and often cruel tyranny. The Chinese have a proverb that the Indian must be led with rice in the left hand of his master and a bamboo in the right.

Rice is the staple food for the Indians. It’s boiled for half an hour and then called canin. Capsicum, or chile, is used as a condiment. They eat three meals a day from a large dish, serving themselves with their fingers and sometimes using a plantain leaf as a plate. They also have sauces surrounding the main dish, into which they dip the canin. They use their thumb first to bring food to their mouth and skillfully use their fingers to push the food forward. The luxuries for the locals are mostly limited to cigars and betel-nut. In fact, these can't really be considered luxuries; they are more essential to them than their simple diet, which typically consists of boiled rice, sometimes flavored with fish or vegetables, and their sweet treat, sugar-cane. Since they can get their cigarritos at the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]estanco for less than two cuertos a dozen, and can make or buy them from a smuggler for even less, as well as the areca being very cheap, their needs and pleasures are easily and affordably met. Their clothing is minimal and inexpensive, mostly produced by a basic family loom available in most parts of the islands; however, their downfall lies in their gallo and their gambling addiction, which accounts for nine-tenths of the hardships faced by the Indian. Out of their troubles, the Chinese profit, buying the labor of the indebted and exploiting it with harsh and often brutal tyranny. The Chinese have a saying that the Indian must be guided with rice in the left hand of his master and a bamboo in the right.

There is in some of the islands abundance of deer and wild boars; they are killed by arrows of two kinds—one barbed with a clove from the wild palm, shot direct; another with an iron head, shot upwards and falling down upon the animal. The Indians make a dry venison (called tapa) of the flesh and send it to the Manila market. Much wild fowl is found in the forest, especially of the gallinaceous species. The Bisayan caves are frequented by the swallows which produce the edible bird’s-nests, and which are collected by the natives for exportation to China.

In some of the islands, there's plenty of deer and wild boars. They’re hunted with two types of arrows—one tipped with a clove from the wild palm, shot straight, and another with an iron tip, shot upward to fall down on the animal. The locals make a dried meat called tapa from the flesh and send it to the market in Manila. The forest is also home to a lot of wild birds, especially game birds. The caves in the Bisayas are frequented by swallows that produce edible bird’s nests, which the natives collect for export to China.

Multitudes of Indians get their living by the fisheries. The fish most esteemed is the sabalo, which is only found in the Taal Lake, whose water is fresh [164]and flows into the sea. In the centre of the lake is an island, with its always burning volcano. At the season when the sabalo quit the lake for the sea, an estocade of bamboos is erected across the river, the top of which does not reach the surface of the water; three or four yards below, another estocade is placed, raised five or six feet above the surface, and the two estocades are united by a bamboo platform. The fish leap over the first barrier, and fall on the platform, where they are caught: some of them are as large as salmon. The Bay Lake is celebrated for the curbina, an excellent fish. By the banks of the river enormous nets are seen, which are sunk and raised by a machinery of bamboo, and the devices employed for the capture of fish are various and singular. In the Bisayans the Indians make faggots, which they kindle, and, walking on the banks with a spear in their right hand, the fish approach the light and are harpooned and flung upon the shore. I understand the sea-slug, which the Indians call balate, is thus captured. It is a well-known delicacy among the Chinese. Turtle are caught by watching their approach (the watcher being concealed) and simply turning them on their backs when they are at a certain distance from the water. Native divers bring up the mother-of-pearl oyster, but the pearl fishery is not of much importance. These divers also discover the enormous shell-fish which serve as receptacles for holy water in the churches.

Many Indians make their living through fishing. The most valued fish is the sabalo, which is only found in Taal Lake, where the water is fresh [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and flows into the sea. In the middle of the lake, there is an island with an always-active volcano. When the sabalo leave the lake for the sea, a barrier made of bamboo is set up across the river, with the top just below the surface of the water; a few yards down, another barrier is placed, raised five or six feet above the water, connecting the two with a bamboo platform. The fish jump over the first barrier and land on the platform, where they are caught; some can be as big as salmon. Bay Lake is known for the curbina, an excellent fish. Along the riverbanks, you can see large nets that are lowered and raised using bamboo machinery, and various unique methods are used for catching fish. In the Bisayan region, the locals make bundles of sticks, light them, and then walk along the banks with a spear in hand; the fish are attracted to the light and are speared and thrown ashore. I’ve heard that the sea slug, which the locals call balate, is captured this way. It’s a well-known delicacy among the Chinese. Turtles are caught by keeping watch while hidden and simply flipping them onto their backs when they’re a certain distance from the water. Local divers collect mother-of-pearl oysters, but pearl fishing isn’t very significant. These divers also find large shellfish that are used as containers for holy water in churches.

LAKE OF TAAL, AND VOLCANO.

LAKE OF TAAL, AND VOLCANO.

Taal Lake and Volcano.

[165]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER VIII.

POPULATION—RACES.

Though the far greater number of the pagan Indians, as they are called by the Spaniards, belong to the same races as those who inhabit the towns, there are many exceptional cases. Independent and separated from the pagans, there are numerous Mahomedans, especially in the island of Mindanao, of which only a small tract along the coast has been subjected by the Spaniards; these, whom the Spaniards designate as Moros, a name to which traditional and national associations attach great abhorrence, are probably of Malayan descent. There, as in every region where missionaries have sought to undermine or depreciate the authority of the Koran, the attempt has wholly failed. I saw some of these people at Zamboanga, and found them familiar with the Arabic formula of Islamism, and that many of their names, such as Abdallah, Fatima, and others, were such as are common to the Mussulmans. They are understood to be in amity with the Spaniards, who have treaties with the reigning Sultan; but I found no evidence of their recognition of Spanish authority.

Though the vast majority of the pagan Indians, as the Spaniards call them, belong to the same ethnic groups as those living in the towns, there are many exceptions. Separate from the pagans, there are numerous Muslims, especially in the island of Mindanao, where only a small area along the coast has been taken over by the Spaniards. These people, referred to by the Spaniards as Moros, a name that carries significant negative connotations due to historical and cultural associations, are likely of Malay descent. In those areas, just like in others where missionaries have tried to challenge or undermine the authority of the Koran, those efforts have completely failed. I saw some of these people in Zamboanga and found them familiar with the Arabic phrases of Islam, and many of their names, like Abdallah, Fatima, and others, are common among Muslims. They are believed to be friendly with the Spaniards, who have treaties with the ruling Sultan; however, I found no evidence that they recognize Spanish authority.

The enmity between the Mahomedan races (Moros) and the Spaniards may be deemed hereditary. The [166]answer given by the Rajah Soliman of Tondo to Legaspi, the first governor of the Philippines, who solicited his friendship, is characteristic:—“Not until the sun is cut in two, not until I seek the hatred instead of the love of woman, will I be the friend of a Castila” (Spaniard).

The hostility between the Muslim races (Moros) and the Spaniards can be considered inherited. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]response from Rajah Soliman of Tondo to Legaspi, the first governor of the Philippines, who asked for his friendship, is telling:—“Not until the sun is split in half, not until I choose to embrace the hatred instead of the love of a woman, will I be friends with a Castila” (Spaniard).

Living in the remotest mountainous regions of Mindanao, never, I believe, explored by European adventurers, there is a race in the very lowest stages of barbarism, I cannot say of civilization, for of that they present no trace. They are said to wear no garments, to build no houses, to dress no food. They wander in the forest, whose wild fruits they gather by day, and sleep among the branches of the trees by night. They have no form of government, no chief, no religious rites or usages. I saw one of the race who was brought for sale as any wild animal might have been to the governor of Zamboanga. He refused to purchase, but retained the lad, who was apparently of about eight or nine years of age. At Iloilo, he was waiting, with other native servants, at table, and he appeared to me the most sprightly and intelligent of the whole—bright-eyed, and watching eagerly every sign and mandate of his master. He was very dark-coloured, almost black; his hair disposed to be woolly; he had neither the high cheeks nor the thick lips of the African negro, but resembled many specimens I have seen of the Madagascar people. I was informed that the whole tribe—but the word is not appropriate, for they are not gregarious—are of very small stature; that they avoid all [167]intercourse with other races, collect nothing, barter nothing, and, in fact, want nothing. I had once occasion to examine in the prison of Kandy (Ceylon) one of the real “wild men of the woods” of that island, who had been convicted for murder; the moral sense was so unawakened, that it was obvious no idea of wrong was associated with the act, and the judge most properly did not consider, him a responsible being on whom he could inflict the penalties of the law. There was little resemblance between the Filipino and the Cingalese in any external characteristic. Ethnological science would be greatly advanced if directed to the special study of the barbarous aboriginal races of whom specimens yet remain, but of which so many have wholly disappeared, who can have had no intercourse with each other. I believe there are more varieties of the human family than have hitherto been recognized by physiologists, amongst whom no affinity of language will be found. The theories current as to the derivation of the many varieties of the human race from a few primitive types will not bear examination. Civilization and education will modify the character of the skull, and the differences between the crania of the same people are so great as to defy any general law of classification. The farther back we are enabled to go, the greater will be the distinction of types and tongues; and it will be seen that the progress of time and commerce and knowledge and colonization, has annihilated many an independent idiom, as it has destroyed many an aboriginal race. [168]

Living in the most remote mountainous regions of Mindanao, which I believe have never been explored by European adventurers, there’s a group of people at the very lowest stages of barbarism; I can’t say civilization, as they show no signs of it. They reportedly wear no clothes, build no houses, and prepare no food. They roam the forest, gathering wild fruits by day, and sleeping among the branches of the trees by night. They have no form of government, no leader, and no religious practices or traditions. I saw one member of this group brought for sale, just like a wild animal, to the governor of Zamboanga. He declined to buy him but kept the boy, who looked to be about eight or nine years old. At Iloilo, he waited with other native servants at the table, and to me, he seemed the most lively and perceptive of them all—bright-eyed and eagerly observing every sign and order from his master. His skin was very dark, almost black; his hair was somewhat woolly. He did not have the high cheekbones or thick lips typically associated with African people, but resembled many I have seen from Madagascar. I learned that the entire tribe—though that term isn’t quite right, as they aren’t social—are of very short stature; they avoid all interaction with other races, don’t collect anything, trade nothing, and in fact, desire nothing. I once had the opportunity to examine in the prison of Kandy (Ceylon) one of the true “wild men of the woods” from that island, who had been convicted of murder; his moral understanding was so undeveloped that it was clear he had no concept of wrongdoing related to the act, and the judge rightly did not consider him a responsible individual on whom he could impose legal penalties. There was little resemblance between the Filipino and the Cingalese in any outward characteristics. Ethnological science would greatly benefit from focusing on the study of the barbarous aboriginal races, of which a few specimens still exist, but many have completely disappeared, having had no contact with each other. I believe there are more varieties of the human family than have been recognized by physiologists so far, among whom no linguistic similarities will be found. The prevailing theories about the many varieties of the human race deriving from a few primitive types do not hold up under scrutiny. Civilization and education will alter skull characteristics, and the differences among the crania of the same people are so vast that they resist any general classification. The farther back we can trace, the clearer the distinctions of types and languages will be; we will see that the progress of time, commerce, knowledge, and colonization has wiped out many independent languages, just as it has exterminated many aboriginal races.

Against the wilder savages who inhabit the forests and mountains of the interior, expeditions are not unfrequently directed by the government, especially when there has been any molestation to the native Christian population. Their chiefs are subjected to various punishments, and possession is taken of their villages and strongholds; but these are not always permanently held, from the insufficiency of military force to retain them. But it is clear that these rude tribes must ultimately be extinguished by the extension of cultivation and the pressure of a higher civilization.

Against the more aggressive tribes living in the forests and mountains, the government often sends out expeditions, especially when the local Christian population experiences any disturbances. Their leaders face different punishments, and their villages and strongholds are taken over; however, these are not always held for long due to the limited military presence to maintain control. Still, it's evident that these rough tribes will eventually fade away with the spread of farming and the influence of a more advanced civilization.

De Mas lays down as a principle that the Igorrotes of Luzon are heathens of the same race as the converted Indians, but in a savage state. The Aetas, or Negritos, are a separate race, not indigenous, but the descendants of invaders and conquerors. He had many opportunities of intercourse with them, and speaks favourably of his reception among them. The men had no other covering than a belt of bark fibres, the women a sort of petticoat of the same texture. Unmarried girls wore a species of collar made from the leaves of a mountain palm, whose ends met between their naked breasts. The females played on a rude guitar, the case being a piece of bamboo, with three strings from the roots of a tree, and which they tuned by tightening or loosening with their left hand. When it rained, they covered themselves with large palm-leaves, which they also used as shelter from the sun. He says they resisted all attempts upon their chastity. [169]They brought wax, honey and deer, and sought for tobacco and rice in exchange. For money they cared not. The mode of showing respect is to offer water to the superior—no son can accept it from, but must hand it to, his father. They exhibit much fear of the evil spirits that are in the forests, but all information they gave was at secondhand. They had not seen the spirits, but others had, and there was no doubt about that. The friars report them to be short lived—their age seldom exceeding forty years. Father Mozo says: “They have their localities, in which they group themselves and which they unwillingly leave: fixed abodes they have none, but shift from place to place within a circumference of four to five leagues. They drive four rough sticks into the ground, surround them with the flexible branches of the ylib, fling down some palm-leaves, bring in a piece of wood for a pillow, and have their house and bed ready. The game killed by one belongs to all—the head and neck being thrown to the dogs. The community ordinarily consists of twenty to twenty-five persons, who select the most courageous of their number as chief. In the summer they locate themselves on the banks of rivers, but during the rainy and windy seasons they confine themselves to their rude huts. If a death take place, they bury the corpse, but flee from the locality, lest others be summoned away. When they seek wild honey in the woods, the finder of a swarm marks the tree where the bees are, and the property is deemed his own until he has time to return and remove the comb. A fire is lighted at the foot of the tree—the smoke drives away the bees—[170]the Indian mounts, bearing a broad palm-leaf folded in the shape of a vase, into which he turns the honey-comb, ties it over, and descends. All his wants are supplied when, in addition to his matches for fire, his bow and arrows, and his rude cutlass, he has a small supply of tobacco for his luxury. If food be scarce, he drinks hot water and ties a cord tightly round his body; he eats also of a root called sucbao, but in the warm weather indigenous fruits are never wanting.” After a string of quotations from the classics, illustrating the pains, penalties and passions of civilized existence, with the serenity, stupidity and satisfaction of these children of nature, the padre says: “Finally, in admiration of their manner of life, if they were but enlightened by our holy faith—if they only suffered what they suffer for the sake of God—I verily believe they would not be paralleled by the austerest monk of the Thebaïd. True it is they commit the sin of divorce—true it is that a slip before marriage is seldom heard of; but they are cruel, they are murderers!” Such is the consistency of ecclesiastical judgment.

De Mas establishes a principle that the Igorrotes of Luzon are heathens of the same race as converted Indians, but in a primitive state. The Aetas, or Negritos, are a different race, not indigenous, but descendants of invaders and conquerors. He had many chances to interact with them and speaks positively about his reception. The men wore nothing more than a belt made of bark fibers, while the women donned a kind of petticoat made from the same material. Unmarried girls wore a type of collar made from the leaves of a mountain palm, with its ends meeting between their bare breasts. The women played a simple guitar made from a piece of bamboo and three strings from tree roots, which they tuned by tightening or loosening with their left hand. When it rained, they covered themselves with large palm leaves, which also provided shelter from the sun. He notes they resisted all attempts against their chastity. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]They brought wax, honey, and deer, looking for tobacco and rice in exchange. They had no interest in money. To show respect, it's customary to offer water to a superior—no son can accept it from his father, but must hand it to him. They show considerable fear of the evil spirits that dwell in the forests, but all the information they provided was secondhand. They hadn't seen the spirits, but others had, and there was no doubt about that. The friars report that they have short lifespans, rarely living beyond forty years. Father Mozo explains: "They have their own areas where they group together and are reluctant to leave; they have no fixed homes but move from place to place within a range of four to five leagues. They drive four rough sticks into the ground, surround them with flexible branches of the ylib, throw down some palm leaves, bring in a piece of wood for a pillow, and their house and bed are ready. Any game killed belongs to everyone—the head and neck are thrown to the dogs. The community usually consists of twenty to twenty-five people, who choose the bravest among them as chief. In summer, they settle by riverbanks, but during the rainy and windy seasons, they stick to their simple huts. When someone dies, they bury the body but flee the area to avoid summoning others away. When searching for wild honey in the woods, the discoverer of a swarm marks the tree where the bees are, and it is considered theirs until they can return to collect the honeycomb. They light a fire at the base of the tree—the smoke drives the bees away—[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the Indian climbs up, holding a broad palm leaf shaped like a vase, into which he places the honeycomb, ties it up, and descends. All his needs are met when, in addition to his fire matches, bow, arrows, and simple cutlass, he has a small supply of tobacco for pleasure. If food is scarce, he drinks hot water and tightly ties a cord around his body; he also eats a root called sucbao, but during warm weather, they never lack indigenous fruits." After sharing several quotes from the classics that highlight the struggles and passions of civilized life against the calm, simplicity, and contentment of these children of nature, the padre remarks: "Ultimately, admiring their way of life, if they were enlightened by our holy faith—if they only endured what they suffer for the sake of God—I truly believe they would rival the most austere monk of the Thebaid. It’s true they commit the sin of divorce—true that a pre-marital slip is rarely heard of; but they are cruel, they are murderers!” This illustrates the inconsistency of ecclesiastical judgment.

There are many speculations as to the origin of the darker, or black races, who now occupy the northern and central mountainous and little visited regions, and from whom one of the islands, Negros, takes its name. They principally dwell in the wilder part of the provinces of Ilocos South, Pangasinan, Cagayan, and Nueva Ecija. They are of small stature, have somewhat flattened noses, curled hair, are agile, have no other dress than a covering of bark over their genitals, are dexterous hunters, have no fixed dwellings, but [171]sleep wherever sunset finds them. Their whole property consists of their bow, a bamboo quiver and arrows, a strip of skin of the wild boar, and the girdle, which the Spaniards call the tapa rabo (tail cover). The Negritos are held to be the aboriginal inhabitants of the islands, which were invaded by those now called Indios, who much resemble, though they are a great improvement on, the Malayan race. The Negritos retired into the wilder districts as the Tagáls advanced, but between the two races there exists a great intensity of hatred. The Negritos are the savages of the Philippines, and are divided into many tribes, and it is said every grade between cannibalism and the civilization of the Indian is found among them. They generally live on the wild fruits and vegetables which grow spontaneously, though some cultivate rice, and attend to the irrigation of their fields. Some make iron weapons, and the Itaneg, according to the friars, only want conversion to be in all respects equal to the Indios. This race has a mixture of Chinese blood, the Ifugaos of that of the Japanese. The ruder savages ornament their cabins with the skulls of their enemies. The Apayos live in comfortable houses, and employ for floors polished planks instead of the interwoven bamboos of the Tagáls. They carry on a trade in wax, cocoa and tobacco, and deck their dwellings with China earthenware. The Isinay Negritos profess Christianity. In the island of Luzon there are estimated to be 200,000 heathens, in that of Mindanao 800,000 idolators and Mussulmans. But it is impossible to follow out the mixed races in all their ramifications and peculiarities. [172]Among the characteristics of the wilder races is the separation of the toes, which enables them to pick up even minute objects, so if they let anything fall they use foot or hand with equal facility; they will descend head downwards the rigging of a ship, holding on with their feet; the great toe is much more separated from the others than in the white races. Their sense of smelling is exquisite, and they profess, without the aid of language, to discover the state of the affections from the breath.

There are many theories about the origins of the darker, or black races, who now inhabit the northern and central mountainous regions that are seldom visited, and from whom one of the islands, Negros, gets its name. They primarily live in the more remote areas of the provinces of Ilocos South, Pangasinan, Cagayan, and Nueva Ecija. They are short in stature, have somewhat flattened noses and curly hair, are agile, wear no other clothing than a bark covering over their genitals, are skilled hunters, and have no permanent homes, but [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]sleep wherever they find themselves at sunset. Their entire belongings consist of their bow, a bamboo quiver and arrows, a strip of wild boar skin, and a girdle, which the Spaniards refer to as tapa rabo (tail cover). The Negritos are considered the original inhabitants of the islands, which were invaded by those now called Indios, who closely resemble, though they are a significant improvement over, the Malayan race. The Negritos retreated into more remote areas as the Tagáls advanced, but there is a strong mutual hatred between the two races. The Negritos are seen as the savages of the Philippines, divided into many tribes, with reports of various levels of civilization, including instances of cannibalism. They generally rely on wild fruits and vegetables that grow naturally, although some cultivate rice and manage irrigation for their fields. Some create iron weapons, and the Itaneg are said, according to the friars, to only need conversion to be on par with the Indios. This group has some Chinese ancestry, and the Ifugaos have influences from the Japanese. The more primitive tribes decorate their huts with the skulls of their enemies. The Apayos live in comfortable homes, using polished planks for flooring instead of the woven bamboo floors of the Tagáls. They engage in trade involving wax, cocoa, and tobacco, and decorate their homes with Chinese pottery. The Isinay Negritos practice Christianity. On the island of Luzon, there are an estimated 200,000 non-Christians, while Mindanao has about 800,000 idolaters and Muslims. However, it is challenging to trace the mixed races in all their variations and distinct traits. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Among the features of the wilder races is their separated toes, which allow them to pick up even tiny objects, so if they drop something, they can use either their hands or feet with equal ease; they can even climb down the rigging of a ship headfirst, hanging on with their feet; the big toe is much more separated from the others than in white races. Their sense of smell is exceptional, and they claim, without using language, to detect emotional states through breath.

Though they have a pantheon of gods and goddesses (for most of their divinities have wives), they have no temples, and no rites of public worship. They consult soothsayers (usually old women) in their diseases and difficulties; and there are sacrifices, outpouring and mingling of blood, libations of fermented liquors, violent gesticulations, and invocations to Cambunian (God), the moon, and the stars, and the ceremonials end with eating and drinking to excess. They sacrifice a pig to pacify the Deity when it thunders, and adore the rainbow after the storm. Before a journey they kindle a fire, and if the smoke do not blow in the direction they intend to take they delay their project. The flight of birds is watched as an important augury, and the appearance of a snake as a warning against some approaching calamity.

Though they have many gods and goddesses (since most of their deities have wives), they don’t have temples or public worship rituals. They turn to fortune-tellers (usually older women) for help with illnesses and problems, and their practices involve sacrifices, blood rituals, pouring out drinks, wild hand gestures, and calls to Cambunian (God), the moon, and the stars. The ceremonies usually end with excessive eating and drinking. They sacrifice a pig to calm the Deity when it thunders and worship the rainbow after a storm. Before going on a journey, they light a fire, and if the smoke doesn’t blow in the direction they want to go, they postpone their plans. They closely observe the flight of birds for important omens and see the sighting of a snake as a warning of impending misfortune.

The mountain tribes are subject to no common ruler, but have their separate chieftains, called barnaas, to whom a certain number of dependants is assigned. On the death of a barnaas, the intestines are extracted, examined and burnt, for the [173]purpose of ascertaining by the arts of divination the future destiny of the tribe. The body is placed in a chair, relations and friends are invited, and a great festivity of eating and drinking provided from the flocks and rice-fields of the deceased, with shouts and songs celebrating the virtues of departed barnaas. The banquet closes with all species of excesses, and both sexes remain drunk, exhausted or asleep on the ground about the corpse. It is said that the flesh of the departed is distributed among the guests, and Buzeta avers that such a case lately occurred at Tagudin (Ilocos South); but as he attributes it to the poverty of the deceased who had not left behind wherewithal to provide for the festival, the carnal distribution could hardly have been deemed an honour. The stories of the cannibalism of the natives must be received with distrust, there being a great disposition to represent them as worse savages than they really are. The arms of a warrior are gathered together after his death, and his family will not part with them. A vessel into which wine has been poured is placed at the foot of the trophies, in order that it may imbibe the virtue and valour of the departed, and obtain his auspices.

The mountain tribes are not ruled by a single leader but have their own separate chiefs, called barnaas, each with a certain number of followers. When a barnaas dies, their intestines are taken out, examined, and burned to determine the tribe’s future through divination. The body is seated in a chair, and family and friends are invited to a large feast featuring food and drinks from the deceased's livestock and rice fields, accompanied by cheers and songs celebrating the virtues of the late barnaas. The banquet ends in all sorts of excesses, with people from both genders getting drunk and collapsing on the ground around the corpse. It’s said that the flesh of the deceased is shared among the guests, and Buzeta claims this happened recently in Tagudin (Ilocos South); however, he notes that it was due to the deceased's poverty, which left nothing for the festivities, so this sharing could hardly be considered an honor. The tales of the natives' cannibalism should be taken with skepticism, as there's a tendency to portray them as more savage than they truly are. After a warrior dies, their weapons are collected, and the family keeps them. A vessel filled with wine is placed at the foot of the trophies so it can absorb the strength and bravery of the departed and gain their blessings.

In case of the murder of an individual, the whole of the tribe unite to revenge his death. Prisoners taken in war are made slaves, and sell for from ten to twenty-five dollars each. Old men are bought, upon whom to try the poisonous powers or sharpness of their weapons. Adultery and the third offence of robbery are punished with death. Polygamy is not allowed, but there is no difficulty about divorce. [174]

In the event of someone being murdered, the entire tribe comes together to avenge their death. Prisoners taken in war become slaves and are sold for anywhere between ten to twenty-five dollars each. Older men are bought to test the effectiveness of their poisons or the sharpness of their weapons. Adultery and a third offense of robbery are punished by death. Polygamy is not permitted, but getting a divorce is not difficult. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A great variety of languages is to be found among the wild people of the interior; not only are dialects of the various tribes unintelligible to each other, but sometimes a language is confined to a single family group. Where there has been no intercourse there is no similitude. Words are necessary to man, and language is created by that necessity. Hence the farther the study of idioms is pursued back into antiquity, the greater will their number be found. Civilization has destroyed hundreds, perhaps thousands, of idioms, and is still carrying on the work by diminishing the number of languages in which man holds intercourse with man. It is no bold prophecy to aver that in the course of centuries the number of separate tongues will be reduced to a small amount. In France, the French; in Italy, the Tuscan; in Spain, the Castilian; in Germany, the Saxon; in Great Britain, the English;—are becoming the predominant languages of the people, and have been gradually superseding the multitude of idioms which were used only a few generations ago. Adelung recorded the names of nearly 4,000 spoken and existing languages, but a list of those which time has extinguished would be far more extensive.

A wide variety of languages can be found among the indigenous people of the interior; not only are the dialects of different tribes incomprehensible to one another, but sometimes a language is limited to a single family group. Where there has been no interaction, there is no similarity. Words are essential for humans, and language is developed out of that necessity. Therefore, the deeper the study of languages goes back into history, the greater their number will be. Civilization has eliminated hundreds, perhaps thousands, of languages and is still continuing to do so by reducing the number of languages in which people communicate with each other. It’s not a bold prediction to say that over the centuries, the number of distinct languages will shrink to a small handful. In France, French; in Italy, Tuscan; in Spain, Castilian; in Germany, Saxon; in Great Britain, English—are becoming the dominant languages of the people and have gradually replaced the many languages that were spoken just a few generations ago. Adelung recorded nearly 4,000 spoken and existing languages, but a list of those that time has wiped out would be much longer.

That such large portions of the islands should be held by independent tribes, whether heathen or Mahomedan, is not to be wondered at when the geographical character of the country is considered. Many of their retreats are inaccessible to beasts of burden; the valleys are intolerably hot; the mountains unsheltered and cold. There is also much ignorance as to the localities, and the Spaniards are [175]subject to be surprised from unknown ambushes in passes and ravines. The forests, through which the natives glide like rabbits, are often impenetrable to Europeans. No attempts have succeeded in enticing the “idolaters” down to the plains from these woods and mountains, to be tutored, taxed and tormented. Yet it is a subject of complaint that these barbarians interfere, as no doubt they do, with the royal monopoly of tobacco, which they manage to smuggle into the provinces. “Fiscal officers and troops,” says De Mas, “are stationed to prevent these abuses, but these protectors practise so many extortions on the Indians, and cause so much of discontent, that commissions of inquiry become needful, and the difficulties remain unsolved.” In some places the idolaters molest “the peaceful Christian population,” and make the roads dangerous to travellers. De Mas has gathered information from various sources, and from him I shall select a few particulars; but it appears to me there is too much generalization as to the unsubjugated tribes, who are to be found in various stages of civilization and barbarism. The Tinguianes of Ilocos cultivate extensive rice-fields, have large herds of cattle and horses, and carry on a considerable trade with the adjacent Christian population. The Chinese type is said to be traceable in this race. The women wear a number of bracelets, covering the arm from the wrist to the elbow. The heaviest Tinguian curse is, “May you die while asleep,” which is equivalent to saying, “May your death-bed be uncelebrated.” It is a term of contempt for an Indian to say to another, “Malubha ang Caitiman [176]mo”—Great is thy blackness (negregura, Sp.). The Indians call Africans Pogot.

That so many parts of the islands should be controlled by independent tribes, whether pagan or Muslim, makes sense when you think about the geography of the area. Many of their hideouts are unreachable by pack animals; the valleys are unbearably hot; the mountains are exposed and chilly. There’s also a lot of ignorance about the locations, and the Spaniards are [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]often caught off guard from secret ambushes in passes and ravines. The forests, where the locals move swiftly like rabbits, can be nearly impossible for Europeans to navigate. Efforts to lure the "idol worshippers" down from these woods and mountains to be educated, taxed, and exploited have failed. Still, it’s complained that these so-called barbarians disrupt the royal tobacco monopoly, which they manage to smuggle into the provinces. “Tax officials and soldiers,” says De Mas, “are stationed to prevent these issues, but these enforcers commit so many abuses against the Indians and create so much discontent that investigations become necessary, yet the problems remain unresolved.” In some areas, the idolaters harass “the peaceful Christian population,” making roads unsafe for travelers. De Mas has gathered information from various sources, and I will mention a few details from him; however, it seems to me that there’s too much generalization regarding the unsubmitted tribes, which exist at different levels of civilization and savagery. The Tinguianes of Ilocos cultivate extensive rice fields, own large herds of cattle and horses, and engage in significant trade with the nearby Christian population. This race is believed to show traces of Chinese ancestry. The women wear many bracelets that cover their arms from the wrist to the elbow. The worst curse a Tinguian can give is, “May you die while asleep,” which means, “May your death go unrecognized.” It's insulting for one Indian to call another, “Malubha ang Caitiman [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]mo”—Great is your blackness (negregura, Sp.). The Indians refer to Africans as Pogot.

There are many Albinos in the Philippines. They are called by the natives Sons of the Sun; some are white, some are spotted, and others have stripes on their skins. They are generally of small intellectual capacity.

There are many albinos in the Philippines. The locals refer to them as Sons of the Sun; some have white skin, some are spotted, and others have stripes on their skin. They generally have a lower level of intelligence.

Buzeta gives the following ethnological table, descriptive of the physical characteristics of the various races of the Philippines:—

Buzeta provides the following ethnological table that describes the physical characteristics of the different races in the Philippines:—

Pure Indians. Mestizos. Negritos.
Size Handsome, middle, sometimes tall. The same. Handsome, small and thin.
Skin Copper or quince colour, fine. Lighter, somewhat yellow. Dark copper.
Body Slight, well-formed, strong. Heavy. Slight and agile.
Hair Black, even, thick, harsh. Less thick. Black, curly, but less so than the Africans.
Head Medium or small, round, and flat behind. Generally large. Small and rounder.
Forehead Open, often narrow. Open. Narrow.
Eyes Black, brilliant. Less uniform. Large, penetrating, brilliant.
Eyebrows Thick and arched. Less arched.
Eyelids Long. Very long.
Nose Medium, generally flat. Thicker. Medium, slightly flat.
Mouth Large, medium sometimes. Larger. Medium.
Lips Medium. Thicker. Medium, rounder.
Teeth White, regular, strong. Strong and large. Long, very strong.
Upper Mandible Ordinary size. High, salient. Ordinary.
Lower Mandible Ordinary and strong. Strong, open. Well-formed.
Breast Wide; woman’s hard and firm. Firm but narrow. Firm but narrow.
Carriage Graceful, elegant. Graceful. Easy and careless.
Buttocks Broad and hard. Broad, hard. Broad, hard.
Muscles Small. Small. Small.
Thighs Small. Small. Small.
Feet Small. Small. Small and well-formed.
Flesh Hard. Hard. Hard.
Hair (body) Lightly spread. None. Little.
Beard None. Little. Little.
Genitals Small. Small. Small.

[177]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Altaban Indians have an idol whom they call Cubiga, whose wife is Bujas. The Gaddans give the name of Amanolay, meaning Creator of Man, to the object of their worship, and his goddess is Dalingay. There are no temples nor public rites, but appeals to the superior spirits in cases of urgency are generally directed by the female priest or sorceress, who sprinkles the idol with the blood of a buffalo, fowl or guinea-pig, offers libations, while the Indians lift up their hands exclaiming, “Siggam Cabunian! Siggam Bulamaiag! Siggam aggen!” (O thou God! O thou beautiful moon! O thou star!) A brush is then dipped in palm wine, which is sprinkled over the attendants. (This is surely an imitation of Catholic aspersions.) A general carousing follows.

The Altaban Indians have an idol they call Cubiga, and his wife is Bujas. The Gaddans refer to the object of their worship as Amanolay, meaning Creator of Man, and his goddess is Dalingay. There are no temples or public ceremonies, but when there's an urgent need, the female priest or sorceress usually calls on the higher spirits. She sprinkles the idol with the blood of a buffalo, chicken, or guinea pig, offers libations, while the Indians raise their hands and shout, “Siggam Cabunian! Siggam Bulamaiag! Siggam aggen!” (O you God! O you beautiful moon! O you star!) A brush is then dipped in palm wine and sprinkled on the attendees. (This is likely an imitation of Catholic sprinkling.) After this, everyone joins in a celebration.

The priests give many examples of what they call Indian ignorance and stupidity, but these examples generally amount only to a disclaimer of all knowledge respecting the mysteries of creation, the origin and future destiny of man, the nature of religious obligations, and the dogmas of the Catholic faith. It may be doubted whether the mere habitual repetition of certain formulas affords more satisfactory evidence of Christian advancement than the openly avowed ignorance of these heathen races.

The priests provide a lot of examples of what they refer to as Indian ignorance and stupidity, but these examples usually just serve as a way to deny any understanding of the mysteries of creation, the origins and future of humanity, the nature of religious duties, and the principles of the Catholic faith. One might question whether simply repeating certain phrases proves more about Christian growth than the candid ignorance of these non-Christian groups.

If an Indian is murdered by one of a neighbouring tribe, and the offence not condoned by some arranged payment, it is deemed an obligation on the part of the injured to retaliate by killing one of the offending tribe.

If an Indian is killed by someone from a neighboring tribe, and the crime isn’t resolved through some agreed-upon compensation, it is expected that the victim's people will retaliate by killing someone from the offending tribe.

The popular amusement is dancing; they form [178]themselves into a circle, stretching out their hands, using their feet alternately, leaping on one and lifting the other behind; so they move round and round with loud cries to the sounds of cylindrical drums struck by both hands.

The popular pastime is dancing; they arrange themselves into a circle, stretching out their hands, using their feet alternately, jumping on one and lifting the other behind; so they move round and round with loud shouts to the beats of hand-played cylindrical drums.

The skulls of animals are frequently used for the decoration of the houses of the Indians. Galvey says he counted in one dwelling, in Capangar, 405 heads of buffaloes and bullocks, and more than a thousand of pigs, causing an intolerable stench.

The skulls of animals are often used to decorate the homes of the Indigenous people. Galvey reports that he counted 405 buffalo and bull skulls in one house in Capangar, along with over a thousand pig skulls, creating an unbearable smell.

They use the bark of the Uplay in cases of intermittent fever, and have much knowledge of the curative qualities of certain herbs; they apply hot iron to counteract severe local pain, so that the flesh becomes cauterized; but they almost invariably have recourse to amulets or charms, and sacrifice fowls and animals, which are distributed among the attendants on the sick persons.

They use the bark of the Uplay for intermittent fever and have a good understanding of the healing properties of certain herbs. They apply hot iron to relieve intense local pain, cauterizing the flesh. However, they almost always turn to amulets or charms and sacrifice chickens and animals, distributing them among those caring for the sick.

Padre Mozo says of the Italons (Luzon) that he has seen them, after murdering an enemy, drink his blood, cut up the lungs, the back of the head, the entrails, and other parts of the body, which they eat raw, avowing that it gave them courage and spirit in war. The skulls are kept in their houses to be exhibited on great occasions. This custom is probably of Bornean origin, for Father Quarteron, the vicar apostolic of that island, told me that he once fell in with a large number of savages who were carrying in procession the human skulls with which their houses were generally adorned, and which they called “giving an airing to their enemies.” The [179]teeth are inserted in the handles of their hangers. After enumerating many more of the barbarous customs of the islands, the good friar Mozo exclaims:—“Fancy our troubles and labours in rescuing such barbarians from the power of the devil!” They sacrifice as many victims as they find fingers opened after death. If the hand be closed, none. They suffer much from cutaneous diseases. The Busaos paint their arms with flowers, and to carry ornaments bore their ears, which are sometimes stretched down to their shoulders. The Ifugaos wear on a necklace pieces of cane denoting the number of enemies they have killed. Galvey says he counted twenty-three worn by one man who fell in an affray with Spanish troops. This tribe frequently attacks travellers in the mountains for the sake of their skulls. The missionaries represent them as the fiercest enemies of Christians. Some of the monks speak of horrible confessions made by Igorrote women after their conversion to Christianity, of their intercourse with monkeys in the woods, and the Padre Lorenzo indulges in long details on the subject, declaring, moreover, that a creature was once brought to him for baptism which “filled him with suspicion.” De Mas reports that a child with long arms, covered with soft hair, and much resembling a monkey, was exhibited by his mother in Viyan, and taught to ask for alms.

Padre Mozo talks about the Italons (Luzon) and says that he has seen them drink the blood of an enemy they’ve killed, cut up the lungs, the back of the head, the intestines, and other body parts, which they eat raw, claiming it gives them courage and strength in battle. They keep the skulls in their homes to show off on special occasions. This practice likely comes from Borneo, as Father Quarteron, the vicar apostolic of that island, told me that he once encountered a large group of savages parading human skulls that decorated their homes, calling it “giving an airing to their enemies.” The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]teeth are attached to the handles of their weapons. After listing many more of the islanders' brutal customs, good friar Mozo exclaims, “Imagine our struggles and efforts to save such barbarians from the devil's grasp!” They sacrifice as many victims as there are fingers open after death. If the hand is closed, none. They suffer greatly from skin diseases. The Busaos paint their arms with flowers and wear earrings that are sometimes stretched down to their shoulders. The Ifugaos wear pieces of cane on a necklace to signify the number of enemies they've killed. Galvey says he counted twenty-three on one man who died in a clash with Spanish troops. This tribe often attacks travelers in the mountains for their skulls. The missionaries describe them as the fiercest enemies of Christians. Some of the monks share disturbing confessions from Igorrote women after they converted to Christianity, discussing their relations with monkeys in the woods, and Padre Lorenzo goes into great detail about it, even stating that a creature was once brought to him for baptism that “made him suspicious.” De Mas reports that a child with long arms, covered in soft hair and resembling a monkey, was shown by his mother in Viyan and taught to beg for money.

De Mas recommends that the Spanish Government should buy the saleable portion of the Mahomedan and pagan tribes, convert them, and employ them [180]in the cultivation of land; and he gives statistics to show that there would be an accumulation of 120 per cent., while their removal would set the Indians together by the ears, who would destroy one another, and relieve the islands from the plague of their presence. This would seem a new chapter in the history of slave-trade experiments. He calculates that there are more than a million pagans and Mahomedans in the islands. Galvey’s “Diary of an Expedition to Benguet in January, 1829,” and another to Bacun in December, 1831, are histories of personal adventures, many of a perilous character, in which many lives were lost, and many habitations destroyed. They are interesting as exhibiting the difficulties of subjugating these mountain races. Galvey conducted several other expeditions, and died in 1839.

De Mas suggests that the Spanish Government should purchase the sellable segment of the Muslim and pagan tribes, convert them, and employ them [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in farming. He provides statistics showing that this would result in a 120 percent gain, while their removal would incite conflict among the Indians, leading them to destroy each other and freeing the islands from the burden of their presence. This could represent a new chapter in the history of slave trade attempts. He estimates that there are over a million pagans and Muslims in the islands. Galvey’s “Diary of an Expedition to Benguet in January, 1829,” and another to Bacun in December, 1831, document personal adventures, many of which were dangerous, resulting in loss of life and destruction of homes. They are compelling as they highlight the challenges faced in subduing these mountain tribes. Galvey led several other missions and passed away in 1839.

There are few facts of more interest, in connection with the changes that are going on in the Oriental world, than the outpouring of the surplus Chinese population into almost every region eastwards of Bengal; and in Calcutta itself there is now a considerable body of Chinese, mostly shoemakers, many of whom have acquired considerable wealth, and they are banded together in that strong gregarious bond of nationality which accompanies them wherever they go, and which is not broken, scarcely even influenced, by the circumstances that surround them. In the islands of the Philippines they have obtained almost a monopoly of the retail trade, and the indolent habits of the natives cannot at all compete with these industrious, frugal, and persevering [181]intruders. Hence they are objects of great dislike to the natives; but, as their generally peaceful demeanour and obedience to the laws give no hold to their enemies, their numbers, their wealth, their importance increase from year to year. Yet they are but birds of passage, who return home to be succeeded by others of their race. They never bring their wives, but take to themselves wives or hand-maidens from the native tribes. Legitimate marriage, however, necessitates the profession of Christianity, and many of them care little for the public avowal of subjection to the Church of Rome. They are allowed no temple to celebrate Buddhist rites, but have cemeteries specially appropriated to them. They pay a fixed contribution, which is regulated by the rank they hold as merchants, traders, shopkeepers, artisans, servants, &c. Whole streets in Manila are occupied by them, and wherever we went we found them the most laborious, the most prosperous of the working classes. Thousands upon thousands of Chinamen arrive, and are scattered over the islands, but not a single Chinese woman accompanies them from their native country.

There are few facts more interesting about the changes happening in the Oriental world than the influx of surplus Chinese population into almost every area east of Bengal. In Calcutta itself, there is now a significant community of Chinese, mostly shoemakers, many of whom have become quite wealthy. They are bonded together by a strong sense of nationality that follows them wherever they go and is hardly affected by their surroundings. In the Philippines, they have nearly monopolized the retail trade, and the laid-back habits of the locals can't compete with these hardworking, frugal, and persistent intruders. As a result, they are greatly disliked by the natives; however, their generally peaceful behavior and adherence to the law give no leverage to their adversaries, allowing their numbers, wealth, and influence to grow each year. Yet, they are merely transient, returning home to be replaced by others of their kind. They never bring their wives but tend to marry or take handmaidens from local tribes. Legal marriage requires the adoption of Christianity, and many of them show little interest in publicly declaring their allegiance to the Church of Rome. They are not permitted to have temples for Buddhist ceremonies but have cemeteries designated for them. They pay a fixed fee that varies according to their status as merchants, traders, shopkeepers, artisans, employees, etc. Entire streets in Manila are filled with them, and wherever we went, we found them to be the hardest-working and most successful members of the working class. Thousands upon thousands of Chinese men arrive and spread across the islands, but not a single Chinese woman travels with them from their homeland.

In the year 1857, 4,232 Chinamen landed in the port of Manila alone, and 2,592 left for China.

In 1857, 4,232 Chinese immigrants arrived at the port of Manila, and 2,592 returned to China.

Of the extraordinary unwillingness of the women of China to emigrate, no more remarkable evidence can be found than in the statistics of the capital of the Philippines. In 1855, there were in the fortress of Manila 525 Chinamen, but of females only two women and five children. In Binondo, 5,055 Chinamen, [182]but of females only eight, all of whom were children. Now, when it is remembered that the Philippines are, with a favourable monsoon, not more than three or four days’ sail from China, that there are abundance of opulent Chinese settled in the island, that the desire of having children and perpetuating a race is universal among the Chinese people, it may be easily conceived that there must be an intensely popular feeling opposed to the emigration of women.

Of the extraordinary reluctance of women in China to emigrate, there's no clearer evidence than the statistics from the capital of the Philippines. In 1855, there were 525 Chinese men in the fortress of Manila, but only two women and five children. In Binondo, there were 5,055 Chinese men, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]but just eight females, all of whom were children. Considering that the Philippines are only three or four days' sail from China when the monsoon is favorable, that there are plenty of wealthy Chinese living on the islands, and that the desire to have children and continue a family line is universal among the Chinese, it’s clear there must be a strong sentiment against the emigration of women.

And such is undoubtedly the fact, and it is a fact which must prove a great barrier to successful coolie emigration. No women have been obtainable either for the British or Spanish colonies, though the exportation of coolies had exceeded 60,000, and except by kidnapping and direct purchase from the procuresses or the brothels, it is certain no woman can be induced to emigrate. This certainty ought to be seriously weighed by the advocates of the importation of Chinese labourers into the colonies of Great Britain. In process of time, Hong Kong will probably furnish some voluntary female emigrants, and the late legalization of emigration by the Canton authorities will accelerate the advent of a result so desirable.

And this is definitely true, and it's a fact that creates a significant obstacle to successful coolie emigration. No women have been available for either the British or Spanish colonies, despite the fact that over 60,000 coolies have been exported, and unless they are kidnapped or directly bought from recruiters or brothels, it's clear that no woman will be persuaded to emigrate. This fact should be carefully considered by those advocating for the importation of Chinese laborers into British colonies. In time, Hong Kong will likely provide some willing female emigrants, and the recent legalization of emigration by the Canton authorities will speed up the arrival of such a desirable outcome.

During five years, ending in 1855, there were for grave crimes only fourteen committals of Chinamen in the whole of the provinces, being an average of less than three per annum; no case of murder, none of robbery with violence, none for rape. There were nine cases of larceny, two of cattle-stealing, one [183]forgery, one coining, one incendiarism. These facts are greatly creditable to the morality of the Chinese settlers. Petty offences are punished, as in the case of the Indians, by their own local principalia.

During the five years ending in 1855, there were only fourteen convictions of Chinese individuals for serious crimes across the entire provinces, which averages to less than three per year. There were no cases of murder, no incidents of robbery with violence, and no charges of rape. There were nine instances of theft, two of cattle theft, one for forgery, one for counterfeiting, and one for arson. These facts highlight the high moral standards of the Chinese settlers. Minor offenses are dealt with, similar to how the Indians are managed, by their own local leaders.

A great majority of the shoemakers in the Philippines are Chinese. Of 784 in the capital, 633 are Chinamen, and 151 natives. Great numbers are carpenters, blacksmiths, water-carriers, cooks, and daily labourers, but a retail shopkeeping trade is the favourite pursuit. Of late, however, many are merging into the rank of wholesale dealers and merchants, exporting and importing large quantities of goods on their own account, and having their subordinate agents scattered over most of the islands. Where will not a Chinaman penetrate—what risks will he not run—to what suffering will he not submit—what enterprises will he not engage in—what perseverance will he not display—if money is to be made? And, in truth, this constitutes his value as a settler: he is economical, patient, persistent, cunning; submissive to the laws, respectful to authority, and seeking only freedom from molestation while he adds dollar to dollar, and when the pile is sufficient for his wants or his ambition, he returns home, to be succeeded by others, exhibiting the same qualities, and in their turn to be rewarded by the same success.

A large majority of the shoemakers in the Philippines are Chinese. Out of 784 in the capital, 633 are Chinese and 151 are natives. Many are carpenters, blacksmiths, water carriers, cooks, and day laborers, but retail shopkeeping is the most popular choice. Recently, however, many are moving into wholesale and becoming merchants, exporting and importing large amounts of goods on their own and having their agents spread across most of the islands. Where won’t a Chinese person go—what risks won’t they take—what hardships will they endure—what ventures will they undertake—what determination will they show—if there’s money to be made? And honestly, this is what makes them valuable settlers: they are frugal, patient, determined, resourceful; they follow the laws, respect authority, and only seek freedom from disturbance while they save money. When their savings reach what they need or aspire to, they return home, making way for others who display the same qualities and, in their turn, achieve similar success.

When encouragement was first given to the Chinese to settle in the Philippines, it was as agricultural labourers, and they were not allowed to exercise any other calling. The Japanese were [184]also invited, of whom scarcely any are now to be found in the islands. The reputation of the Chinese as cultivators of the land no doubt directed the attention of the Manila authorities towards them; but no Chinaman continues in any career if he can discover another more profitable. Besides this, they were no favourites among the rural population, and in their gregarious nature were far more willing to band themselves together in groups and hwey (associations) than to disperse themselves among the pastoral and agricultural races, who were jealous of them as rivals and hated them as heathens. They have created for themselves a position in the towns, and are now too numerous and too wealthy to be disregarded or seriously oppressed. They are mostly from the province of Fokien, and Amoy is the principal port of their embarkation. I did not find among them a single individual who spoke the classical language of China, though a large proportion read the Chinese character.

When the Chinese were first encouraged to settle in the Philippines, it was as agricultural workers, and they weren't allowed to pursue any other jobs. The Japanese were [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]also invited, but few can now be found in the islands. The Manila authorities were likely drawn to the Chinese because of their reputation as skilled farmers; however, no Chinese person sticks with a job if they find a more lucrative option. Additionally, they weren't well-liked by the local population, and their tendency to form groups and associations, known as hwey, made them less inclined to mix with the farming communities, who viewed them as competition and resented them as non-believers. They have established themselves in the towns and are now too numerous and wealthy to be overlooked or seriously oppressed. Most are from the Fujian province, and Amoy is the main port they use to leave. I didn't encounter a single person among them who spoke the classical Chinese language, although many could read Chinese characters.

When a Chinese is examined on oath, the formula of cutting off the head of a white cock is performed by the witness, who is told that, if he do not utter the truth, the blood of his family will, like that of the cock, be spilt and perdition overtake them. My long experience of the Chinese compels me to say that I believe no oath whatever—nothing but the apprehension of punishment—affords any, the least security against perjury. In our courts in China various forms have at different times been used—cock beheading; the breaking of a piece of pottery; the witness repeating [185]imprecations on himself, and inviting the breaking up of all his felicities if he lied; the burning of a piece of paper inscribed with a form of oath, and an engagement to be consumed in hell, as that paper on earth, if he spoke not the truth;—these and other ceremonies have utterly failed in obtaining any security for veracity. While I was governor of Hong Kong an ordinance was passed abolishing the oath-taking, as regards the Chinese, and punishing them severely as perjurers when they gave false testimony. The experiment has succeeded in greatly fortifying and encouraging the utterance of truth and in checking obscurity and mendacity. I inquired once of an influential person in Canton what were the ceremonies employed among themselves where they sought security for truthful evidence. He said there was one temple in which a promise made would be held more binding than if made in any other locality; but he acknowledged their tribunals had no real security for veracity. There is a Chinese proverb which says, “Puh tah, puh chaou,” meaning “Without blows, no truth;” and the torture is constantly applied to witnesses in judicial cases. The Chinese religiously respect their written, and generally their ceremonial, engagements—they “lose face” if these are dishonoured. But little disgrace attends lying, especially when undetected and unpunished, and the art of lying is one of the best understood arts of government. Lies to deceive barbarians are even recommended and encouraged in some of their classical books. [186]

When a Chinese person is sworn in, they perform the ritual of cutting off the head of a white rooster. The witness is told that if they don’t tell the truth, the blood of their family will be shed just like that of the rooster, leading to their doom. Based on my long experience with the Chinese, I believe that no oath—nothing but the fear of punishment—provides any real security against lying. In our Chinese courts, different methods have been used over time—beheading a rooster, breaking a piece of pottery, the witness cursing themselves and inviting the destruction of all their happiness if they lie, burning a piece of paper with an oath and promising to be damned in hell like that paper if they don’t speak the truth—these and other rituals have completely failed to ensure honesty. While I was governor of Hong Kong, a law was passed that did away with oath-taking for the Chinese, punishing them severely for perjury when they gave false testimony. This change has successfully encouraged people to speak the truth and has reduced dishonesty. I once asked a prominent individual in Canton what rituals they used among themselves to ensure truthful evidence. He mentioned a specific temple where a promise would be considered more binding than elsewhere; however, he acknowledged that their courts had no real method for ensuring honesty. There’s a Chinese saying, “Puh tah, puh chaou,” which means “Without punishment, no truth,” and torture is frequently used on witnesses in legal cases. The Chinese hold their written and ceremonial commitments in high regard—they “lose face” if these are broken. However, little shame is associated with lying, especially when it goes undetected and unpunished, and the skill of deception is one of the better understood arts of governance. In some of their classical texts, they even recommend and promote lies to trick outsiders. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER IX.

ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE.

The supreme court of justice in the Philippines is the Audiencia established in Manila, which is the tribunal of appeal from the subordinate jurisdiction, and the consultative council of the Governor-General in cases of gravity.

The highest court of justice in the Philippines is the Audiencia based in Manila, which serves as the appellate court for lower-level jurisdictions and acts as the advisory council for the Governor-General in serious cases.

The court is composed of seven oidores, or judges. The president takes the title of Regent. There are two government advocates, one for criminal, the other for civil causes, and a variety of subordinate officers. There are no less than eighty barristers, matriculated to practise in the Audiencia.

The court consists of seven oidores, or judges. The president is called the Regent. There are two government advocates: one for criminal cases and the other for civil matters, along with various subordinate officials. At least eighty barristers are registered to practice in the Audiencia.

A Tribunal de Comercio, presided over by a judge nominated by the authorities, and assisted, under the title of Consules, by gentlemen selected from the principal mercantile establishments of the capital, is charged with the settlement of commercial disputes. There is a right of appeal to the Audiencia, but scarcely any instance of its being exercised. [187]

A Tribunal de Comercio, led by a judge appointed by the authorities, and supported by individuals known as Consules, chosen from major businesses in the capital, is responsible for resolving commercial disputes. There is an option to appeal to the Audiencia, but it's rarely used. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

There is a censorship called the Comercia permanente de censura. It consists of four ecclesiastics and four civilians, presided over by the civil fiscal, and its authority extends to all books imported into or printed in the islands.

There is a censorship called the Comercia permanente de censura. It consists of four religious officials and four civilians, led by the civil prosecutor, and its authority covers all books imported into or printed in the islands.

There are fourscore lawyers (abogados) in Manila. As far as my experience goes, lawyers are the curse of colonies. I remember one of the most intelligent of the Chinese merchants who had settled at Singapore, after having been long established at Hong Kong, telling me that all the disadvantages of Singapore were more than compensated by the absence of “the profession,” and all the recommendations of Hong Kong more than counterbalanced by the presence of gentlemen occupied in fomenting, and recompensed for fomenting, litigations and quarrels. Many of them make large fortunes, not unfrequently at the expense of substantial justice. A sound observer says, that in the Philippines truth is swamped by the superfluity of law documents. The doors opened for the protection of innocence are made entrances for chicanery, and discussions are carried on without any regard to the decorum which prevails in European courts. Violent invectives, recriminations, personalities, and calumnies, are ventured upon under the protection of professional privilege. When I compare the equitable, prompt, sensible and inexpensive judgments of the consular courts in China with the results of the costly, tardy, unsatisfactory technicalities of judicial proceedings in many colonies, I would desire a general proviso that no tribunal [188]should be accessible in civil cases until after an examination by a court of conciliation. The extortions to which the Chinese are subjected, in Hong Kong, for example—and I speak from personal knowledge—make one blush for “the squeezing” to which, indeed, the corruption of their own mandarins have but too much accustomed them. In the Philippines there is a great mass of unwritten, or at least unprinted, law, emanating from different and independent sources, often contradictory, introduced traditionally, quoted erroneously; a farrago, in which the “Leyes de Indias,” the “Siete partidas,” the “Novisima recompilacion,” the Roman code, the ancient and the royal fueros—to say nothing of proclamations, decrees, notifications, orders, bandos—produce all the “toil and trouble” of the witches’ cauldron, stirred by the evil genii of discord and disputation.

There are eighty lawyers (abogados) in Manila. In my experience, lawyers are a burden in colonies. I remember a very smart Chinese merchant who had moved to Singapore after being established in Hong Kong telling me that all the downsides of Singapore were outweighed by the lack of “the profession,” while all the advantages of Hong Kong were negated by the presence of people who instigate and profit from lawsuits and disputes. Many of them make a lot of money, often at the cost of real justice. A keen observer points out that in the Philippines, the truth gets buried under a mountain of legal documents. The avenues meant to protect the innocent become gateways for trickery, and debates happen without any regard for the decorum seen in European courts. Harsh insults, accusations, personal attacks, and slanders are thrown around under the shield of professional privilege. When I compare the fair, quick, sensible, and affordable judgments of the consular courts in China with the costly, slow, and frustrating legal formalities in many colonies, I wish there was a rule that no court [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] should be available for civil cases until they've been reviewed by a court of conciliation. The extortion the Chinese face in Hong Kong, for example—and I speak from personal experience—makes one feel ashamed for the “squeezing” they endure, which their own corrupt officials have unfortunately made them accustomed to. In the Philippines, there exists a huge body of unwritten, or at least unprinted, law coming from different independent sources, often contradictory, introduced through tradition, and cited incorrectly; a confusing mix where the “Laws of the Indies,” the “Seven games,” the “Latest compilation,” the Roman code, the old and royal fueros—let alone proclamations, decrees, notifications, orders, and bandos—create all the “toil and trouble” of a witches’ cauldron, stirred by the evil spirits of conflict and argument.

Games of chance (juegos de azar) are strictly prohibited in the Philippines, but the prohibition is utterly inefficient; and, as I have mentioned before, the Manila papers are crowded with lists of persons fined or imprisoned for violation of the law; sometimes forty or fifty are cited in a single newspaper. More than one captain-general has informed me that the severity of the penalty has not checked the universality of the offence, connived at and participated in by both ecclesiastics and civilians.

Games of chance (juegos de azar) are completely banned in the Philippines, but the ban is totally ineffective; as I've mentioned before, the Manila newspapers are filled with names of people fined or jailed for breaking the law; sometimes forty or fifty are listed in one issue. More than one governor-general has told me that the harsh penalties haven't stopped the widespread nature of the offense, which is overlooked and participated in by both religious figures and regular citizens.

The fines are fifty dollars for the first, and one hundred dollars for the second, offence, and for the third, the punishment which attaches to vagabondage—imprisonment and the chain-gang. [189]

The fines are $50 for the first offense, $100 for the second, and for the third, the penalty for vagrancy—imprisonment and hard labor. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Billiard-tables pay a tax of six dollars per month. There is an inferior wooden table which pays half that sum.

Billiard tables are taxed six dollars a month. There's a cheaper wooden table that pays half that amount.

The criminal statistics of five years, from 1851 to 1855 present the following total number of convictions for the graver offences. They comprise the returns from all the provinces. Of the whole number of criminals, more than one-half are from 20 to 29 years old; one-third from 30 to 39; one-ninth from 40 to 49; one-twentieth from 15 to 19; and one-forty-fifth above 50.

The criminal statistics from 1851 to 1855 show the total number of convictions for serious offenses. These include data from all provinces. More than half of the criminals are aged 20 to 29; one-third are between 30 and 39; one-ninth are from 40 to 49; one-twentieth are aged 15 to 19; and one-fortieth are over 50.

They consist of 467 married, 81 widowers, and 690 unmarried men.

They include 467 married men, 81 widowed men, and 690 single men.

During the said period 236 had completed the terms of their sentences, 217 had died, and 785 remained at the date of the returns.

During that period, 236 had finished their sentences, 217 had passed away, and 785 were still incarcerated at the time of the report.

Adultery 1 Brought forward 259
Adultery, with homicide 1 Murder, with wounding and
Prohibited arms 7 robbery 314
Abandonment of post 6 Robberies 390
Bigamy 1 Robberies, with violence 120
Drunkenness 2 Robberies of Tobacco 6
Horse and cattle stealing 21 Robberies on bodies (Dacoits) 36
Conspiracy 17 Wounding in quarrels 44
Smuggling 1 Wounding (causing death) 7
Deserters 126 Incendiarism 4
Rape 14 Incendiarism, with robbery 16
Rape and incest 4 Incest 6
Rape and robbery 6 Mutiny 7
Poisoning 2 Nonpayment of fines 3
Forging passports 13 False name 1
Fraudulent distilling 1 Parricide 2
Vagabonds 35 Resistance to military 18
Coining 1 Escape from prison 5
Carried forward 259 Total 1,238

In the city of Manila there was only one conviction [190]for murder in five years. The proportion of the graver offences in the different provinces is nearly the same, except in the island of Negros, where of forty-four criminals, twenty-eight were convicted of murder. [191]

In the city of Manila, there was only one murder conviction in five years. The rate of serious offenses across different provinces is almost the same, except in the island of Negros, where out of forty-four criminals, twenty-eight were convicted of murder.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER X.

ARMY AND NAVY.

The army of the Philippines, with the exception of two brigades of artillery and a corps of engineers which are furnished by Spain, is recruited from the Indians, and presents an appearance generally satisfactory. They are wholly officered by Europeans.

The army of the Philippines, apart from two artillery brigades and a corps of engineers provided by Spain, is made up of locals and has a generally satisfactory appearance. All the officers are European.

There are nine regiments of native infantry, one of cavalry, called the Luzon Lancers, and there is a reserve corps of officers called Cuadro de Remplazos, from whom individuals are selected to fill up vacancies.

There are nine regiments of native infantry, one cavalry regiment known as the Luzon Lancers, and a reserve corps of officers called Cuadro de Remplazos, from which individuals are chosen to fill vacancies.

There is a small body of Alabarderos de servicio at the palace in the special service of the captain-general. Their origin dates from A.D. 1590, and their halberds and costume add to the picturesque character of the palace and the receptions there.

There is a small group of Alabarderos de servicio at the palace serving under the captain-general. They originated in CE 1590, and their halberds and uniforms contribute to the charming atmosphere of the palace and its receptions.

There are also four companies called the Urban Militia of Manila, composed of Spaniards, who may be called upon by the governor for special services or in cases of emergency.

There are also four companies known as the Urban Militia of Manila, made up of Spaniards, who can be called upon by the governor for special services or in emergencies.

A medical board exercises a general inspection over the troops. Its superior functionaries are European [192]Spaniards. Hospitals in which the military invalids are received are subject to the authority of the medical board as far as the treatment of such invalids is concerned. The medical board nominates an officer to each of the regiments, who is called an Ayudante.

A medical board conducts general inspections of the troops. Its senior officials are European Spaniards. Hospitals that take in military invalids fall under the medical board's authority regarding the treatment of these invalids. The medical board appoints an officer to each regiment, known as an Ayudante.

Of late a considerable body of native troops has been sent from Manila to Cochin China, in order to co-operate with the French military and marine forces in that country. They are reported to have behaved well in a service which can have had few attractions, and in which they have been exposed to many sufferings, in consequence of the climate and the hostile attitude of the native inhabitants. What object the Spaniards had in taking so important a part in this expedition to Touron remains hitherto unexplained. Territory and harbours in Oriental regions, rich and abundant, they hold in superfluity; and assuredly Cochin China affords nothing very inviting to well-informed ambition; nor are the Philippines in a condition to sacrifice their population to distant, uncertain, perilous, and costly adventures. There is no national pride to be flattered by Annamite conquests, and the murder of a Spanish bishop may be considered as atoned for by the destruction of the forts and scattering of the people, at the price, however, of the lives of hundreds of Christians and of a heavy pecuniary outlay. France has its purposes—frankly enough disclosed—to obtain some port, some possession of her own, in or near the China seas. I do not think such a step warrants [193]distrust or jealousy on our part. The question may be asked, whether the experiment is worth the cost? Probably not, for France has scarcely any commercial interest in China or the neighbouring countries; nor is her colonial system, fettered as it always has been by protections and prohibitions, likely to create such interest. In the remote East, France can carry on no successful rivalry with Great Britain, the United States, Holland, or Spain, each of which has points of geographical superiority and influence which to France are not accessible. One condition is a sine quâ non in these days of trading rivalry—lowness of price, associated with cheapness of transport. France offers neither to the foreign consumer in any of the great articles of supply: she will have high prices for her producers.

Recently, a significant group of native troops has been sent from Manila to Cochin China to support the French military and naval forces there. They've reportedly performed well in a situation that had few perks and exposed them to many hardships due to the climate and the unfriendly attitude of the local people. The reasons behind the Spaniards’ important role in this Touron expedition remain unclear. They already possess plenty of territory and harbors in Asia, and Cochin China doesn't seem particularly appealing to those with informed ambitions. Additionally, the Philippines cannot afford to risk its population in distant, uncertain, hazardous, and expensive ventures. There’s no national pride to be gained from conquering Annamites, and the killing of a Spanish bishop might be considered avenged with the destruction of forts and the dispersal of the locals, albeit at the cost of many Christian lives and significant financial expenditure. France has its goals—clearly articulated—to secure a port or some territory of its own near the China seas. I don’t believe this warrants [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] distrust or jealousy from us. One might wonder if this effort is worth the expense. Probably not, as France has minimal commercial interests in China or its neighboring countries; her colonial system, restricted by protections and prohibitions, isn't likely to generate such interests. In the far East, France cannot successfully compete with Great Britain, the United States, Holland, or Spain, each of which has geographical advantages and influence that are unavailable to France. One key requirement in today’s competitive trade environment is low prices, coupled with inexpensive transportation. France offers neither to foreign consumers for any major supply goods: she will demand high prices for her producers.

The maritime forces are under the orders of the commandant of the station. They consist of four steamers and one brig-of-war, six gunboats, and a considerable number of faluas (feluccas), which are employed in the coasting service and for the suppression of piracy. [194]

The naval forces are under the command of the station's leader. They include four steamers and one war brig, six gunboats, and a significant number of faluas (feluccas), which are used for coastal operations and to fight against piracy. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XI.

PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.

Public instruction is in an unsatisfactory state in the Philippines—the provisions are little changed from those of the monkish ages.

Public education is in a poor state in the Philippines—the arrangements are barely different from those of the monastic times.

In the University of St. Thomas there are about a thousand students. The professorships are of theology, the canon and civil law, metaphysics and grammar; but no attention is given to the natural sciences, to the modern languages, nor have any of the educational reforms which have penetrated most of the colleges of Europe and America found their way to the Philippines. In the colegios and schools what is called philosophy, rhetoric and Latin are the principal objects of attention. The most numerously attended of these establishments were founded two or three centuries ago, and pursue the same course of instruction which was adopted at their first establishment. There are several colleges and convents for women. That of Santa Potenciana was established under a royal decree, dated A.D. 1589, which requires that girls (doncellas) be received and taught to “live modestly” (honestamente), and, under sound [195]doctrine, to “come out” for “marriage and propagation of the race” (hagan propagacion). There is a nautical school, of which I heard a favourable report, and an academy of painting, which has hitherto produced no Murillo or Velasquez. The best native works of art which I saw were two heads of the Virgin and St. Francisco, carved by an Indian in ivory, and which adorn the convent of Lucban, in the province of Tayabas. The good friars attributed to them almost miraculous virtues, and assured me that, though heavy rains preceded and followed the processions in which the images were introduced, a bright and beautiful sunshine accompanied them in their progress.

At the University of St. Thomas, there are about a thousand students. The subjects taught include theology, canon and civil law, metaphysics, and grammar, but there's no focus on the natural sciences or modern languages. Also, the educational reforms that have impacted most colleges in Europe and America haven't reached the Philippines. In the colegios and schools, philosophy, rhetoric, and Latin are the main areas of focus. The most popular institutions were founded two or three centuries ago and continue to follow the same curriculum from when they were established. There are several colleges and convents for women. The Santa Potenciana convent was established under a royal decree dated CE 1589, which mandates that girls (doncellas) be received and taught to “live modestly” (honestamente), and, according to sound [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] doctrine, to prepare for “marriage and raising a family” (hagan propagacion). There's a nautical school, which I've heard good things about, and an art academy that hasn't yet produced a Murillo or Velasquez. The best native artworks I saw were two carvings of the Virgin and St. Francisco, made from ivory by an Indian, which are displayed in the convent of Lucban, in the province of Tayabas. The good friars claimed that these pieces had almost miraculous powers and assured me that, despite heavy rains before and after the processions where the images were featured, a bright and beautiful sunshine followed them along the way.

Among the novel objects that meet the eye in Manila, especially on the morning of religious fiestas, are groups of veiled women, wearing a dark mysterious costume, who visit the different churches. Their dress is a black woollen or silken petticoat, over which is a large shining mantilla, or veil, of a deep mulberry colour; others wear the ancient hooded Andalusian black cloak. There are the sisterhoods called the Colegialas de los Beaterios—religious establishments in which young women receive their education; some supported by “pious foundations,” others by voluntary contributions. The rules of these convents vary, as some of the nuns never quit the buildings, others visit the churches under the guardianship of a “mother;” in some it is permitted to the colegiala to join her family at certain seasons, and to participate in social enjoyments [196]at home or abroad. These pay for their education sums varying from two to eight dollars a month, according to the regulations of the different beaterios, which have also their distinguishing costumes in some of the details, such as the colour of the lining of their dress. It is said there is scarcely a family of respectability in Manila that has not one daughter at least in a beaterio. In that of Santa Rosa the monthly pay is five dollars. Its inmates rise at five A.M., to chant the trisagio (holy, holy, holy), to hear mass and engage in devotion for the first part of the rosary till six; then to wash and dress; breakfast at half-past six; instruction from seven to ten; dinner at half-past eleven in the refectory; siesta and rest till half-past two P.M.; devotion in the chapel, going through the second part of the rosary; instruction from half-past three till half-past five; at the “oration,” they return to the chapel, recite the third part of the rosary, and engage in reading or meditation for half an hour; sup at eight P.M.; enjoy themselves in the cloister or garden till nine; another prayer, and they retire to their cells. In the beaterio of St. Sebastian of Calumpang the inmates rise at four A.M.: the pay is five dollars; but the general arrangements are the same as those described. In the beaterio of Santa Catalina de Sena they are not allowed to leave the convent. The pay is eight dollars: it has the reputation of superior accommodation, and less economical food. The beaterio of the Jesuits has about 900 inmates; but this number is much exceeded in Lent, when [197]great numbers enter to perform their spiritual exercises. The pay is only two dollars per month; but much sewing and washing is done within the convent for its support. When the Jesuits were expelled, the direction of this beaterio passed to the vicar-general of the archbishopric.

Among the unique sights in Manila, especially on the morning of religious fiestas, are groups of veiled women dressed in dark, mysterious outfits visiting different churches. They wear a black woolen or silk petticoat, topped with a large, shiny mantilla, or veil, in a deep mulberry color; some choose the traditional hooded Andalusian black cloak. There are sisterhoods known as the Colegialas de los Beaterios—religious institutions where young women receive their education; some are supported by “pious foundations,” while others rely on voluntary donations. The rules of these convents vary; some nuns never leave the buildings, while others visit churches under the supervision of a “mother." In some cases, the colegialas can join their families during certain times and take part in social activities at home or elsewhere. They pay monthly tuition fees that range from two to eight dollars depending on the specific beaterio's rules, which also have different dress codes including the color of their dress lining. It's said that almost every respectable family in Manila has at least one daughter in a beaterio. At Santa Rosa, the fee is five dollars a month. Residents wake up at five AM to chant the trisagio (holy, holy, holy), attend mass, and engage in devotion for the first part of the rosary until six; then, they wash and get dressed, have breakfast at six-thirty, receive instruction from seven to ten, dine at eleven-thirty in the refectory, and take a siesta until two-thirty P.M.. They have devotion in the chapel, going through the second part of the rosary; instructions follow from three-thirty to five-thirty; during the “oration,” they return to the chapel, recite the third part of the rosary, and read or meditate for half an hour. They have supper at eight P.M., enjoy the cloister or garden until nine, say another prayer, and then retire to their cells. In the beaterio of St. Sebastian of Calumpang, residents wake up at four AM, with the same monthly fee of five dollars, but the general schedule is similar to what’s described. The beaterio of Santa Catalina de Sena does not allow residents to leave the convent. The fee is eight dollars, and it is known for its better accommodation and less economical meals. The Jesuit beaterio houses about 900 residents, but this number increases significantly during Lent, when many come to engage in spiritual exercises. The monthly fee is only two dollars, but a lot of sewing and washing is done within the convent to support it. After the Jesuits were expelled, the management of this beaterio was handed over to the vicar-general of the archbishopric.

The beaterio of Pasig is solely devoted to the reception of Indian orphans, and its founder required that they should be taught “Christian doctrine, sewing, reading, writing, embroidery, and other instruction becoming the sex.”

The beaterio of Pasig is exclusively dedicated to taking in Indian orphans, and its founder insisted that they should learn “Christian doctrine, sewing, reading, writing, embroidery, and other subjects suitable for their gender.”

There are many charitable institutions in Manila. The Jesuits, afterwards expelled from the Philippines by Carlos II., founded several of the most important. The Hospital of San Juan de Dios has 112 beds; that of San José de Cavite 250, of which 104 are for soldiers, and the rest for paupers and criminals. There is an Administracion de Obras Pias, under the direction of the archbishop, the regent, and some of the superior civil authorities, which lends money to the Indians to the value of two-thirds of their landed property, one-half of their value on plate and jewellery, and insures vessels employed in the coasting trade. A caja de comunidad exacts half a rial (3¼d.) annually from the Chinese and Indians for the payment of “schoolmasters, vaccinators, defence of criminals, chanters, and sacristans of churches.” The fund is administered by the directing board of finance.

There are many charitable organizations in Manila. The Jesuits, who were later expelled from the Philippines by Carlos II, established several of the most significant ones. The Hospital of San Juan de Dios has 112 beds; the Hospital of San José de Cavite has 250, with 104 designated for soldiers and the rest for the poor and criminals. There is an Administracion de Obras Pias, overseen by the archbishop, the regent, and some senior civil authorities, which provides loans to the Indigenous people worth two-thirds of their land value, half of their worth in silver and jewelry, and insures ships used in coastal trade. A caja de comunidad collects half a rial (3¼d.) each year from the Chinese and Indigenous people to cover expenses for “teachers, vaccinators, defense for criminals, cantors, and sacristans of churches.” The fund is managed by the finance directing board.

The history of the Hospital of St. Lazarus, under charge of the Franciscan friars, is not without interest. [198]It was constructed for the use of the natives in 1578, was enlarged, and twice consumed by fire. In the year 1632, it received 150 Christian lepers exiled from Japan, and thence took its present name. It was demolished by the captain-general in 1662, when the Chinese pirates menaced the capital, as it was deemed an impediment to the defence of the place. The inmates were removed; and another hospital was built, which was again destroyed in 1783, in consequence of its having been useful to the English in their invasion in 1762; but a few years afterwards the present edifice was built on lands which belonged to the Jesuits before the extinction of their society in the Philippines. [199]

The history of the Hospital of St. Lazarus, managed by the Franciscan friars, is quite intriguing. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] It was established for the local people in 1578, expanded later, and twice destroyed by fire. In 1632, it took in 150 Christian lepers who were exiled from Japan, which is how it got its current name. The captain-general ordered its demolition in 1662 when Chinese pirates threatened the capital, as it was seen as a barrier to defense. The residents were relocated, and a new hospital was built, which was again destroyed in 1783 because it had aided the English during their invasion in 1762. A few years later, the current building was constructed on land that previously belonged to the Jesuits before their society was dissolved in the Philippines. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XII.

ECCLESIASTICAL AUTHORITY.

There are in the Philippines one archiepiscopal and three episcopal sees. The metropolitan archbishopric of Manila was founded by Clement VII. in 1595, and endowed by Philip II. with a revenue of 500,000 maravedis (= 200l. sterling). The bishopric of New Segovia was created at the same time with a similar endowment. The see is now (1859) vacant. The bishopric of Cebu was established in 1567, soon after the conquest of the island by the Spaniards. Nueva Caceres has also a bishop. The selection of candidates for these ecclesiastical honours has been generally left to the religious brotherhood who are most numerous in the district where there is a vacancy, and the candidate, being approved by the sovereign of Spain, is submitted to the Pope for confirmation. Some nominations have taken place where the bishop elect has not been willing to quit the mother-country for the colonies, which I was informed had caused the adoption of a resolution not to install a bishop until [200]he has taken possession of his see. Most of the ecclesiastical authority is in the hands of the friars or regular clergy. There are proportionally few secular priests in the islands. The Dominicans and Augustine monks have large possessions, especially in the central and southern provinces; the Franciscans are most numerous in the northern. To the hospitality and kindness of the friars during the whole of my journey I bear a willing and grateful testimony. Everywhere the convents were opened to us with cordial welcome, and I attribute much of the display of attention on the part of the Indians to the reception we everywhere experienced from the Spanish padres. The Dominican monks have charge of the mission to Fokien, in China, and Tonquin.

There is one archiepiscopal and three episcopal sees in the Philippines. The metropolitan archbishopric of Manila was established by Clement VII in 1595 and was granted a revenue of 500,000 maravedis (approximately £200 sterling) by Philip II. The bishopric of New Segovia was created at the same time with a similar endowment. That see is currently (1859) vacant. The bishopric of Cebu was set up in 1567, shortly after the Spaniards conquered the island. Nueva Caceres also has a bishop. The choice of candidates for these ecclesiastical positions has generally been left to the religious brotherhood that is most numerous in the area with a vacancy, and the candidate, once approved by the sovereign of Spain, is submitted to the Pope for confirmation. There have been cases where the bishop-elect was unwilling to leave the mother country for the colonies, which I heard led to a decision not to install a bishop until he has taken possession of his see. Most of the ecclesiastical authority is held by the friars or regular clergy. There are relatively few secular priests in the islands. The Dominicans and Augustinian monks own large amounts of land, especially in the central and southern provinces, while the Franciscans are most numerous in the north. I sincerely and gratefully acknowledge the hospitality and kindness of the friars throughout my journey. The convents welcomed us warmly everywhere, and I believe the attention we received from the Indians was largely due to the reception we received from the Spanish padres. The Dominican monks are responsible for the mission to Fokien in China and Tonquin.

The ecclesiastical records of the Philippines overflow with evidences of the bitter, and sometimes bloody, controversies of the Church with the civil authority, and with quarrels of the religious bodies among themselves. In the year 1710 the Dominicans declared themselves not subject to the jurisdiction of diocesan visits. One of their resolutions says:—“The provinces hold it for evident and certain that such visits would lead to the perdition of religious ministers, which is the opinion that has been for many years held by grave and zealous ecclesiastics and superior prelates who have dwelt in the province.” In 1757 the Augustine friars (calzados) were menaced with the confiscation of their property if they denied the supreme authority and the admission [201]of parochial curates regularly appointed; and they resolved that such submission “would be the ruin of their institution and to the notable detriment of souls.” In 1767 Benedict XIV. published a bull insisting on the recognition of the metropolitan authority, which was still resisted by the Augustines. In 1775 a royal mandate was issued at Madrid insisting that all regular curates be submitted to their provincial in questions de vitâ et moribus, to the bishop, in all matters of spiritual administration, and to the captain-general as vice-regal patron. Whether the ecclesiastical police is better kept by the interference of the higher authorities, or by the independent action among themselves of the different religious orders, is a question much debated, but the substantive fact remains that the friar has an enormous and little-controlled influence in the locality of his cure, and that where abuses exist it is very difficult to collect evidence, and still more so to inflict punishment in case of his misdoings.

The church records of the Philippines are filled with evidence of the bitter and sometimes violent conflicts between the Church and civil authorities, as well as disputes among the religious groups themselves. In 1710, the Dominicans declared that they were not subject to the jurisdiction of diocesan visits. One of their resolutions states: “The provinces clearly believe that such visits would lead to the downfall of religious ministers, which has been the opinion of serious and dedicated church leaders and senior officials who have lived in the province for many years.” In 1757, the Augustinian friars were threatened with having their property confiscated if they denied the supreme authority and the recognition of regularly appointed parish curates; they decided that such submission “would ruin their institution and significantly harm souls.” In 1767, Benedict XIV published a bull that insisted on acknowledging the metropolitan authority, which the Augustinians still resisted. In 1775, a royal mandate was issued in Madrid stating that all regular curates must answer to their provincial in matters of conduct and behavior, to the bishop in all spiritual administration matters, and to the captain-general as the vice-regal patron. Whether ecclesiastical oversight is better maintained through the interference of higher authorities or through the independent actions of different religious orders is a heavily debated question, but the undeniable fact is that the friar holds great and largely unchecked influence in his parish, and where abuses occur, it is very challenging to gather evidence and even harder to impose punishment for his wrongdoings.

It cannot be denied that, in the language of Tomas de Comyn, “the missionaries were the real conquerors of the Philippines; their arms were not, indeed, those of the warrior, but they gave laws to millions, and, scattered though they were, they established by unity of purpose and of action a permanent empire over immense multitudes of men.” Up to the present hour there are probably few parishes in which the gobernadorcillo, having received a mandate from the civil authority, fails to consult the [202]friar, and the efficiency and activity of the Indian functionary in giving effect to the mandate will much depend on the views the padre may take of the orders issued.

It’s clear that, as Tomas de Comyn put it, "the missionaries were the true conquerors of the Philippines; their weapons weren’t those of a warrior, but they created laws for millions, and, although they were spread out, they established a lasting empire with a unified purpose and action over vast numbers of people." Even today, there are likely very few parishes where the gobernadorcillo, having received a directive from the civil authority, does not consult the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]friar. The effectiveness and responsiveness of the Indian official in carrying out the directive will heavily depend on the perspective the padre has regarding the orders given.

Religious processions are the pride and the passion of the Filipinos, and on great festivals they bring together prodigious crowds both as actors and spectators. The most brilliant are those which take place after sunset, when some thousands of persons carry lighted wax candles, and the procession is sometimes a mile long, composed of all the military and civil authorities and of the ecclesiastical functionaries, vying with each other in the display of their zeal and devotion. On these occasions splendidly dressed images of the various objects of veneration form an important part of the ceremonial. I was assured that the jewels worn by the image of Nuestra Señora de la Imaculada Concepcion on the day of her festival exceeded 25,000 dollars in value. Numerous bands of music accompany the show. One of the most interesting parts of the exhibition is the number of little girls prettily and fancifully dressed in white, who follow some of the images of the saints or the palio of the archbishop. One of the processions witnessed was forty minutes in passing, and of immense length, the whole way being lined with bearers of wax lights on both sides. There seems a rivalry among the religious orders as to whose displays shall be the most effective and imposing. The images are of the size of life, and clad in gorgeous garments encumbered with ornaments. [203]They are borne on the shoulders of their votaries, occupying a platform, whence they are visible to the crowd.1 [204]

Religious processions are a source of pride and passion for Filipinos, and during major festivals, they gather huge crowds, both participants and onlookers. The most spectacular ones happen after sunset, when thousands of people carry lit wax candles, and the procession can stretch for a mile. It includes all the military and civil leaders, as well as church officials, who compete to showcase their enthusiasm and devotion. On these occasions, beautifully adorned statues of various venerated figures are a key part of the ceremony. I was told that the jewels worn by the statue of Nuestra Señora de la Imaculada Concepcion during her festival are worth over $25,000. Numerous musical bands accompany the spectacle. One of the most charming aspects is the many little girls dressed elegantly and fancifully in white, who follow behind some of the saint statues or the palio of the archbishop. One of the processions I observed took forty minutes to pass and was incredibly long, with people carrying wax lights lining both sides of the route. There seems to be a competition among the religious orders to see whose displays can be the most striking and impressive. The statues are lifelike in size, adorned in splendid garments laden with decorations. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] They are carried on the shoulders of their followers, raised on a platform so that everyone in the crowd can see them.1 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

These religious ceremonials, so dear to, and so characteristic of, the Filipinos, are called Pentacasi. Everybody seems to take a part, whether within or without doors. All invite or are invited, and busy hands are engaged in making sweetmeats, preparing meats, or adorning apartments (with furniture borrowed from all sides, a favour to be reciprocated in [205]turn), musicians are collected, strangers are sought for, and universal bustle pervades the locality.

These religious ceremonies, so beloved and typical of the Filipinos, are called Pentacasi. Everyone seems to participate, whether indoors or outdoors. Everyone invites or is invited, and busy hands are involved in making sweets, preparing food, or decorating rooms (with furniture borrowed from all around, a favor to be returned in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]turn), musicians gather, newcomers are looked for, and a general excitement fills the area.

“On the eve preceding the festival,” says a native author, describing what takes place in the neighbourhood of Manila, “the pueblo exhibits all the activity of preparation. In the streets, handsome arches are constructed of bamboo, covered with painted linen, and representing various orders of architecture; graceful drapery is suspended over the arch, which has sundry openings or windows, in which variegated lanterns are placed (an art taught, no doubt, by the Chinese, who possess it in perfection). Within the lanterns ornamented figures are kept in perpetual movement by the heated atmosphere. Nosegays of artificial flowers, groups of fruits, and various devices decorate the houses, and the local musicians serenade the priests and the authorities; while the whole population crowd the church for the vesper service. The dalagas (girls) prepare their gayest attire to take part in the procession, in which queens and saints and various scriptural personages are represented by the Zagalas or females of the leading families, in garments of velvet and gold, with all the jewels that can be collected—not that always the costume testifies to much classical or historical knowledge; it is, however, very gay and gorgeous, satisfactory to the wearers, admired and applauded by the spectators. Popular songs are sung to the music of the guitar, and the gaieties are carried on to the midnight hour. At eight o’clock on the following morning mass is attended, a sermon preached, a procession [206]follows, and all retire to their dwellings to escape the heat of the day; but in the principal houses repasts are ready for any guests who may call, and a considerable variety of Indian dishes are laid out upon the table. At four P.M., the military arrive with their music, and generally the village musicians and the church choir assemble near the church, and welcome the many visitors who come from the capital. So great is the crowd of carriages, that they are not allowed to pass through the streets, but their occupiers quit them at the entrance of the pueblo, and make their way to the hosts who have invited them. A great number of Spanish ladies from Manila are generally seated at the windows to witness the busy scene. Not only are the streets crowded by the gaily dressed inhabitants, but multitudes of Indians come from the interior to take part in the festivity. The native authorities, preceded by music, then visit the various houses to collect the Zagalas, who come forth in their regal robes and crowns, with a suite of attendants. There is a great display of fireworks, rockets, and balloons, and the procession proceeds to the church. It is a grand day for the gallera, or cockpit, which resembles the bull-fight arena in Spain: it is filled to suffocation with noisy and excited actors and spectators; immense bets are laid; booths surround the place, where food and drink are sold, and among the delicacies roasted sucking-pigs abound. The procession usually starts at six P.M. All those who take part bear a lighted wax-candle: first, the children of the pueblo; then the soldiers; [207]then the image of the Virgin, with an escort of veiled women; then the image of the saint of the day or of the place, the car drawn by a number of dalagas in white garments, bearing garlands and crowns of flowers, followed by the authorities and by the priest in his golden cope; then a military band and cavalry soldiers; then the principal Zagala, whose queenly train is borne by eight or ten Indian girls, in white garments, adorned with flowers. Other Zagalas, personifying the Christian virtues, follow—Faith, Hope, Charity, with their characteristic attributes. Sometimes there are cars in which scenes of Scripture are exhibited by living actors; others displaying all the fancies of devotees. The procession parades the streets till the night is far advanced; the images are then restored to the church, and other amusements begin. The principal guests are invited to an open, but temporarily erected building, handsomely curtained, and brilliantly lighted, in the centre of which is a large table, covered with delicacies, and ornamented with groups and pyramids of flowers. The first attentions are shown to the ecclesiastics, and then to the other visitors, according to their rank and position. The streets and houses being illuminated as the night advances, the principal inhabitants gather their guests together, and at ten P.M. there are displays of fireworks and balloons, in which the rivalry of the pyrotechnic artists of the capital have a fine field for exercise. Most of the pueblos around Manila have their festival days, and in the competition for giving glory to their local saints and patrons, they seek to outdo the capital [208]itself. Santa Cruz, which is an opulent and populous locality, rejoices in the protection of St. Stanislaus, and outbids most of the rest for ostentatious show, in which the inhabitants of Manila take an active part. The Chinese have their day in celebrating St. Nicholas in Guadalupe. Tondo has its distinguished festivals. Binondo is great and gorgeous on the day of “Our Lady of the Rosary of Saint Dominic.” Sampaloc claims “Our Lady of Loreto.” Santa Ana worships “Our Lady of the abandoned ones” (de los desamparados). Pandacan has its gatherings in honour of “The sweet name of Jesus,” and its beautiful scenery adds to the attractions of the place. St. Sebastian processionizes its silver car, in which “Our Lady of Carmel” is conveyed in state. The suspensions caused by the rainy months, Lent, and a few other interruptions, are compensated by the extra ceremonials and festivities of the holy weeks, and other seasons of Catholic gratulation. The mere list of all these fiestas would occupy pages, and it was my good fortune to visit the islands at a time when I had an opportunity of witnessing many of these characteristic exhibitions.

“On the eve before the festival,” says a local author, describing what happens in the neighborhood of Manila, “the town is bustling with preparation. In the streets, beautiful arches are built from bamboo, covered with painted cloth, representing various architectural styles; elegant drapes hang over the arches, which have several openings or windows filled with colorful lanterns (an art no doubt taught by the Chinese, who have mastered it). Inside the lanterns, decorated figures are kept in constant motion by the warm air. Bouquets of artificial flowers, clusters of fruits, and various decorations adorn the houses, while local musicians serenade the priests and authorities; the whole population crowds into the church for the evening service. The dalagas (girls) prepare their most festive outfits to join the procession, where queens, saints, and different biblical figures are represented by the Zagalas or females from leading families, dressed in velvet and gold, with whatever jewelry they can gather—not that the costumes always reflect much classical or historical knowledge; however, they are quite bright and lavish, pleasing to those who wear them and admired by onlookers. Popular songs are sung to the tune of the guitar, and the festivities continue late into the night. At eight o’clock the next morning, mass is held, a sermon is delivered, and a procession [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]follows, after which everyone goes home to escape the day's heat; however, in the main houses, meals are prepared for any guests who may arrive, showcasing a wide variety of Indian dishes. At four PM, the military arrives with their music, and usually, the village musicians and the church choir gather near the church to welcome the many visitors coming from the capital. The number of carriages is so great that they aren’t allowed to drive through the streets; instead, their passengers get out at the entrance of the town and proceed to their hosts who have invited them. Many Spanish ladies from Manila are often seen at the windows to watch the bustling scene. Not only are the streets filled with the colorfully dressed locals, but crowds of Indians come from the countryside to join the festivities. The local authorities, preceded by music, then visit various houses to gather the Zagalas, who appear in their regal robes and crowns, accompanied by a retinue of attendants. There's a spectacular display of fireworks, rockets, and balloons, and the procession heads to the church. It’s a grand day for the gallera, or cockpit, which resembles the bullfighting arenas in Spain: it is crammed with noisy and excited participants and spectators; huge bets are placed; booths surround the area selling food and drinks, with roasted sucking-pigs being one of the popular delicacies. The procession usually starts at six PM Everyone participating carries a lit wax candle: first, the children of the town; then the soldiers; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]then the image of the Virgin, escorted by veiled women; then the image of the saint of the day or location, pulled by a group of dalagas in white garments, bearing garlands and crowns of flowers, followed by the authorities and the priest in his golden cope; then a military band and cavalry soldiers; then the main Zagala, whose queenly train is carried by eight or ten Indian girls in white garments adorned with flowers. Other Zagalas, representing Christian virtues—Faith, Hope, Charity—follow with their signature attributes. Sometimes there are floats that showcase biblical scenes acted out by living performers; others display various whims of devotees. The procession parades through the streets until deep into the night; the images are then returned to the church, and other entertainment begins. The main guests are invited to a temporary open building, beautifully decorated and brightly lit, with a large table at the center covered in delicacies and adorned with flower arrangements. The first honors are given to the clergy, followed by the other visitors, according to their rank and status. As the night progresses, the streets and houses are illuminated, and the leading residents gather their guests, and at ten P.M., fireworks and balloon displays take place, showcasing the competitive spirit of the pyrotechnic artists from the capital. Most towns around Manila have their festival days, striving to outdo each other in honoring their local saints and patrons; they aim to surpass even the capital itself. Santa Cruz, a wealthy and populous area, celebrates under the protection of St. Stanislaus and often outshines the others with extravagant displays, in which the residents of Manila eagerly participate. The Chinese have their celebration of St. Nicholas in Guadalupe. Tondo hosts its special festivals. Binondo has grand celebrations for “Our Lady of the Rosary of Saint Dominic.” Sampaloc honors “Our Lady of Loreto.” Santa Ana venerates “Our Lady of the Abandoned Ones” (de los desamparados). Pandacan holds gatherings in honor of “The Sweet Name of Jesus,” and its beautiful scenery adds to the charm of the place. St. Sebastian showcases its silver float, carrying “Our Lady of Carmel” in state. The interruptions caused by the rainy season, Lent, and a few other breaks are balanced by extra ceremonies and festivities during holy weeks and other Catholic celebrations. Just listing all these fiestas would take pages, and I was fortunate to visit the islands at a time when I could witness many of these unique events.

The opulence of the individual monks, and of some of the monkish fraternities in the islands, has often and naturally been a subject of reproach. The revenues received by individuals are in many localities very large, amounting in remote districts to eight or nine thousand dollars a year, and much more, it is reported, in such populous pueblos as Binondo. [209]Some of these communities also possess large tracts of land, whose management is superintended at periodical meetings held in the capital, when friars from the different provinces, and of the same brotherhood, are summoned to give an account of their stewardship, and to discuss the general interests of the fraternity. The accumulations of the friars pass to the convents at their death, but they have little difficulty in disposing of them while living.

The wealth of the individual monks and some of the monastic groups on the islands has often been criticized. In many places, the income that individuals receive is quite significant, reaching up to eight or nine thousand dollars a year in remote areas, and even more in densely populated towns like Binondo. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Some of these communities also own large stretches of land, which are managed during regular meetings held in the capital, where friars from different provinces of the same order come together to report on their management and discuss the broader interests of their group. When the friars die, their wealth is transferred to the convents, but they find it easy to manage their assets while they are still alive.

It has been said that the policy of the friars in the Philippines is to conduct the Indian to heaven by a pathway of flowers. Little molestation will he experience from his ghostly father, if he be strict in his religious observances, pay his regular contributions to Church and State, and exhibit those outward marks of respect and reverence which the representatives of the Deity claim as their lawful heritage; but there are many thorns amidst the flowers, and drawbacks, on the heavenly road; and the time may come when higher and nobler aspirations than those which now satisfy the poor untutored, or little tutored, Indian, will be his rule of conduct.

It’s been said that the friars’ approach in the Philippines is to guide the locals to heaven along a flowery path. They will face little interference from their spiritual leaders if they adhere strictly to their religious duties, make their regular payments to the Church and the State, and show the proper signs of respect and reverence that the representatives of God claim as their right. However, there are many thorns among the flowers and challenges on the way to heaven; a time may come when greater and nobler dreams than those which currently satisfy the uneducated or slightly educated locals will guide their actions.

The personal courtesies, the kind reception and multifarious attentions which I received from the friars in every part of the Philippines naturally dispose me to look upon them with a friendly eye. I found among them men worthy of being loved and honoured, some of considerable intellectual vigour; but literary cultivation and scientific acquirements are [210]rare. Occupied with their own concerns, they are little acquainted with mundane affairs. Politics, geography, history, have no charms for those who, even had they the disposition for study, would, in their seclusion and remoteness, have access to few of its appliances. Their convents are almost palatial, with extensive courts, grounds and gardens; their revenues frequently enormous. Though their mode of life is generally unostentatious and simple, many of them keep handsome carriages and have the best horses in the locality; and they are surrounded generally by a prostrate and superstitious population, upon whose hopes and fears, thoughts and feelings, they exercise an influence which would seem magical were it not by their devotees deemed divine. This influence, no doubt, is greatly due to the heroism, labours, sufferings and sacrifices of the early missionaries, and to the admirably organized hierarchy of the Roman Church, whose ramifications reach to the extremest points in which any of the forms or semblances of Christianity are to be discovered. Volumes upon volumes—the folio records of the proceedings of the different religious orders, little known to Protestant readers—fill the library shelves of these Catholic establishments, which are the receptacles of their religious history.

The kindness, warm welcome, and various attentions I received from the friars in every part of the Philippines naturally make me view them favorably. I found among them individuals worthy of love and respect, some with considerable intellectual strength; however, their literary knowledge and scientific skills are [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]rare. Focused on their own matters, they are not well-informed about worldly affairs. Politics, geography, and history don't appeal to those who, even if they wanted to study, would find it difficult to access resources in their isolation. Their convents are nearly palatial, with large courtyards, grounds, and gardens; their revenues are often substantial. While their lifestyle is generally modest and simple, many own stylish carriages and have the finest horses in the area; they are typically surrounded by a submissive and superstitious population, on whom they have an influence that seems magical, though their followers see it as divine. This influence is undoubtedly significantly owed to the bravery, efforts, sufferings, and sacrifices of the early missionaries, as well as to the well-organized hierarchy of the Roman Church, which extends to the most remote areas where any form of Christianity can be found. Countless volumes—the detailed records of various religious orders, which are little known to Protestant readers—fill the library shelves of these Catholic institutions, serving as repositories of their religious history.

The most extensively influential brotherhood in the Philippines is that of the Augustines (Agostinos Calzados), who administer to the cure of more than a million and a half of souls. The barefooted [211]Augustines (Agostinos Descalzos, or Recoletos) claim authority over about one-third of this number. The Dominicans occupy the next rank, and their congregations are scarcely less numerous than those of the barefooted Augustines. Next come the Franciscans, who are supposed to rank with the Dominicans in the extent of their authority. Independently of the monastic orders and the superior ecclesiastic authorities, there are but a small number of parochial or secular clergy in the Philippines.

The most influential brotherhood in the Philippines is the Augustinians (Agostinos Calzados), who care for over a million and a half souls. The barefooted [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Augustinians (Agostinos Descalzos, or Recoletos) claim authority over about a third of that number. The Dominicans come next, and their congregations are nearly as numerous as those of the barefooted Augustinians. Following them are the Franciscans, who are believed to be on par with the Dominicans in terms of their authority. Besides the monastic orders and the higher ecclesiastical authorities, there are only a small number of parish or secular clergy in the Philippines.

On occasions of installations under the “royal seal,” the ceremonies take place in the church of the Augustines, the oldest in Manila, where also the regimental flags receive their benediction, and other public civil festivals are celebrated. A convent is attached to the church. Both the regular Augustines and the Recoletos receive pecuniary assistance from the State. The Franciscans rank next to the Augustines in the number of their clergy.

On occasions of installations under the “royal seal,” the ceremonies are held in the church of the Augustines, the oldest in Manila, where the regimental flags are also blessed, and other public civil festivals are celebrated. There is a convent connected to the church. Both the regular Augustines and the Recoletos receive financial support from the State. The Franciscans are next in line to the Augustines in terms of the number of their clergy.

A source of influence possessed by the friars, and from which a great majority of civil functionaries are excluded, is the mastery of the native languages. All the introductory studies of ecclesiastical aspirants are dedicated to this object. No doubt they have great advantages from living habitually among the Indian people, with whom they keep up the most uninterrupted intercourse, and of whose concerns they have an intimate knowledge. One of the most obvious means of increasing the power of the civil departments would be in encouragement given to [212]their functionaries for the acquirement of the native idioms. I believe Spanish is not employed in the pulpits anywhere beyond the capital. In many of the pueblos there is not a single individual Indian who understands Castilian, so that the priest is often the only link between the government and the community, and, as society is now organized, a necessary link. It must be recollected, too, that the different members of the religious brotherhoods are bound together by stronger bonds and a more potent and influential organization than any official hierarchy among civilians; and the government can expect no co-operation from the priesthood in any measures which tend to the diminution of ecclesiastical authority or jurisdiction, and yet the subjection of that authority to the State, and its limitation wherever it interferes with the public well-being, is the great necessity and the all-important problem to be solved in the Philippines. But here, too, the Catholic character of the government itself presents an enormous and almost invincible difficulty. Nothing is so dear to a Spaniard in general as his religion; his orthodoxy is his pride and glory, and upon this foundation the Romish Church naturally builds up a political power and is able to intertwine its pervading influence with all the machinery of the civil government. The Dutch have no such embarrassment in their archipelago.

A source of influence held by the friars, which most civil officials are kept out of, is their mastery of the local languages. All the introductory studies for those aspiring to join the church focus on this goal. They definitely have advantages from living among the Indigenous people, with whom they maintain constant interaction and have a deep understanding of their issues. One clear way to increase the power of civil departments would be to encourage their officials to learn the local languages. I believe Spanish is not spoken in the pulpits outside of the capital. In many villages, there isn’t a single Indigenous person who understands Castilian, so the priest often becomes the only connection between the government and the community, and, given how society is currently structured, a necessary one. It's also important to remember that the members of the religious orders are bonded together by stronger ties and a more powerful organization than any official hierarchy among civilians; the government cannot expect any cooperation from the clergy on efforts that aim to reduce ecclesiastical authority or jurisdiction. Yet, bringing that authority under the State’s control and limiting it where it interferes with public welfare is the major need and crucial issue to address in the Philippines. However, here too, the Catholic nature of the government itself presents a huge and almost impossible challenge. Nothing is more important to a Spaniard than his religion; his orthodoxy is his pride and joy, and on this foundation, the Roman Catholic Church builds a political power that intertwines its pervasive influence with all aspects of civil governance. The Dutch do not face such an obstacle in their archipelago.

The Captain-General has had the kindness to furnish me with the latest returns of the ecclesiastical [213]corporations in the Philippines (dated 1859). They are these:—

The Captain-General has kindly provided me with the latest updates from the ecclesiastical [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] corporations in the Philippines (dated 1859). Here they are:—

Tributaries. Souls. Baptisms. Marriages. Deaths.
Recoletos
Archbishopric of Manila 29,899 122,842 5,335 1,166 3,334
Province of Zebu 90,701 454,279 18,559 4,166 6,500
Total 120,600 577,121 23,894 5,332 9,834
Franciscan friars
Archbishopric of Manila 60,936 227,866 7,988 1,923 7,896
Bishopric of New Caceres 72,477 289,012 9,957 2,505 7,020
Bishopric of Zebu 57,778 237,583 9,941 2,260 4,691
Total 191,191 754,461 27,886 6,688 19,607
Augustines
Archbishopric of Manila 162,749 678,791 28,826 6,194 20,669
Bishopric of Ilocos 85,574 357,218 15,775 4,218 8,383
Bishopric of Zebu 136,642 607,821 27,049 4,049 16,361
Total 384,965 1,643,830 71,650 14,461 45,413
Dominicans
Archbishopric of Manila 20,803 74,843 3,230 603 2,806
New Segovia 77,314 352,750 1,374 3,909 9,216
Total 98,117 427,593 4,604 4,512 12,022

The Dominicans have charge of the missions to the province of Fokien in China and Tonquin. They report in 1857:—In Fokien: 11,034 confessions and 10,476 communions, 1,973 infant and 213 adult baptisms, 284 marriages and 288 confirmations. In Eastern Tonquin: 3,283 infant and 302 adult baptisms, 4,424 extreme unctions, 64,052 confessions, [214]60,167 communions and 658 marriages. In Central Tonquin: 5,776 infant and 400 adult baptisms, 32,229 extreme unctions, 141,961 confessions, 131,438 communions and 1,532 marriages. [215]

The Dominicans oversee the missions in the Fokien province of China and Tonquin. They reported in 1857:—In Fokien: 11,034 confessions and 10,476 communions, 1,973 baptisms for infants and 213 for adults, 284 marriages, and 288 confirmations. In Eastern Tonquin: 3,283 infant baptisms and 302 adult baptisms, 4,424 extreme unctions, 64,052 confessions, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]60,167 communions, and 658 marriages. In Central Tonquin: 5,776 infant baptisms and 400 adult baptisms, 32,229 extreme unctions, 141,961 confessions, 131,438 communions, and 1,532 marriages. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 There may be some interest in the following details, as a specimen; but it is by no means one of the most distinguished.

1 There might be some interest in the following details as an example, but it’s definitely not one of the most noteworthy.

Programme of the Procession of the Holy Interment, proceeding from the Church of San Domingo, and returning thither through the principal streets of Manila:—

Programme of the Procession of the Holy Burial, starting from the Church of San Domingo and returning there through the main streets of Manila:—

  • Civil guards on horseback.
  • Files of bearers of wax lights along the line of procession.
  • Military, under their several heads and colours.
  • Carabineers of the Hacienda, bearing lights, 8.
    Company of Engineers, ditto, 8.
    Carabineers of Public Safety, ditto, 8.
    Cavalry (Lancers), ditto, 32.
    Infantry (Borbon), ditto, 32.
    Ditto (Princesa), ditto, 32.
    Ditto (Infante), ditto, 32.
    Ditto (Fernando VII.), ditto, 32.
    Artillery Brigade, No. 1, ditto, 32.
    Ditto, No. 2, ditto, 32.
    Infantry (Rey), ditto, 32.
  • Peasants bearing lights.
  • Officers of the army and marine and public functionaries.
  • Collegiates of St. John of Lateran.
  • Secular clergy.
  • Brotherhood of St. Domingo.
  • Two files of sisterhood (Beatas).
  • The centre of the procession to consist of
  • Band of music of Infantry (Rey).
  • Standard.
  • Ten representations of the Passion, carried by the clergy at appropriate distances.
  • Six collegiates of St. John of Lateran with cirios (large wax lights).
  • Image of St. John the Evangelist.
  • Eleven representations of the Passion, carried by the clergy.
  • Six collegiates of St. John with cirios.
  • Image of St. Mary of Magdalene.
  • Band of music of Infantry (Ferdinand VII.).
  • Ten representations of the Passion, as before.
  • Musical choir chanting the Miserere.
  • Eight collegiates of St. Thomas with cirios.
  • Car conveying The Lord.
  • By the side of the car, eight Halberdiers, with funeral halberds.
  • Music of Infantry (No. 7).
  • Pall (palio) carried by collegiates of St. John of Lateran.
  • Brotherhood of the interment, in semicircle.
  • Six collegiates of St. John of Lateran with cirios.
  • Image of Santa Maria Salomé.
  • Six collegiates of St. Thomas with cirios.
  • Image of Santa Maria Jacoba.
  • Choir of music, singing Stabat Mater.
  • Six collegiates of St. Thomas in file with cirios.
  • Image of our Lady de los Dolores.
  • Pall carried by six collegiates of St. Thomas.
  • Preste (celebrator of high mass) in his black cope, with two sacristans at the right and the left.
  • H. E. the Governor-General, at his left the Lieutenant-Governor, at his right the Prior of St. Domingo, President of the Brotherhood of the Holy Interment.

Preceding these are all the supreme authorities of the islands in full dress, followed by the military and naval officers of high rank.

Preceding these are all the top officials of the islands in formal attire, followed by high-ranking military and naval officers.

  • Brigade of European Artillery, with officers.
  • Drums (muffled) playing funeral march.
  • Bands of music (as at funerals).
  • European brigade, with muskets reversed.
  • Escort of Captain-General on horseback.

Note—That in this religious procession perfect equality is to be preserved. 

Note—That in this religious procession perfect equality must be maintained.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XIII.

LANGUAGES.

The Tagál and Bisayan are the most widely spread of the languages of the Philippines, but each has such a variety of idioms that the inhabitants of different islands and districts frequently are not intelligible to one another, still less the indigenous races who occupy the mountainous districts. The more remarkable divisions are the dialects of Pampangas, Zambal, Pangasinan, Ilocos, Cagayan, Camarines, Batanes, and Chamorro, each derived from one of the two principal branches. But the languages of the unconverted Indians are very various, and have little affinity. Of these I understand above thirty distinct vocabularies exist. The connection between and the construction of the Tagál and Bisayan will be best seen by a comparison of the Lord’s Prayer in each, with a verbal rendering of the words:—

The Tagalog and Bisayan languages are the most widely spoken in the Philippines, but each has so many variations that people from different islands and regions often can't understand each other, and even less so with the indigenous groups living in the mountainous areas. The most notable dialects are from Pampanga, Zambales, Pangasinan, Ilocos, Cagayan, Camarines, Batanes, and Chamorro, all of which come from one of the two main branches. However, the languages of the unconverted Indigenous peoples are quite diverse and share little similarity. It's estimated that there are over thirty distinct vocabularies among them. The connection and structure of Tagalog and Bisayan can be best illustrated by comparing the Lord’s Prayer in each language, along with a word-by-word translation:—

Tagál. [216]

Tagal. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Ama nanim1
Father our (to us)
sungma2
art
sa langit ca3,
in heaven thou,
sambahin4
worshipped (be)
ang
the
name
name
mo;
thine;
mupa
come
sa
to
anim
us
ang
the
caharian
kingdom
mo;
thine;
sundin
done (be)
angloob
the will
mo
thine
dito
here
sa
in
lupa
earth
para
so
na
as
sa
in
langit;
heaven;
bigianmo
given (be)
camin
us
ngai-on
now
nang
the
anim
our
canin
rice
sa
of
arao-arao5
day day,
at
and
patauarvin-mo
forgiven (be)
camis
us
nang
the
animg
our
manga-otang,
faults,
para
as
nang
if
pagpasawat
pardoned (are)
nanim
our
sa
those
nangagcacaoton
who have committed faults
sa
against
anim;
us;
at
and
huvag-mo
let not
caming
us
ipahuintulot6
fall
sa
in
tocso;
temptation;
at
and
yadia-mo
deliver
camis
us
sa
in
dylan
all
masama.
ill.

Bisayan.

Bisaya.

Amahan
Father
namu
our
nga
who
itotat
art
ca
thou
sa
in
langit,
heaven,
ipapagdayat7
praised be
an
the
imong
thy
ngalun;
name;
moanhi8
come
canamun
to us
an
the
imong
thy
pagcahadi9;
kingdom;
tumancun
done (be)
an
the
imong
thy
buot
will
dinhi
here
si
in
yuta
earth
maingun
as
sa
in
langit;
heaven;
ihatag mo
given (be)
damsin
us
an
the
canun
rice
namun
our
sa
on
matagarvlao,
every day,
ug
and
pauadin-mo10
pardoned (be)
canir
us
san
the
mga-sala
sins
namu,
our,
maingun
as
ginuara10
pardoned
namun
our
san
those
mganacasala
sin
danum;
against us;
ngan
not
diri
by
imo
thee
tugotan
permitted (be)
cami
us
maholog
fall
sa
in
manga-panulai
temptations
sa
of
amun
our
manga caauai11;
enemies;
apan
also
baricun-mo
delivered (be)
cami
us
sa
of
manga-maraut
evil
ngatanan.
all.

[217]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The following table of numerals (extracted from De Mas) will show the affinities between several of the idioms of the Philippines with one another, and with the Malay language:—

The following table of numbers (taken from De Mas) will show the connections between several of the languages of the Philippines with each other and with the Malay language:—

Ilocos. Tagalog. Bisayan. Cagayan. Malay.
1 Meysa. isá; sang; ca. usá. tadd ay. salu; sa.
2 Dua. dalauá. duhá. dua. dua.
3 Tal. tat-ló. toló. tálu. tigga talu.
4 Eppa. ápat. upát. áppa. ámpat.
5 Lima. lima. lima. lima. lima.
6 Niném. ánim. unúm. ánnam. anam.
7 Pitó. pitó; pipito. pitó pitar. túgàu.
8 Oaló. ualo. ualó. ualu. diapan; dalapan.
9 Siam. siam. siam. siam. sambilan.
10 Sangapulo. sampu; povo; sang povo. napulo. mafulu. pulo; napulo.
11 Sangapulo qet maysa. labin isa. napulo ugusa. caraladay. sa blas.
12 Sangapulo qet dua. labin dalava. napulo ugdua. caradua. dua blas.
20 Duàpulo. daluanpú; dulavangpovo. caloháan. dua fulù. dua pulo.
30 Talcopulo. tat lonpu. catloan. talu fulù. tiga pulo.
50 Limapulo. limanpu. caliman. lima fulu. lima pulo.
100 Sangagasùt. isam daán; dan-sandang. usa cagatós. magattu. ratus; sarátus.
200 Dua nga gasùt. dalauan daán. dua cagatós. duagattu. dua ratus.
1,000 Sang aribo. libo; isan libo. usa ca libó. marifu. ribu; saribu.
10,000 Dua nga ribo. sampon libo. napálo calibo. mafulu rifu. lagsa.
100,000 Sang agasùt aribo. isandaán libo; sang yolo. usa cagatós calibo. magatu farifu. kati; sakiti.
1,000,000 ......... sangañgaonúgao. ......... ......... .........

[218]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A vocabulary of the Tagal was printed in 1613 by Padre San Buenaventura; and a folio Vocabulario by Fr. Domingo de los Santos, in Sampaloc (Manila), 1794. This vocabulary consists of nearly 11,000 terms, the same word conveying so many meanings that the actual number of Tagal words can scarcely exceed 3,500. The examples of distinct interpretations of each are innumerable.

A vocabulary of Tagalog was published in 1613 by Padre San Buenaventura, and a folio Vocabulario by Fr. Domingo de los Santos was printed in Sampaloc (Manila) in 1794. This vocabulary includes almost 11,000 terms, where the same word carries multiple meanings, making the actual number of distinct Tagalog words unlikely to be more than 3,500. There are countless examples of different interpretations for each word.

Another Vocabulario de la Lengua Tagala, by “various grave and learned persons,” corrected and arranged by the Jesuit Fathers Juan de Noceda and Pedro de San Lucar, was published in Valladolid in 1832. The editor says he would fain have got rid of the task, but the “blind obedience” he owed to his superior compelled him to persevere. Rules for the accurate grammatical construction of the language cannot, he says, be given, on account of the exceptions and counter-exceptions. The confusion between active and passive participles is a labyrinth he cannot explore. There are more books on the language (artes), he avers, than on any dead or living language! He has consulted no less than thirty-seven, among which the first place is due to the Tagál Demosthenes (Father Francis de San José), to whose researches none have the knowledge of adding anything valuable. He professes to have given all the roots, but not their ramifications, which it is impossible to follow. But the Vocabulario is greatly lauded by the “Visitador,” as “an eagle in its flight,” and “a sun in its brilliancy.” It is reported to have added three thousand new words to [219]the vocabulary. The editor himself is modest enough, and declares he has brought only one drop to a whole ocean. The work, which had been in many hands, occupied Father Noceda thirty years, and he allowed no word to pass until “twelve Indians” agreed that he had found its true meaning. He would not take less, for had he broken his rule and diminished the numbers, who knows, he asks, with what a small amount of authority he might have satisfied himself? There can be no doubt that to find absolute synonymes between languages so unlike as the Castilian and the Tagáloc was an utterly impossible task, and that the root of a word of which the editor is in search is often lost in the inflections, combinations and additions, which surround and involve it, without reference to any general principle. And after all comes the question, What is the Tagáloc language? That of the mountains differs much from that of the valleys; the idiom of the Comingtang from those of the Tingues.

Another Vocabulario de la Lengua Tagala, by “various serious and knowledgeable people,” was corrected and organized by the Jesuit Fathers Juan de Noceda and Pedro de San Lucar, and published in Valladolid in 1832. The editor notes that he would have preferred to avoid the task, but the “blind obedience” he owed to his superior forced him to continue. He states that it’s impossible to provide rules for proper grammatical construction of the language due to the numerous exceptions. The mix-up between active and passive participles is a maze he can't navigate. He claims that there are more books about the language (artes) than in any other dead or living language! He has referenced at least thirty-seven, with the Tagál Demosthenes (Father Francis de San José) being the most notable, as none have added anything valuable to his research. He says he has listed all the roots, but not their variations, which cannot be traced. However, the Vocabulario is highly praised by the “Visitador,” calling it “an eagle in its flight” and “a sun in its brilliance.” It is said to have added three thousand new words to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the vocabulary. The editor himself is humble and claims he has contributed just a drop to a vast ocean. The work, which passed through many hands, took Father Noceda thirty years, and he wouldn’t let any word through until “twelve Indians” agreed on its true meaning. He refused to settle for less because if he had bent his rule and reduced the numbers, who knows, he asks, what little authority he might have been satisfied with? There’s no doubt that finding perfect synonyms between languages as different as Castilian and Tagáloc is an impossible task, and often the root of a word he seeks is lost within the inflections, combinations, and additions surrounding it, with no reference to any general principle. And ultimately, the question remains, what is the Tagáloc language? The language of the mountains is quite different from that of the valleys; the language of the Comingtang varies from that of the Tingues.

The word Tagála, sometimes written Tagál, Tagálo, or Tagáloc, I imagine, is derived from Taga, a native. Taga Majayjay is a native of Majayjay. A good Christian is called Ang manga taga langit, a native of heaven; and it is a common vituperation to say to a man, “Taga infierno,” signifying, “You must be a native of hell.”

The word Tagála, sometimes spelled Tagál, Tagálo, or Tagáloc, I believe comes from Taga, which means native. Taga Majayjay refers to someone from Majayjay. A good Christian is called Ang manga taga langit, meaning a native of heaven; and it's a common insult to tell someone, “Taga infierno,” which means, “You must be from hell.”

The Tagál language is not easily acquired. A Spanish proverb says there must be un año de arte y dos di bahaque—one year of grammar and two of bahaque. The bahaque is the native dress. The [220]friars informed me that it required several years of residence to enable them to preach in Tagál; and in many of the convents intercourse is almost confined to the native idioms, as there are few opportunities of speaking Spanish.

The Tagál language isn't easy to learn. There's a Spanish saying that it takes un año de arte y dos dibahaque—one year of grammar and two years of bahaque. The bahaque refers to the traditional native clothing. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]friars told me that it takes several years of living there to be able to preach in Tagál; and in many convents, communication is mostly in the native languages, as there are few chances to speak Spanish.

The blending of nouns and verbs into a single word, and the difficulty of tracing the roots of either, is one cause of perplexity, the paucity of words requiring many meanings for the same sound. Thus ayao means, enough, passage of merchandise, dearness, and is a note of admiration; baba signifies brace, beard, lungs, perchance, abscess; bobo, a net, to melt, to frighten, to spill; alangalang, courtesy, elevation, dignity. Hence, too, the frequent repetitions of the same word. Aboabo, mist; alaala, to remember; ñgalañgala, palate; galagala, bitumen; dilidili, doubt; hasahasa, a fish.

The mixing of nouns and verbs into one word, along with the challenge of tracing their origins, is one reason for confusion, as the limited number of words requires many meanings for the same sound. For example, ayao means enough, the passage of merchandise, high prices, and expresses admiration; baba stands for brace, beard, lungs, maybe, or abscess; bobo refers to a net, to melt, to scare, or to spill; alangalang denotes courtesy, elevation, or dignity. This also explains the frequent repetitions of the same word. Aboabo means mist; alaala means to remember; ñgalañgala refers to the palate; galagala means bitumen; dilidili signifies doubt; hasahasa refers to a fish.

So a prodigious number of Tagál words are given to represent a verb in its various applications, in which it is difficult to trace any common root or shadow of resemblance. Noceda, for the verb give (dar, Spanish) has 140 Tagál words; for (meter) put, there are forty-one forms; for (hacer) do, one hundred and twenty-six. The age of the moon is represented by twelve forms, in only two of which does the Tagál word for moon occur.

So, a huge number of Tagál words are used to express a verb in its different forms, making it hard to find any common root or similarity. Noceda lists 140 Tagál words for the verb give (which is dar in Spanish); there are forty-one forms for put (which is meter); and for do (which is hacer), there are one hundred and twenty-six. The age of the moon is described by twelve forms, but in only two of those does the Tagál word for moon appear.

It is scarcely necessary to say that a language so rude as the Tagál could never become the channel for communicating scientific or philosophical knowledge. Yet M. Mallat contends that it is rich, sonorous, expressive, and, if encouraged, would soon [221]possess a literature worthy of a place among that of European nations!

It’s hardly worth mentioning that a language as rough as Tagál could never effectively convey scientific or philosophical ideas. Still, M. Mallat argues that it is rich, sounds beautiful, is expressive, and, if nurtured, could soon [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]develop a literature deserving of recognition alongside those of European countries!

A folio dictionary of the Bisayan and Spanish language, as spoken in the island of Panay, was published in 1841 (Manila), having been written by Father Alonzo de Mentrida. The Spanish and Bisayan, by Father Julian Martin, was published in the following year.

A folio dictionary of the Bisayan and Spanish languages, as spoken on the island of Panay, was published in 1841 (Manila), written by Father Alonzo de Mentrida. The Spanish and Bisayan dictionary by Father Julian Martin was published the following year.

The letters e, f, r, and z are wanting, and the only sound not represented by our alphabet is the ñg. The Tagála Indians employ the letter p instead of the f, which they cannot pronounce. Parancisco for Francisco, palso for falso, pino for fino, &c. The r is totally unutterable by the Tagálos. They convert the letter into d, and subject themselves to much ridicule from the mistakes consequent upon this infirmity. The z is supplanted by s, which does not convey the Castilian sound as represented by our soft th.

The letters e, f, r, and z are missing, and the only sound not represented in our alphabet is the ñg. The Tagála Indians use the letter p instead of f, which they can’t pronounce. So, they say Parancisco for Francisco, palso for falso, pino for fino, etc. The Tagálos cannot pronounce the r sound at all. They replace it with d, which leads to a lot of teasing due to the mistakes that come from this limitation. The z is replaced by s, which doesn’t produce the soft th sound found in Castilian.

In many provinces, however, of Spain, the Castilian pronunciation of z is not adopted. There is in the Tagál no vowel sound between a and i, such as is represented in Spanish by the letter e.

In many regions of Spain, the Castilian pronunciation of z isn’t used. In Tagál, there isn't a vowel sound between a and i, which in Spanish is shown by the letter e.

In teaching the Tagal alphabet, the word yaou, being the demonstrative pronoun, is inserted after the letter which is followed by the vowel a, and the letter repeated, thus:—Aa yaou (a), baba yaou (b), caca yaou (c), dada yaou (d), gaga yaou (g), haha yaou (h), lala yaou (l), mama yaou (m), nana yaou (n), ñgañga yaou (ñg), papa yaou (p), sasa yaou (s), tata yaou (t), vava yaou (v). The ñg is a combination of the Spanish ñ with g. [222]

In teaching the Tagal alphabet, the word yaou, which is the demonstrative pronoun, is added after the letter that precedes the vowel a, and the letter is repeated, like this:—Aa yaou (a), baba yaou (b), caca yaou (c), dada yaou (d), gaga yaou (g), haha yaou (h), lala yaou (l), mama yaou (m), nana yaou (n), ñgañga yaou (ñg), papa yaou (p), sasa yaou (s), tata yaou (t), vava yaou (v). The ñg is a combination of the Spanish ñ with g. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Nouns in Tagal have neither cases, numbers, nor genders. Verbs have infinitive, present, preterite, past, future, and imperative tenses, but they are not changed by the personal pronouns. Among other singularities, it is noted that no active verb can begin with the letter b. Some of the interjections, and they are very numerous in the Tagaloc, are of different genders. How sad! addressed to a man, is paetog! to a woman, paetag!

Nouns in Tagalog have no cases, numbers, or genders. Verbs have infinitive, present, past, future, and imperative tenses, but they don’t change with the personal pronouns. Among other unique features, it's noted that no active verb can start with the letter b. Some of the interjections, which are quite numerous in Tagalog, have different genders. “How sad!” when directed at a man is paetog!, and when directed at a woman, it is paetag!.

The Tagáls employ the second person singular icao, or co, in addressing one another, but add the word po, which is a form of respect. In addressing a woman the word po is omitted, but is expected to be used by a female in addressing a man. The personal pronouns follow instead of preceding both verbs and nouns, as napa aco, I say; napa suja, it is good.

The Tagáls use the second person singular icao, or co, when talking to each other, but they add the word po, which shows respect. When speaking to a woman, they don’t include po, but it’s expected for a woman to use it when addressing a man. The personal pronouns come after the verbs and nouns instead of before, like in napa aco, I say; napa suja, it is good.

One characteristic of the language is that the passive is generally employed instead of the active verb. A Tagal will not say “Juan loves Maria,” but “Maria is loved by Juan.” Fr. de los Santos says it is more elegant to employ the active than the passive verb, but I observe in the religious books circulated by the friars the general phraseology is, “It is said by God;” “it is taught by Christ,” &c.

One feature of the language is that the passive voice is usually used instead of the active verb. A Tagal won't say “Juan loves Maria,” but “Maria is loved by Juan.” Fr. de los Santos suggests it's more elegant to use the active voice than the passive, but I've noticed that in the religious books distributed by the friars, the common phrasing is, “It is said by God;” “it is taught by Christ,” etc.

Though the Tagál is not rich in words, the same expression having often a great variety of meanings, there is much perplexity in the construction. The padre Verduga, however, gives a list of several species of verbs, with modifications of nouns subjected to the rules of European grammar.

Though Tagál doesn’t have a lot of words and the same expression can have many meanings, building sentences can be quite confusing. Padre Verduga, however, provides a list of different types of verbs and how nouns change according to European grammar rules.

In adopting Spanish words the Tagals frequently [223]simplify and curtail them; for example, for zapato (shoe) they use only pato; Lingo for Domingo; bavay, caballo (horse). The diminutive of Maria is Mariangui; whence Angui, the ordinary name for Mary.

In adopting Spanish words, the Tagals often [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] simplify and shorten them. For instance, they use pato for zapato (shoe), Lingo for Domingo, and bavay for caballo (horse). The diminutive of Maria is Mariangui; hence Angui is the common name for Mary.

In looking through the dictionary, I find in the language only thirty-five monosyllables, viz., a, ab, an, ang, at, ay, ca [with thirteen different meanings—a numeral (1), a personal pronoun (they), four substantives (thing, companion, fright, abstract), one verb (to go), and the rest sundry adjectival, adverbial, and other terms], cay, co, con, cun, di, din, ga, ha, i, in, is, ma (with eighteen meanings, among which are four nouns substantive, eight verbs, and four adjectives), man, mi, mo, na, ñga, o, oy, pa (seven meanings), po, sa, sang, si, sing, ta, ya, and yi.

In looking through the dictionary, I find in the language only thirty-five monosyllables, namely, a, ab, an, ang, at, ay, ca [with thirteen different meanings—a numeral (1), a personal pronoun (they), four nouns (thing, companion, fright, abstract), one verb (to go), and the rest various adjectives, adverbs, and other terms], cay, co, con, cun, di, din, ga, ha, i, in, is, ma (with eighteen meanings, among which are four nouns, eight verbs, and four adjectives), man, mi, mo, na, ñga, o, oy, pa (seven meanings), po, sa, sang, si, sing, ta, ya, and yi.

Watches are rare among the Indians, and time is not denoted by the hours of the clock, but by the ordinary events of the day. De Mas gives no less than twenty-three different forms of language for denoting various divisions, some longer, some shorter, of the twenty-four hours; such as—darkness departs; dawn breaks; light advances (magumagana); the sun about to rise (sisilang na ang arao); full day (arao na); sun risen; hen laying; (sun) height of axe; height of spear (from the horizon); midday; sun sinking; sun set (lungmonorna); Ave Maria time; darkness; blackness; children’s bed-time; animas ringing; midnight near; midnight; midnight past (mababao sa hating gaby). And the phraseology varies in different localities. As bell-ringing and clock-striking were introduced [224]by the Spaniards, most of the terms now in use must have been employed before their arrival.

Watches are uncommon among the Indigenous people, and they measure time not by the hours on a clock but by everyday events. De Mas lists at least twenty-three different ways to describe various parts of the day, some lengthy and some brief, covering the twenty-four hours; for example—darkness fades; dawn arrives; light increases (magumagana); the sun is about to rise (sisilang na ang arao); full day (arao na); sun has risen; hen is laying eggs; (sun) highest point (in relation to the horizon); highest point of the spear; noon; sun is lowering; sunset (lungmonorna); time for Ave Maria; darkness; nighttime; children's bedtime; animas ringing; close to midnight; midnight; after midnight (mababao sa dislike gaby). The expressions also differ across various regions. Since bell-ringing and clock-striking were introduced [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]by the Spaniards, most of the terms in use likely existed before they arrived.

Repetitions of the same syllable are common both in the Tagál and Bisayan languages. They are not necessarily indicative of a plural form, but frequently denote sequence or continuation, as—lavay lavay, slavery (continued work); iñgiliñgil, the growl of a dog; ñgiñgiyao ñgiñgiyao, the purring of a cat; cococococan, a hen calling her chickens; pocto pocto, uneven, irregular (there is a Devonshire word, scory, having exactly the same meaning); timbon timbon, piling up; punit punit, rags; añgao añgao, an infinite number; aling aling, changeable; caval caval, uncertain. Some Spanish words are doubled to avoid being confounded with native sounds; as dondon for don. These repetitions are a necessary consequence of the small number of primitive words.

Repetitions of the same syllable are common in both Tagalog and Bisayan languages. They don't necessarily indicate a plural form but often show sequence or continuation, such as—lavay lavay, slavery (ongoing work); iñgiliñgil, the growl of a dog; ñgiñgiyao ñgiñgiyao, the purring of a cat; cococococan, a hen calling her chicks; pocto pocto, uneven, irregular (there's a Devonshire word, scory, with the same meaning); timbon timbon, piling up; punit punit, rags; añgao añgao, an infinite number; aling aling, changeable; caval caval, uncertain. Some Spanish words are doubled to avoid being confused with native sounds, like dondon for don. These repetitions are a necessary result of the limited number of primitive words.

Though the poverty of the language is remarkable, yet a great variety of designations is found for certain objects. Rice, for example, in the husk is palay (Malay, padi); before transplanting, botobor; when beginning to sprout, buticas; when the ear appears, basag; in a more advanced stage, maymota; when fully ripe in ear, boñgana; when borne down by the wind or the weight of the ear, dayapa; early rice, cavato; sticky rice, lagquitan; ill-formed in the grain, popong; rice cleaned but not separated from the husks, loba; clean rice, bigas; waste rice, binlor; ground rice, digas; roasted rice, binusa; roasted to appear like flowers, binuladac; rice paste, pilipig; fricasseed rice, sinaing; another sort of [225]prepared rice, soman. There are no less than nineteen words for varieties of the same object. And so with verbs:—To tie, tali; to tie round, lingquis; to tie a belt, babat; to tie the hands, gapus; to tie a person by the neck, tobong; to tie with a noose, hasohaso; to tie round a jar, baat; to tie up a corpse, balacas; to tie the mouth of a purse, pogong; to tie up a basket, bilit; to tie two sticks together, pangcol; to tie up a door, gacot; to tie up a bundle (as of sticks), bigquis; to tie up sheaves of grain, tangcas; to tie up a living creature, niquit; to tie the planks of a floor together, gilaguir; a temporary tie, balaguir; to tie many times round with a knot, balaguil; tight tie, yaguis; to tie bamboos, dalin; to tie up an article lent, pañgayla. Of these twenty-one verbs the root of scarcely any is traceable to any noun substantive. For rice there are no less than sixty-five words in Bisayan; for bamboo, twenty.

Although the language is notably limited, there’s a wide variety of names for certain items. For instance, rice in the husk is palay (Malay, padi); before transplanting, it’s called botobor; when it starts to sprout, it's buticas; when the ear appears, it’s basag; in a more advanced stage, it’s maymota; when fully ripe, it’s boñgana; when bent down by the wind or the weight of the ear, it’s dayapa; early rice is cavato; sticky rice is lagquitan; poorly formed grain is popong; cleaned rice that isn't separated from the husks is loba; clean rice is bigas; waste rice is binlor; ground rice is digas; roasted rice is binusa; roasted to look like flowers is binuladac; rice paste is pilipig; fricasseed rice is sinaing; another type of prepared rice is soman. There are at least nineteen terms for different kinds of the same item. The same applies to verbs: to tie is tali; to tie around is lingquis; to tie a belt is babat; to tie the hands is gapus; to tie someone by the neck is tobong; to tie with a noose is hasohaso; to tie around a jar is baat; to tie up a corpse is balacas; to tie the mouth of a purse is pogong; to tie up a basket is bilit; to tie two sticks together is pangcol; to tie up a door is gacot; to tie up a bundle (like a stack of sticks) is bigquis; to tie up sheaves of grain is tangcas; to tie up a living creature is niquit; to tie the planks of a floor together is gilaguir; a temporary tie is balaguir; to tie many times around with a knot is balaguil; a tight tie is yaguis; to tie bamboos is dalin; to tie up something lent is pañgayla. Of these twenty-one verbs, the root of hardly any can be traced back to any noun. For rice, there are at least sixty-five words in Bisayan; for bamboo, there are twenty.

There are numerous names for the crocodile. Buaya conveys the idea of its size from the egg to the full-grown animal, when he is called buayang totoo, a true crocodile. For gold there are no less than fifteen native designations, which denote its various qualities.

There are many names for the crocodile. Buaya captures its size from the egg to adulthood, when it's referred to as buayang true, a true crocodile. As for gold, there are at least fifteen native names that reflect its different qualities.

Juan de Noceda gives twenty-nine words as translations of mirar (to look); forty-two for meter (to put); seventy-five for menear (to move); but synonymes are with difficulty found in languages having no affinity, especially when any abstract idea is to be conveyed. [226]

Juan de Noceda provides twenty-nine translations for mirar (to look); forty-two for meter (to put); seventy-five for menear (to move); but it's hard to find synonyms in languages that have no connection, especially when trying to express any abstract ideas. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In family relations the generic word for brother is colovong; elder brother, cacang: if there be only three, the second is called colovong; the third, bongso: but if there be more than three, the second is named sumonor; the third, colovong. Twin brothers are cambal. Anac is the generic name for son; an only son, bogtong; the first-born, pañganay; the youngest, bongso; an adopted son, ynaanac. Magama means father and son united; magcunaama, father and adopted son; nagpapaama, he who falsely calls another his father; pinanamahan, a falsely called father; maanac, father or mother of many children; maganac, father, mother and family of children (of many); caanactilic, the sons of two widowers; magca, brothers by adoption.

In family relationships, the general term for brother is colovong; older brother is cacang. If there are only three brothers, the second is called colovong and the third is bongso. If there are more than three, the second is named sumonor and the third is colovong. Twin brothers are cambal. The term Anac refers to a son; an only son is bogtong; the first-born is pañganay; the youngest is bongso; an adopted son is ynaanac. Magama means a father and son together; magcunaama refers to a father and adopted son; nagpapaama is someone who falsely claims another as his father; pinanamahan refers to a falsely called father; maanac means the father or mother of many children; maganac means father, mother, and family of many children; caanactilic refers to the sons of two widowers; magca means brothers by adoption.

A common ironical expression is, Catalastasan mo aya a! (How very clever!)

A common ironic expression is, Catalastasan mo aya a! (How very clever!)

The Indian name for the head of a barrio, or barangay, is dato, but the word more commonly used at present is the Castilian cabeza; so that now the Indian generally denominates this native authority cabeza sa balañgay. The Tagal word for the principal locality of a district is doyo, in Castilian, cabazera.

The Indian name for the head of a barrio, or barangay, is dato, but the term that's more commonly used today is the Castilian cabeza; so now, the Indian typically refers to this local authority as cabeza sa balañgay. The Tagal word for the main location of a district is doyo, in Castilian, cabazera.

The word cantar has been introduced for the music of the Church, but many of the ancient Indian words have been retained, such as Pinanan umbitanan ang patay.—They sing the death-song; dayao, the song of victory; hune, the song of birds. The noise of the ghiko lizard is called halotictic. [227]

The word cantar has been introduced for the Church's music, but many ancient Indian words have been kept, such as Pinanan umbitanan ang patay.—They sing the death song; dayao, the victory song; hune, the birds' song. The noise of the ghiko lizard is called halotictic. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The following may serve as specimens of Tagál polysyllabic words:—

The following may serve as examples of Tagál polysyllabic words:—

Anagnalaláqui son.
Ananababai daughter.
Cababulaánang lie.
Malanuingiolog thunder.
Pagsisisi suffering.
Paghahanducan
Pagsisingsiñgan finger.
Pagpapahopa peace.
Palayanglayañgan swallow.
Pañgañganyaya damage.
Sangtinacpan the world.
Solonmañgayao comet; exhalation.
Magbabaca warrior, from baca to light.
Tagupagbaca
Tangcastancasan faggot.
Masaquit angmangapilipis anco my head aches.
Hahampasinguita I will flog thee (thou shalt be flogged by me).
Guiguisiñgincata I will wake thee (thou shalt be waked by me).
Magpasavalabanhangan everlasting.
Pananangpahataya faith.
Mapagpaunbabao deceitful.
Mapagpalamara ungrateful.

Odd numbers in Tagál are called gangsal, even numbers tocol.

Odd numbers in Tagál are called gangsal, even numbers tocol.

Affirmative, Yes! Oo; tango.
Negative, No! Di; dili; houag; dakan.

Many Malayan words are to be traced, some in their pure, others in a corrupted form, not only in the Tagal and Bisayan, but in other idioms of the Philippines.12 Such are Langit, heaven; puti, white; mata, eye; vato, stones; mura, cheap; and some others. Slightly modified are dita for lina, language; [228]babi, for babuy, pig; hagin (Tag.) and hangin (Bis.) for angin, wind; masaguit for sakit, sick; patay for mati (Mal.), mat (Pers.), dead; nagcasama for samasama, in company; matacut for takot, fear; ulan for udian, rain; and a few others. The Malay word tuan, meaning honourable, and generally employed to signify the obedience and deference of the speaker to the person addressed, is mostly used by the Tagals in an ironical sense. Ay touan co! Honourable man indeed! “Do not tuan me,” is equivalent to, “None of your nonsense.”

Many Malay words can be found, some in their original form and others in a distorted version, not just in Tagalog and Bisayan, but in other languages of the Philippines. 12 Examples include Langit, heaven; puti, white; mata, eye; dude, stones; mura, cheap; and others. Slightly altered are dita for lina, language; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]babi, for babuy, pig; hagin (Tag.) and hangin (Bis.) for angin, wind; masaguit for sakit, sick; patay for mati (Mal.), mat (Pers.), dead; nagcasama for samasama, in company; matacut for takot, fear; ulan for udian, rain; and a few others. The Malay word tuan, meaning honorable, and generally used to show the speaker's respect and deference to the person being addressed, is often used ironically by the Tagals. Ay touan co! Honorable man indeed! "Don't tuan me" means, "Cut out your nonsense."

The monks have introduced most of the Castilian words of Greek and Latin origin necessary for the profession of the Catholic faith, or the celebration of its religious rites, for few of which could any representatives be found in the aboriginal tongues.

The monks have brought in most of the Castilian words derived from Greek and Latin that are essential for practicing the Catholic faith or for celebrating its religious rites, as there are hardly any equivalents in the native languages.

Considering the long possession of many portions of the Philippines by tribes professing Mahomedanism, the number of current Arabic words is small: I heard salam, salute; malim, master; arrac, wine or spirits; arraes for reis, captain. And among the Mussulmans of Mindanao, Islam, koran, rassoul (prophet), bismillah, kitab, and other words immediately connected with the profession of Islamism, were quite familiar.

Considering the long history of many areas in the Philippines being occupied by tribes that follow Islam, the number of Arabic words still in use is surprisingly small. I heard salam, which means salute; malim, meaning master; arrac, for wine or spirits; and arraes for reis, meaning captain. Among the Muslims in Mindanao, terms like Islam, koran, rassoul (prophet), bismillah, kitab, and other words related to the practice of Islam were quite common.

The only Chinese word that I found generally in use was sampan, a small boat, meaning literally three planks.

The only Chinese word that I found commonly used was sampan, a small boat, which literally means three planks.

Many of the sounds in the Tagal are so thoroughly English that they fell strangely on my ear. Toobig is water; and asin, salt, when shouted out to the [229]Indian servants at table, somewhat startled me, and I could not immediately find out what was the excess denounced, or the peccadillo committed. Most of the friars speak the native idioms with fluency, never preach in any other, and living, as most of them do, wholly surrounded by the Indian population, and rarely using their native Spanish tongue, it is not to be wondered at that they acquire great facility in the employment of the Indian idioms. Most of the existing grammars and dictionaries were written by ecclesiastics to aid in the propagation of the Christian doctrine, and small books are printed (all on religious subjects) for the instruction of the people. I could not discover that they have any historical records or traditions brought down from a remote antiquity.

Many of the sounds in the Tagal language are so distinctly English that they caught me off guard. Toobig means water; and asin means salt. When it was shouted to the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Indian servers at the table, it startled me, and I couldn’t immediately figure out what the excess being criticized was or the small mistake that had been made. Most of the friars speak the local languages fluently and never preach in any other. Since most of them live entirely among the Indian population and rarely use their native Spanish, it's no surprise that they become quite skilled in the local languages. Most of the existing grammars and dictionaries were created by church officials to help spread Christian teachings, and small books, all on religious topics, are printed for the community's education. I couldn't find any historical records or traditions that have been passed down from ancient times.

The more my attention has been directed to the study of the idioms of distant countries, the more I am struck by the absurd fancies and theories which have obtained so much currency with regard to the derivation and affinities of languages. The Biscayans firmly hold their Euscaran idiom to have been the tongue of Adam and Eve in Paradise, and consequently the universal language of primitive man and the fountain-head of all others. More than one Cambrian patriot has claimed the same honour for the Welsh, insisting that all the dialects of the world have been derived from the Cymri. But it would be hard to prove that a single word has descended to the present times from the antediluvian world. Intercourse and commerce seem the only channels [230]through which any portion of the language of any one nation or tribe has passed into the vocabulary of any other. The word sack is said to be that of the most general diffusion. A French writer contends it was the only word preserved at the time of the Babel confusion of languages, and it was so preserved in order that the rights of property might be respected in the general anarchy. In the lower numerals of remote dialects there are many seemingly strange affinities, which may be attributed to their frequent use in trading transactions. Savages, having no such designations of their own, have frequently adopted the higher decimal numbers employed by civilized nations, of which the extended use of the word lac for 10,000 is an example. Muster, among trading nations, is, with slight variations, the almost universally received word for pattern; so the words account, date, and many similar. How many maritime terms are derived from the Dutch, how many military from the French, how many locomotive from the English! The Justinian code has impregnated all the languages of Europe with phrases taken from the Roman law. To the Catholic missal may be traced in the idioms of converted nations almost all their religious phraseology. In the facilities of combination which the Greek in so high a degree possesses science has found invaluable auxiliaries. Our colonies are constantly adding to our stores, and happily there is not (as in France) any repugnance to the introduction of useful, still less of necessary words. Bentham used to say that purity of language [231]and poverty of language were nearly synonymous. It is well for the interests of knowledge that the English tongue receives without difficulty new and needful contributions to the ancient stock. The well of pure English undefiled is not corrupted, but invigorated, by the streams which have been poured into it from springs both adjacent and remote. Language must progress with and accommodate itself to the progress of knowledge, and it is well that a language clear, defined and emphatic as our own—derived from many sources, whence its plasticity and variety—having much monosyllabic force and polysyllabic cadence—condensed and yet harmonious—should be the language having now the strongest holds and the widest extension.

The more I focus on studying the languages of faraway countries, the more I notice the ridiculous ideas and theories that are so widely accepted regarding the origins and connections of languages. The people of Biscay believe that their Euscaran language was the one spoken by Adam and Eve in Paradise, making it the universal language of early humans and the source of all other languages. Several proud Welsh people have made similar claims, insisting that all the world's dialects come from Welsh. However, it would be difficult to prove that even one word has made its way down from the pre-Flood world. Contact and trade seem to be the only ways in which any part of one nation or tribe's language has entered the vocabulary of another. The word sack is said to be the most widely used. A French writer argues that it was the only word preserved during the confusion of languages at Babel, kept to ensure property rights amidst the chaos. In the lower numbers of distant dialects, there are many seemingly odd connections that likely come from their frequent use in trade. Indigenous people, lacking their own terms, have often borrowed higher decimal numbers used by civilized nations, such as the widespread use of the word lac for 10,000. Muster, among trading countries, is, with minor variations, the almost universally accepted term for pattern; similarly, words like account, date, and many others. Numerous maritime terms come from Dutch, military terms from French, and many locomotive terms from English! The Justinian code has influenced all European languages with phrases derived from Roman law. The Catholic missal has left its mark on the religious language of many converted nations. The unique ability of Greek to combine words has proven invaluable to science. Our colonies continually enrich our vocabulary, and fortunately, unlike in France, there is no resistance to the addition of useful or necessary words. Bentham used to say that the purity of language and poverty of language were nearly the same. For the sake of knowledge, it’s beneficial that the English language easily accepts new and essential contributions to its rich history. The well of pure English remains unspoiled, invigorated instead by the influx of words from both nearby and distant sources. Language must evolve and adapt to the advancement of knowledge, and it’s fortunate that a language as clear, precise, and impactful as ours—drawn from numerous origins, lending it flexibility and diversity—combines strong monosyllabic punch with the rhythm of polysyllabic flows—should be the language with the strongest presence and broadest reach now.

Among the evidences of progress which the world exhibits, not only is the gradual extinction of the inferior by the advance of the superior races of man a remarkable fact, but equally striking is the disappearance of the rude and imperfect idioms, and their supplantation by the more efficient instruments of advancement and civilization found in the languages of the cultivated nations. The attempts which have been made to introduce the phraseology of advanced arts and sciences into tongues which only represent a low stage of cultivation, have been lamentably unsuccessful. No appropriate niches can be found in barbarian temples for the beautiful productions of the refined genius of sculpture. The coarse garments of the savage cannot be fitly repaired with the choice workmanship of the gifted artisan. And [232]few benefits can be conceived of more importance to the well-being of the human family than that the means of oral intercourse should be extended, and that a few widely spread languages (if not a universal one, whose introduction may be deemed an utterly hopeless dream) will in process of time become the efficient instrument of communication for the whole world.

Among the signs of progress that the world shows, not only is the gradual disappearance of the less advanced races of humanity a notable fact, but it’s also striking how the rough and imperfect languages are fading away, replaced by the more effective tools for progress and civilization found in the languages of educated nations. The efforts made to introduce advanced terminology from the arts and sciences into languages that only reflect a low level of development have unfortunately failed miserably. There are no suitable spaces in primitive temples for the beautiful creations of refined sculpture. The crude clothing of the uncivilized cannot be properly mended with the skilled craftsmanship of talented artisans. And [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]few benefits can be seen as more crucial to the well-being of humanity than the expansion of verbal communication, and that a few widely spoken languages (if not a single universal one, whose introduction may seem like an entirely hopeless dream) will eventually become the effective means of communication for the entire world.

The poetry of the Tagals is in quantity of twelve syllables. They have the Spanish asonante, but words are considered to rhyme if they have the same vowel or the same consonant at a terminal, as thus:—

The poetry of the Tagals consists of twelve syllables. They use the Spanish asonante, but words are considered to rhyme if they share the same vowel or the same consonant at the end, as follows:—

In beautiful starlight

Under beautiful starlight

Heaven’s concave is drest,

Heaven's dome is dressed,

And the clouds as they part

And the clouds as they split apart

Make the brightness more bright.

Make the brightness brighter.

So stick would rhyme with thing, knot with rob; and the Indian always chant their verses when they recite them, which, indeed, is a generally received Asiatic custom. The San tze King, or three-syllable classic, which is the universally employed elementary book in the schools of China, is always sung, and the verse and music naturally aid the memory. The music of the song sung by the Tagálas to tranquillize children, called the helehele, De Mas says, resembles that of the Arab.

So stick would rhyme with thing, knot with rob; and the Indian always chants their verses when they recite them, which is a widely accepted custom in Asia. The San tze King, or three-syllable classic, which is the standard elementary book used in schools in China, is always sung, and the verse and music naturally help with memorization. The music of the song sung by the Tagálas to soothe children, called the helehele, De Mas says, is similar to that of the Arabs.

I have found a few proverbs in verse, of which these are examples:—

I have found a few proverbs in verse, and here are some examples:—

Isda acong yaga saprap

Isda tranquilo yaga saprap

Galataliptip calapad

Galataliptip calapad

Caya naquiqui pagpusag

Caya naquiqui pagpusag

Ang cala goyo y apahap.

The calm sea and breeze.

Weak men, by the helping aid

Weak men, with the support of

Of the mighty, strong are made.

Of the strong, the mighty are created.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Aba ayá casampaga

Aba ayá casampaga

Nang ponay na olila

Nang later orphan

Un umumbo y pagscap na

Un umumbo y pagscap na

Valan magsopcop na ma.

Valan magsopcop na ma.

It is a very careless hen,

It is a very careless hen,

Who will not stretch her pinions when

Who won't spread her wings when

The young brood for protection fly

The young ones fly for protection.

From storms and rains and threatening sky.

From storms and rain and a menacing sky.

Ycao ang caou co

Ycao ang caou co

Pacacaou so tomanda y

Pacacaou so tomanda y

Maguinguin bata pa

Maguinguin is still alive

Ang catacayac

The cat is sleeping

Sucat macapagcati nang dagat.

Sucat makapangisda ng dagat.

In going and coming on life’s long stage,

In the journey of life’s long stage,

You may say as a certain truth,

You might say it's a certain truth,

That men may travel from youth to age,

That men can journey from youth to old age,

But never from age to youth.

But never from old age to youth.

Coya ipinacataastaas. Many few make a many.
Nang domagongdong ang cagpac. The higher the flight the greater the fall. They are lifted high so that they may fall with a greater crash.Claud.

Note.—The chapter I had written on the language of the Philippines was, with many others of my MSS., submerged in the Red Sea by the Alma wreck, and much of their contents is utterly illegible; nor have I been able, from any materials accessible to me in this country, to present anything like a satisfactory sketch. Under the circumstances, my short-comings will, I doubt not, be forgiven. [234]

Note.—The chapter I wrote about the language of the Philippines, along with many other manuscripts, was lost when the Alma sank in the Red Sea, and much of the content is completely unreadable; I haven't been able to find any resources available to me here to create a decent summary. Given these circumstances, I trust that my shortcomings will be understood. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Personal pronouns are aco, I; anim, we. The Tagál has no possessive pronouns; but employs instead the genitive of the personal. 

1 Personal pronouns are aco, I; anim, we. The Tagál language doesn't have possessive pronouns; instead, it uses the genitive form of personal pronouns.

2 Um, to be; ungma, thou art. 

2 Um, to be; ungma, you’re. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

3 Ca, or ycao, personal pronoun, thou, always follows the verb; mo is the genitive. 

3 Ca, or ycao, is a personal pronoun meaning "you," and it always comes after the verb; mo is the possessive form.

4 Samba, adore; sambahin, the future tense. 

4 Samba, to worship; sambahin, the future form.

5 Arao, sun, or day. 

5 Arao, sun, or day. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

6 Tolot, to allow to escape. 

6 Tolot, to release. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

7 Dayat, praise; the future passive is conveyed by ipapag

7 Dayat, praise; the future passive is expressed by ipapag

8 From anchi, adverb, here. 

8 From anchi, adverb, here. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

9 From hadi, king. 

9 From hadi, king. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

10 From uara, forgiveness. 

10 From uara, forgiveness. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

11 From auai, to quarrel. 

11 From auai, to argue. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

12 Mr. John Crawfurds’s Dissertation in his Malayan Grammar. 

12 Mr. John Crawfurds's dissertation in his Malay grammar.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XIV.

NATIVE PRODUCE.

The Leyes de Indias emphatically recognize the wrongs and injuries of which the Indians are constantly the victims, and seek to furnish remedies against them: they annul dishonest contracts—they order the authorities rigorously to punish acts of oppression—they declare that the transactions of the Spanish settlers have frequently been “the ruin of the Indians”—they point out the mischiefs produced by the avarice in some cases, and inaction in others, of the mestizos, who are commonly the go-betweens in bargains of colonists with natives. The local ordenanzas, which are numerous and elaborate, have for their object to assure to the Indian the fruits of his labours—to protect him against his own imprudence and the usurious exactions of those to whom he applies in his difficulties; they provide against the usurpation of his lands, declare the sovereign the rightful owner of property which there are no heirs to claim, and insist that everywhere the Indian shall draw from the soil he cultivates the means of comfortable subsistence: the accumulation of properties acquired from the Indians [235]by ecclesiastical bodies is prohibited, notwithstanding which prohibition enormous estates are held by the monkish fraternities. There are also arrangements for setting apart “common lands” for general use, independently of private estates. Many of the provisions are of so vague a character as to insure their non-observance, and others so particular and special in their requirements as to make their enforcement impossible. The 71st article, for example, compels the Indians “to plant useful trees, suited to the soil”—to sow wheat, rice, maize, vegetables, cotton, pepper, &c., in proper localities—to maintain “every species of appropriate cattle”—to have “fruits growing in their gardens and orchards round their houses”—to keep “at least twelve hens and one cock” (a very superfluous piece of legislation), and one “female sucking pig;” they must be encouraged to manufacture cloths and cordage; and failing in these duties for the space of two years, they are to lose their lands, which, by public proclamation, shall be appropriated to others. There is, in fact, no absolute territorial right of property among the Indians. It can always be seized and reappropriated by the Spanish authorities. Lands are held on condition that they are cultivated. There are lands possessed by Spaniards and by corporations of the clergy principally, which pay a nominal rental to the crown, but the rental is so small as to be of no account. There is no difficulty in obtaining gratuitous concessions of territorial surface on the sole obligation of bringing it into cultivation. Long usage and long possession [236]have no doubt created supposed rights, which are able to maintain themselves even against competing private claims or the obvious requirements of public utility. Questions arise as to what is meant by “cultivation,” and the country is full of controversies and lawsuits, of which land is generally the subject-matter. The larger proprietors constantly speak of the difficulty of obtaining continuous labour—of the necessity of perpetual advances to the peasant—of the robbery of the ripe harvests when raised. Hence they are accustomed to underlet their lands to petty cultivators, who bring small and unsatisfactory returns to the owners and to the market. They complain of the jealousy and ill-will of the Indians, their intrigues and open resistance to foreign settlers, and of the too indulgent character of the “Law of the Indies.” It appears to me that there is abundant field for advantageous agricultural experiments, not perhaps so much in the immediate vicinity of large and populous places, as on the vast tracts of uncared-for territory, which demand nothing but attention and capital, perseverance and knowledge, to render a prodigal return. No doubt the agriculturist should have possession absolutely and irrevocably secured to him. Once installed by the government he must be protected against all molestation of his title. I do not believe in the invincible inertness of the Indians when they are properly encouraged. I heard of a native in one of the most distant villages I visited in Pinay, who had been recommended by a friar to take to sugar-growing. He did so, and obtained five [237]hundred dollars for the produce which he, for the first time, took down to Iloilo. He will get a thousand the second year; and others were following his example. A little additional labour produces so much that the smallest impulse gives great results, especially where employed over a vast extent. But Indian indolence is not only prejudicial from the little assistance it offers to agricultural activity in preparing, sowing, watching and gathering the harvest; it is unable to furnish any of those greater appliances which must be considered rather of public than of private concern. Hence the absence of facilities for irrigation, the imperfect state of the river navigation, the rarity of canals, the badness of the roads in so many localities. The seasons bring their floods, and the mountain torrents create their gullies; but the water escapes into the sea, and the labourer brings his produce, as best he may, amidst the rocks and sand and mud which the cataracts have left behind them. I have seen beasts of burden struggling in vain to extricate themselves, with their loads, from the gulf into which they had fallen, and in which they were finally abandoned by their conductors. I have been carried to populous places in palanquins, whose bearers, sometimes sixteen in number, were up to their thighs amidst mire, slough, tangled roots, loose stones and fixed boulders. De Mas says that the labourer absorbs three-fifths of the gross produce, leaving two-fifths to the proprietor and capitalist; but the conditions of labour are so very various that it is difficult to reach any general [238]conclusion, beyond the undoubted fact that neither capitalist nor labourer receives anything like the amount of profit which, under a better system, would be enjoyed by both; that the cost is far greater, and the returns far smaller, than they should be; and that the common prosperity suffers from the position of each. Whatever may be said of the enervating effects of climate and the want of motive to give activity to industry, it is probable that all nations, even the most industrious and the most opulent, have passed through their stages of indolence and inactivity. China affords an example that climate alone is no insuperable barrier to energetic exertions in all departments of the field of production, and that the possession of much is no necessary check upon the desire of obtaining and enjoying more. The value of lands is very various. De Mas says that the quiñon (of 1,000 square fathoms), in Pangasinan, sells for from 220 to 250 dollars; in the Laguna, 250 to 300; in Ilocos Sur, 300; in the neighbourhood of Manila, 1,000. He seems to consider sugar as, on the whole, the most profitable investment. He gives several tables of the cost and charges of sundry tropical productions, but the many elements of uncertainty, the cost of raising, the vicissitudes of climate, the attacks of insects, the fluctuations in the amount and value of accessible labour, and all the ebbs and flows of supply and demand, make all calculations only approximative. His apuntes, however, are well worth consulting by those interested in detailed inquiry. He gives as a result of rice cultivation a minimum profit [239]of 24 per cent., a maximum profit of 76 per cent. per annum. This would seem sufficiently inviting, especially as the Spaniards are reported to be fonder of agriculture than of any other pursuit, and fonder of being owners of lands than of any other property, according to their old refrain:—

The Leyes de Indias clearly acknowledge the wrongs and injuries that Indians constantly suffer and aim to provide solutions for them: they void dishonest contracts—they mandate that authorities strictly punish acts of oppression—they assert that the dealings of Spanish settlers have often led to “the ruin of the Indians”—they highlight the problems caused by the greed in some instances and by inaction in others among mestizos, who usually act as intermediaries in deals between colonists and natives. The local ordenanzas, which are plentiful and detailed, are designed to guarantee the Indian the benefits of his labor—to protect him from his own foolishness and the exploitative demands of those he turns to in his hardships; they guard against the usurpation of his lands, declare the sovereign as the rightful owner of property with no heirs to claim it, and emphasize that the Indian must be able to sustain himself comfortably from the land he cultivates: the accumulation of properties obtained from the Indians [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]by religious organizations is banned, yet in spite of this prohibition, vast estates are still owned by monastic groups. There are also plans to designate “common lands” for public use, separate from private properties. Many of the rules are vaguely defined, ensuring they will not be followed, while others are so detailed and specific that enforcing them is nearly impossible. The 71st article, for instance, mandates the Indians “to plant useful trees suited to the soil”—to grow wheat, rice, corn, vegetables, cotton, pepper, etc., in appropriate places—to maintain “every kind of suitable livestock”—to have “fruits growing in their gardens and orchards around their houses”—to keep “at least twelve hens and one rooster” (a rather unnecessary law), and one “female sucking pig;” they must be encouraged to produce textiles and rope; failure to meet these obligations for two years results in the loss of their lands, which will then be allocated to others by public proclamation. In fact, there is no permanent territorial property right among the Indians. It can always be taken away and redistributed by the Spanish authorities. Lands must be cultivated to be held. Some lands owned by Spaniards and clergy primarily pay a token rent to the crown, but the rent is so nominal that it is insignificant. It is easy to acquire land for free as long as there is a commitment to cultivate it. Long-standing use and possession [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]have surely created perceived rights that can assert themselves even against competing private claims or the evident needs of public utility. Questions arise about what “cultivation” really means, and the country is full of disputes and lawsuits, mostly about land. The larger landowners often mention the challenges in securing continuous labor—the need for constant advances to the workers—the theft of the ripe crops once harvested. Thus, they tend to sublet their lands to small-scale farmers, who yield minimal and unsatisfactory returns for the owners and the market. They express frustration over the jealousy and hostility of the Indians, their schemes and open resistance to foreign settlers, and the overly lenient nature of the “Law of the Indies.” I believe there exists a significant opportunity for beneficial agricultural innovations, not necessarily near large population centers, but in the vast expanses of neglected land that require only attention and investment, persistence, and expertise to yield substantial returns. Certainly, farmers should have their possession absolutely and permanently secured. Once established by the government, they must be protected from any disturbances of their title. I don’t think the Indians are inherently lazy when they are properly motivated. I heard about a native in one of the most remote villages I visited in Pinay, who was encouraged by a friar to start growing sugar. He did, and for the first time, he took his harvest to Iloilo and earned five [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]hundred dollars. He expects to earn a thousand the next year, and others are beginning to follow his lead. A little extra effort yields so much that even a slight push can lead to great results, especially over a large area. However, Indian laziness is not only detrimental because of the limited help it provides for farming activities like preparing, sowing, monitoring, and harvesting; it also fails to supply some of the larger resources that should be viewed more as public rather than private needs. This explains the lack of irrigation infrastructure, the poor state of river navigation, the scarcity of canals, and the bad roads in much of the region. Seasonal floods and mountain streams create their own challenges; water often flows out to sea, leaving laborers to haul their crops, as best they can, through the rocks and mud left by the floodwaters. I’ve witnessed pack animals struggling hopelessly to extricate themselves and their burdens from ravines, ultimately abandoned by their handlers. I have been carried to busy places in litters, with bearers—sometimes as many as sixteen—stuck up to their thighs in muck, mire, tangled roots, loose stones, and solid boulders. De Mas claims that the laborer receives three-fifths of the total product, leaving two-fifths for the landowner and capitalist; but working conditions vary so widely that it’s hard to draw any general [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]conclusion, except to acknowledge the clear fact that neither the capitalist nor the laborer gets remotely close to the profits they could achieve under a better system; that the costs are much higher, and the yields much lower, than they should be; and that the overall prosperity is hindered by the situation of each. Whatever may be said about the weakening effects of the climate and the lack of incentive to energize labor, it’s likely that all nations, even the most industrious and wealthiest, have gone through their own periods of laziness and inactivity. China serves as proof that climate alone is not an insurmountable barrier to vigorous activity across all sectors of production, and that having much doesn't necessarily hinder the desire to acquire and enjoy more. Land values vary widely. De Mas notes that the quiñon (of 1,000 square fathoms) sells for between 220 to 250 dollars in Pangasinan; 250 to 300 in Laguna; 300 in Ilocos Sur; and 1,000 near Manila. He seems to regard sugar as the most lucrative investment overall. He provides multiple tables showing the costs and expenses of various tropical products, but the numerous uncertainties, the costs of cultivation, the unpredictability of climate, insect infestations, the fluctuating availability and value of labor, and all the ups and downs of supply and demand make calculations only approximate. His apuntes are nonetheless quite valuable for anyone interested in detailed study. He states that the result of rice farming is a minimum profit [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]of 24 percent and a maximum profit of 76 percent per year. This seems quite appealing, especially since Spaniards are said to prefer agriculture above all other pursuits and value land ownership more than any other asset, according to their traditional saying:—

“No vessel on the sea,

“No ship on the sea,

But the house that’s mine for me,

But the house that’s mine for me,

And all the lands around which I’ve been used to see.”1

And all the lands I've been used to seeing. 1

Indigo will render, according to De Mas, 100 per cent. Coffee, on the same authority, will double its capital in four years. Cocoa returns 90 per cent. Attempts to introduce mulberry cultivation for silk have had little success, though the specimens sent to Europe have obtained prizes for their excellent quality. The worms require a more continuous attention than the Indians are willing to give, and the same may be said of those spices, nutmegs, cinnamon, and any produce which demands unremitting care. The spontaneous productions of the Philippines do not easily obtain the benefit of a more enlightened mode of culture.

Indigo will yield, according to De Mas, 100 percent. Coffee, based on the same source, will double its investment in four years. Cocoa provides a 90 percent return. Efforts to start mulberry farming for silk have seen limited success, even though the samples sent to Europe have won awards for their high quality. The silkworms need more consistent care than the locals are willing to provide, and the same goes for spices like nutmeg, cinnamon, and any crops that require constant attention. The natural products of the Philippines don’t easily benefit from more advanced farming methods.

The rights of property require thorough investigation and recognition in a country which has not been surveyed or cadastred; where the foreign population is migratory and uncertain; where documentary titles are, for the most part, wanting, and appropriation of the soil has been little controlled by the supreme authorities; where there is no land-tax, and the religious bodies hold immense territories generally underlet [240]to the natives. The smallness of estates necessarily adds to the cost of production, and it would not be easy to induce wealthy capitalists to settle unless facilities were given for the acquisition and cultivation of extensive properties. Such capitalists would introduce the improvements in agricultural science which are now wholly wanting; they would bring with them able heads and hands to conduct, and better instruments to give practical effect to superior knowledge. A desire is frequently expressed for the formation of agricultural societies, but these are rather the children than the parents of progress, and the numerous and respectable body which already exists in Manila, the “Sociedad Economica,” has not been instrumental in introducing any very important changes. There is in the Spanish mind too great a disposition to look to “authority” as the source and support of all reforms; but the best service of authority in almost all cases of productive industry is non-interference and inaction; it is not the meddling with, but the leaving matters alone, that is wanted; it is the removal of restrictions, the supersession of laws which profess to patronize and protect, but whose patronage and protection mean the sacrifice of the many to the few. Government, no doubt, can greatly assist the public weal by the knowledge it can collect and distribute. Nothing is more desirable than that the rich territorial capabilities of the Philippines should be thoroughly explored by efficient scientific inquiry. Geologists, chemists, mechanicians, botanists, would teach us much respecting the [241]raw materials of these multitudinous islands, so inviting to the explorer, and so little explored. Mountains, forests, plains, lakes, rivers, solicit the investigation, which they could not fail to reward.

The rights of property need careful examination and acknowledgment in a country that hasn't been mapped or registered; where the foreign population is transient and inconsistent; where most official documentation is lacking, and land ownership has been minimally regulated by the highest authorities; where there is no land tax, and religious institutions own vast areas generally leased [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]to the locals. The small size of landholdings inevitably increases production costs, and attracting wealthy investors would be challenging unless there were opportunities to acquire and manage larger estates. These investors would bring much-needed advancements in agricultural practices; they would also provide skilled leadership, labor, and better tools to implement their superior knowledge. There is often a call for the creation of agricultural societies, but these are more tools of progress than the driving force, and the many respected organizations already in Manila, like the “Economic Society,” have not led to any significant changes. The Spanish mindset tends to rely too heavily on “authority” as the source and driving force for all reforms; however, in most cases involving productive industries, the best role for authority is to avoid interference and inaction. What is needed is not intervention but a hands-off approach; it is about removing restrictions and replacing laws that claim to protect but often end up benefiting a few at the expense of the many. The government can undoubtedly enhance the public good by gathering and distributing knowledge. It would be highly beneficial for the rich agricultural potential of the Philippines to be thoroughly examined through effective scientific research. Geologists, chemists, engineers, and botanists could teach us a great deal about the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]raw materials of these diverse islands, which are so appealing to explorers yet remain largely uncharted. Mountains, forests, plains, lakes, and rivers all invite investigation, which would surely yield rewards.

Of the indigenous productions found by the Spaniards the dry mountain rice seems to have been the principal article cultivated by the Indians for food, the arts of irrigation being little known, and the mode of culture of the simplest character. The missionaries taught the Indians to divide their lands, to improve their agriculture, to store their harvests, and generally to meliorate their condition by more knowledge and foresight. Maize and wheat were introduced from America, though for a long time the use of wheaten bread was confined to the service of the mass. There is now an adequate supply for the wants of the consumer. Melons, water-melons and various fruits, peas, pumpkins, onions, cucumbers, garlic and other vegetables, soon found their way from Mexico to the church gardens, and thence to more extensive cultivation. Coffee sprang up wild in the island of Luzon, ungathered by the natives. Tobacco was introduced under the patronage of the government, and is become the most important source of revenue. Pepper and cassia grew unnoticed, but the cocoa-nut tree and the plantain were among the most precious of the Indian’s possessions, and the areca was not less valued. Indigo was indigenous, and the wild cotton-tree was uncared for; nor can it be other than a subject of regret that to the present hour so inadequate an attention [242]has been paid to the natural production of the islands, and means so little efficient taken for improving their quality or extending their cultivation. At the present time there are few large estates having the benefit of well-directed labour and sufficient capital. Of those possessed by the religious communities little can be expected in the way of agricultural improvement, but the cultivated lands are generally in the hands of small native proprietors. Where the labourer is hired, his daily pay is from a half rial to a rial and a half (3½d. to 10d.), varying in the different provinces.

Of the native crops discovered by the Spaniards, dry mountain rice seems to have been the main food source cultivated by the indigenous people, as they had a limited knowledge of irrigation and only the simplest farming methods. Missionaries taught the locals how to section their lands, improve their farming techniques, store their harvests, and generally enhance their situation through more knowledge and planning. Maize and wheat were brought from America, although for a long time, wheaten bread was only used in religious services. Now, there's enough to meet consumer demand. Melons, watermelons, various fruits, peas, pumpkins, onions, cucumbers, garlic, and other vegetables quickly made their way from Mexico to church gardens and then to more widespread farming. Coffee grew wild in Luzon and was collected by the natives. Tobacco was introduced with government support and has become the most significant source of income. Pepper and cassia grew unnoticed, but the coconut tree and the plantain were among the most valuable resources for the indigenous people, and betel nut was equally prized. Indigo was native, and wild cotton trees were ignored; it's regrettable that even today, there's been so little attention given to the natural resources of the islands, and very few effective measures have been taken to improve their quality or expand their farming. Currently, there are few large estates benefiting from well-managed labor and adequate capital. From the religious communities that own land, not much can be expected in terms of agricultural progress, while the cultivated lands are mostly held by small local owners. When laborers are hired, they earn daily wages ranging from half a rial to one and a half rials (3½d. to 10d.), depending on the province.

The quiñon is the ordinary measure of land; it is divided into 10 baletas, these into 100 loanes, which represent 31,250 Castilian varas. Three labourers are supposed sufficient for the cultivation of a quiñon. In 1841 the Captain-General Urbiztondo published a decree encouraging the importation of Chinese agricultural labourers by landed proprietors, and with a special view to the cultivation of sugar, indigo and hemp. The decree was expected to produce a beneficial revolution—it has been a dead letter. Imported labour, subject to all sorts of restrictions, cannot in the long run compete with free indigenous labour. The question is a very grave one in its ramifications and influence on colonial interests, when they come into the field against the free trade and the free labour of the competing world. I doubt altogether the powers of the West Indies—dependent upon imported and costly immigrants—to rival the rich fields of the East, when [243]capital and activity shall turn to account their feracious soil, more genial climate, and more economical means of production. Progress there is but the natural development of the elements which Providence has allotted to them, whereas in the West India colonies everything is forced and unnatural, purchased at an immense cost and maintained by constant sacrifices. [244]

The quiñon is the standard measure of land; it's divided into 10 baletas, which are further divided into 100 loanes, totaling 31,250 Castilian varas. Three workers are considered enough to cultivate a quiñon. In 1841, Captain-General Urbiztondo issued a decree promoting the importation of Chinese agricultural workers by landowners, specifically to cultivate sugar, indigo, and hemp. The decree was expected to initiate a positive change but has largely been ignored. Imported labor, with various restrictions, cannot realistically compete with free local labor in the long run. This issue has serious implications for colonial interests when they face off against the free trade and labor of a competitive global market. I seriously question the ability of the West Indies—reliant on expensive imported workers—to compete with the rich lands of the East when [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] capital and enterprise fully utilize their fertile soil, more favorable climate, and cost-effective production methods. Progress in those regions is simply the natural evolution of the resources that Providence has given them, whereas in the West Indian colonies, everything feels forced and unnatural, acquired at tremendous cost and sustained by constant sacrifices. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Barco ninguno, casa la que vivas, tierras las que veas. 

1 Boat none, house where you live, lands you see.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XV.

VEGETABLES.

The money value of the tobacco grown in the Philippines is estimated at from 4,000,000 to 5,000,000 of dollars, say 1,000,000l. sterling. Of this nearly one half is consumed in the islands, one-quarter is exported in the form of cheroots (which is the Oriental word for cigars), and the remainder sent to Spain in leaves and cigars, being estimated as an annual average contribution exceeding 800,000 dollars. The sale of tobacco is a strict government monopoly, but the impossibility of keeping up any efficient machinery for the protection of that monopoly is obvious even to the least observant. The cultivator, who is bound to deliver all his produce to the government, first takes care of himself and his neighbours, and secures the best of his growth for his own benefit. Out of the capital of Manila scarcely anything is smoked but the cigarro ilegitimo; and in the capital you frequently get a hint that “the weed” is not from the estanco real. From functionaries able to obtain the best which the government brings to market, a present is often volunteered, which shows that they avail themselves [245]of something better than that best. And in discussing the matter with the most intelligent of the empleados, they agreed that the emancipation of the producer, the manufacturer and the seller, and the establishment of a simple duty, would be more productive to the revenue than the present vexatious and inefficient system of privilege.

The monetary value of tobacco grown in the Philippines is estimated to be between 4,000,000 to 5,000,000 dollars, roughly 1,000,000l. sterling. Almost half of this is consumed locally, a quarter is exported as cheroots (the Oriental term for cigars), and the rest is sent to Spain in the form of leaves and cigars, with an estimated annual average contribution exceeding 800,000 dollars. The sale of tobacco is strictly controlled by the government, but it’s clear even to the least observant that maintaining any effective system to protect that monopoly is impossible. The farmers, who are required to sell all their produce to the government, tend to prioritize their own needs and those of their neighbors, keeping the best of their crops for themselves. In Manila, people mostly smoke the cigarro ilegitimo; and in the capital, you often get a hint that “the weed” isn’t from the estanco real. Officials who can access the best tobacco that the government sells often receive gifts that suggest they enjoy something better than that. In conversations with the most knowledgeable of the empleados, they agreed that freeing the producer, the manufacturer, and the seller, along with implementing a straightforward tax, would generate more revenue than the current frustrating and ineffective privilege system.

There has been an enormous increase in the revenues from tobacco. They gave nett—

There has been a huge increase in the revenue from tobacco. They gave net—

Annual Average.
From 1782 to 1785 260,597 dolls. 86,865 dolls.
From
,,
1786 to 1800
(15 years) 4,950,101
dolls.
,,
330,006
dolls.
,,
From
,,
1801 to 1815
(15 years) 7,228,071
dolls.
,,
481,871
dolls.
,,
From
,,
1816 to 1830
(15 years) 8,403,368
dolls.
,,
560,225
dolls.
,,
From
,,
1831 to 1835
(5 years) 3,707,164
dolls.
,,
741,433
dolls.
,,
From
,,
1836 to 1839
(4 years) 4,990,011
dolls.
,,
1,247,503
dolls.
,,

Since when the produce has more than quadrupled in value.

Since then, the produce has more than quadrupled in value.

In 1810 the deliveries were 50,000 bales (of two arrobas), of which Gapan furnished 47,000, and Cagayan 2,000. In 1841 Cagayan furnished 170,000 bales; Gapan, 84,000; and New Biscay, 34,000. But the produce is enormously increased; and so large is the native consumption, of which a large proportion pays no duty, that it would not be easy to make even an approximative estimate of the extent and value of the whole tobacco harvest. Where the fiscal authorities are so scattered and so corrupt;—where communications are so imperfect and sometimes wholly interrupted;—where large tracts of territory are in the possession of tribes unsubdued or in a state of imperfect subjection;—where even among the more civilized Indians the rights of property [246]are rudely defined, and civil authority imperfectly maintained;—where smuggling, though it may be attended with some risk, is scarcely deemed by anybody an offence, and the very highest functionaries themselves smoke and offer to their guests contraband cigars, on account of their superior quality,—it may well be supposed that lax laws, lax morals and lax practices, harmonize with each other, and that such a state of things as exists in the Philippines must be the necessary, the inevitable result. It is sufficient to look at the cost of the raw material and the value of the manufactured article to perceive what an enormous margin of profit there exists. A quintal of tobacco will produce—

In 1810, there were 50,000 bales (of two arrobas) delivered, with Gapan supplying 47,000 and Cagayan providing 2,000. By 1841, Cagayan had increased its contribution to 170,000 bales; Gapan provided 84,000 and New Biscay contributed 34,000. However, the production has grown significantly, and the local consumption is so high, with a large portion not subject to tax, that it would be challenging to make even a rough estimate of the total yield and value of the entire tobacco harvest. Given that the tax authorities are so widely spread and often corrupt; that communication is poor and sometimes entirely broken down; that large areas are controlled by tribes that are either not fully conquered or only partially subdued; that even among the more civilized indigenous people, property rights are poorly defined and civil authority is weak; that smuggling, although it can involve risk, is hardly considered a crime by most, and even the highest officials smoke and offer their guests illegal cigars because they are of better quality—it’s clear that relaxed laws, weak morals, and lax practices go hand in hand, resulting in the conditions that exist in the Philippines. Just looking at the cost of raw materials and the price of the finished products reveals a huge profit margin. A quintal of tobacco will produce—

Dollars.
14 cases, each containing 1,000 cigars, whose value is, at 6½ dolls. per case 87·50
The quintal of tobacco costs 5·00 dolls.
Manufacture 5·25
dolls.
,,
14 cases at 2 rials 3·50
dolls.
,,
13·75
Profit 73-75

Cheroots (cigars) are manufactured in two forms,—that of the Havana, the smaller end being twisted to a point,—or cut at both ends, the usual Manila form. They are of sundry qualities, as follows:—Largest size, 125 to a box—1st Regalias, 1st Caballeros and Londres; second size, 250 to a box—2nd Regalias and 1st Cortados, 2nd Caballeros, 1st Havanas (ordinary size, and such as are more commonly used, Nos. 2 and 3 being those in most demand); 500 to a box—Nos. 2, 3, 4, and 5 Havanas, [247]2 and 3 Cortados. Besides these, enormous quantities of paper cigars (cigarillos) are consumed by the natives. They are sold in packets of twenty-five, at 5 cuartes; thirty, at 5⅓ cuartes; thirty-six, at 5 ​5⁄7​ cuartes.

Cheroots (cigars) come in two styles: the Havana, which has a small end twisted to a point, or the Manila style, which is cut at both ends. They vary in quality, as follows: the largest size has 125 in a box—1st Regalias, 1st Caballeros, and Londres; the second size has 250 in a box—2nd Regalias, 1st Cortados, 2nd Caballeros, and 1st Havanas (the standard size, with sizes 2 and 3 being the most popular); and the largest with 500 in a box includes sizes 2, 3, 4, and 5 of Havanas, as well as sizes 2 and 3 of Cortados. Additionally, a huge number of paper cigars (cigarillos) are consumed by the locals. They are sold in packs of twenty-five for 5 cuartes; thirty for 5⅓ cuartes; and thirty-six for 5 ​5⁄7​ cuartes.

The estanco prices for these cigars are, per box—

The standard prices for these cigars are, per box—

Dollars.
Imperiales box contains 125 cigars 3·750
Regalias and Caballeros
box
,,
contains
,,
125
cigars
,,
3·125
1 Havanas, 1 Cortados
box
,,
contains
,,
250
cigars
,,
3·500
2
Havanas,
,,
2
Cortados
,,
box
,,
contains
,,
500
cigars
,,
4·000
3
Havanas,
,,
3
Cortados
,,
box
,,
contains
,,
500
cigars
,,
3·500
4
Havanas,
,,
box
,,
contains
,,
500
cigars
,,
3·000
5
Havanas,
,,
box
,,
contains
,,
500
cigars
,,
2·500
Londres
box
,,
contains
,,
125
cigars
,,
1·875

Upon these minimum prices biddings take place at the monthly public auctions. So large is the demand that it is difficult to obtain any but fresh cigars, which require to be kept for two or three years to ripen.

At these minimum prices, bidding happens at the monthly public auctions. The demand is so high that it’s hard to get anything other than fresh cigars, which need to be stored for two or three years to mature.

The collection of tobacco and the manufacture of cigars are under the charge of an administration whose head-quarters are in Manila. The warehouses are of immense extent, and 20,000 persons probably find occupation in the preparation of this article of luxury, to say nothing of those employed in its production. The provinces in which there are establishments for the collection are Cagayan, La Isabela, New Ecija, La Union, Abra and Cayan. The largest of the manufactures of cigars are in Binondo (Manila) and Cavite, in the province of the same name. [248]

The collection of tobacco and the production of cigars are managed by an administration based in Manila. The warehouses are huge, and around 20,000 people likely work in preparing this luxury item, not to mention those involved in its production. The provinces where collection facilities exist include Cagayan, La Isabela, Nueva Ecija, La Union, Abra, and Cayan. The largest cigar production sites are in Binondo (Manila) and Cavite, located in the province with the same name. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Fr. Blanco thus describes the Nicotiana tabacum of the Philippines: “It is an annual, growing to the height of a fathom, and furnishes the tobacco for the estancos (licensed shops). Here, as everywhere else, its quality and taste vary. General opinion prefers the tobacco of Gapan, but that of the Pasy districts, Laglag and Lambunao, in Iloilo, of Maasin or Leyte, is appreciated for its fine aroma; also that of Cagayan, after being kept for some years,—for otherwise, like the tobacco of the island of Negros, it burns the mouth. It is a narcotic, and will subdue recent tumours. It is salutary when smoked, and even a necessity in these regions; it disperses phlegm, protects from the bad consequences of humidity and the morning dews, and is only injurious to health when used in excess. Snuff relieves from headaches and disperses gloomy humours. A small piece of smoked tobacco at the end of a stick applied to the nose of the lizard, which is here called the chacon (probably the ghiko), causes its instant death. A cruel practice,” (adds the father), “for the reptile is most useful, destroying cockroaches, centipedes, mice and other vermin; besides which its song may cheer the timid, who believe that while that song lasts there will be no earthquakes nor any excess of rain.”—(Pp. 74–75.)

Fr. Blanco describes the Nicotiana tabacum of the Philippines: “It’s an annual plant that can grow up to about six feet tall and provides the tobacco for the estancos (licensed shops). Here, like everywhere else, its quality and flavor vary. Most people prefer the tobacco from Gapan, but the tobacco from the Pasy districts, Laglag and Lambunao, in Iloilo, and from Maasin or Leyte is valued for its excellent aroma; the same goes for that from Cagayan, which is appreciated after being stored for a few years—otherwise, like the tobacco from Negros Island, it can be harsh on the mouth. It's a narcotic and can help reduce recent tumors. Smoking it is beneficial and even essential in these areas; it breaks up phlegm, protects against the negative effects of humidity and morning dew, and only becomes harmful to health if overused. Snuff can relieve headaches and lift a gloomy mood. A small piece of smoked tobacco on a stick applied to the nose of the lizard, known here as the chacon (possibly the ghiko), leads to its immediate death. 'It’s a cruel practice,' the father adds, 'since the reptile is very helpful in getting rid of cockroaches, centipedes, mice, and other pests; plus, its song can bring comfort to those who believe that as long as the song continues, there won’t be any earthquakes or too much rain.'”—(Pp. 74–75.)

I am informed by the alcalde mayor of Cagayan that he sent last year (1858) to Manila from that province tobacco for no less a value than 2,000,000 dollars. The quality is the best of the Philippines; it is all forwarded in leaf to the capital. He speaks of [249]the character of the Indians with great admiration, and says acts of dishonesty are very rare among them, and that property is conveyed in perfect safety through the province. The quantity of leaf transmitted was 300,000 bales, divided into seven qualities, of which the prices paid were from two to seven rials per quintal, leaving a large margin of profit. The tobacco used by the natives is not subject to the estanco, and on my inquiring as to the cost of a cigar in Cagayan, the answer was, “Casi nada” (Almost nothing). They are not so well rolled as those of the government, but undoubtedly the raw material is of the very best.

I’ve been informed by the mayor of Cagayan that he sent tobacco worth no less than 2,000,000 dollars to Manila last year (1858). The quality is the best in the Philippines; it all gets shipped in leaf to the capital. He expresses great admiration for the character of the locals, mentioning that dishonest acts are very rare among them and that property can be transported safely throughout the province. The amount of leaf sent was 300,000 bales, categorized into seven qualities, with prices ranging from two to seven rials per quintal, allowing for a significant profit margin. The tobacco used by the locals isn’t subject to the state monopoly, and when I asked about the cost of a cigar in Cagayan, the response was, “Casi nada” (Almost nothing). They may not be rolled as nicely as those from the government, but the raw material is definitely top-notch.

The demand for the important article of coffee in Australia and California will probably hereafter be largely supplied from the Spanish archipelago. Of the mode of cultivation, there is nothing particularly characteristic of the Philippines. The ground having been cleared (where on a large extent, by fire), it is fenced in, the soil prepared, and after having been steeped in water for two or three days, the sprouts are stuck into the holes which had been made for their reception, and in the following year are ready for cutting. The use of the plough largely increases the produce. The cultivation of sugar is rapidly extending. The harvest takes place generally from March to May. Four groups of labourers are employed: the cutters and the carters in the field, the grinders and the boilers in the manufactory. Improvements are gradually being introduced, as larger capitalists and more intelligent cultivators [250]come forward; and the establishment of refineries now in progress will induce many beneficial changes. Much of the clayed sugar which I saw delivered at Manila for refining into loaves had rather the appearance of dirty mud than of a valuable commodity. Though slowly, the work of improvement goes on, and there could be no greater evidence of it than the presence of a number of Chinese employed in the various stages of the fabric. Nor do these Chinese labourers fail to bring with them much practical knowledge. They are mostly from Fokien, a province in which the production of sugar is great, and in which there are large sugar refineries, mostly, however, for the manufacture of sugar-candy, which is the form in which the Chinese usually purchase the sugar for consumption, pounding it into powder. I visited several extensive establishments at Chang-chow-foo, about thirty miles from Amoy, a port whence the exportation is large.

The demand for coffee in Australia and California will likely be mostly met by the Spanish archipelago moving forward. The way coffee is grown in the Philippines doesn’t have any unique features. After clearing the land (often done by fire), it gets fenced in, the soil is prepared, and after soaking it in water for two or three days, the sprouts are planted in the holes made for them. The following year, they’re ready to be harvested. Using a plow significantly boosts the yield. The sugar industry is expanding quickly. Harvesting usually happens from March to May. There are four groups of workers: cutters and carters in the fields, and grinders and boilers in the manufacturing process. Improvements are being gradually implemented as larger investors and smarter farmers step in, and the establishment of refineries that are currently underway will lead to many positive changes. Much of the raw sugar I saw delivered in Manila for refining into loaves looked more like dirty mud than a valuable product. Although the progress is slow, improvements are happening, and a clear sign of this is the number of Chinese workers involved in different stages of production. These Chinese laborers bring a lot of practical knowledge with them. Most are from Fokien, a province known for its large sugar production and extensive sugar refineries, primarily for making sugar-candy, the form in which Chinese people typically buy sugar for consumption, grinding it into powder. I visited several large facilities in Chang-chow-foo, about thirty miles from Amoy, a major export port.

There are several varieties of the sugar-cane. The zambales is used principally as food; the encarnado (red), morada (purple), blanca (white), and listada (striped), give the syrup for manufacture. The planting of the sprouts takes place between February and May. Weeds are removed by ploughing, and the plants ripen in ten or twelve months. In some provinces crops are cultivated for three successive years; in others, the soil is allowed to rest an intermediate year, and maize or other produce grown. When cut, the canes are carried to mills called by the natives cabayavan, to be crushed. The mills consist of two [251]cylindrical stones with teeth of the molave wood; a buffalo turns the wheel and the juice is conveyed to the boilers. The improvements of the West are being slowly introduced, and sundry economical processes have been adopted. Increasing demand, extended cultivation and, above all, the application of larger capitals and greater activity, will, undoubtedly, make the Philippines one of the great producing countries. A variety of tables have been printed, showing that the average annual profits on coffee cultivation are from 20 to 30 per cent.; in some provinces considerably more.

There are several types of sugarcane. The zambales is mainly used as food, while the encarnado (red), morada (purple), blanca (white), and listada (striped) are used to make syrup. Sprouts are planted between February and May. Weeds are removed by plowing, and the plants mature in ten to twelve months. In some provinces, crops are grown for three consecutive years; in others, the soil is allowed to rest for a year while maize or other crops are planted. When harvested, the cane is taken to mills called cabayavan by the locals to be crushed. The mills consist of two [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]cylindrical stones with teeth made from molave wood; a buffalo turns the wheel and the juice is directed to the boilers. Western innovations are being gradually introduced, and various cost-effective processes have been adopted. Growing demand, expanded cultivation, and especially the investment of more capital and increased effort will, without a doubt, make the Philippines one of the leading producing countries. Several tables have been published showing that the average annual profits from coffee cultivation range from 20 to 30 percent; in some provinces, it's significantly higher.

Rice being of far more general production, is estimated to give an average yearly profit of from 12 to 20 per cent.; sesame returns an average of about 20 per cent.; cocoa-nuts may be considered at about equal to rice in the yearly benefits they leave, but the conditions are so various that it may be difficult to generalize. It may, however, be asserted with tolerable certainty, that money employed with ordinary prudence in agricultural investments will give an interest of from 20 to 30 per cent.

Rice is produced much more widely and is estimated to yield an average annual profit of 12 to 20 percent. Sesame provides an average return of about 20 percent. Cocoa-nuts can be considered roughly equal to rice in the annual profits they generate, but conditions vary so much that it can be hard to generalize. However, it can be reasonably asserted that money invested wisely in agriculture can earn interest ranging from 20 to 30 percent.

The consumption of rice is universal, and the superfluity of the harvests is taken to the Chinese markets. The varieties of rice have been elsewhere spoken of, but they may be classed under the two general heads of water and mountain rice. The aquatic rice is cultivated as in Europe and America; the sowing of the dry rice usually precedes that of the water rice, and takes place at the end of May. It is usually broadcast on the hills, requires to be hoed [252]and weeded, and is ripened in from three to four months and a half. It is harvested ear by ear.

The consumption of rice is widespread, and the surplus from the harvests is brought to the Chinese markets. The different types of rice have been discussed before, but they can be categorized into two main types: water rice and mountain rice. Water rice is grown similarly to how it is in Europe and America; planting dry rice usually happens before planting water rice and takes place at the end of May. It's typically sown on the hills, needs to be hoed [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and weeded, and matures in about three to four and a half months. It's harvested grain by grain.

Fr. Blanco describes four species of water-cultivated (de agua), and five of mountain-produced (secano) rice. Of the first class, the lamuyo (Oryza sativa lamuyo) is principally cultivated, especially in Batangas. The barbed rice (Oryza aristata) grows in Ilocos. Of the mountain rice, that called quinanda (Oryza sativa quinanda) is the most esteemed. The cultivation of the water rice begins by the preparation of the seed deposits (semillero), into which, at the beginning of the rainy season, the seed is thrown, after a thorough impregnation of the ground with water, of which several inches remain on the surface. Ploughing and harrowing produce a mass of humid mud. During the growth of the seed, irrigation is continued, and after six weeks the crops are ready for transplanting to the rice-fields. Men generally pull up the plants, and convey them to the fields, where women up to their knees in mire separate the plants, and place them in holes at a regular distance of about five inches from one another. They are left for some days to take root, when the grounds are again irrigated. The rice grows to the height of somewhat more than a yard, and after four months is ready for harvest. It is a common usage to cut every ear separately with an instrument whose Indian name is yatap. In some parts a sickle called a lilit is used. The lilit has a crook by which a number of ears are collected, and being grasped with the left hand, are cut by the serrated [253]blade of the sickle held in the right hand. The crops of aquatic rice vary from thirty to eightyfold.

Fr. Blanco describes four types of water-grown rice (de agua) and five types of mountain-grown rice (secano). Of the first type, the lamuyo (Oryza sativa lamuyo) is primarily grown, especially in Batangas. The barbed rice (Oryza aristata) is found in Ilocos. Among the mountain rice, the one called quinanda (Oryza sativa quinanda) is the most valued. The cultivation of water rice starts with preparing the seed beds (semillero), where the seeds are planted at the beginning of the rainy season after thoroughly soaking the ground with water, leaving several inches on the surface. Plowing and harrowing create a mass of wet mud. Throughout the seed’s growth, irrigation continues, and after six weeks, the crops are ready to be transplanted into the rice fields. Men usually pull up the plants and take them to the fields, where women, standing in mud up to their knees, separate the plants and place them in holes spaced about five inches apart. They are left for a few days to establish roots before the fields are irrigated again. The rice grows to just over a yard tall, and after four months, it’s ready for harvest. It’s common practice to cut each ear separately with a tool called yatap. In some areas, a sickle known as a lilit is used. The lilit has a hook that gathers several ears, which are held with the left hand while the serrated blade of the sickle in the right hand cuts them. The yields of aquatic rice can vary from thirty to eighty times the amount planted.

The mountain rice is sown broadcast after ploughing and harrowing, and buffaloes are employed to trample the seed into the ground. More care is sometimes taken, and holes made at regular distances, into which three or four grains of rice are dropped. Careful cultivation and great attention to the removal of weeds are said to produce hundred-fold crops.

The mountain rice is sown by scattering it after the soil is plowed and leveled, and buffaloes are used to press the seeds into the ground. Sometimes more care is taken by making holes at regular intervals where three or four grains of rice are placed. Diligent farming and a lot of focus on weeding can result in crops that yield a hundred-fold.

It is stated by Father Blanco that a third of the rice harvest has been known to perish in consequence of the dilatory and lazy way in which the reaping is conducted.

Father Blanco states that a third of the rice harvest is known to be lost due to the slow and lazy manner in which the reaping is done.

There is no doubt that the Philippines offer great facilities for the cultivation of indigo, but it has been neglected and inadequate attention paid to the manufacture. The growers state that there is in Europe a prejudice against Manila indigo; but such prejudice can only be the result of experience, and would be removed by greater care on the part of the growers, manufacturers and exporters. The crops, however, are uncertain, and often seriously damaged or destroyed by tempestuous weather, and by invasions of caterpillars. The seed is broadcast, sown immediately after the temperate season. It grows rapidly, but requires to have the weeds which spring up with it cleared away. It is ready for harvesting in the rainy months, generally in June. The fermentation, straining, beating, cleaning, pressing, and final preparation are carried on, not according to the improved [254]processes of British India, but as they were introduced by the Spaniards. The Indians, like the Chinese, employ the dye in its liquid state.

There’s no doubt that the Philippines have great facilities for growing indigo, but it has been overlooked and not enough attention has been paid to its production. The growers say that there’s a bias against Manila indigo in Europe; however, this bias is likely based on experience and could be overcome with more care from the growers, manufacturers, and exporters. The harvests, however, are unpredictable and often seriously affected or destroyed by severe weather and caterpillar infestations. The seeds are scattered and planted right after the temperate season. It grows quickly but needs the weeds that come up with it to be cleared away. It’s ready to be harvested during the rainy months, usually in June. The fermentation, straining, beating, cleaning, pressing, and final preparation are done not using the advanced processes from British India, but rather as introduced by the Spaniards. The Indians, like the Chinese, use the dye in its liquid form.

The consumption of the betel root is incredibly great. There are in the city of Manila, in the courts and ground floors of the houses, altogether 898 warehouses and shops, of which 429 (or nearly half the whole) are devoted to the sale of the prepared betel, or to the materials of which it is composed. There are two warehouses where the leaf in which the areca nut is wrapped is sold wholesale; there are 105 retail shops for the same article, and there are 308 shops in which is sold for immediate use the nut mixed with shell-lime, and served with the buyo (leaf of the piper betel), ready for conveyance to the mouth of the consumer, to whom it is from usage become an article of necessity even more urgent than the rice he eats or the water he drinks.

The consumption of betel root is extremely high. In the city of Manila, there are a total of 898 warehouses and shops in the courtyards and ground floors of homes, with 429 (nearly half) dedicated to selling prepared betel or its ingredients. There are two wholesale warehouses for the leaves used to wrap the areca nut; 105 retail shops sell the same item, and 308 shops offer the nut mixed with shell-lime, served with the buyo (leaf of the piper betel), ready for the consumer. For many, it has become more essential than the rice they eat or the water they drink.

Of the areca, Fr. Blanco, in his Flora de Filipinas, gives the following account:—“This species of palm, with which everybody is acquainted, and which like its fruit is called bonga by the Indians, grows to about the average height of the cocoa-nut tree. Its trunk is smaller at the base than the top, very straight, with many circular rings formed by the junction of the leaves before they fall, which they do on growing to a certain size. The use of the nut, which is somewhat smaller than a hen’s egg, is well known. When the bonga is wanting, the Indians employ the bark of the guava, or of the antipolo (Artocarpus). Mixed with lime and the pepper leaf, it makes the [255]saliva red. The Indians apply this saliva to the navel of their children as a cure for the colic and a protection from the effects of cold air. When ripe, the fruit is red and, I believe, might be used as a red dye. With copperas it makes a black dye, but inferior to that of the aroma. The lower part of the leaves, called talupac, is very clean, broad, white and flexible, making excellent wrappers and serving many useful purposes. The sprouts are salted and eaten, and are agreeable to the taste, but when cut the tree perishes.”—(P. 495.)

Of the areca, Fr. Blanco, in his Flora de Filipinas, says this:—“This type of palm, which everyone knows and is referred to as bonga by the locals, grows to about the average height of a coconut tree. Its trunk is narrower at the base than at the top, very straight, with many circular rings formed by the joining of the leaves before they fall off when they reach a certain size. The use of the nut, which is a bit smaller than a chicken egg, is well known. When bonga is not available, the locals use the bark of the guava or the antipolo (Artocarpus). When mixed with lime and the leaves of pepper, it produces [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]saliva that is red. The locals apply this saliva to the navels of their children as a remedy for colic and to protect against cold air. When ripe, the fruit is red and, I believe, could be used as a red dye. When mixed with copperas, it creates a black dye, though it's not as good as that from the aroma. The lower part of the leaves, called talupac, is very clean, broad, white, and flexible, making great wrappers and serving many practical uses. The sprouts are salted and eaten and are quite tasty, but once cut, the tree dies.”—(P. 495.)

Father Blanco says of the piper betel (Pimenta betel), whose leaves are employed as envelopes to the areca nut and lime:—“This plant is universally known, in consequence of the immense consumption of the betel, or buyo, as the betel is called by the Spaniards. The betel of Pasay, near Manila, is much esteemed; that of Banang, in Batangas, is the best of that province, and probably superior to the betel of Pasay. The tree prefers a somewhat sandy soil, but if too sandy, as in Pasay, fish is used as a manure, or the rind of the Ajonjoli (sesame), or other oleaginous fruits. The tree must be frequently watered. The roots are renovated after a year, but if left to grow old they produce flowers like the litlit (Piper obliquum). The fruit is called by the natives poro. Of the Piper parvifolium, an inebriating liquor is made. The Indians use the leaves as a preservative against the cholera. All the species of Piper are useful against the poison of snakes. The wound is first scarified, and either the [256]juice or bruised leaves of the plant applied and frequently changed. ‘I was called,’ says the author of the Flora of the Antilles, ‘to a negro whose thigh had just been bitten by a snake. The poison had made frightful progress. All the remedies of art had been employed in vain. A negro appeared, and asked leave to apply the popular mode of cure. There was then no hope of the recovery of the patient—human life was at stake—I did not hesitate. In a few moments the progress of the poison was stopped by the simple application of the Piper procumbens. On the third application the cure was completed.’”—(Pp. 16, 17.)

Father Blanco talks about the piper betel (Pimenta betel), whose leaves are used to wrap the areca nut and lime:—“This plant is well-known due to the huge consumption of betel, or buyo, as the Spaniards call it. The betel from Pasay, near Manila, is highly regarded; however, the one from Banang in Batangas is the best in that province and likely even better than the betel from Pasay. The tree prefers a slightly sandy soil, but if the soil is too sandy, like in Pasay, fish is used as fertilizer, or the rind of Ajonjoli (sesame), or other oily fruits. The tree needs to be watered often. The roots are replaced after a year, but if they are left to grow old, they produce flowers similar to the litlit (Piper obliquum). The natives call the fruit poro. An intoxicating drink is made from Piper parvifolium. The Indians use the leaves as a safeguard against cholera. All species of Piper are effective against snake venom. The wound is first scratched, and either the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]juice or crushed leaves of the plant are applied and changed frequently. ‘I was called,’ says the author of the Flora of the Antilles, ‘to a man whose thigh had just been bitten by a snake. The poison had spread alarmingly. All medical treatments had been tried without success. A man came forward and asked to use the traditional remedy. There seemed to be no hope for the patient—his life was on the line—I didn’t hesitate. In just a few moments, the spread of the poison was halted by the simple application of Piper procumbens. By the third application, the patient was completely cured.’”—(Pp. 16, 17.)

Of the vegetation of the Philippines, the bamboo may be deemed the most extensive, the most useful, and the most beautiful. The graceful groups of Cañas (the Spanish name, the Tagál is Bocaui) are among the most charming decorations of the island scenery, and are scattered with great profusion and variety on the sides of the streams and rivers, on hills and plains, and always to be found adjacent to the residence of the native. Waving their light branches at the smallest breeze, they give perpetual life to the landscape, while they are of daily service to the people. The Bambus arundo grows to a great height, and its cane is sometimes more than eight inches in diameter. In it is sometimes found a small stone, called Tabaxir, to which the Indians attribute miraculous healing virtues. The Bambus lumampao and the lima are so hard that the wood is used for polishing brass. [257]The bamboo serves for an infinity of uses; from the food that nourishes man or beast, to the weapons that destroy his life: for the comforts of home; for the conveniences of travel; for the construction of bridges, several hundred feet in length, over which heavy artillery can safely pass; for shipping and cordage; for shelter, and for dwellings and domestic utensils of all sorts; for vessels of every size to retain, and tubes to convey, water and other fluids; for mats, palings, and scaffoldings; for musical instruments, even organs for churches; for a hundred objects of amusement; and, indeed, for all the purposes of life the bamboo is distinguished. It is the raw material on which the rude artist makes his experiments—roots, trunks, branches, leaves, all are called into the field of utility. There is much of spontaneous production, but it may be multiplied by layers and cuttings. Some of the bamboos grow to an enormous size. That called by the natives cauayang totoo, and by the Spaniards caña espino, reaches the height of from forty to fifty feet, the diameter of the stalk or trunk exceeding eight inches. One of its divisions will sometimes hold two pecks of wheat. An infusion of this bamboo is poisonous to deer; but its leaves are eaten by horses and cattle and its young shoots as salad by man. The cauayang quiling (caña macho of the Spaniards) grows to about forty feet in height, its stem being of the size of a man’s arm. From the thickness of the rind and the smallness of the hollow, it is the strongest of the bamboos, and is used for carrying burdens on the shoulders; a fourth part [258]of the whole cane, of the length of two yards, when split, will support any weight that a man can carry. The cane has an elasticity which lightens the burden to the bearer. The varieties of the bamboo are scarcely to be counted. The interior of the osin gives a white substance, which is used as a cure for urinal and eye diseases.

Of the plants in the Philippines, bamboo is probably the most widespread, useful, and beautiful. The elegant clusters of Cañas (the Spanish name; in Tagalog, it's Bocaui) are some of the most delightful features of the island landscape, found in abundance along streams and rivers, on hills and flatlands, and always near the homes of the locals. They sway gracefully in the slightest breeze, bringing life to the scenery while serving the people every day. The Bambus arundo can grow to impressive heights, with canes that can exceed eight inches in diameter. Inside, you might find a small stone called Tabaxir, which the locals believe has miraculous healing properties. The Bambus lumampao and lima are so tough that their wood is used for polishing brass. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Bamboo has countless uses: it provides food for people and animals, weapons for hunting, comforts for home, travel conveniences, bridges that can span hundreds of feet and support heavy artillery, materials for shipping and ropes, shelters, and various household items; it can hold and transport water and other liquids; it can be made into mats, fences, and scaffolding; musical instruments, including church organs; and a hundred different toys. In fact, bamboo stands out in every aspect of life. It’s the raw material that creative artisans use in their work—roots, trunks, branches, and leaves are all put to good use. While there is much bamboo growing naturally, it can also be propagated through layering and cuttings. Some types of bamboo grow to massive sizes. The one called cauayang totoo by the locals and caña espino by the Spaniards can reach heights of forty to fifty feet, with trunks exceeding eight inches in diameter. One segment of it can hold up to two pecks of wheat. An infusion made from this bamboo is toxic to deer, but its leaves are safe for horses and cattle, and its young shoots can be eaten by humans as salad. The cauayang quiling (known as caña macho by the Spaniards) grows to about forty feet tall, with a stem the size of a person’s arm. Due to its thick rind and small hollow, it's the strongest kind of bamboo and is used for carrying loads on shoulders; a quarter of the entire cane, measuring two yards long, can support any weight a person can carry. The cane’s elasticity helps lighten the load for the bearer. There are so many varieties of bamboo that it's hard to keep track. The inside of the osin yields a white substance that is used to treat urinary and eye diseases.

I once heard a remark that the Crystal Palace itself could have been filled with specimens of various applications of the bamboo. Minus the glass, the palace itself might have been constructed of this material alone, and the protecting police furnished from it with garments, hats and instruments of punishment. The living trees would fill a conservatory with forms and colours of wondrous variety and beauty; and if paintings and poetry, in which the bamboo takes a prominent place, were allowed, not the walls of the Louvre could be sufficient for the pictures and the scrolls.

I once heard someone say that the Crystal Palace could have been packed with different uses of bamboo. Without the glass, the palace could have been made entirely from this material, and even the guards could have been dressed in bamboo-made uniforms, hats, and tools. Living bamboo trees would create a conservatory filled with amazing shapes and beautiful colors; and if we included paintings and poetry featuring bamboo, not even the walls of the Louvre would be enough to hold all the artwork and scrolls.

The various classes of canes, rattans and others of the Calamus family, have a great importance and value. The palasan is frequently three hundred feet long, and in Mindanao it is said they have been found of more than treble that length. They are used for cords and cables; but as the fibres are susceptible of divisions, down to a very fine thread, they are woven into delicate textures, some of which, as in the case of hats and cigar-cases, are sold at enormous prices. If not exposed to damp, the fibres are very enduring, and are safe from the attacks of the weevil.

The different types of canes, rattans, and others from the Calamus family are really important and valuable. The palasan can often reach lengths of three hundred feet, and in Mindanao, it's said some have been found to be over three times that length. They're used to make cords and cables, but because the fibers can be divided down to a very fine thread, they can also be woven into delicate fabrics. Some of these, like hats and cigar cases, sell for very high prices. If kept dry, the fibers are very durable and resistant to weevil damage.

The native name for hemp is anabo, the Spanish, [259]cañamo; but the raw material known in commerce as Manila hemp, is called in the Philippines by its Indian name, abacá. It is become a very important article of export, and in the year 1858 no less than 25,000 tons were shipped for foreign countries from Manila alone. Of this quantity Great Britain received about one-fourth, and the greater portion of the remainder went to the United States. Next to sugar and tobacco, it ranks highest in the list of exported produce. It is employed not only for cordage, but for textile fabrics. It is the fibre of one of the plantain family—the Musa trogloditarum textoria. Dampier says that its growth is confined to the island of Mindanao; but the quantity there grown is, at the present time, trifling compared to the production of Luzon, Panay, and other islands of the archipelago. The finer qualities are in considerable demand for weaving, and these are, of course, subjected to a more elaborate manipulation. It readily receives red and blue dyes; the morinda and marsdenia, native plants, being employed for the purpose. The fruit is said to be edible, but I am not aware of ever having seen it introduced, nor would it be likely to compete with the best of the delicious plantains which the Philippines produce. Father Blanco says that of these there are no less than fifty-seven varieties. The native name is saguing. Curious traditions are connected with this fruit. The Arabs say it was introduced into the world by Allah, when the Prophet lost his teeth, and could no longer enjoy the [260]date. It is sometimes called Adam’s apron, on the supposition that it was the plant whose leaves he and Eve employed to cover their nakedness. Its use is universal, both in its natural state and cooked in various forms.

The native name for hemp is anabo, and in Spanish, it's cañamo; however, the raw material known in commerce as Manila hemp is referred to in the Philippines by its Indian name, abacá. It has become a very important export item, and in 1858, no less than 25,000 tons were shipped for foreign countries from Manila alone. Out of that amount, Great Britain received about one-fourth, and most of the rest went to the United States. Next to sugar and tobacco, it ranks highest among exported products. It is used not only for rope making but also for textile fabrics. It comes from a plant in the banana family—the Musa trogloditarum textoria. Dampier mentions that it only grows on the island of Mindanao; however, the amount grown there is currently small compared to the production in Luzon, Panay, and other islands in the archipelago. The finer qualities are in high demand for weaving and require more sophisticated processing. It easily absorbs red and blue dyes, with the native plants morinda and marsdenia used for that purpose. The fruit is said to be edible, but I’ve never seen it used, nor would it likely compete with the delicious varieties of plantains that the Philippines produces. Father Blanco notes that there are at least fifty-seven varieties of these, known as saguing. There are intriguing traditions associated with this fruit. The Arabs claim it was created by Allah when the Prophet lost his teeth and could no longer enjoy the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]date. It's sometimes called Adam’s apron, based on the belief that it was the plant whose leaves Adam and Eve used to cover themselves. Its use is widespread, both in its natural form and cooked in various ways.

The cultivation of Coffee might be largely extended. For that, and indeed for every tropical produce, there is scarcely a limit to the unappropriated lands well suited to their production. Some of the coffee is of excellent quality, scarcely distinguishable from that of Arabia, but the general character is less favourable.

The production of coffee could be greatly increased. In fact, for all tropical crops, there’s almost no limit to the unused land that’s ideal for growing them. Some of the coffee is excellent quality, nearly indistinguishable from that of Arabia, but the overall quality is not as favorable.

Indeed there is an obvious contrast between the great improvements which have taken place in the Dutch archipelago, the British colonies, Ceylon for example, and the stagnation created by the too stationary habits of the Indian producer. He is little attentive to the proper selection of soil, the temperature or elevation of the ground, the choice of the seed, the pruning of the tree, the care of the berry, the separation of the outer coatings, and other details, which may help to account for the comparatively small extension of coffee production, especially considering the enormously increased demand for the article, and the prodigious development of its cultivation in Netherlands India, Ceylon and elsewhere.

There's a clear contrast between the significant progress made in the Dutch archipelago and British colonies, like Ceylon, and the stagnation caused by the overly static habits of Indian producers. They pay little attention to important factors such as selecting the right soil, considering the temperature or elevation of the land, choosing the best seeds, pruning the trees, caring for the berries, separating the outer layers, and other details. These factors may help explain the relatively small growth of coffee production, especially given the huge increase in demand for coffee and the remarkable development of its cultivation in the Netherlands East Indies, Ceylon, and elsewhere.

The quality of the Cocoa is excellent, and I have nowhere tasted better chocolate than in the Philippines, but the tree is principally planted for the private use of its possessors. In the convents particularly, [261]the friars are proud of their chocolate, which is generally made under their own superintendence, and from fruit raised in their own grounds and gardens. A little attention is required in the selection of soil and locality; the fruit is gathered as it ripens, and after the removal of the cuticle simply requires to be sun-dried.

The quality of the cocoa is excellent, and I haven’t tasted better chocolate anywhere than in the Philippines, but the tree is mainly grown for the private use of its owners. In the convents, especially, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the friars take pride in their chocolate, which is usually made under their own supervision and from fruit grown in their own grounds and gardens. It takes a little care to choose the right soil and location; the fruit is picked as it ripens, and after removing the outer layer, it just needs to be sun-dried.

It is sown in the month of November, and the shade of the banana is sought for its protection. The cocoa of Zebu is reported to be equal in excellence to that of the Caracas. In the island of Negros there is a large spontaneous production. The Indian soaks the cocoa in sugar juice, and in many parts the beverage is taken twice a day.

It is planted in November, and people seek the shade of the banana for protection. The cocoa from Zebu is said to be just as good as that from Caracas. On the island of Negros, there is a lot of natural production. The Indian soaks the cocoa in sugar juice, and in many places, the drink is enjoyed twice a day.

The supply of Cotton is one of the most interesting of questions as regards our manufacturing population, and I have felt surprised at the small sagacity, the parva sapientia, which has been exhibited by many who have devoted their attention to the matter. The expectation that Negroland Africa will be able to fill up the anticipated vacuum of supply is a vain hope originating in ignorance of the character and habits of the native races, and it will end in disappointment and vexation. The capabilities of British India are great, and the elements of success are there; but the capabilities of China are vastly greater, and I believe that as in two or three years China was able to send raw silk to the value of ten millions sterling into the market, and immediately to make up for the absence of the European supply, so to China we may hereafter look for a boundless supply of raw cotton; she now clothes more than [262]three hundred and fifty millions of her people from her own cotton-fields. The prices in China are so nearly on a level with those of India that though they allow an importation to the yearly value of two or three millions sterling in the southern provinces of China, importations into the northern are scarcely known. The quality, the modes of cultivation, of cleaning, of packing, are all susceptible of great improvements; their interests will make the Chinese teachable, and the Yang-tse-Kiang may be the channel for the solution of the cotton difficulty.

The supply of cotton is one of the most intriguing issues concerning our manufacturing workforce, and I’ve been surprised by the lack of insight, or parva sapientia, shown by many who’ve focused on the topic. The belief that Negroland Africa can fill the expected vacuum in supply is a misguided hope based on ignorance of the characteristics and habits of the local people, and it will likely end in disappointment and frustration. The potential of British India is significant, and the ingredients for success are present; however, China’s capabilities are even greater. Just as China managed to send raw silk worth ten million pounds to the market within two or three years, compensating for the lack of European supply, we may soon look to China for an unlimited supply of raw cotton; she currently provides clothing for over [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]three hundred and fifty million of her citizens from her own cotton fields. Prices in China are nearly on par with those in India, so while they allow imports valued at two or three million pounds annually in the southern provinces, imports in the northern provinces are almost non-existent. The quality, cultivation methods, cleaning processes, and packaging can all see significant improvement; the interests of the Chinese will make them receptive to learning, and the Yangtze River could become the solution to the cotton supply issue.

There seems no sufficient reason why cotton wool should not have been more largely exported from the Philippines. It is cheaply produced and might follow the crops of mountain rice. There is a domestic demand, and that seems to satisfy the grower, for cotton has almost ceased to be an article of foreign trade. The staple is said to be short. The plant is an annual and produces its crop in two or three months after it is sown. It is gathered in the midday sun before the advent of the rainy season, which destroys both shrub and seedpod.

There doesn't seem to be a good reason why cotton wool hasn't been exported more from the Philippines. It's inexpensive to produce and could be grown alongside mountain rice. There's a local demand, which seems to satisfy the growers, as cotton has nearly stopped being a product for foreign trade. The fibers are reportedly short. The cotton plant is an annual and yields its crop in two to three months after planting. It's harvested under the midday sun before the rainy season arrives, which damages both the plant and the seedpods.

Cocoa-nut trees (Cocos nucifera), called Nioc by the Tagals, eminently contribute to the ornament, comfort, and prosperity of the natives. Trunks, branches, leaves, fruit, all are turned to account. Oil, wine and spirits are made from its juices. The bark is employed for caulking and cables; the shell of the cocoa is wrought and carved in many ways for spoons, cups and domestic utensils; the burnt shell is employed for dyeing black. The trunk often forms the frame, the leaves the cover, of the Indian houses. [263]The fibres of the leaves are manufactured into cloths for garments; the fibres of the fruit into brushes. The pulp is eaten or made into sweetmeats and the milk is esteemed for its medicinal virtues. The root, when roasted, is used as a decoction for the cure of dysentery.

Coconut trees (Cocos nucifera), known as Nioc by the Tagalog people, significantly enhance the beauty, comfort, and prosperity of the locals. Every part of the tree—trunks, branches, leaves, and fruit—is utilized. Oil, wine, and spirits are extracted from its sap. The bark is used for caulking and making ropes; the coconut shells are shaped and carved into spoons, cups, and kitchenware, while the burnt shells are used for dyeing black. The trunk often serves as the framework and the leaves as the roofing of traditional homes. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] The fibers from the leaves are crafted into cloth for clothing, and the fibers from the fruit are made into brushes. The pulp is eaten or turned into sweets, and the milk is valued for its healing properties. The root, when roasted, is brewed as a remedy for dysentery.

A Spanish writer says that an Indian wants nothing but his Cocal (cocoa-nut palm garden) for his comfortable support. The tree will give him water, wine, oil, vinegar, food, cords, cups, brushes, building materials, black paint, soap, roofing for his house, strings for his rosaries, tow, red dye, medicine, plaister for wounds, light, fire, and many other necessaries. It produces fruit after seven years’ growth. The nipa palm is almost, though not quite as useful. These spontaneous bounties of nature may not be the allies or promoters of civilization, but they are the compensations which make savage life tolerable and, if not of high enjoyment, not far from happy.

A Spanish writer states that an Indian desires nothing more than his Cocal (coconut palm garden) for his comfort. The tree provides him with water, wine, oil, vinegar, food, ropes, cups, brushes, building materials, black paint, soap, roofing for his house, strings for his rosaries, tow, red dye, medicine, bandages for wounds, light, fire, and many other essentials. It produces fruit after seven years of growth. The nipa palm is somewhat, though not quite, as useful. These natural gifts may not support or advance civilization, but they are the compensations that make a primitive life bearable and, if not highly enjoyable, certainly close to happy.

A very small quantity of Pepper is now grown, though it was formerly one of the most prized productions of the islands. It is said that the Indians destroyed all their pepper plantations in consequence of frauds practised on them by the Manila merchants.

A very small amount of pepper is now grown, although it used to be one of the most valued products of the islands. It's said that the locals destroyed all their pepper farms because of the scams carried out by the merchants from Manila.

Attempts to introduce some of the more costly spices, such as the Cinnamon and Nutmeg, have not been attended with success.

Attempts to introduce some of the more expensive spices, like cinnamon and nutmeg, have not been successful.

Fruits are abundant. There are no less than fifty-seven varieties of the banana. The fame of the Manila mango is universal in the East. There are [264]many sorts of oranges, pines (ananas) in great quantities, guavas, rose-apples, and the mangosteen is found in Mindanao. The chico is a favourite fruit in winter, somewhat resembling the medlar, hut I must refer those who desire more extended information to Father Blanco’s Flora, imperfect though it be.

Fruits are everywhere. There are at least fifty-seven types of bananas. The Manila mango is famous all over the East. There are [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]many kinds of oranges, lots of pineapples (ananas), guavas, rose-apples, and you can find mangosteen in Mindanao. The chico is a popular winter fruit that looks a bit like a medlar, but for those wanting more detailed information, I recommend checking out Father Blanco’s Flora, even if it's not perfect.

Among the riches of the Philippine Islands, the forest trees occupy an important place. A collection of 350 specimens was sent to the Royal Exhibition in London in the form of square-based prisms. In the year 1858 Colonel Valdes published a report on the character and resistance of Philippine woods for buildings (maderas de construction). The specimens on which the experiments were made were cubes of one centimetre and prisms of one centimetre square by one metre of breadth. The woods were allowed one year’s drying. Five experiments were made on each, and the average results adopted.

Among the treasures of the Philippine Islands, the forest trees hold a significant position. A collection of 350 samples was sent to the Royal Exhibition in London as square-based prisms. In 1858, Colonel Valdes published a report on the quality and durability of Philippine woods for construction (maderas de construction). The samples used for the experiments were cubes measuring one centimeter and prisms measuring one centimeter square by one meter long. The woods were dried for one year. Five tests were conducted on each sample, and the average results were recorded.

The abbreviations employed in the following tables, which give a synopsis of the results, are:—

The abbreviations used in the following tables, which summarize the results, are:—

E Elasticity.
F Strength of cohesion.
f Arc of flexion produced by a constant weight of 1 kilogram hung from the centre.
n Arc at which fracture took place.
P Weight applied at the centre of the arc.
c Distance between the supporters of the wood: in some 68 centimetres, in others 60.
Section of prisms, 1 square centimetre.
Length of the same, 1 metre.
R Weight producing fracture at the bend.
T Coefficient of fracture by bending, or of maximum bend.
Resistance is estimated in the direction of the fibres (diagonally) and perpendicularly upon them.

[265]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Scale of Resistance and Special Qualities of Woods, extracted from the Table, pp. 266–71.

Scale of Resistance and Unique Traits of Forest, taken from the Table, pp. 266–71.

Those with an asterisk are little used for building, either on account of their cost, scarcity, or unsuitableness for the purpose.

Those marked with an asterisk are rarely used for construction, either because of their expense, lack of availability, or unsuitability for the job.

1. Resistance. 2. Elasticity. Resistance to action of water.
Pressure. Tension or Cohesion. Tortion.
Horizontal with the fibre. Perpendicular upon the fibre.
*Ebano. *Ebano. Pototan. Molave. Malatalisay. Molave.
Alupag. Palma-brava Malabugat. Bitoc. *Malatapay.
*Balibago. *Camagon. Baliti. Malarujat. Molave. Tangan.
*Santol. Camayuan. Molave. Yacal. Laneti.
Molave. Acre. Alupag. Guijo. Bitoc. Banabà.
*Alintatao. *Alintatao. *Balibago. Alupag. Malavidondao.
*Camagon. Ypil. Yacal. *Camagon. Ypil. Mangachapuy.
Palma-brava. Molave. *Ebano. Camayuan. Tangan.
Calamansanay. *Santol. Malavidondao. Banabà. Malabugat. Pototan.
*Narra. *Malatapay. Bitoc. *Balibago. Malacintud.
*Malatapay. Alupag. Malacintud. Amoguis. Guijo. Palma-brava.
Baliti. Dongon. *Pincapincahan. Calamansanay. *Narra.
Acre. *Balibago. Palo-Maria. Laneti. Yacal.
Calantas. *Narra. *Manga. Malavidondao. *Ebano.
Yacal. Yacal. Banabà. Mangachapuy. Calumpit.
*Tindalo. Baliti. Calumpit. *Tindalo. Palma-brava.
Palusapis. Palo-Maria. Calamansanay. *Manga. Calamansanay.
Mangachapuy. *Manga. Palma-brava. *Alintatao. Bolongita.
Dongon. Palusapis. Palusapis. Ypil. *Balibago.
Camayuan. Pototan. Malarujat. *Santol. Palo-Maria.
Ypil. Panao. Bolongita. Palma-brava. Sampaloc.
Pototan. Aninabla. Tugan. Bolongita. *Camagon.
Palo-Maria. Guijo. Sampaloc. Pototan. Dongon.
Malacintud. Mangachapuy. *Santol. Aninabla. *Manga. Molave.
Panao. Calamansanay. Panao. *Malatapay. Acre.
*Manga. Amoguis. *Camagon. Antipolo. Amoguis. Yacal.
*Pincapincahan. Banabà. Anonang. Dongon. Lauan.
Guijo. Anonang. *Malatapay. Acre. *Alintatao. Palo-Maria.
Bolongita. Bolongita. *Alintatao. Malacintud. Tanguili.
Malavidondao. Laneti. Guijo. Palo-Maria. *Tindalo. Guijo.
Banabà. Malabugat. Lauan. *Pincapincahan. *Pincapincahan. Antipolo.
Calumpit. Malvidondao. Tanguili. *Narra. Panao.
Anonang. *Tindalo. *Narra. Calumpit. Banabà. Malavidondao.
Malarujat. *Pincapincahan. Dongon. Sampaloc. Palusapis.
Aninabla. Malacintud. Amoguis. *Ebano. Malarujat. Calantás.
Bitoc. Bitoc. Antipolo. Tagan. *Santol. Bancal.
Amoguis. Tangulin. Ypil. Tanguili. Camayuan.
Laneti. *Baticulin. Calumpit. *Baticulin. Aninabla. Malatalisay.
Tangan. Sampaloc. Malatalisay. Calantás. Antipolo.
Sampaloc. Lauan. Camayuan. Panao. Baneal. Lauan.
Malabugat. Calumpit. Aninabia. Malatalisay. Alupag. Aninabia.
Tanguili. Malarujat. Acre. Baliti. Calantás. Narra.
Malatalisay. Antipolo. *Tindalo. Lauan. Pototan.
Antipolo. Bancal. Bancal. Bancal. Mangachapuy.
Lauan. Calantas. Laneti. Palusapis. *Malacatbun. Mangachapuy.
Bancal. Tangan. Mangachapuy. Malabugat. *Baticulin.
*Baticulin. Malatalisay. *Malacatbun. Anonang. Anonang. Calamansanay.
*Malacatbun. *Malacatbun. *Baticulin. *Malacatbun. Baliti. Malacintud.

[266]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Name, Description, and Usage. f. n. P. c. R. Weight of the cubic decimetre. Resistance. Maximum elasticity to be allowed in construction (buildings). Weight corresponding to this elasticity, 1–10th F. Strength of elasticity per square centimetre. Resistance to tortion.
To pressure by cubic centimetres. Tension or strength of cohesion. Co-efficient of fracture T.
With the grain of the fibre. On the grain perpendicularly. Absolute strength. Applicable strenght.
Cent. Cent. Kilo. Cent. Kilo. Kilo. Kilo. Kilo. Kilo. Kilo. Kilo. Kilo.
1 Acre—Mimosa acre (Monodelphia dodecandria).
Abounds in the islands. Employed for buildings and shipping.
1·6 13·0 4·78 68·0 1·10 1·12 498 340 490 1/1000 = 0·001 49·0 49,130 140·0 14·00
2 Alintatao—Diospyros piloshantera (?) (Octandria monoginia).
Several varieties. Used for household furniture. Luzon and Visayas.
1·3 6·3 6·21 68·0 1·25 0·91 598 300 728 1/1080 = 0·0008 72·8 78,600 159·0 16·00
3 Alupag Alopai—Euphoria litchi (Octandria monoginia).
Used for posts. Abounds.
0·3 5·0 13·80 60·0 1·40 0·92 666 220 1,242 1/1443 = 0·0007 124·2 179,280 178·2 17·82
4 Ambogues or Among Us—Cyrtocarpa quinquistila (Decandria pentaginia).
Suffers much from termites. Used for planks.
1·4 9·0 5·06 68·0 1·40 0·98 338 130 572 1/1000 = 0·001 57·2 36,362 165·5 16·55
5 Aninabla or Aninapla—Mimosa conaria(?) (Monœcia dodecandria).
Used for house and boat building. Valued for light weight and long duration.
1·2 7·0 4·83 68·0 1·15 0·59 340 146 493 1/1335 = 0·00075 49·3 65,500 146·37 14·64
6 Anonang—Cordia sebesteria (Pentandria monoginia).
Leaves, while growing, covered with worms. Wood used for drums and musical instruments.
0.4 4.0 8·28 60·0 0·5 0·46 340 120 745 1/1942 = 0·0005 74·5 144,700 64·0 6·40
7 Antipolo City—Artocarpus incisa (Monœcia diandria).
For canoes, floors and machines. Garters are made from a gum that exudes.
0·1 10·0 5·52 68·0 0·9 0·41 286 70 564 1/1390 = 0·00072 56·4 78,608 115·0 11·50
8 Balibago—Hibiscus tellacius (Monodelphia poliandria).
Cords and paper made of the bark; gunpowder of the charcoal.
1·0 10·0 5·52 68·0 0·9 0·46 616 200 1,180 1/924 = 0·00108 118·0 108,000 165·0 16·50
9 Baliti—Ficus Indica (Monœcia triandria).
Banian tree. Chopped roots used for curing wounds.
0·2 0·6 14·95 60·0 0·7 0·40 498 176 1,345 1/2008 = 0·00049 134·5 270,000 89·1 8·91
10 Baticulin—Millingtonia quadripinnata (Didinamia angiospermia).
White woods for moulds and sculpture. Lasts long without decay. Abounds.
0·2 0·1 2·10 68·0 0·9 0·42 186 100 215 1/1818 = 0·00055 21·5 39,300 114·5 11·45
11 Banaba—Munchaustia speciosa (Poliadelphia poliandria).
Great tenacity; resists action of climate and water.
0·7 0·7 5·06 68·0 1·3 0·65 348 126 904 1/1242 = 0·0008 90·4 112,300 166·0 16·60
12 Banal—Nauclea glaberrima (Pentandria monoginia).
Tenacious and enduring. Used for furniture and floors, ships, casks and quays.
1·2 10·5 4·60 68·0 0·6 0·58 220 66 470 1/148 = 0·00071 47·0 65,500 76·37 7·64
13 Bitoc—Mirtica (?)
A strong wood to resist pressure.
1·15 13·0 9·90 68·0 1·7 0·71 338 100 1,010 1/700 = 0·00148 101·0 68,250 216·4 21·64
14 Bolonguita—Diospyros (Octandria monoginia).
Solid texture for building. Abounds.
0·9 10·8 8·40 68·0 1·2 0·90 360 120 858 1/917 = 0·00109 85·8 78,600 153·0 15·30
15 Calamansanay—Gimbernatia calamansanay (Decandria monoginia).
Planks for flooring and building.
1·0 10·0 8·74 68·0 1·3 0·86 533 130 892 1/885 = 0·00113 89·2 78,600 165·0 16·50
16 Calantas (Native Cedar)—Cedrela odorata (Pentandria monoginia).
Found throughout the Philippines. Used for canoes. Taratara, a variety.
1·0 7·0 5·06 68·0 0·85 0·40 470 60 517 1/1515 = 0·00066 51·7 78,600 108·2 10·82 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
17 Calumpit—Terminalia edulis (Decandria monoginia).
Abounds in Angol. Building. Great strength on the line of the fibres.
1·0 11·2 8·68 68·0 1·0 0·60 to 0·80 348 90 905 1/87 = 0·00115 90·5 78,600 127·28 12·73
18 Camagon—Variety of the Diospyros piloshantera (Alintatao).
Beautifully veined and spotted. Easily polished. Fine furniture.
1·1 9·3 7·36 68·0 1·35 0·92 558 340 752 1/952 = 0·00105 75·2 71,472 172·0 17·20
19 Camayuan—Diospyros(?)
Used for building.
1·2 14·8 8·74 68·0 1·3 0·94 434 340 493 1/1333 = 0·00075 49·3 65,500 166·0 16·60
20 Dongon—Variety of Herculia ambiformis (Monœcia adelphia).
Good building wood. Largely produced.
1·3 7·57 6·44 68·0 1·1 1·02 435 200 658 1/926 = 0·00108 65·8 60,468 140·0 14·00
21 Ebony—Variety of the Sapote negro Diospyros nigra; variety of Camagon and Alintatao.
Bears a very fine polish.
0·35 7·5 1·45 51·6 1·1 1·91 688 470 1,122 1/862 = 0·00116 112·2 97,400 114·0 11·40
22 Guijo—Dipterocarpus guijo (Poliandria monoginia).
Shipbuilding, keels, carriage-wheels. Much esteemed and abundant.
1·3 10·5 7·70 68·0 1·5 0·76 370 140 720 1/833 = 0·0012 72·0 60,000 190·1 19·00
23 Laneti—Anaser laneti (Pentandria monoginia).
Elastic and suited for furniture.
2·5 14·8 4·50 68·0 1·3 0·55 336 120 462 1/695 = 0·00144 46·2 31,443 165·0 16·50
24 Lauan wood or Landang—Dipterocarpus thurifera (Poliandria monoginia).
Gives resin for incense. Much used formerly for shipping. Not splintered by balls. Abounds.
1·1 8·0 6·80 68·0 0·6 0·43 226 90 694 1/1031 = 0·00097 69·4 71,742 76·4 7·64
25 Malacatún—Tetracera sarmentosa (?) (Poliandria tetraginia).
Of little use.
1·5 6·0 3·00 68·0 ... 0·63 146 60 306 1/1724 = 0·00058 30·6 52,400
26 Malacintud
Strong wood, fit for building.
1·0 8·5 6·80 68·0 1·1 0·645 400 160 995 1/793 = 0·00126 99·5 78,600 140·0 14·00
27 Malavidondao—Mavindalo (?) (Niota.)
Ship futtocks. Strong wood.
1·0 9·0 0·81 68·0 1·3 0·78 350 116 1,103 1/714 = 0·0014 110·3 78,600 165·4 16·54
28 Malatalisay—Terminalia mauritania (Decandria monoginia).
Elastic and flexible. Shipbuilding.
0·15 15·0 2·82 42·3 0·8 0·50 300 60 498 1/500 = 0·002 49·8 25,230 101·82 10·18
29 Malaruhat or Maladroit—Mirtaceas (?)
Solid texture. Uses not mentioned.
0·7 7·8 8·51 68·0 1·5 0·79 340 76 870 1/1300 = 0·00077 87·0 112,300 191·0 19·10
30 Malatapay or Mabalo; also Talang—Diospyros embriopteris (Poliandria monoginia).
For furniture and building. Resembles ebony.
2·0 12·3 7·25 68·0 1·15 0·78 500 290 740 1/500 = 0·002 74·0 39,300 146·4 14·64
31 Malabagat
Building, especially for supporting longitudinal pressure.
0·7 8·5 4·00 68·0 0·5 0·89 330 120 1,430 1/770 = 0·0013 143·0 112,300 64·0 6·40
32 Manga—Mangifera Indica (Pentandria monoginia)
Variety of Cuba mango. From value of fruit, wood little used.
0·6 13·0 0·12 60·0 1·3 0·58 380 166 910 1/989 =0·001 91·0 90,000 16·4 1·64
33 Mangachapuy or Guison Dilao—Dipterocarpus magachapuy (Poliandria monoginia).
For ships and houses. Fine planks for floors.
1·25 5·8 3·64 68·0 1·3 0·88 438 136 372 1/1700 = 0·0006 37·2 62,887 165·0 16·50 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
34 Molave—Vilex geniculata altissima (Didinamia angiospermia).
Called by the natives Queen of Woods. Used for all purposes. Resists action of water and of lime; also attacks of insects.
1·0 11·0 12·31 68·0 2·00 0·95 to 600 290 1,257 1/625 = 0.0016 125.5 78,600 254.6 25.460
35 Nara, or Naga, or Asang—Pterocarpus palidus santalinus (Diadelphia dodecandria).
Buildings, furniture, doors and windows.
1·73 7·3 6·20 68·0 1·00 0.66 500 200 633 1/833 = 0.0012 63.3 52,400 127.3 12.730
36 Palo Maria, or Bitanhol—Calophilum mophilum (Poliadelphia poliandria).
Planks and shipping purposes.
0·9 7·3 9·20 68·0 1·05 0.68 400 126 950 1/926 = 0.00109 95.0 87,350 134.0 13.400
37 Palma brava, or Anajao—Coripha minor (Hexandria monoginia).
Hard and enduring, especially under water. Used for piles.
1·0 6·5 8·74 68·0 1·20 1.085 530 400 892 1/884 = 0.00113 89.2 78,600 153.0 15.300
38 Palusapis—Dipterocarpus palusapis (Poliandria monoginia).
Strong wood. Used for canoes.
0·5 8·5 9·66 60·0 0·70 0.50 440 146 870 1/1243 = 0.0008 87.0 108,000 89.0 8.900
39 Panao, or Balao, or Malapajo—Dipterocarpus vernicephurus (Poliandria monoginia).
Buildings and ships. Incision in the trunk gives a fragrant resin, which, put in a hollow bamboo, is used for light by the Indians. Gives the talay oil, which destroys insects in wood. Used also for varnish.
... ... ... 60·0 0·80 0.69 393 146 800 1/1125 = 0·0012 80.0 90,000 101.8 10.180
40 Pencapencahan—Bignonia quadripinnata (Didinamia angiospermia).
Used principally for clogs and buoys.
0·5 6·0 10·80 60·0 1·05 0.46 378 106 972 1/1111 = 0·00144 97.2 108,000 134.0 13.400
41 Pototan or Bacao—Rizophora gimaoriza (Dodecandria monoginia).
For piles, as resisting the action of water.
0·2 7·0 19·78 60·0 1·20 0.69 420 146 1,780 1/1517 = 0.00065 178.0 270,000 153.0 15.300
42 Sampaloc or Tamarind fruit—Tamarindus Indica (Triandria monoginia).
For tools and some building purposes.
1·0 12·0 8·28 68·0 0·95 0.62 320 90 846 1/934 = 0.00107 84.6 78,600 121.0 12.100
43 Santol—Sandoricum Indicum (Decandria monoginia).
For posts and pillars; not common.
0·5 7·0 9·00 60·0 1·20 0.46 630 ... 810 1/1323 = 0.0007 81.0 108,000 153.0 15.300
44 Tanguili—Dipterocarpus polispermum (Poliandria monoginia).
Building purposes.
1·1 10·0 6·80 68·0 0·90 0.57 300 100 693 1/1031 = 0.00096 69.3 71,462 114.56 11.456
45 Hand—Rizophora longissima (?) (Dodecandria monoginia).
Window frames, joints, &c.
1·2 12·8 8·40 68·0 0·90 0.65 330 60 658 1/756 = 0.00135 88.5 65,500 114.56 11.456
46 Tindalo—Eperna rhomboidea (Decandria monoginia).
For furniture; has a pleasant fragrance.
1·6 5·5 4·60 68·0 1·30 0.89 450 106 470 1/1042 = 0.00096 47.0 49,130 165.5 16.550
47 Yacal—Dipterocarpus plagatus (Poliandria monoginia).
Used for ship and house building.
0·8 10·8 11·50 68·0 1·30 1.105 450 200 1,174 1/833 = 0.0012 117.4 98,260 191.0 19.100
48 Ypil—Eperna decandria (Decandria monoginia).
Generally for building. Abounds in Luzon.
2·0 13·5 5·50 68·0 1·20 1.035 434 300 563 1/714 = 0.0014 56.3 39,300 153.0 15.300

[272]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XVI.

ANIMALS.

The buffalo is, perhaps, the most useful of Philippine quadrupeds. Immense herds of wild buffaloes are found in the interior, but the tamed animal is employed in the labours of the fields and the transport of commodities, whether on its back or in waggons. His enjoyment is to be merged in water or mud. Such is the attachment of the mother to her young that she has been known to spring into the river and furiously to pursue the crocodile that had robbed her of her calf. Wild boars and deer abound.

The buffalo is probably the most useful land animal in the Philippines. Large herds of wild buffalo roam the interior, but the domesticated ones are used for farm work and transporting goods, either on their backs or in wagons. They love to wallow in water or mud. Mothers are so devoted to their young that there are stories of them jumping into rivers to fiercely chase after crocodiles that have taken their calves. Wild boars and deer are plentiful.

A good deal of attention has been paid to improvement of the race of native ponies, and their value has much increased with the increasing demand. Till of late years the price was from forty to fifty dollars, but the Captain-General told me that the four ponies which he was accustomed to use in his carriage cost 500 dollars.

A lot of focus has been given to improving the native pony breed, and their value has significantly risen with the growing demand. Until recently, the price ranged from forty to fifty dollars, but the Captain-General told me that the four ponies he usually used in his carriage cost 500 dollars.

Though the accounts of the silent, concealed and rapid ravages of the white ants would sometimes appear incredible, credulity respecting them will outstrip [273]all bounds. We had a female servant at Hong Kong who told us she had lent her savings in hard dollars to one of her relations, and, on claiming repayment, was informed that the white ants had eaten the dollars, nor did the woman’s simplicity doubt the story. In the Philippines at sunset during the rains their presence becomes intolerable. One well-authenticated fact may serve as an illustration of the destructive powers of these insects, to whom beautiful gauze wings have been given, as to butterflies in the later stage of their existence, which wings drop off as they find a resting-place. In the town of Obando, province of Bulacan, on the 18th of March, 1838, the various objects destined for the services of the mass, such as robes, albs, amices, the garments of the priests, &c, were examined and placed in a trunk made of the wood called narra (Pterocarpus palidus). On the 19th they were used in the divine services, and in the evening were restored to the box. On the 20th some dirt was observed near it, and on opening, every fragment of the vestments and ornaments of every sort were found to have been reduced to dust, except the gold and silver lace, which were tarnished with a filthy deposit. On a thorough examination, not an ant was found in any other part of the church, nor any vestige of the presence of these voracious destroyers; but five days afterwards they were discovered to have penetrated through a beam six inches thick.

Though the stories about the silent, hidden, and quick destruction caused by termites might seem unbelievable, people's belief in them can exceed all limits. We had a female servant in Hong Kong who told us she lent her savings in cash to a relative, and when she asked to be paid back, she was told that the termites had eaten the money. The woman’s simple nature didn’t question the tale. In the Philippines, during sunset and the rainy season, their presence becomes unbearable. One well-documented fact can illustrate the destructive abilities of these insects, which have beautiful gauzy wings like butterflies in their later stage, but those wings fall off when they settle down. In the town of Obando, province of Bulacan, on March 18, 1838, various items meant for the mass, such as robes, albs, amices, and the priests' garments, were examined and stored in a trunk made of a wood called narra (Pterocarpus palidus). On the 19th, they were used in the religious services, and in the evening, they were returned to the trunk. On the 20th, some dirt was noticed nearby, and when it was opened, every piece of the vestments and ornaments had been turned to dust, except for the gold and silver lace, which were covered in a grimy residue. Upon a thorough inspection, no ant was found anywhere else in the church, nor any evidence of these ravenous pests; but five days later, they were discovered to have burrowed through a six-inch-thick beam.

Few of the larger wild animals are found in the [274]Philippines. The elephant must have been known in former times, as the names gadya (elephant) and nangagadya (elephant-hunting) are preserved in the Tagal language. Oxen, swine, buffaloes, deer, goats, sheep, a great variety of apes and monkeys, cats, flying squirrels, dogs, rats, mungoes and other quadrupeds, are found in various stages of domesticity and wildness.

Few larger wild animals can be found in the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Philippines. Elephants must have been present in the past since the terms gadya (elephant) and nangagadya (elephant-hunting) are still used in the Tagal language. You can find oxen, pigs, buffalo, deer, goats, sheep, a wide range of apes and monkeys, cats, flying squirrels, dogs, rats, mongooses, and other four-legged animals, existing in various states of tameness and wildness.

The great insect pests of the Philippines are the white ants (termes) and the mosquitos. Fleas, bugs and flies are less numerous and tormenting than in many temperate regions.

The major insect pests in the Philippines are termites and mosquitoes. Fleas, bedbugs, and flies are less common and bothersome than in many temperate areas.

Some of the bats measure from five to six feet from the tips of their wings.

Some bats measure between five and six feet from the tips of their wings.

There are incredible stories about a small black bird of the swallow race, which is said to make its nest in the tail of wild horses. De Mas quotes what he calls undoubtedly trustworthy authorities1 for his arguments. There is an immense variety of gallinaceous fowls, pigeons and birds, whose Indian names would to European ornithologists bring little information; among which the balicyao is celebrated for its song; the mananayom (solitary), which always dies when captured; the coling, easily taught to talk; numerous parrots; the calao, which has a large transparent bill and crows like a cock; the bocuit, or bird of seven colours, which has a singularly sweet note; the valoor, a pigeon whose plumage is varied like [275]that of the partridge; another called the dundunay, which is reported to be one of the most beautiful of birds.

There are amazing stories about a small black bird from the swallow family, which is said to build its nest in the tails of wild horses. De Mas cites what he considers to be reliable sources1 for his claims. There is a huge variety of game birds, pigeons, and other birds, whose Indian names would mean little to European birdwatchers; among them, the balicyao is famous for its song; the mananayom (solitary), which always dies when caught; the coling, which can easily learn to talk; many parrots; the calao, which has a large transparent bill and crows like a rooster; the bocuit, or bird of seven colors, known for its uniquely sweet call; the valoor, a pigeon with plumage as varied as [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] that of the partridge; and another called the dundunay, which is said to be one of the most beautiful birds.

Snakes, lizards and other reptiles abound; spiders of enormous size, tarantulas, &c. The guiko is very disturbing, from its noise. I was struck with the tenacity with which this creature held, even in the agonies of death, to a piece of timber on which it was placed; the soles of its feet seemed to have all the power of the sucker with which boys amuse themselves, and the animal was detached with great difficulty.

Snakes, lizards, and other reptiles are everywhere; there are huge spiders, tarantulas, etc. The guiko is very unsettling because of its noise. I was amazed by how stubborn this creature was, even in its death throes, as it clung to a piece of wood where it was placed; the soles of its feet seemed to have all the grip of the suction cups that kids play with, and it was hard to remove the animal.

The fire-flies illuminate the forests at night. There are some trees to which they attach themselves in preference to others. Few objects are more beautiful than a bush or tree lighted by these bright and glancing stars. The brilliant creatures seem to have a wonderful sympathy with one another, sometimes by the production of a sudden blaze of beautiful fire, of a light and delicate green, and sometimes by its as sudden extinction.

The fireflies light up the forests at night. There are certain trees they prefer to attach themselves to over others. Few things are more beautiful than a bush or tree lit up by these bright, flickering lights. The stunning creatures seem to have a unique connection with each other, sometimes creating a sudden burst of beautiful light in a soft, delicate green, and other times extinguishing it just as quickly.

Of aquatic creatures the tortoise is of considerable commercial importance. The natives, who watch the time of their coming on shore, conceal themselves, and, when a certain number are marching inland, run between the tortoises and the waves, turn them one after another on their backs, and return at their leisure to remove them. The large bivalve called by the natives taclovo, and which is used much in the churches as the receptacle for holy water, and is seen frequently at the entrance of houses, is captured [276]by dropping a cord upon the body of the animal when the shell is opened, the animal immediately closes upon the cord, and is dragged to the surface with the greatest ease. I am not aware of the existence of any conchological work on the Philippines, though there is a great variety of land and water shells. [277]

Of aquatic creatures, the tortoise is quite important for trade. The locals, who keep an eye on when they come ashore, hide themselves and, when a certain number are making their way inland, run between the tortoises and the ocean, flipping them one by one onto their backs, and then casually return to collect them. The large bivalve known by the locals as taclovo, which is commonly used in churches as a container for holy water and is often seen at the entrances of homes, is captured [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] by dropping a cord onto the animal when the shell is open; the animal instantly closes around the cord and is pulled to the surface with great ease. I don’t know of any conchological work on the Philippines, though there are many different land and water shells. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 I am, however, informed by a friend of one of the gentlemen referred to by De Mas, that he disclaims having authorized the statement given under his name. 

1 I have, however, been told by a friend of one of the men mentioned by De Mas that he denies having approved the statement made under his name.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XVII.

MINERALS.

The Mining Laws, Reglamento de Minas, are of a liberal character and allow concessions to be made to any person, Spaniard, Indian, mestizo, naturalized or established foreigner, who shall discover and report the discovery of a mine, and undertake to work it. Sundry officials and all ecclesiastics are excluded from the privilege. The work must be entered upon in ninety days, under certain conditions; four months of continued suspension, or eight months of interrupted labour, within the year bring the loss of the conceded privilege. There must not be less than eight labourers employed. The mines are subjected to the inspection of the mining department The mining regulations were published by the Captain-General Claveria in January, 1846.

The Mining Laws, Reglamento de Minas, are quite liberal and allow anyone—whether Spanish, Indigenous, mestizo, naturalized, or established foreigner—who discovers and reports a mine to seek a concession and commit to working it. Various officials and all clergy are excluded from this privilege. Work must start within ninety days, subject to certain conditions; if there are four months of continuous inactivity or eight months of interrupted work in a year, the privilege is lost. At least eight workers must be employed. The mines are subject to inspection by the mining department. The mining regulations were published by Captain-General Claveria in January 1846.

The gold of the Philippines is produced by washing and digging. In several of the provinces it is found in the rivers, and natives are engaged in washing their deposits. The most remarkable and profitable of the gold mines worked by the Indians are [278]those of Tulbin and Suyuc. They break the rock with hammers, and crush it between two small millstones, dissolving the fragments in water, by which the gold is separated. They melt it in small shells, and it produces generally from eight to ten dollars an ounce, but its fineness seldom exceeds sixteen carats. It is found in quartz, but the nuggets are seldom of any considerable size. The inhabitants of Caraga cut in the top of a mountain a basin of considerable size, and conduct water to it through canals made of the wild palm; they dig up the soil while the basin is filling, which is opened suddenly, and exhibits for working any existing stratification of gold; these operations are continued till the pits get filled with inroads of earth, when they are abandoned; generally, when a depth has been reached which produces the most advantageous returns, the rush of waters conveys away much of the metal which would otherwise be deposited and collected. Gold is also found in the alluvial deposits which are ground between stones, thrown into water, and the metal sinks to the bottom. The rivers of Caraballo, Camarines, and Misamis, and the mountains of Caraga and Zebu, are the most productive. Many Indian families support themselves by washing the river sands, and in the times of heavy rains gold is found in the streets of some of the pueblos when the floods have passed. There can be no doubt of the existence of much gold in the islands, but principally in the parts inhabited by the independent tribes.

The gold in the Philippines is obtained by washing and digging. In several provinces, it's found in the rivers, where locals are engaged in washing the deposits. The most notable and profitable gold mines operated by the Indigenous people are [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]those at Tulbin and Suyuc. They break the rock with hammers and crush it between two small millstones, dissolving the fragments in water to separate the gold. They melt it in small containers, and it usually fetches between eight to ten dollars an ounce, but its purity rarely exceeds sixteen carats. Gold is found in quartz, but nuggets are rarely large. The people of Caraga carve a large basin at the top of a mountain and channel water to it through canals made from wild palm. While the basin fills, they dig up the soil, which is then suddenly released to reveal any gold layers present. These operations continue until the pits fill with earth, at which point they are abandoned. Typically, when they reach a depth that offers the best returns, the rush of water washes away much of the gold that could otherwise be collected. Gold is also found in alluvial deposits that are ground between stones, tossed into water, allowing the metal to settle at the bottom. The rivers in Caraballo, Camarines, and Misamis, along with the mountains in Caraga and Zebu, are the most productive. Many Indigenous families make a living by washing river sand, and during heavy rains, gold can sometimes be found in the streets of some towns after the floods recede. There is no doubt that much gold exists in the islands, especially in areas populated by independent tribes.

The Sociedad Exploradora is engaged in working [279]gold-mines and washing auriferous sands in the province of New Ecija.

The Explorers' Society is working on [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]gold mines and processing gold-bearing sands in the province of New Ecija.

Gold dust is the instrument of exchange in the interior of Mindanao, and is carried about in bags for the ordinary purposes of life. The possession of California by the Spaniards for so many generations without the development of its riches may explain their inertness and indifference in the Philippines, notwithstanding the repeated averments of Spanish writers that the archipelago abounds in gold.

Gold dust is used as currency in the interior of Mindanao and is kept in bags for daily transactions. The fact that the Spaniards held California for so many generations without tapping into its wealth might explain their sluggishness and apathy in the Philippines, despite Spanish writers repeatedly claiming that the archipelago is rich in gold.

Iron also abounds, especially in the province of Bulacan; but it may be doubted whether it can be produced as cheaply as it may be imported, especially while roads are in so backward a state, and carriage charges so heavy. Many iron-works have been entered on and abandoned.

Iron is also plentiful, particularly in Bulacan province, but it's questionable whether it can be produced as cheaply as it can be imported, especially given the poor state of the roads and the high transportation costs. Many ironworks have been started and then abandoned.

A coal-mine is being explored at Guila Guila, in the island of Zebu, on the river Mananga, at a distance of about six miles from the town of San Nicolas, which has nearly 20,000 inhabitants and is by far the largest town in the island. There are reported to be strata of coal from one to four feet in thickness. The proprietor informs me that he expects in the course of another year to be able to deliver coals on the coast at a moderate rate in Tangui, which is close to the town of Falisay.

A coal mine is being explored in Guila Guila, on the island of Zebu, along the Mananga River, about six miles from the town of San Nicolas, which has nearly 20,000 people and is by far the largest town on the island. It's reported that there are coal layers ranging from one to four feet thick. The owner tells me that he expects to be able to deliver coal along the coast in Tangui at a reasonable price within the next year, which is near the town of Falisay.

Of the various objects of speculation, mining is probably the most attractive to the adventurer, from the high premiums which it sometimes brings to the successful. When the risk is divided among many shareholders, it partakes of the character of a lottery, [280]in which the chances are proportioned to the stakes; but where, as in most of the mining speculations of the Philippines, the enterprises are conducted by individuals, without adequate means to overcome the preliminary difficulties and to support the needful outlay, disappointment, loss, ruin and the abandonment of probably valuable and promising undertakings are but of too frequent occurrence. I have before me some details of the attempts made to work the copper ores of Mancayan, in the district of Cagan (now called Lepanto), in South Ilocos (Luzon). They have been worked in the rudest way by the Igorrote Indians from time immemorial, and the favourable report of the richness of the ores which were sent to Europe led to renewed but inadequate attempts for their exploitation. A good deal of money has, I understand, been lost, without providing the necessary machinery for extracting the metal, or roads for its conveyance. A sample taken from a stratum ten feet in height and seven in breadth, on the side of a pit four yards deep, gave, as the results of an analysis, 44 per cent. of copper, 29 of sulphur, 18 of arsenic, and 9 of iron. The ruggedness of the rocks, the thickness of the forest jungle, the indolence of the natives, and, probably more than these, the absence of an intelligent direction and sufficient pecuniary resources, have produced much discouragement. Don Antonio Hernandez says there are 280 Indian (Igorrote) families occupied in Mancayan in copper digging and melting; that they only produce annually about 200 picos [281](of 137½ lbs. each), which they sell at from eight to nine dollars per pico on the spot; to the neighbouring Christian Indians at ten to twelve, who resell them on the coast at from thirteen to sixteen dollars.

Of the various investment opportunities, mining is probably the most appealing to adventurers because of the high rewards it can sometimes offer. When the risk is split among many shareholders, it resembles a lottery, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] where the chances are related to the investments; however, in most mining ventures in the Philippines, where individuals often run the projects without sufficient resources to tackle the initial challenges and cover the necessary expenses, disappointment, loss, failure, and the abandonment of potentially valuable and promising projects happen all too often. I have some information about the efforts made to mine the copper ores in Mancayan, in the Cagan district (now called Lepanto), in South Ilocos (Luzon). The Igorrote Indians have mined there in the most basic way for ages, and the favorable reports about the richness of the ores that were sent to Europe led to renewed but insufficient attempts at exploitation. I understand that a significant amount of money has been lost without providing the essential machinery for extracting the metal or building roads for transportation. A sample taken from a layer ten feet high and seven feet wide, from the side of a pit four yards deep, showed, based on an analysis, 44 percent copper, 29 percent sulfur, 18 percent arsenic, and 9 percent iron. The rough terrain, the dense forest, the laziness of the locals, and, probably more than anything else, the lack of skilled management and adequate financial resources have resulted in a lot of discouragement. Don Antonio Hernandez states there are 280 Indian (Igorrote) families involved in copper mining and smelting in Mancayan; they only produce about 200 picos [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] (of 137½ lbs. each) annually, which they sell for $8 to $9 per pico locally; the neighboring Christian Indians buy them for $10 to $12 and resell them on the coast for $13 to $16.

The Indians in Ilocos and Pangasinan manufacture their own domestic utensils from the copper extracted by themselves.

The people in Ilocos and Pangasinan make their own household items from the copper they extract themselves.

Finely variegated marbles exist in the province of Bataan, and some have been used for ornamenting the churches; but their existence has excited little attention, and no sale was found for some large blocks quarried by a patriotic adventurer.

Finely variegated marbles can be found in the province of Bataan, and some have been used to decorate churches; however, their presence has attracted little attention, and no buyers were found for some large blocks that were quarried by a patriotic adventurer.

I have before mentioned that there are many mineral waters in the island—sulphurous and ferruginous—at Antipolo. In the Laguna there is a virgin patroness, whose festival lasts eighteen days, and immense crowds of all races come to drink the waters, and join the processions in her honour. The inhabitants of Manila attribute great virtues to the waters of Pagsanghan. [282]

I have previously mentioned that there are many mineral waters on the island—sulfurous and iron-rich—at Antipolo. In Laguna, there is a virgin patroness whose festival lasts eighteen days, attracting huge crowds from all backgrounds to drink the waters and join the processions in her honor. The people of Manila believe the waters of Pagsanghan have great healing properties. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XVIII.

MANUFACTURES.

The art of weaving, or that of crossing threads so as to produce a wearable tissue, is one of the evidences of a transition from savage towards civilized life. In cold countries the painting the body, or covering it with furs and skins, or bark of trees, is the resource of a wild people; but the necessity for dress of any sort is so little felt in tropical regions that the missionaries claim the credit of introducing the loom, and of instructing the natives in all the matters most conducive to their comforts. For their houses they taught them to make lime and brick and tiles—staircases, windows and chimneys—and better to protect themselves against rain and storms; chairs, tables and domestic utensils followed; carriages for conveyance of commodities; but, above all, the friars boast of the application, and devotion, and success of the Indians in decorating the Christian churches, building and ornamenting altars, sculpturing virgins and saints, and generally contributing to the splendours of ecclesiastical ceremonials.

The art of weaving, or crossing threads to create fabric that's wearable, is a sign of the shift from savage to civilized life. In colder regions, painting the body or covering it with furs, skins, or tree bark is what wild people do; however, in tropical areas, the need for clothing is not felt as strongly, so missionaries take credit for introducing the loom and teaching the locals how to make things that enhance their comfort. They showed them how to make lime, bricks, and tiles for their houses—along with staircases, windows, and chimneys—to better shield themselves from rain and storms; then came chairs, tables, and household items; carts for transporting goods; but most notably, the friars take pride in the dedication and success of the locals in decorating Christian churches, building and adorning altars, sculpting virgins and saints, and generally contributing to the grandeur of church ceremonies.

The science of ship-building made great advances. [283]To the canoes (barotos is the Indian name) scooped out of a single trunk, and used only for river navigation, succeeded well-built vessels of several hundred tons, by which a commerce along the coast and among the islands was established. At first the planks were the whole length of the vessel, but European improvements have gradually been adopted, and the ships now built in the Philippines are not distinguishable from those of the mother country. We found many on the stocks on the banks of the river Agno, and the Indian constructors were desirous of looking into all the details of H. M.’s ship Magicienne, in which the captain and officers most courteously aided them, in order to avail themselves of any improvements which our vessel exhibited. The cost of construction was reported to be about 15l. sterling per ton. The Bella Bascongada, a vessel of 760 tons, built in Pangasinan, cost 54,000 dollars, or about 11,000l. sterling.

The science of shipbuilding has made significant progress. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] The canoes (called barotos by the locals), which were carved from a single trunk and used only for river travel, have been replaced by well-constructed vessels weighing several hundred tons, leading to the establishment of trade along the coast and between the islands. Initially, the planks used were the full length of the vessel, but European advancements have gradually been embraced, and the ships currently built in the Philippines look just like those from the mother country. We observed many vessels under construction along the banks of the Agno River, and the local builders were eager to learn all the details about H. M.’s ship Magicienne. The captain and officers kindly assisted them so they could benefit from any improvements our ship had. The reported cost of construction was around 15l. sterling per ton. The Bella Bascongada, a vessel weighing 760 tons built in Pangasinan, cost 54,000 dollars, or about 11,000l. sterling.

Little has been done for the introduction of improved machinery for the manufacture of tissues, which are made of silk, cotton, abacá, and, above all, the exquisitely fine fabrics produced from the fibre of the pine-apple leaf, called piñas. These are worked on the simplest looms, made of bamboos, and of a thread so fine that it is necessary to protect it, by the use of a fine gauze, from even the agitation of the wind. The Bisayan provinces, and especially the neighbourhood of Iloilo, are most distinguished for the manufacture of this beautiful tissue, which is sent to the capital for embroidery, and prices which [284]seem fabulous are paid for the more elaborate specimens—one or two ounces of gold being frequently given for a small handkerchief. In Zebu handsome cotton rugs are made, and in Panay a variety of stuffs of sundry materials.

Little has been done to introduce better machinery for making fabrics, which are made from silk, cotton, abacá, and especially the exceptionally fine materials produced from the fiber of the pineapple leaf, known as piñas. These are woven on the simplest looms made of bamboo, using thread so fine that it needs to be protected with a fine gauze from even the slightest breeze. The Bisayan provinces, particularly around Iloilo, are renowned for producing this beautiful fabric, which is sent to the capital for embroidery, and prices that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] seem extraordinary are paid for the more intricate pieces—sometimes one or two ounces of gold are given for a small handkerchief. In Zebu, they make attractive cotton rugs, and in Panay, a variety of fabrics from different materials are produced.

The Indians have the art of softening and manufacturing horn. In metals they make chains of silver and gold of great fineness, for which formerly there was a great demand in Mexico, but I believe European jewellery has supplanted the Indian craftsman.

The Indigenous people are skilled at softening and shaping horn. In metals, they create very fine silver and gold chains, which were once in high demand in Mexico, but I think European jewelry has taken the place of the Indian artisans.

Mats are a remarkable production of the islands. Many of them are very beautiful, of various colours, and are ornamented with gold and silver patterns. As mattresses are never used for beds, everybody sleeps on a mat, which in some cases, but not generally, is provided with a sheet and a long soft pillow, which is placed between the legs and deemed a needful appliance for comfortable repose.

Mats are an amazing product of the islands. Many of them are really beautiful, come in different colors, and are decorated with gold and silver designs. Since mattresses are never used for beds, everyone sleeps on a mat, which, in some cases but not usually, comes with a sheet and a long soft pillow that is placed between the legs and considered essential for comfortable sleeping.

Fibre-wrought hats and cigar-cases of various colours, the white, however, being the most costly and beautiful, compete with similar productions of the natives of Panama.

Fibre-made hats and cigar cases in different colors, with white being the most expensive and beautiful, compete with similar items made by the locals in Panama.

The tools and instruments employed by the Indians in manufacture are all of the simplest and rudest character.

The tools and instruments used by the Indians in manufacturing are all very basic and primitive.

The alcoholic beverage called vino de nipa is largely produced in the Philippines. It was made a monopoly as early as 1712 in the provinces near the capital, and then produced 10,000 dollars of annual revenue; the farm was abolished in 1780, and in [285]1814 the collection was transferred to the general administration. The juice is obtained by cutting a hole in a pulpy part of the palm, introducing a bamboo cane, and binding the tree over the receiving vessel. The sale of the nipa wine is a monopoly in the hands of the Government. The monopoly is much and reasonably complained of by the Indians. Excise duties leading to domiciliary visits, and interfering with the daily concerns of life, have been always and in all countries deemed one of the most vexatious and disagreeable forms of taxation. Man, whatever be his colour, is everywhere man, and everywhere exhibits, though in different forms, the same general dislikes and sympathies. The heavy hand of extortion and oppression does not crush the Filipinos, but a redistribution of the forms of taxation would be beneficial to the fiscal interest and satisfactory to the people. [286]

The alcoholic drink known as vino de nipa is mainly produced in the Philippines. It became a government monopoly as early as 1712 in the provinces near the capital, generating $10,000 in annual revenue; the monopoly was abolished in 1780, and in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]1814, the collection responsibility shifted to the general administration. The juice is extracted by cutting a hole in the soft part of the palm, inserting a bamboo tube, and securing the tree above the collection vessel. The sale of nipa wine remains a government monopoly. The monopoly is frequently and justifiably criticized by the local people. Excise taxes that lead to home inspections and disrupt daily life are consistently seen as one of the most irritating and unpleasant forms of taxation in all countries. People, regardless of their background, share the same general dislikes and feelings everywhere, albeit in different ways. The oppressive weight of extortion doesn't break the spirit of Filipinos, but redistributing the tax burden could improve fiscal interests and be more satisfying for the populace. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XIX.

POPULAR PROVERBS.

The following collection of proverbs will be found curious and characteristic. They will serve to throw light upon the genius of the people, and are appropriate specimens of the Tagal idiom:—

The following collection of proverbs will be interesting and representative. They will help illuminate the spirit of the people and are fitting examples of the Tagalog language:—

Ang mañga casalanan ang nacasisira sa calolova.—Sins are the diseases of the soul.

Ang mga kasalanan ay nakasisira sa kaluluwa.—Sins are the diseases of the soul.

Valan di dungmating na dalita t’ saguit cay Job ay dili y saman nagogolorhianan ang coniyang loob.—Job had many troubles, but they did not affect the inner man.

Valan di dungmating na dalita t’ saguit cay Job ay dili y saman nagogolorhianan ang coniyang loob.—Job had many troubles, but they did not impact his inner self.

Catotohin mo ang catatoro co.—Make thyself a friend of my friend.

Catotohin mo ang catatoro ko.—Become a friend of my friend.

Avatin mo angcoob mo sa quinauiuilihan niyang masama.—Separate thy will (purpose) from him whose love has a bad object.

Avatin mo ang iyong ahensya sa kanyang pagkakagulo.—Separate your purpose from him whose love has a bad object.

Houag mong pitahin ang vala.—Desire not what is not (not attainable).

Don’t want what you can’t have.—Want not what cannot be attained.

At cun ano caya ang pinagpipilitanan.—They dispute about what their dispute shall be (are determined to quarrel).

At this time, you are insisting on it.—They argue about what their argument will be (are set on fighting).

Masamang cahuy ang dinamomoñga.—Bad tree produces no fruit.

Masamang cahuy ang dinamomoñga.—A bad tree bears no fruit.

Maminsanminsan ay susulat ca at maminsanminsa y babata ca nang sulat.—Write now and then, read now and then.

Sometimes you will write, and other times you will read what’s written.—Write now and then, read now and then.

Nang anoman at maca tomama sa olo ninyo.—Don’t fling up a stone, it may fall on your own head.

Whatever you do and however it turns out, it's up to you.—Don’t throw a stone, it might hit you back.

Paombaychan ca at napapagal ca.—Sing a lullaby at your wedding.

You're tired and restless.—Sing a lullaby at your wedding.

Houag mo acong pangalatacan at dili aco hayop.—Don’t drive me, for I am not a beast. [287]

Don't mess with me, because I'm not a doormat.—Don’t drive me, for I am not a beast. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Ay at linologmocan mo iyang duma?—Why seat yourself in that dirty place?

Hey, do you have a farm?—Why would you sit down in that filthy spot?

Houag mo acong galavirin niyan osap na iyan.—Don’t involve me in that quarrel.

Houag mo acong galavirin niyan osap na.—Don’t involve me in that quarrel.

Hindi matimoan, ang balat nang Buaya, nang anomang tilos.—A knife will not enter a crocodile’s back.

Hindi matimoan, ang balat ng Buaya, ng anumang tilos.—A knife will not penetrate a crocodile's back.

Tiguis cang nag papacalouay.—What thou doest do quietly.

Tiguis is cold.—What you do, do quietly.

Tiñgalen mo ang balatic.—Lift up your eyes, and you will see the stars. (Balatic, the Astilejos of the Spaniards—Castor and Pollux.)

Look up at the sky.—Lift your eyes, and you will see the stars. (Sky, the Castor and Pollux of the Spaniards.)

Magguimbal ca manguiguimbal.—The drummer should beat the drum.

Magguimbal or manguiguimbal.—The drummer should beat the drum.

Houag ninyong yñgayan ang natotolog.—Wake not what is sleeping.

Houag ninyong yñgayan ang natotolog.—Don't wake what is sleeping.

Hindi nag aaya ang mañga ducha.—The poor have no nurse.

Hindi nag-aaya ang mga ducha.—The poor have no nurse.

Mababao na loob.—He carries his heart in his hand.

Selfish.—He wears his heart on his sleeve.

Lumaclac ca un valan ynuman.—He would suck a horse-brush rather than not drink.

Lumaclac is a human villain.—He would rather suck on a horse brush than not drink.

Nag babacobaco ca pala.—Listen! thou doest what thou knowest not.

You're just messing around.—Listen! you're doing what you don't understand.

Calouhalhatiang mañga gavang magagaling.—Good deeds are heavenly doings.

Calouhalhatiang mga gawain magagaling.—Good deeds are heavenly doings.

Nag cacaligalig tovina ang pañgiboghoin.—Disquiet is the constant companion of jealousy.

Nag cacaligalig tovina ang pañgiboghoin.—Disquiet is the constant companion of jealousy.

Papaslañgin mo iyang matologuin.—To make a sentinel of a sluggard (dormilon, Spanish).

You can turn a lazy person into a guard.—To make a sentinel of a sluggard (dormilon, Spanish).

Ang mahabang dila tapit gupitan.—A long tongue ought to be clipped.

The long tongue is cut.—A long tongue should be cut.

Ang mañga cayamanan ay pain din nang demonio sa tavo.—Riches are the baits of the devil for man.

The treasures are also bait for the devil in the end.—Riches are the bait of the devil for humans.

Ang mañga paguyac nang mañga ducha ay macadarating sa lañgit.—The cries of the wretched will reach Heaven.

The actions of those who are humble will reach the heavens.—The cries of the wretched will reach Heaven.

Na aalinagnagan ang langsañgan nang ilao sa bahay.—A candle in a house will illumine a street.

Na aalinagnagan ang langsañgan nang ilao sa bahay.—A candle in a house will light up the street.

Maguipag ani ca doon sa nag aani.—Reap thy rice with the reapers.

Maguipag is here to harvest.—Harvest your rice with the harvesters.

Si Adan ang nagtongtong mula sa atin.—There is no higher ancestry than Adam.

Si Adam ang nagsimula mula sa atin.—There is no higher ancestry than Adam.

Caylan ca maoocan nang cahunghañgan mo?—When will you cast your fool’s skin? (When will you be wise?)

Caylan, are you ready for the meeting?—When will you shed your foolishness? (When will you become wise?)

Sucat parasuhan ang mañga magnanacao.—For thieves punishment and penitence. [288]

Hold the thieves accountable.—For thieves, punishment and atonement. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Papagdalitin mo iyang marunung.—Let him make a song or sing one (to a pretender).

Sway that know-it-all.—Let him make a song or sing one (to a pretender).

Caylan magcaca hapahap ang inyong ylog?—When will your river produce a conger eel? (to a boaster.)

Can Caylan take care of your river?—When will your river produce a conger eel? (to a boaster.)

Ang caiclian nang bait mo ay gaano!—How short must be the shortness of thy understanding.

Ang bait mo ay gaano!—How limited must be your understanding.

Mabuti ang simbahan cung tabiñgan.—Beautiful is the church, but it must have its curtains (mysteries).

Okay, the church is close.—The church is beautiful, but it should have its curtains (mysteries).

Nang magcatulay tulay na ang balita sa maraving tavo ay siyang ypinagcabalirbor.—Truth having passed through many (lips), becomes so entangled and altered, that it no longer resembles truth.

When the news finally got to the town of Tavo, it had been so distorted and changed.—Truth, having passed through many (lips), becomes so entangled and altered that it no longer resembles truth.

Maylomalong tamis sapolot at lacas sahalimao?—What is sweeter than honey, or stronger than a lion?

What is sweeter than honey or stronger than a lion?

Ungmasoc lamang aco saujo.—Tell a lie to find a truth.

Ungmasoc lamang aco saujo.—Tell a lie to find a truth.

Houag mong ypanotnor sa maruming camay.—Trust not the disentanglement of the threads to a man with dirty hands.

Don't let the dirty hands mess up the threads.—Trust not the disentanglement of the threads to a man with dirty hands.

Papasaylañginmo iyang nagbabanalbanalan.—If he be so virtuous, let him go to the wilderness (become a hermit).

If he believes he's so virtuous, let him go live in the wilderness (be a hermit).

Ayat sa lalandos cang naparito.—You come to the work and bring no tools.

Ayat sa lalandos cang naparito.—You come to the job and don’t bring any tools.

Houag mong guisiñgin ang natotolog.—Wake not the sleeping.

Houag mong guisiñgin ang natotolog.—Don't wake the sleeping.

Mapagsacasacang tavo sicuan.—Trust not the deceiver who says, “I’ll do it by and by.”

Mapagsacasacang tavo sicuan.—Don't trust the liar who says, “I’ll get to it later.”

Houag mong ayoquin ang bavas nang catouirang justicia.—Bend not the straight rod of justice.

Huwag mong ayokong ang bawa's nang katuwiran justitia.—Don't bend the straight rod of justice.

Ivinavasuas ang aguipo, nang dimipaling ang apuy.—He fans the ashes to keep up the fire.

Ivinavasuas in the dark, as the fire dimmed.—He fans the ashes to keep the fire going.

Angpagal at ava nang Dios ang yquinayayaman co.—Labour and God’s mercy bring riches.

Hard work and God's grace bring wealth.

Pinapananaligquita sa Dios ay nagbibiñgibiñgihanca.—I tell thee to trust in God, and thou makest thyself deaf.

You have faith in God, but you ignore Him.—I tell you to trust in God, and you make yourself deaf.

Tionay mandin sa loob nang tavong mabait ang camuruhan.—An insult is a thorn that pierces the heart of an honourable man.

It looks like there's a sense of community in the friendly tavern.—An insult is a thorn that pierces the heart of an honorable person.

Sungmusubo ang polot.—Sweets have their froth (the saccharine matter of the sugar-cane).

Sungmusubo the polot.—Sweets have their foam (the sugary substance of the sugar cane).

Yaong nanacap pacsvarin mo sa palo.—For bravados, blows.

The person you captured will be punished.—For bravados, blows.

Ypinagbabalo balo mo saamin ang pagaayunar mo.—Thou wilt deceive by feigning fasting (religious hypocrisy).

You're letting us know about your plans.—You will trick us by pretending to fast (religious hypocrisy).

Ang amo ay among dati paramtan man nang mabuti.—The monkey, however richly dressed, is but a monkey. [289]

Ang amo ay dating mabuti sa amin.—The monkey, no matter how well dressed, is still just a monkey. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Aunque la mona se viste de seda, en mona se queda. (Spanish proverb.)—Though clad in silk, the monkey is a monkey still.

Even if the monkey dresses in silk, it remains a monkey. (Spanish proverb.)—Even dressed in silk, the monkey is still a monkey.

Houang cang mag hamalhamalan.—Do not seem to sniffle (through the nose) in the presence of a sniffler (i.e., do not expose the defects of another).

Don't act like you're sniffing around someone who's already sniffing.—Don't point out someone else's flaws.

Magyñgat cayo sapusang lambong.—Beware of a wild cat.

Magnygat cayo sapusang lambong.—Watch out for a wild cat.

Ang magandanglalaqui huboma y mariguit—Even though naked, gentility will show itself.

Ang magandang lalaki huboma y mariguit—Even when bare, elegance will reveal itself.

Ang tapat na capitan may pinagcacapitanan.—Let governors govern.

The loyal captain has a purpose.—Let governors govern.

Valangpalay ang amalong mo.—There is no rice in thy granary (to an empty-headed person).

Your dad is a legend.—There is no rice in your granary (to a clueless person).

Ymolos ang camay ay guinagat nang alopihan.—He struck a blow with his hand, and got bitten by a centipede.

He hit it with his hand and got bitten by a centipede.

Dino dolobasa ang dimaalan—Making ignorance your interpreter.

Dino dolobasa ang dimaalan—Letting ignorance be your guide.

Nagcapalu na mandin ang canilan pagtatacapan.—Answer with nonsense the nonsense of others.

They have started to make fun of their own chatter.—Respond with nonsense to others' nonsense.

Anong ypinagpaparañgalanmo?—Why so jactant?—(a phrase to check boasting).

What are you showing off?—Why so boastful?—(a phrase to check boasting).

Maalam cang magsima sa taga?—Can he make the barb to the hook? (Is he clever?)

Can he create the barb for the hook?—Is he smart?

Mabuit ay nagpapatang patañgan finguin.—Being clever, he feigns stupidity.

Mabuit ay nag-aalaga ng finguin.—Being clever, he pretends to be stupid.

Dibabao ang lañgit sa macasalanan.—Heaven is far off from sinners.

Dibabao ang lañgit sa macasalanan.—Heaven is far away from sinners.

Gagadolong lisa iyan.—Serious as the bite of a louse’s egg (nit).

That's a big deal.—As serious as the bite of a louse’s egg (nit).

Hindi macacagat ang valang ñgipin.—He who has no teeth cannot bite.

Hindi macacagat ang valang ñgipin.—Someone without teeth can’t bite.

Malubha angpagpap aratimo samasaman gara.—Much obstinacy in an evil deed.

Ang pagpapakita ng masamang ugali ay talagang nakakasira.—A lot of stubbornness in a bad action.

Iyang caratinanmo angy capapacasamamo.—Thy obstinacy will be thy perdition.

Iyang caratinanmo angy capapacasamamo.—Your stubbornness will be your downfall.

Pinag cayasalanan mo ang pañginoong Dios.—A sin against a neighbour is an offence against God.

You have sinned against the Lord God.—A sin against a neighbor is an offense against God.

Pinagbibiyayan an ninyo ang demonio.—To pay tribute to the devil.

Pinagbibiyayaan ninyo ang demonio.—To pay tribute to the devil.

Tingmitintinna ang darong magalao.—Turn lewdness to chastity.

Tingmitintinna ang darong magalao.—Transform immorality into purity.

Valan di dalita itong buhay natin.—Life is labour.

Sobrang hirap ng buhay natin.—Life is work.

Mapaparari ang tova sa lañgit magparaling man san.—The joy of heaven will last and be perpetuated for ever and ever, and without end. [290]

The tova will be restored in the skies forever.—The joy of heaven will last and continue eternally, without end. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Cayañga t may tapal may sugat din.—Where the wound is, the plaister should be.

Cayañga has a mark and also a scar.—Where the wound is, the plaster should be.

Houag cang omotang nang salapi.—Ask not for the money you lend.

Don't ask for the money you loaned.—Ask not for the money you lend.

Lubiranmo am navala ang pasilmo.—To play with the string when the top is lost. (A phrase used when a patron refuses a favour.)

Lubiranmo am navala ang pasilmo.—To play with the string when the top is lost. (A phrase used when a patron refuses a favor.)

Valan cabolohan ang logor dito sa lupa.—The pleasures of earth are not worth a hair.

Valan will take care of the news here on Earth.—The pleasures of earth aren't worth a thing.

Maytanim no sa mabato.—Sow not among stones.

Don't plant in rocky soil.

Hungmo holangcapala aymarami panggava.—You are trifling while so much work is to be done.

Hungmo holangcapala aymarami panggava.—You are wasting time while there's so much work to be done.

Caya aco guinguinguiyacos dito.—I scratch myself because nobody will scratch me.

Caya aco guinguinguiyacos dito.—I scratch myself because no one else will do it for me.

Napaguidaraan aco mya.—If I quarrel with myself, it shall be when I am alone.

I got lost.—If I argue with myself, it will be when I'm alone.

Ano t guinagasaan mo aco?—If you scold me, why with so much noise?

Why are you yelling at me?—If you’re going to scold me, why do it so loudly?

Ang palagay na loob malivag magolorhanang.—Excesses are rare when the heart is at rest.

Ang pakiramdam na may kaluwagan sa loob ay nakakapagbigay ng aliw.—Excesses are rare when the heart is at rest.

Caya co somosoyo siya y aco y tauong aba.—He must obey who is weak and poor.

Caya and I and everyone else are here.—He must obey who is weak and poor.

Ang pagsisi anghuli ay valang guinapapacanan di baguin ang nañgag cacasaguit sa infierno.—Repentance is of little value when the penitent is in the hands of the devil (hell, or the executioner).1

Ang pagsisi anghuli ay walang ginagawang paraan upang baguhin ang nangyayari sa impiyerno.—Repentance means little when the person confessing is controlled by the devil (hell, or the executioner).1

Momoal moal mañgusap.—He who speaks with a full mouth will not be understood.

Momoal moal mañgusap.—If you talk with your mouth full, no one will understand you.

Hindi sosoco dito ang dimababa.—A short man will not knock his head against the roof.

Hindi sosoco dito ang dimababa.—A short man will not hit his head on the ceiling.

Paspasin mo ang buñga at hunag mong pasapan ang cahuy.—In beating down the fruit, beat not down the tree.

Pasuin mo ang bunga at hihipin mong pasapan ang ilaw.—In beating down the fruit, don't damage the tree.

Ang pagcatototo nang loob ang yguinagagaling nang lahat.—Unity of purpose brings certainty of success.

Ang pagtutok sa layunin ang nagmumula sa lahat.—Having a unified purpose leads to guaranteed success.

Nañgiñgisbigsiya nanggalit.—Petrified with rage (addressed to a person “borracho de colera,” as the Spaniards say).

Nañgiñgisbigsiya nangalore.—Frozen with anger (directed at someone “drunk with rage,” as the Spaniards say).

Aglahi si cabiri baquit mayag ang diti.—Saying No! with the lips, and Yes! with the heart.

Aglahi si cabiri baquit mayag ang diti.—Saying No! with the lips, and Yes! with the heart.

Houag mong angcahan ang di mo masasacopan.—Do not adventure much until you are certain of the issue.

Don't take risks unless you're certain about the outcome.—Do not adventure much until you are certain of the issue.

[291]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Some Spanish proverbs have made their way into Tagal.

Some Spanish proverbs have been adopted into Tagalog.

Baquit siya y namong cahi ay siyang nabalantogui. Fué por lana y bolvió trasquilado.—He went for wool, and returned shorn.

Baquit siya y namong cahi ay siyang nabalantogui. He went for wool but came back shorn.—He went for wool, and returned shorn.

I have selected most of these proverbs, aphorisms and moral and religious maxims from Fr. de los Santos’ folio volume, and they would have some interest if they represented the thoughts and feelings of a civilized nation. That interest will hardly be less when the social code of semi-barbarians is studied in these short sentences. The influence and teachings of the priests will be found in many; others will be deemed characteristic of local usages, and some will find a recommendation in their grotesqueness and originality. I have thought these examples of the language might not be without their value to philologists. [292]

I chose most of these proverbs, sayings, and moral and religious maxims from Fr. de los Santos’ folio volume, and they might be interesting if they reflect the thoughts and feelings of a civilized society. That interest will likely increase when examining the social code of semi-barbarians through these short sentences. You’ll find the influence and teachings of the priests in many of them; others will be typical of local customs, and some will stand out for their uniqueness and originality. I believe these examples of language could be valuable to linguists. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 There are many names for the public executioner, denoting the places in which he exercises his profession, and the instruments he employs for inflicting the punishment of death. 

1 There are many names for the public executioner, referencing the locations where he works and the tools he uses to carry out the death penalty.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XX.

COMMERCE.

To foreign nations—to our own especially—the particular interest felt in the state of the Philippines is naturally more of a commercial than of a political character. They must grow in trading importance; already enough has been done to make a retrograde or even a stationary policy untenable. Every step taken towards emancipation from the ancient fetters which ignorance and monopoly laid upon their progress has been so successful and so productive as to promise and almost to ensure continuance in a course now proved to be alike beneficial to the public treasury and to the common weal. The statistics which I have been able to collect are often unsatisfactory and inaccurate, but, upon the whole, may be deemed approximative to the truth, and certainly not without value as means of comparison between the results of that narrow-minded exclusive system which so long directed the councils of Spain and the administration of las Indias, and the wiser and more liberal views which make their way through the dense darkness of the past. [293]

To foreign nations—especially our own—the interest in the state of the Philippines is mainly commercial rather than political. They must become increasingly important for trade; enough progress has already been made to make any backward or stagnant policies impossible. Every step taken towards freeing them from the ancient constraints imposed by ignorance and monopoly has been so effective and productive that it promises and almost guarantees a continued path that has been shown to benefit both the public treasury and the common good. The statistics I’ve been able to gather are often unsatisfactory and inaccurate, but overall, they can be considered close to the truth and are certainly valuable for comparing the outcomes of the narrow-minded exclusive system that long governed the policies of Spain and the administration of las Indias, with the wiser and more open-minded perspectives that are now emerging from the dense darkness of the past. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The caprices and mischiefs of a privileged and protected trade and the curses which monopolies bring with them to the general interests, may, indeed, be well studied in the ancient legislation of Spain as regards her colonies. One vessel only was formerly allowed to proceed from the Philippines to Mexico; she was to be commanded by officers of the royal navy, equipped as a ship of war, and was subject to a variety of absurd restrictions and regulations: the adventurers were to pay 20,000 dollars for their privilege; and no one was allowed to adventure unless he were a vocal de consulado, which required a residence of several years in the islands, and the possession of property to the extent of 8,000 dollars. The privilege often passed clandestinely, by purchase, into the hands of friars, officials, women and other speculators—and it may well be supposed at what prices the goods had to be invoiced. Such being the licensed pillage in Asia, on arriving at Acapulco, in America, to which place the cargo was necessarily consigned, 33⅓ per cent. was imposed upon the valuation of the Manila invoices. And on the return of the ship similar or even more absurd conditions were exacted: she was only allowed to bring back double the value of the cargo she conveyed; but, as the profits were often enormous, every species of fraud was practised to give fictitious values to the articles imported—in fact, from the beginning to the end of the undertaking there seems to have been a rivalry in roguery among all parties concerned.

The whims and mischief of a privileged and protected trade, along with the problems that monopolies create for the public interest, can really be seen in the old laws of Spain regarding its colonies. Back in the day, only one ship was allowed to travel from the Philippines to Mexico; it had to be commanded by officers of the royal navy, outfitted like a warship, and was subject to a range of ridiculous rules and regulations. The individuals involved had to pay $20,000 for this privilege, and nobody could participate unless they were a vocal de consulado, which required living in the islands for several years and owning property worth at least $8,000. This privilege often passed secretly, through purchase, into the hands of friars, officials, women, and other speculators—and it’s easy to guess how much the goods were overpriced. With this system of legal looting in Asia, by the time the ship reached Acapulco, in America, where the cargo had to be delivered, a tax of 33⅓ percent was imposed on the value of the Manila invoices. When the ship returned, even sillier conditions were enforced: it could only bring back double the value of what it carried. However, since profits were often huge, all kinds of fraud were used to inflate the prices of the imported goods—in fact, from start to finish, there seemed to be a competition in dishonesty among everyone involved.

The establishment of the Company of the Philippines, [294]in 1785, gave to monopoly another shape, but led to some development of colonial industry.

The creation of the Company of the Philippines, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]in 1785, gave monopoly a different form, but resulted in some growth of colonial industry.

It is scarcely needful to follow the history of the commerce of the Philippines through the many changes which have produced its present comparative prosperity—a prosperity to be measured by the amount of emancipation which has been introduced. Had the Spanish authorities the courage to utter the magic words “Laissez faire, laissez passer!” what a cornucopia of blessings would be poured upon the archipelago!

It’s hardly necessary to trace the history of trade in the Philippines through the various changes that have led to its current relative prosperity—a prosperity that can be gauged by the level of freedom that has been established. If the Spanish authorities had the courage to say the magic words “Laissez faire, laissez passer!” what a wealth of blessings would come to the archipelago!

But it could hardly be expected from a government constituted like the government of Spain, that, either of its own spontaneous movement, or by licence delegated to the Captain-General, so grand a work would be accomplished as the establishment of free production, free commerce, free settlement, and free education in the Philippines; and yet a step so bold and noble would, as I fully believe, in a few years be followed by progress and prosperity far beyond any calculations that have been ventured on. The little that has been hazarded for the liberty of trade, though hurriedly and imperfectly done, cannot but encourage future efforts; and in the meantime many beneficial reforms have been pressed upon the attention of the government with such conclusive statistics and irresistible logic, that, if it depended on these alone, the Philippines might hope to enter upon the early enjoyment of their heritage of future advancement. The reform of the tariffs—the removal of petty vexatious fiscal [295]interferences—improvements in the navigation of the rivers—the cleansing the harbours—lighthouse, buoys and other appliances for the security of shipping—are among the more obvious and immediate claims of commerce. In Manila the absence of docks for repairing and harbouring vessels is much felt; the custom-house is on the wrong side of the river—though it were better it should exist on neither side; there are no means of regular postal communication with the islands from the Peninsula; tug-steamers, life-boats, quays and piers, seamen’s houses, marine hospitals, are wanting, but their introduction has been so strongly advocated that its advent may be hoped for. In truth, it is pleasant to find in a country so remote and so long under the most discouraging and retarding influences, that inquiry, which is the pioneer and the handmaid of all improvement, is already busily at work and will not be at work in vain.

But it’s hard to expect a government like Spain’s to initiate big changes like establishing free production, free trade, free settlement, and free education in the Philippines on its own or even through the Captain-General. Still, I truly believe that such a bold and positive move would lead to progress and prosperity beyond what anyone has predicted in just a few years. The minor steps taken towards trade freedom, though rushed and not perfect, should inspire more efforts in the future; in the meantime, many beneficial reforms have been brought to the government’s attention with compelling statistics and undeniable logic. If it relied solely on these, the Philippines could anticipate enjoying rapid advancements soon. Reforming tariffs, eliminating minor frustrating tax interferences, improving river navigation, cleaning the harbors, and implementing lighthouses, buoys, and other safety measures for shipping are among the most pressing needs for commerce. In Manila, the lack of docks for repairing and housing vessels is strongly felt; the customs house is located on the wrong side of the river—better if it didn’t exist on either side; there are no regular postal services connecting the islands to the Peninsula; and there’s a need for tugboats, lifeboats, piers, seamen's housing, and marine hospitals. However, the push for these improvements has been so compelling that we can hope to see them implemented. In fact, it’s encouraging to see that in a place so distant and previously hindered by delays, the spirit of inquiry—an essential driver of progress—is already actively at work and won’t be in vain.

A communication was made to the Chamber of Commerce by the Governor-General in 1858, requesting that the merchants would point out to him the best possible means for developing the riches of the Philippine Islands by extending their foreign trade. The British merchants, after expressing a general wish that the islands should enjoy the benefits of that system of free trade and liberal commercial policy whose “great results” are manifest to all, point out the special grievances which demand immediate reform.

A message was sent to the Chamber of Commerce by the Governor-General in 1858, asking the merchants to suggest the best ways to develop the wealth of the Philippine Islands by expanding their foreign trade. The British merchants, after expressing a general desire for the islands to benefit from a system of free trade and a progressive commercial policy whose "great results" are clear to everyone, highlighted specific complaints that need immediate attention.

1. The present system of requiring permits for [296]every cargo boat employed, leads to many needless charges, vexations and delays.

1. The current requirement for permits for [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] every cargo boat used results in unnecessary fees, frustrations, and delays.

2. Reform of the tariffs which press very heavily on certain articles, for the protection of some small manufacturing interest in the island. This is specially the case with cotton goods intended for common use; those of the colours given by dyes produced in the island are selected for the heaviest impost, to give encouragement to native dyers. Many articles are estimated much beyond their real value, so that the percentage duty becomes excessive. Lawns, for instance, are tariffed at double their market price. Iron chains worth five dollars per cwt. are tariffed at twelve dollars. A small quantity of white, black, blue, purple and rose-coloured cotton twist being produced, there is a duty of from 40 to 50 per cent., while red, yellow, green, &c., which the natives cannot dye, are admitted duty free. These are striking exemplifications of the workings of a protective system.

2. Reforming the tariffs that heavily burden certain products to protect some small manufacturing interests on the island. This is especially true for cotton goods meant for everyday use; those dyed with colors produced locally face the steepest taxes to support local dyers. Many items are valued much higher than their actual worth, causing the percentage duty to become exorbitant. For example, lawns are taxed at double their market value. Iron chains worth five dollars per hundredweight are taxed at twelve dollars. A small amount of white, black, blue, purple, and rose-colored cotton twist is produced, so there’s a tax of 40 to 50 percent, while colors like red, yellow, and green, which locals can’t dye, come in duty-free. These examples clearly illustrate how a protective system operates.

Other blue goods are prohibited because the islands produce indigo; and for the protection of the native shoemakers (who, by the way, are almost invariably Chinese and mere birds of passage in the country), foreign boots and shoes pay from 40 to 50 per cent., to the great detriment of the public health, for the country-tanned leather will not keep out the rain and the mud, while the protective duty encourages the Chinese settler to become a manufacturer, who is less wanted than the agricultural labourer. In the same spirit the tailors are protected, i.e. allowed to [297]overcharge the consumer to the extent of 40 to 50 per cent., the duty on imported clothes, which goes principally to the Chinese. Foreign fruits, preserves and liquors have to bear similar burdens, for cannot the Philippines give confectionary and sweets enough of their own? So runs the round of folly and miscalculation. One hundred dozen of Spanish beer entered the Philippines in 1857, and to protect and encourage so important an interest an excessive impost was levied on 350 pipes and nearly 100,000 bottles of beer not Spanish.

Other blue goods are banned because the islands produce indigo. To protect the local shoemakers—who are mostly Chinese and temporary residents—foreign boots and shoes are taxed at 40 to 50 percent, which is harmful to public health since locally tanned leather doesn’t keep out rain and mud. This tax also encourages Chinese immigrants to become manufacturers, which is less needed than agricultural workers. Tailors receive similar protection, meaning they can charge consumers an extra 40 to 50 percent due to the import duty on clothes, which mainly benefits the Chinese. Foreign fruits, preserves, and liquor face similar taxes because, after all, can't the Philippines provide enough sweets and treats on their own? Thus continues this cycle of foolishness and miscalculation. In 1857, one hundred dozen Spanish beers entered the Philippines, and to support such an important industry, excessive taxes were imposed on 350 casks and nearly 100,000 bottles of beer that were not Spanish.

3. Then, again, the heavy differential duties in favour of Spanish ships are a well-grounded subject of discontent and highly prejudicial to the general interest. The levying tonnage duties upon ships entering and departing without cargoes is a grievance of which there are just complaints. The adjacency of so many free ports—Hong Kong, Macao and Singapore—and the more liberal system of the Australian and Polynesian regions, place the Philippine trade in a disadvantageous position. Among the documents which I collected is one from a native merchant, in which he says:—“The demonstrations of political economists, and the practical results of free-trade legislation, establish the fact that public credit and public prosperity are alike benefited by the emancipation of commerce, and narrow is the view which, looking only to the temporary defalcation of revenue from the diminution of imports, forgets the enormous increase of all the sources of revenue from lowering prices and extending demand.” In this way the [298]great truths which have been silently and successfully revolutionizing our commercial legislation are spread on all the wings of all the winds, and will finally encircle the world in the great bonds of brotherhood, with peace and prosperity for attendants.

3. The heavy taxes favoring Spanish ships are a valid source of frustration and very damaging to the overall interest. Charging fees on ships coming in and out without cargo is a legitimate complaint. The presence of so many free ports—like Hong Kong, Macao, and Singapore—and the more open trade systems in Australia and the Pacific Islands put Philippine trade at a disadvantage. One document I gathered is from a local merchant, who states: “The theories of economists and the actual effects of free-trade laws show that both public credit and prosperity benefit from freeing up commerce. It’s a narrow perspective that only considers the short-term loss of revenue from reduced imports without recognizing the huge increase in all revenue sources from lower prices and increased demand.” This way, the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]great truths that have been quietly and successfully transforming our trade laws are being carried on the wings of every wind, ultimately uniting the world in a strong bond of brotherhood, with peace and prosperity following.

By a decree of the 18th June, 1857, the restrictions on the trade in rice and paddy were removed, and foreign grain was allowed to enter duty free, not, only into the ports opened to foreign trade, but into divers subordinate ports. Though the permission was then temporary, it has now become permanent, and I found that the emancipation of these important articles from all custom-house interference had been attended with the best results, by regulating and assimilating prices, without any detriment to native production. The more general the principles of free trade the more security will there be against dearth and famine on the one side, and superfluity and glut on the other.

By a decree on June 18, 1857, the restrictions on the trade of rice and paddy were lifted, and foreign grain was permitted to enter duty-free, not just into the ports open to foreign trade, but also into various smaller ports. Although this permission was initially temporary, it has since become permanent, and I observed that freeing these essential items from all customs regulation has produced excellent outcomes by stabilizing and aligning prices, without harming local production. The more widespread the principles of free trade, the greater the security we will have against shortages and famine on one side, and excess and waste on the other.

Rice is sold by the cavan. Its price is ordinarily double that of paddy. The average fluctuations are from one to two dollars.

Rice is sold by the cavan. Its price is usually double that of paddy. The average fluctuations range from one to two dollars.

In 1810 the import trade of the Philippines amounted to only 5,329,000 dollars, of which more than half consisted of precious metals, sent from the Spanish colonies of America. From Europe and the United States the trade was only 175,000 dollars. The exports were 4,795,000 dollars, of which one-and-a-half million consisted of silver to China, and the whole amount of exports to Europe and the United States was 250,000 dollars. The great start [299]took place in 1834, when the monopoly of the Philippine Company terminated, and commerce may be regarded as progressive from that time. Of the trade with the surrounding islands, that with Jolo, conducted principally by Chinese, is important. One of the leading articles of export is the edible bird’s-nests, of whose collection a Spanish writer gives the following account:—“The nests are collected twice a year; those most valued from deep and humid caverns. Early training is needful to scale the localities where the nests are found, and the task is always dangerous. To reach the caves it is necessary to descend perpendicularly many hundred feet, supported by a rope made of bamboo or junk, suspended over the sea waves as they dash against the rocks.” There is also from Jolo a considerable exportation of tortoise-shell. Trepang (sea-slug, Holothuria) and shark-fins are sent to the Chinese markets; also mother-of-pearl, wax and gold dust. The voyage from Manila to Jolo and return generally occupies seven to eight months. A trade in most respects resembling that of Jolo is carried on between Manila and the Moluccas. Spices are, however, added to the imports. There is a large trade between Singapore and Manila, and with Amoy, in China, the transactions are very important. Vessels are generally loading from and to that port. Rice, paddy, cocoa-nut oil, sugar, fine woods, table delicacies and a variety of minor articles, are exported; silks, nankins, tea, vermilion, umbrellas, earthenware and a thousand smaller matters, make up the returns. [300]

In 1810, the Philippines' import trade was only 5,329,000 dollars, with more than half coming from precious metals shipped from Spanish colonies in America. Trade from Europe and the United States was just 175,000 dollars. The exports totaled 4,795,000 dollars, including one-and-a-half million in silver sent to China, while the total amount exported to Europe and the U.S. was 250,000 dollars. A significant turning point took place in 1834 when the monopoly held by the Philippine Company ended, marking the beginning of more progressive commerce. Among the trade with nearby islands, the exchange with Jolo, primarily managed by Chinese traders, is noteworthy. One of the main export products is edible bird’s nests, which a Spanish writer describes as follows: “The nests are collected twice a year; those that are most valued come from deep, humid caves. Early training is essential to access the locations where the nests are found, and the task is always dangerous. To reach the caves, one must descend straight down several hundred feet, supported by a rope made from bamboo or junk, hanging over the sea waves crashing against the rocks.” Additionally, there is a significant export of tortoise shell from Jolo. Trepang (sea slug, Holothuria) and shark fins are also sent to Chinese markets, along with mother-of-pearl, wax, and gold dust. The journey from Manila to Jolo and back typically takes seven to eight months. Trade similar to that of Jolo also occurs between Manila and the Moluccas, with spices added to the imports. There is a substantial trade between Singapore and Manila, and transactions with Amoy in China are very significant. Ships usually load to and from that port. Exports include rice, paddy, coconut oil, sugar, fine woods, table delicacies, and a variety of smaller items, while imports consist of silks, nankins, tea, vermilion, umbrellas, earthenware, and countless other smaller goods.

Internal trade suffers much from the many impediments to communication and the various shiftings to which merchandise is exposed. It is said that in the transit from the north of Luzon to the capital there are as many as a hundred floating rafts upon which the goods must be carried across the different streams; at each considerable delay is experienced, as the raft (balsa) is seldom found when and where it is wanted. And during half the year inland conveyance is the only means of transport, as the monsoons make the sea voyage impossible for coasting vessels. Indeed, in the remoter islands months frequently pass without arrivals from the capital. Some of the fairs in the interior are largely attended by the Mahomedan and heathen natives, who will not visit the ports or larger towns. That of Yligan (Misamis, in Mindanao) is much visited by Moros, who bring thither for sale paddy, cocoa, coffee, gold dust, cotton fabrics, krises and weapons of war, with many other native articles, which they exchange mostly for European and Chinese wares. Panaguis, in Luzon, is another market much frequented by the Igorrote Indians. Many of the ancient river communications have been stopped by inundations, which have given a new direction to the stream, and by the invasion of snags, trees and rocks from the upper regions. There is a great deal of ambulatory petty trade in the interior; the Chinese especially are active pedlars and factors, and make their way to buy and to sell wherever there is a profit to be gained. They are to a great extent the pioneers of commerce, and in this way valuable [301]auxiliaries and co-operators by opening new fields to be hereafter more extensively explored.

Internal trade struggles due to numerous barriers to communication and the frequent changes that goods go through. It’s said that on the route from the north of Luzon to the capital, there are as many as a hundred floating rafts used to transport goods across various streams; each major delay is encountered since the raft (balsa) is rarely available when and where it’s needed. For half the year, overland transport is the only way to move goods, as the monsoons make sea travel impossible for coastal vessels. In fact, in the more remote islands, months can go by without any shipments arriving from the capital. Some fairs in the interior attract many Muslim and non-Muslim locals who don’t go to the ports or larger towns. The Yligan fair (Misamis, in Mindanao) sees many Moros who come to sell rice, cocoa, coffee, gold dust, cotton fabrics, krises, and weapons, trading mostly for European and Chinese goods. Panaguis in Luzon is another market popular with the Igorrote Indians. Many of the old river routes have been blocked by floods that have altered the waterway, along with snags, trees, and rocks from upstream. There’s a lot of small-scale trade in the interior; the Chinese, in particular, are active peddlers and traders, seeking opportunities to buy and sell wherever a profit can be made. They are largely the pioneers of commerce, playing a vital role in opening up new areas that will later be more thoroughly explored.

There are in Manila seven English, three American, two French, two Swiss and one German, commercial establishments. In the new ports there is no European house of business except at Iloilo, where there is an English firm, of which the British vice-consul is the directing partner.

There are seven English, three American, two French, two Swiss, and one German commercial establishments in Manila. In the new ports, there are no European businesses except in Iloilo, where there is an English firm led by the British vice-consul as the managing partner.

Among the curiosities of commercial legislation is a decree of the governor of the Philippines, dated only a few years ago, by which it was ordered that no vessel should be allowed to introduce a cargo from China or the East Indies unless an engagement was entered into by the captain to bring to Manila five hundred living shrikes (mimas?), as the bird was reported to be most useful in destroying the insects which were at that time seriously damaging the harvests. I believe not a single bird was ever brought. It would have been about as easy and as reasonable to require them to import some slices of the moon, for the catching, and the caging, and the keeping, are scarcely within mortal capabilities, and 500 birds were the required minimum by every ship; nor was it the least remarkable part of the decree or requirement that they were all to be delivered gratis.

One of the oddities of commercial law is a decree from the governor of the Philippines, dated just a few years ago, which stated that no ship could bring in cargo from China or the East Indies unless the captain promised to deliver five hundred live shrikes (mimas?), as these birds were said to be very effective in getting rid of the insects that were seriously hurting the crops at the time. I don't think a single bird was ever brought. It would have been just as easy and reasonable to ask them to import some slices of the moon, since catching, caging, and keeping those birds was hardly something people could manage, and each ship was required to bring at least 500 birds; also, it was quite remarkable that all of them were to be delivered for free.

For the protection of the revenue there is an armed body called the Carabineros de Real Hacienda. It is composed of natives under European officers, and is charged with both land and sea service. They wear a military uniform and a broad hat resembling [302]a large punch-bowl, which is, however, an admirable protection from the sun’s rays.

For revenue protection, there's an armed group called the Carabineros de Real Hacienda. It's made up of locals led by European officers, and they handle both land and sea duties. They wear a military uniform and a wide-brimmed hat that looks like [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]a big punch bowl, but it does an excellent job of shielding them from the sun.

Great Britain has a salaried consul and vice-consul in Manila and vice-consuls in Iloilo and Sual. France has also a salaried consul in the capital. The United States, Portugal, Belgium, Sweden and Chili, are represented by members of commercial establishments, who exercise consular authority in Manila. The American consul is Mr. Charles Griswold, and few are the visitors to these islands who have not enjoyed his hospitality and benefited by his experience.

Great Britain has a paid consul and vice-consul in Manila, along with vice-consuls in Iloilo and Sual. France also has a paid consul in the capital. The United States, Portugal, Belgium, Sweden, and Chile are represented by members of business establishments who hold consular authority in Manila. The American consul is Mr. Charles Griswold, and very few visitors to these islands have not enjoyed his hospitality and benefited from his experience.

The post-office establishments are imperfect and unsatisfactory and the charges for the conveyance of letters heavy. There is a weekly postal communication from the capital with the provinces in the island of Luzon, and southwards as far as Samar and Leyte, but all the other eastern and southern islands are left to the chances which the coasting trade offers and are frequently many months without receiving any news from the capital or the mother country. A regular service, providing for the wants of these important districts, Panay especially, with its population exceeding half a million, is greatly to be desired.

The postal system is flawed and not satisfactory, and the fees for sending letters are high. There is a weekly postal service connecting the capital with the provinces in Luzon and south to Samar and Leyte, but all the other eastern and southern islands rely on the unpredictable coasting trade and often go several months without any news from the capital or the homeland. A reliable service to meet the needs of these important areas, especially Panay with its population of over half a million, is very much needed.

There is now a fortnightly service carried on by the steamers of the Peninsular and Oriental Company between Manila and Hong Kong, generally reaching forty-eight hours before the departure, and quitting forty-eight hours after the arrival, of the steamers from Europe. It is conducted with great [303]regularity and the letters from Spain arrive in about fifty days; but many days would be saved were there a branch steamer from Malta to Alicant. For this service an annual sum (recoverable monthly) of 120,000 dollars is paid by the Manila government to the company. The steamers are freed from all port charges except pilotage.

There is now a biweekly service run by the steamers of the Peninsular and Oriental Company between Manila and Hong Kong, typically arriving forty-eight hours before the departure and leaving forty-eight hours after the arrival of the steamers from Europe. It operates with great [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]regularity, and letters from Spain take about fifty days to arrive; however, several days could be saved if there were a branch steamer from Malta to Alicante. For this service, the Manila government pays the company an annual fee of 120,000 dollars (recoverable monthly). The steamers are exempt from all port charges except for pilotage.

The government has published proposals for the establishment of a steam-packet company for the service of the islands, offering 45,000 dollars annually as a State contribution, but I believe there is no immediate prospect of the adoption of the scheme.

The government has released plans to set up a steam-packet company to serve the islands, providing $45,000 a year as a state contribution, but I don't think there's any immediate chance of this plan being approved.

The Banco Español de Isabel II. is a joint-stock company, whose capital is 400,000 dollars, in 1,000 shares of 400 dollars each. It was established in the year 1855, and has generally paid to the shareholders dividends at the rate of six to eight per cent. per annum. It issues promissory notes, discounts local bills of exchange and lends money on mortgage. The general rate of interest in the Philippines fluctuates from six to nine per cent. The yearly operations of the bank exceed 2,000,000 of dollars. The value of about half-a-million of bills of exchange is usually under discount. Its ordinary circulation does not exceed 200,000 dollars in promissory notes and it has deposits and balances to the value of about 1,750,000 dollars. The bank has afforded considerable facilities to commerce, and has answered one of its principal objects, that of bringing into circulation some of the hoarded money [304]of the natives. Most of the foreign houses are shareholders.

The Banco Español de Isabel II is a corporation with a capital of $400,000, divided into 1,000 shares of $400 each. It was founded in 1855 and has typically paid its shareholders dividends of six to eight percent per year. The bank issues promissory notes, discounts local bills of exchange, and lends money on mortgages. The general interest rate in the Philippines ranges from six to nine percent. The bank's annual operations exceed $2,000,000. Around half a million dollars in bills of exchange are usually under discount. Its regular circulation doesn't exceed $200,000 in promissory notes, and it has deposits and balances worth about $1,750,000. The bank has provided significant support to commerce and has fulfilled one of its main purposes, which is to circulate some of the hoarded money of the locals. Most foreign firms are shareholders. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The decimal system of accounts and currency was introduced into the Philippines by a royal decree, and an end put to all the complications of maravedis, quartos, and reales de ocho, by the simple adoption of the dollar, divided into one hundred cents. It would be, indeed, a wretched compliment to the population of England (let me say it in passing) if, as certain opponents of improvement have averred, they would never be brought to appreciate or comprehend a change to decimal denominations which the “untutored mind” of the “wild Indian” has already begun to adopt, using his digits as the instruments of the new philosophy, and aided now and then probably by the simple abacus of the Chinese shopkeeper, with whom he has much to do.

The decimal system for accounts and currency was brought to the Philippines through a royal decree, ending all the confusion of maravedis, quartos, and reales de ocho by simply adopting the dollar, divided into one hundred cents. It would be a pretty poor compliment to the people of England (let me mention this briefly) if, as some critics of progress have claimed, they could never come to appreciate or understand a move to decimal denominations that the “untutored mind” of the “wild Indian” has already started to adopt, using his fingers as tools of this new system, and occasionally assisted by the simple abacus of the Chinese shopkeeper, with whom he interacts frequently.

The weights and measures used in the Philippines are—

The weights and measures used in the Philippines are—

The Arroba (25 lbs. Spanish) = 25·36 English lbs.
The Quintal (100
lbs. Spanish
,,
)
= 101.44
English
,,
lbs.
,,
The Catty = 1·395
English
,,
lbs.
,,
The Pecul of 137 catties (36 lbs. Spanish) = 139.48
English
,,
lbs.
,,
Cavan = 25 gautas.
Gauta = 8 chupas.
Pie = 12 Spanish inches.
11 English inches.
Vara = 3 pies.
33 English inches.
Cavan of rice (clean) weighs 132 lbs. avoirdupois.
Cavan
,,
of
,,
paddy
103.5
avoirdupois.
,,
Jar of oil 96
avoirdupois.
,,

The following return gives the exports from Manila for the year 1858:— [305]

The following report shows the exports from Manila for the year 1858:— [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

EXPORTS FROM MANILA FOR 1858.

United States, Atlantic. California. Continent of Europe. Great Britain.
Hemp Peculs. 289,953 10,140 6,650 105,633
Sugar
Peculs.
,,
16,030 45,038 17,252 315,768
Sapan Wood
Peculs.
,,
10,594 2,491 21,295
Indigo Qtls. 503 171 58
Leaf Tobacco
Qtls.
,,
82,120
Cigars M̄. 4,613 3,416 209 8,244
Coffee Peculs. 2,389 236 13,882 81
Cordage
Peculs.
,,
2,751
Hides
Peculs.
,,
999 113 3,619
Hide Cuttings
Peculs.
,,
2,929 62
Mother-of-Pearl Shell
Peculs.
,,
1,205 1,351
Tortoise-Shell Catties. 260 1,931
Grass Cloth Pieces. 57,224 547
Gum Almasiga Peculs. 2,113 3,571
Cowries
Peculs.
,,
2,773
Rice Cavans.
Paddy
Cavans.
,,
Beche de Mer Peculs.
Liquid Indigo Jars.
Buffalo Horns Peculs. 11 387
Birds’ Nests
Peculs.
,,
Arrowroot
Peculs.
,,
170 15 368
Gold Dust Taels.
Canes M̄. 11 610
Cow Bones Peculs.
Hats M̄. 408
Molave Logs
M̄.
,,
58

EXPORTS FROM MANILA FOR 1858. (Continued.)

Australia. Batavia. Singapore, and British Islands. South America, Cape of Good Hope and Pacific Islands. China. Total.
Hemp 1,100 28 412,504
Sugar 147,369 170 15,506 557,133
Sapan Wood 1,200 4,607 27,031 67,218
Indigo 732
Leaf Tobacco 82,120
Cigars 18,504 12,552 24,489 115 13,000 85,142
Coffee 6,764 55 1,556 24,963
Cordage 10,150 999 3,293 4,606 21,799
Hides 1,694 6,425
Hide Cuttings 884 3,875
Mother-of-Pearl Shell 36 2,592
Tortoise-Shell 314 2,505
Grass Cloth 350 58,121
Gum Almasiga 14 1,674 7,372
Cowries 165 2,938
Rice 21,361 21,361
Paddy 1,300 1,300
Beche de Mer 3,889 3,889
Liquid Indigo 4,805 4,805
Buffalo Horns 398
Birds’ Nests 66 66
Arrowroot 263 816
Gold Dust 1,721 1,721
Canes 620
Cow Bones 906 906
Hats 120 1,372 1,900
Molave Logs 1,203 1,259

[306]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In the year 1855, Don Sinibaldo de Mas, having been charged with an official mission of inquiry into the state of these islands, published an article on the revenues of the Philippines, addressed to the finance minister of Spain.1

In 1855, Don Sinibaldo de Mas, tasked with an official investigation into the condition of these islands, published an article on the Philippines' revenues for the finance minister of Spain.1

He begins his report by contrasting the population and commerce of Cuba with that of the Philippines; stating that Cuba, with less than a million of inhabitants, has a trade of 27,500,000 dollars, while the Philippines, which he says contained, in 1850, 4,000,000 of people in a state of subjection and 1,000,000 unsubdued, had a trade of less than 5,000,000 of dollars. He calculates the coloured population of Cuba at 500,000; the white population of the Philippines at from 7,000 to 8,000 persons. He deduces that, if the produce of the Philippines were proportioned to that of Cuba, it would be of the value of 250,000,000 dollars, and that the revenue should be 48,000,000 dollars, instead of about 9,500,000 dollars.

He starts his report by comparing the population and trade of Cuba to that of the Philippines. He notes that Cuba, with fewer than a million residents, has a trade volume of $27,500,000, while the Philippines, which he claims in 1850 had 4,000,000 people under control and 1,000,000 free, only had a trade volume of less than $5,000,000. He estimates the number of people of color in Cuba to be 500,000, and the white population in the Philippines to be around 7,000 to 8,000. He concludes that if the production in the Philippines matched that of Cuba, it would be valued at $250,000,000, and the revenue should be $48,000,000 instead of about $9,500,000.

He avers that the soil is equal in its productive powers to any in the world; that the quality of the produce—sugar, coffee, tobacco, indigo, cocoa and cotton—is most excellent; that it possesses almost a monopoly of abacá (Manila hemp); and he goes on to consider the means of turning these natural advantages to the best account.

He claims that the soil is as productive as any in the world; that the quality of the crops—sugar, coffee, tobacco, indigo, cocoa, and cotton—is outstanding; that it has almost a monopoly on abacá (Manila hemp); and he then looks at ways to make the most of these natural advantages.

He altogether repudiates any extension of the existing [307]system, or augmentation of taxation in its present forms; and states, what is most true, that to the development of agriculture, industry and commerce the Philippines must look for increased prosperity.

He completely rejects any expansion of the current [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] system or any increases in taxation as it stands; and he points out, which is absolutely true, that the Philippines must rely on the growth of agriculture, industry, and commerce for greater prosperity.

His three proposals are:—

His three proposals are:—

1. Opening new ports to foreign trade.

1. Opening new ports for international trade.

2. Emancipating the production, manufacture and sale of tobacco.

2. Freeing the production, manufacturing, and sale of tobacco.

3. Increasing the population of the islands.

3. Growing the population of the islands.

By a royal decree, dated 31st March, 1855, three additional ports were opened to foreign trade—Zamboanga (Mindanao), Iloilo (Panay), and Sual (Luzon). The results have not responded to anticipations. One reason is obvious—custom-house officers, custom-house restrictions, custom-house vexations accompanied the seemingly liberal legislation. These are sufficient to check, if not to crush, the growth of intercourse. I doubt if in either of the new ports the custom-house receipts cover the costs of collection. The experiment should have been a free-trade experiment, but the jealousies and fears of the capital were probably influential. It ought not to have been forgotten that the new ports, charged with all the burdens which pressed upon Manila, offered none of its facilities, the creation of many generations—wharves and warehouses, accomplished merchants, capital, foreign settlers, assured consumption of imports and supply of exports; these counterbalanced the cost of conveyance of goods to or from the capital, while, on the other hand, the introduction of a custom-house has prejudiced [308]the trade which previously existed—as, for example, the call of whalers at Zamboanga, unwilling to submit to the fiscal exactions now introduced. But if every port in the Philippines were made free from custom-houses a great impulse would be given to industry, commerce and shipping; the loss to the treasury would be inconsiderable, for the net proceeds of the customs duties is very insignificant, while other sources of revenue would be undoubtedly increased by the impulse given to the general prosperity. De Mas states that the extension of the trade of Cuba from the Havana to other ports led to an augmentation in its value from 2,000,000 to 30,000,000 dollars.

By a royal decree, dated March 31, 1855, three new ports were opened to foreign trade—Zamboanga (Mindanao), Iloilo (Panay), and Sual (Luzon). The results have not met expectations. One clear reason is that custom-house officers, custom-house restrictions, and custom-house hassles accompanied this seemingly liberal legislation. These were enough to hinder, if not stifle, the growth of trade. I doubt that the custom-house receipts in either of the new ports cover the costs of collection. This should have been a free-trade initiative, but the jealousy and fear from the capital likely played a role. It should not have been forgotten that the new ports, burdened with all the pressures faced by Manila, did not offer any of its advantages—the infrastructure built over many generations—wharves and warehouses, experienced merchants, capital, foreign settlers, steady consumption of imports, and supply of exports; these factors offset the costs of transporting goods to or from the capital. In contrast, the establishment of a custom-house has undermined [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the existing trade—such as the whalers' visits to Zamboanga, who are hesitant to comply with the new fiscal demands. However, if every port in the Philippines were made free from custom-houses, it would significantly boost industry, commerce, and shipping; the loss to the treasury would be minimal, as the net proceeds from customs duties are very low, while other revenue sources would surely increase due to the overall economic growth. De Mas notes that the expansion of trade in Cuba from Havana to other ports resulted in its value skyrocketing from 2,000,000 to 30,000,000 dollars.

Two plans are suggested by Señor De Mas for the emancipation of the tobacco cultivation and manufacture from the existing State monopoly. One, the levying a heavy land tax on all lands devoted to the produce; the other, the imposition of a duty on exportation. He estimates that a baleta of land (1,000 brazas square) gives 1,500 plants, and 4 to 5 cwt. of tobacco, saleable at 4 to 5 dollars per quintal. The cost of manufacturing 14,000 cigars, which represent 1 cwt., 5¼ dollars, and boxes for packing, 3½ dollars. He says the value of the cigars is 6½ dollars per box (it is now considerably more), in which case the profit would be 77¼ dollars, and proposes a duty of 70 dollars per cwt., which is more than five times the cost of the article. He gives satisfactory reasons for the conclusion that cigars would be made much more economically by [309]the peasantry than by the government, shows that the cost of the machinery of administration might be greatly diminished, asserts that the Indians employed at home would be satisfied with lower gains than the wages paid by the government, and supposes that the unoccupied houses of the natives would be dedicated to the making of cigars as a pleasant and profitable domestic employment. It may be doubted whether he estimates at its full value the resistance which the indolent habits of the Indian oppose to voluntary or spontaneous labour; but the conclusion I have reached by not exactly the same train of reasoning is the same as that arrived at by my friend whom I have been quoting, namely, that the government monopoly is less productive than free cultivation, manufacture and sale might become; that a reduction of prices would extend demand, leave larger benefits to the treasury and confer many advantages upon the people; and that the arguments (mostly of those interested in the monopoly) in favour of the existing system are not grounded on sound reasoning, nor supported by statistical facts.

Two plans are proposed by Señor De Mas to free tobacco cultivation and manufacturing from the current State monopoly. One plan involves imposing a heavy land tax on all lands used for tobacco production, while the other suggests applying a duty on exports. He estimates that a baleta of land (1,000 brazas square) yields 1,500 plants and produces 4 to 5 cwt. of tobacco, which can be sold for 4 to 5 dollars per quintal. The cost of producing 14,000 cigars, which equals 1 cwt., is 5¼ dollars, and packaging costs 3½ dollars. He mentions that the value of the cigars is 6½ dollars per box (which is now much higher), leading to a profit of 77¼ dollars. He proposes a duty of 70 dollars per cwt., which is more than five times the cost of the product. He provides convincing reasons to conclude that cigars would be produced much more economically by the peasantry rather than by the government, showing that the administrative costs could be significantly reduced. He argues that the Indians working at home would be satisfied with lower earnings than the wages offered by the government, and he suggests that the unoccupied houses of the natives could be used for cigar production as a pleasant and profitable domestic activity. It might be questioned whether he fully values the resistance posed by the Indians' lazy habits to voluntary or spontaneous labor; however, I have arrived at a similar conclusion, through a different line of reasoning, as my friend whom I have been quoting: that the government monopoly is less productive than what free cultivation, manufacturing, and sales could achieve; that lower prices would increase demand, provide greater benefits to the treasury, and offer many advantages to the people; and that the arguments (mainly from those benefiting from the monopoly) supporting the current system are not based on sound reasoning or backed by statistical facts.

The tobacco monopoly (estanco) was established in 1780 by Governor-General Basco; it was strongly opposed by the friars, and menaces of severe punishments were held over those who sought to escape the obligations imposed. But to the present hour there are said to be large plantations of tobacco which escape the vigilance of government, and cigars are purchaseable in many of the islands at one-fourth [310]of the government price. The personal establishment for the protection of the tobacco monopoly consists of nearly a thousand officials and more than thirty revenue boats. It is, notwithstanding, cultivated largely in provinces where the cultivation is prohibited by law; and I find in a report from the Alcalde of Misamis (Mindanao) the following phrase: “The idea of interfering with the growth of tobacco for the benefit of the treasury must be abandoned, as the territory where it is produced is not subject to Spanish authority.”

The tobacco monopoly (estanco) was set up in 1780 by Governor-General Basco; it faced strong opposition from local friars, and threats of harsh punishments were directed at anyone trying to evade the imposed obligations. However, to this day, it’s said that there are large tobacco plantations that slip under the government's radar, and cigars can be bought in many of the islands for a quarter of the government price. The establishment meant to enforce the tobacco monopoly includes nearly a thousand officials and over thirty revenue boats. Still, it is widely cultivated in areas where it's legally banned. I found a report from the Alcalde of Misamis (Mindanao) stating: “The notion of interfering with tobacco growth for the treasury's benefit must be given up, as the land where it's grown is not under Spanish control.”

Attempts were made a few years ago to encourage the planting of tobacco in the province of Iloilo, by a company which made advances to the Indians; but the enterprise, discouraged by the government, failed, and I found, when I visited the locality, the warehouses abandoned and the company dissolved. There have been many expeditions for the destruction and confiscation of illicit tobacco; and on more than one occasion insurrections, tumults, serious loss of life and very doubtful results have followed these interferences. The statistical returns show that the consumption of the State tobacco varies considerably in the different provinces, being influenced by the greater or less difficulty of obtaining the contraband article.

A few years ago, there were efforts to promote tobacco planting in the province of Iloilo by a company that offered loans to the locals. However, the government discouraged the initiative, leading to its failure. When I visited the area, I saw abandoned warehouses and the company had dissolved. There have been numerous attempts to destroy and confiscate illegal tobacco, and these actions have led to insurrections, riots, significant loss of life, and uncertain outcomes on more than one occasion. Statistics indicate that the consumption of state tobacco varies significantly across different provinces, influenced by how easy or hard it is to obtain the illegal product.

There have been divers projects for augmenting the population of the Philippines—from China, from Switzerland, from Borneo and even from British India. The friars have never looked with complacency on any of these schemes. They all present [311]elements which would not easily he subjected to ecclesiastical influence. The Chinese would not be willing cultivators of the soil if any other pursuit should promise greater profits, and it is quite certain that the indolent Indian will nowhere be able to compete with the industrious, persevering and economical Chinese. Many suggestions have been made for the introduction of Chinese women, with a view of attaching Chinese families to the soil; but hitherto nothing has sufficed to conquer the abhorrence with which a Chinese female contemplates the abandonment of her country, nor the general resistance to such abandonment on the part of the Chinese clans. Chinese female children have been frequently kidnapped for conveyance to the Philippines, and some horrible circumstances have come to the knowledge of British authorities in China, followed by the exposure and punishment of British subjects concerned in these cruel and barbarous deeds. An establishment of a sisterhood in China, called that of the Sainte Enfance, has been looked to as a means of christianizing female children, and conveying them to the Philippines; they have collected or purchased many orphans, but small success has attended these well-meant, but not well-directed labours. In 1855, it was stated in an official document (De Mas, p. 26) that in 1858, an annual entry of 2,500 children might be expected. The calculation has been a total mistake; the establishments in China are in a state of embarrassment and difficulty, and I am not aware that a single Chinese female has been supplied for the [312]suggested purpose. Any number of orphans or abandoned children might be bought in the great cities of China, especially from the orphan asylums; but an increased demand would only encourage their abandonment by their mothers. These foundling hospitals are of very doubtful utility, and produce, probably, more misery than they cure.

There have been various projects to boost the population of the Philippines—from China, from Switzerland, from Borneo, and even from British India. The friars have never looked favorably on any of these plans. They all show [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]elements that would not easily fall under church influence. The Chinese wouldn’t be willing farmers if another job promised better profits, and it’s pretty clear that the lazy Indian won’t be able to compete with the hardworking, persistent, and frugal Chinese. Many ideas have been put forward to bring Chinese women in, aimed at establishing Chinese families in the area; however, so far, nothing has been able to overcome the deep dislike a Chinese woman feels about leaving her homeland, nor the general resistance from Chinese communities to such a move. Chinese girls have often been kidnapped and taken to the Philippines, and some terrible cases have come to the attention of British authorities in China, resulting in the exposure and punishment of British individuals involved in these cruel and barbaric acts. There’s been an attempt to establish a sisterhood in China called the Sainte Enfance, which aims to Christianize female children and send them to the Philippines; they have gathered or bought many orphans, but these well-intentioned but poorly directed efforts have seen little success. In 1855, an official document (De Mas, p. 26) stated that in 1858, an annual influx of 2,500 children could be expected. This estimation was completely wrong; the institutions in China are struggling and I’m not aware of any Chinese females being provided for the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]intended purposes. You could buy as many orphans or abandoned children as you wanted in the big cities of China, especially from orphanages; but an increased demand would only encourage mothers to abandon their children. These foundling hospitals are of very questionable usefulness and likely create more misery than they alleviate.

The greatest impediment to the progress of the Philippines, and the development of their immense resources, is attributable to the miserable traditional policy of the mother country, whose jealousies tie the hands of the governors they appoint to rule; so that the knowledge and experience which are acquired in the locality are wholly subjected to the ignorance and shortsightedness of the distant, but supreme authority. Would the Spaniard but recognize the wisdom of one of their many instructive proverbs—Mas sabe el loco en su casa que cuerdo en la agena (the fool knows more about his own home than the wise man of the home of another)—more confidence might be reposed in those who are thoroughly cognizant of local circumstances and local wants. As it is, everything has to be referred to Madrid. A long delay is inevitable—an erroneous decision probable; circumstances are constantly changing, and what would have been judicious to-day may be wholly unadvisable to-morrow. Then there is the greatest unwillingness to surrender even the shadow of authority, or any of those sources of patronage which a government so enervate and corrupt as that of Spain clings to as its props and protection. Again, the uncertainty of [313]tenure of office, which attaches to all the superior offices held under the Spanish Government, is alike calculated to demoralize and discourage. Before a governor has surveyed his territory and marked out to himself a course of action, he may be superseded under one of those multitudinous changes which grow out of the caprices of the court or the clamour of the people. It was a melancholy employment of mine to look round the collection of the various portraits of the captains-general which adorned my apartment, bearing the dates of their appointment and their supersession. Some of them only occupied their office for a few months, and were as carelessly and recklessly dismissed as a worthless weed is flung away. And there seemed no expectation of any change in this respect, for there were many blank frames made to receive the vera effigies of future excellencies. Our colonial system is wiser, as we appoint governors for six years, and, except under special circumstances, they are not dispossessed of their government. Whether there may be any moral deterioration connected with the possession of power, sufficient to counterbalance all the benefits which are furnished by long experience and local knowledge, may be a question for philosophy and statesmanship.

The biggest obstacle to the progress of the Philippines and the development of its vast resources is the outdated policy of the mother country, which restricts the governors they appoint to lead. This means that the knowledge and experience gained locally are completely overshadowed by the ignorance and shortsightedness of the faraway, but ultimate, authority. If only the Spaniards would recognize the wisdom of one of their many insightful proverbs—Mas sabe el loco en su casa que cuerdo en la ajena (the fool knows more about his own home than the wise man of another's home)—more trust could be placed in those who are fully aware of local conditions and needs. As it stands, everything has to be referred to Madrid. This leads to inevitable long delays and the likelihood of incorrect decisions; circumstances change constantly, and what might be wise today could be completely unwise tomorrow. Moreover, there is a strong reluctance to give up even the slightest bit of authority or any of those sources of patronage that a government as weak and corrupt as Spain's clings to for support. Additionally, the uncertainty of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] tenure in office, which affects all senior positions under the Spanish Government, is also likely to demoralize and discourage. Before a governor has even had the chance to assess his territory and outline a plan of action, he might be replaced due to one of the countless changes stemming from the whims of the court or the demands of the people. It was a sad task for me to look around at the collection of various portraits of the captains-general that decorated my room, showing the dates of their appointments and dismissals. Some held their positions for only a few months and were dismissed carelessly and recklessly, like a useless weed thrown away. There seemed to be no expectation that this situation would change, as many blank frames were waiting for the vera effigies of future leaders. Our colonial system is smarter, as we appoint governors for six years, and, except in special circumstances, they aren't removed from their posts. Whether there’s any moral decline associated with holding power that could outweigh all the benefits that come from extensive experience and local knowledge might be a question for philosophers and statesmen.

But other causes of backwardness are traceable to those very elements of wealth and prosperity, to which these islands must look for their future progress. A soil so feracious, a sun so bright, rains so bountiful, require so little co-operation from the aid of man that he becomes careless, indolent, unconcerned [314]for the morrow. He has but to stretch out his hand, and food drops into it. The fibre of the aloe, which the female weaves with the simplest of looms, gives her garments; the uprights and the floors and the substantial parts of his dwelling are made of the bamboo, which he finds in superfluous abundance; while the nipa palm provides roofs and sides to his hut. Wants he has few and he cares little for luxuries. His enjoyments are in religious processions, in music and dancing, in his gallo above all. He may take possession without rent of any quantity of land which he is willing to cultivate. There is a tendency, no doubt, to improvement. Cultivation extends and good examples are not without effect.

But other reasons for stagnation can be linked to those very elements of wealth and prosperity that these islands depend on for their future development. The soil is so fertile, the sun is so bright, and the rains are so abundant that it requires very little effort from people, which makes them careless, lazy, and unconcerned about the future [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]. All they have to do is reach out, and food is handed to them. The fiber of the aloe, which women weave with the simplest looms, provides them with clothing; the frames and floors and important parts of their homes are made from the bamboo found in excess; while the nipa palm provides roofs and walls for their huts. Their needs are few, and they care little for luxuries. Their pleasures come from religious festivals, music, and dancing, especially from their gallo. They can take possession of any amount of land they are willing to farm without paying rent. There is a clear tendency toward improvement. Farming is increasing, and good examples do have an impact.

In times of tranquillity Spain has nothing to fear for her Philippine colonies. So long as they are unmolested by foreign invaders and the government is carried on with mildness and prudence, there is little to be apprehended from any internal agitation; but I doubt the efficiency of any means of defence at the disposal of the authorities, should a day of trouble come. The Indian regular forces might for some time be depended on; but whether this could be anticipated of the militia or any of the urban auxiliaries is uncertain. The number of Spaniards is small—in most of the islands quite insignificant; indolence and indifference characterize the indigenous races; and if, on the one hand, they took no part in favour of intrusive strangers, on the other, they could not be looked to for any patriotic or energetic exertions on behalf of their Spanish rulers. They have, indeed, no traditions [315]of former independence—no descendants of famous ancient chiefs or princes, to whom they look with affection, hope or reverence. There are no fragments left of hierarchies overthrown. No Montezumas, no Colocolos, are named in their songs, or perpetuated in their memories. There are no ruins of great cities or temples; in a word, no records of the remote past. There is a certain amount of dissatisfaction among the Indians, but it is more strongly felt against the native gobernadorcillos—the heads of barangay—the privileged members of the local principalia—when exercising their “petty tyrannies,” than against the higher authorities, who are beyond the hearing of their complaints. “The governor-general is in Manila (far away); the king is in Spain (farther still); and God is in heaven (farthest of all).” It is a natural complaint that the tribute or capitation tax presses equally on all classes of Indians, rich or poor. The heads of barangay, who are charged with its collection, not unfrequently dissipate the money in gambling. One abuse has, however, been reformed—the tribute in many provinces was formerly collected in produce, and great were the consequent exactions practised upon the natives, from which the treasury obtained no profit, but the petty functionaries much. I believe the tax is now almost universally levied in money. All Spaniards, all foreigners (excepting Chinese), and their descendants are exempted from tribute. One of the most intelligent of the merchants of Manila (Don Juan Bautista Marcaida) has had the kindness to furnish [316]me with sundry memoranda on the subject of the capabilities of the Philippine Islands, and the means of developing them. To his observations, the result of careful observation, much experience and extensive reading, I attach great value. They are imbued with some of the national prejudices of a Spanish Catholic, in whose mind the constitution of the Romish Church is associated with every form of authority, and who is unwilling to see in that very constitution, and its necessary agencies, invincible impediments to the fullest progress of intellect—to the widest extension of agricultural, manufacturing and commercial prosperity—in a word, to that great agitation of the popular mind, to which Protestant nations owe their religious reforms, and their undoubted superiority in the vast field of speculation and adventure.

In peaceful times, Spain has nothing to worry about regarding its Philippine colonies. As long as they aren’t disturbed by foreign invaders and the government operates with care and wisdom, there’s little to fear from any internal unrest. However, I question the effectiveness of the defensive resources available to the authorities should trouble arise. The Indian regular forces might be reliable for a while, but it’s uncertain whether the same could be said for the militia or any urban support. The number of Spaniards is small—in many islands quite negligible; the local populations exhibit laziness and apathy; and while they don’t side with foreign intruders, they also can’t be counted on for any patriotic or vigorous efforts on behalf of their Spanish rulers. They lack traditions of past independence—there are no descendants of famous ancient leaders or rulers they look up to with affection, hope, or respect. There are no remnants of overthrown hierarchies. No Montezumas, no Colocolos are mentioned in their songs or memories. There are no ruins of great cities or temples; in short, no records of a distant past. There is some level of dissatisfaction among the Filipinos, but it’s more directed at the native gobernadorcillos—the heads of barangay—the privileged members of the local elites—when they exercise their “petty tyrannies” rather than against the higher authorities who are far removed from their grievances. “The governor-general is in Manila (far away); the king is in Spain (even farther); and God is in heaven (the farthest of all).” It’s a common complaint that the tribute or capitation tax burdens all levels of Filipinos, rich or poor. The barangay heads responsible for tax collection often waste the money on gambling. However, one issue has been fixed—the tribute in many provinces used to be collected in goods, leading to severe extortions on the locals, which benefited the treasury not at all, but greatly helped the petty officials. I believe the tax is now almost universally demanded in cash. All Spaniards, all foreigners (except Chinese), and their descendants are exempt from tribute. One of the smartest merchants in Manila (Don Juan Bautista Marcaida) has kindly provided me with various notes on the potential of the Philippine Islands and how to develop them. I value his insights, drawn from careful observation, significant experience, and extensive reading. They reflect some of the national biases of a Spanish Catholic, who views the structure of the Catholic Church as linked to every form of authority and is reluctant to see that structure and its several components as barriers to the full advancement of intellect—to the broadest growth of agriculture, manufacturing, and commercial success—in short, to the dynamic movement of public thought that Protestant nations owe their religious reforms and their clear superiority in fields of speculation and adventure.

He says:—“The social organization of the Philippines is the most paternal and civilizing of any known in the world; having for its basis the doctrines of the Gospel, and the kind and fatherly spirit of the Laws of the Indies.” It may be admitted, in reference to the legislation of the colonies of many nations, that the Spanish code is comparatively humane and that the influence of the Romish clergy has been frequently and successfully excited for the protection and benefit of conquered natives, and of imported slaves; but M. Marcaida goes on to acknowledge and point out “the torpid and unimproving character of the existing system,” and to demand important changes for the advancement of the public weal. [317]

He says:—“The social organization of the Philippines is the most caring and civilizing of any known in the world; it’s based on the teachings of the Gospel and the kind and fatherly spirit of the Laws of the Indies.” It can be acknowledged, regarding the laws of many nations' colonies, that the Spanish code is relatively humane and that the influence of the Catholic clergy has often been effectively used for the protection and well-being of conquered natives and imported slaves; however, M. Marcaida goes on to recognize and highlight “the stagnant and unimproving nature of the current system,” and calls for significant changes to improve the public good. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“The government moves slowly, from its complicated organization, and from the want of adequate powers to give effect to those reforms which are suggested by local knowledge, but which are overruled by the unteachable ignorance, or selfish interests, or political intrigues of the mother country.”

“The government operates slowly due to its complex structure and the lack of sufficient authority to implement the reforms proposed by local expertise, which are often dismissed by the stubborn ignorance, selfish motives, or political maneuvering of the central authority.”

As regards the clergy, he thinks the administration generally good, but that the progress of time and altered circumstances necessitate many important changes in the distribution of the ecclesiastical authority, a new arrangement of the pueblos, a better education of the church functionaries, a great augmentation of the number of parochial priests (many of whom have now cures varying from 3,000 to 60,000 souls). He would have the parish clergyman both the religious and secular instructor of his community, and for this purpose requires that he should be becomingly and highly educated—a consummation for which the government would have some difficulty in providing the machinery, and for which assuredly the Church would not lend its co-operation.

Regarding the clergy, he believes the administration is generally good, but that the passage of time and changing circumstances require many significant changes in how ecclesiastical authority is distributed, a new organization of the towns, better education for church officials, and a substantial increase in the number of parish priests (many of whom currently oversee congregations ranging from 3,000 to 60,000 people). He envisions the parish priest as both the spiritual and community educator, and for this, he insists that they should be properly and highly educated—an outcome for which the government would struggle to provide the necessary framework, and which the Church would undoubtedly not support.

“For the administration of justice, the Philippines have one supreme and forty-two subordinate tribunals. The number is wholly insufficient for the necessities of 5,000,000 of inhabitants scattered over 1,200 islands, and occupying so vast a territorial space.” There can be no doubt that justice is often inaccessible, that it is costly, that it is delayed, defeated, and associated with many vexations. Spain has never been celebrated for the integrity of its judges, or the purity of its courts. A pleyto in the Peninsula is [318]held to be as great a curse as a suit in Chancery in England, with the added evil of want of confidence in the administrators of the law. Their character would hardly be improved at a distance of 10,000 miles from the Peninsula; and if Spain has some difficulty in supplying herself at home with incorruptible functionaries, that difficulty would be augmented in her remotest possessions. There seemed to me much admirable machinery in the traditional and still existing usages and institutions of the natives. Much might, no doubt, be done to lessen the dilatory, costly and troublesome character of lawsuits, by introducing more of natural and less of technical proceedings; by facilitating the production and examination of evidence; by the suppression of the masses of papel sellado (documents upon stamped paper); by diminishing the cost and simplifying the process of appeal; and, above all, by the introduction of a code applicable to the ordinary circumstances of social life.

“For the administration of justice, the Philippines has one supreme court and forty-two subordinate courts. This number is completely inadequate for the needs of 5,000,000 people spread across 1,200 islands, covering such a vast area.” There’s no doubt that justice is often out of reach, expensive, delayed, and fraught with challenges. Spain has never been known for the integrity of its judges or the fairness of its courts. A pleyto in the Peninsula is considered as much of a nightmare as a suit in Chancery in England, with the added downside of lacking trust in the people enforcing the law. Their reputation wouldn’t improve even with a distance of 10,000 miles from the Peninsula; and if Spain has trouble finding incorruptible officials at home, that challenge would be even greater in its most distant territories. I noticed a lot of valuable elements in the traditional and still-practiced customs and systems of the locals. There is definitely a lot that could be done to reduce the slow, costly, and frustrating nature of lawsuits by introducing more straightforward and less technical processes; by making it easier to produce and examine evidence; by eliminating the piles of papel sellado (documents on stamped paper); by lowering the costs and simplifying the appeal process; and, most importantly, by creating a code that applies to everyday social situations.

He thinks the attempts to conglomerate the population in towns and cities injurious to the agricultural interests of the country; but assuredly this agglomeration is friendly to civilization, good government and the production of wealth, and more likely than the dispersion of the inhabitants to provide for the introduction of those larger farms to which the Philippines must look for any very considerable augmentation of the produce of the land.

He believes that the efforts to group people into towns and cities harm the agricultural interests of the country; however, this gathering is certainly beneficial for civilization, good governance, and wealth production. It’s also more likely than scattering the population to enable the introduction of those larger farms that the Philippines needs for any significant increase in land productivity.

“The natural riches of the country are incalculable. There are immense tracts of the most feracious soil; brooks, streams, rivers, lakes, on all [319]sides; mountains of minerals, metals, marbles in vast variety; forests whose woods are adapted to all the ordinary purposes of life; gums, roots, medicinals, dyes, fruits in great variety. In many of the islands the cost of a sufficiency of food for a family of five is only a cuarto, a little more than a farthing, a day. Some of the edible roots grow to an enormous size, weighing from 50 to 70 lbs.:—gutta-percha, caoutchouc, gum-lac, gamboge, and many other gums abound. Of fibres the number is boundless; in fact, the known and the unknown wealth of the islands only requires fit aptitudes for its enormous development.

“The natural wealth of the country is immense. There are vast areas of the richest soil; streams, rivers, lakes on all [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] sides; mountains full of minerals, metals, and a wide variety of marbles; forests providing wood suitable for every everyday need; gums, roots, medicinal plants, dyes, and an abundance of fruits. In many of the islands, a sufficient amount of food for a family of five costs only a cuarto, just a bit more than a farthing, per day. Some of the edible roots can grow to huge sizes, weighing between 50 to 70 lbs:—gutta-percha, caoutchouc, gum-lac, gamboge, and many other types of gums are plentiful. The variety of fibers is limitless; in fact, the known and unknown resources of the islands only need the right skills for their vast development.”

“With a few legislative reforms,” he concludes, “with improved instruction of the clergy, the islands would become a paradise of inexhaustible riches, and of a well-being approachable in no other portion of the globe. The docility and intelligence of the natives, their imitative virtues (wanting though they be in forethought), make them incomparably superior to any Asiatic or African race subjected to European authority. Where deep thought and calculation are required, they will fail; but their natural dispositions and tendencies, and the present state of civilization among them, give every hope and encouragement for the future.”2 [320]

"With a few changes in legislation," he concludes, "and better training for the clergy, the islands could become a paradise filled with endless wealth, and a level of well-being unmatched anywhere else in the world. The natives' ability to learn and their intelligence, along with their imitative qualities (even if they lack foresight), make them far superior to any Asian or African people under European control. They may struggle in situations that require deep thought and careful planning, but their natural tendencies and the current state of their civilization give us plenty of hope and encouragement for the future.”2 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Articulo sobre las Rentas de Filipinas y los medios de aumentarlas, por D. Sinibaldo de Mas (afterwards Minister Plenipotentiary of Spain in China). Madrid, 1853. 

1 Article on the Revenues of the Philippines and the ways to increase them, by D. Sinibaldo de Mas (later the Minister Plenipotentiary of Spain in China). Madrid, 1853.

2 M. Marcaida considers the best historical and descriptive authorities to be the Fathers Blanco, Santa Maria, Zuñiga, Concepcion, and Buzeta. He speaks highly of Don Sinibaldo de Mas’ Apuntes, of which I have largely availed myself. 

2 M. Marcaida believes that the top historical and descriptive sources are the Fathers Blanco, Santa Maria, Zuñiga, Concepcion, and Buzeta. He praises Don Sinibaldo de Mas’ Apuntes, which I have heavily relied on.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XXI.

FINANCE, TAXATION, ETC.

The gross revenues of the Philippines are about 10,000,000 dollars. The budget for 1859 is as follows:—

The total revenue of the Philippines is around 10 million dollars. The budget for 1859 is as follows:—

Receipts. Spending.
Dollars. Dollars.
Contributions and taxes 1,928,607·92 Grace and Justice 679,519·11
Custom-houses 600,000·00 War 2,216,669·44
Monopolies 7,199,950·59 Finance (Hacienda) 5,367,829·83
Lotteries 253,500·00 Marine 904,331·27
State property 12,118·59 Government 272,528·62
Uncertain receipts 21,826·00 Remitted to and paid for Spain 1,011,850·00
Marine 1,338·00
Total 10,017,341 x 10 Total 10,452,728.27

Thus about one-tenth of the gross revenue is received by the mother country in the following shapes:—Salaries of Spanish consuls in the East, 22,500 dollars; remittances to Spain and bills drawn by Spain, 680,600 dollars; tobacco and freights, 168,750 dollars; credits to French government for advances to the imperial navy, 140,000 dollars.

Thus about one-tenth of the total revenue is received by the mother country in the following ways:—Salaries of Spanish consuls in the East, $22,500; remittances to Spain and bills drawn by Spain, $680,600; tobacco and shipping costs, $168,750; credits to the French government for advances to the imperial navy, $140,000.

Of the direct taxes, 68,026·77 dollars are paid as tribute by the unconverted natives, 114,604·50 dollars [321]by the mestizos (half-races), 136,208·78 dollars by the Chinese, and 1,609,757·87 dollars by the Indians (or tribes professing Christianity).

Of the direct taxes, $68,026.77 are paid as tribute by the unconverted natives, $114,604.50 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] by the mestizos (mixed-race individuals), $136,208.78 by the Chinese, and $1,609,757.87 by the Indians (or tribes that practice Christianity).

The produce of the customs is so small, and the expenses of collection so great—the cost of the coast and inland preventive service alone being 265,271·99 dollars; general and provincial administrations, between 70,000 and 80,000 dollars—that I am persuaded it would be a sound, wise and profitable policy to abandon this source of taxation altogether, and to declare all the ports of the Philippines free.

The revenue from customs is so low, and the costs of collection are so high—the expense for coastal and inland enforcement alone being $265,271.99; general and provincial administrations costing between $70,000 and $80,000—that I believe it would be a good, smart, and beneficial decision to completely eliminate this source of taxation and declare all the ports of the Philippines free.

I have also come to the conclusion that the monopolies, which give a gross revenue to the treasury of more than 7,000,000 dollars, are, independently of their vicious and retardatory action upon the public weal, far less productive than taxation upon the same articles might be made by their emancipation from the bonds of monopoly. I leave here out of sight the enormous amount of fraud and crime, and the pernicious effects upon the public morals of a universal toleration of smuggling, as well as the consideration of all the vexations, delays, checks upon improvement, corruption of officials and the thousand inconveniences of fiscal interference at every stage and step; and only look at the acknowledged cost of the machinery—it amounts to about 5,000,000 dollars—so that the net produce to the State scarcely exceeds 2,000,000 dollars.

I’ve also realized that the monopolies, which bring in over 7 million dollars in gross revenue for the treasury, are, aside from their harmful and obstructive impact on the public good, far less effective than if those same items were taxed after being freed from monopoly control. I won't even mention the huge amount of fraud and crime, the damaging effects of widespread smuggling on public morals, or the various annoyances, delays, obstacles to progress, corruption of officials, and countless inconveniences caused by government interference at every turn; I’m just focusing on the clear cost of maintaining this system—it totals about 5 million dollars—so the net benefit to the State barely reaches 2 million dollars.

The whole receipt from the tobacco monopoly is 5,097,795 dollars. The expenses for which this department is debited are (independently of the [322]proportion of the general charges of administration)—

The total revenue from the tobacco monopoly is $5,097,795. The expenses charged to this department are (excluding the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] share of the overall administrative costs)—

Dollars. Cents.
Personal
Collection of Tobaccos 24,604 0
Manufacture of Cigars 44,366 0
Material
Collection of Tobacco 66,741 75
Manufactures of Cigars 6,888 0
Purchase of Tobacco 1,412,503 30
Paper and other charges 62,865 3
Cost of sorting Tobacco 13,200 29
Cost of manufacturing 1,171,262 73
Charges for conveyance 259,321 76
Boxes, packing, warehousing, &c. 150,000 0
3.2 million 86

So that the net rendering of this most valuable production is only 1,886,042·14 dollars, or 37 per cent. upon the gross amount, 63 per cent. being expended on the production of the tobacco and manufacture of the cigars. I am of opinion that from 4,000,000 to 5,000,000 dollars might be realized with immense benefit to the public by a tax upon cultivation, or the imposition of a simple export duty, or by a union of both. Production would thus be largely extended, prices moderated to the consumer and the net revenue probably more than doubled.

So, the net profit from this highly valuable product is only $1,886,042.14, which is 37% of the total amount, while 63% goes towards growing the tobacco and making the cigars. I believe that we could raise between $4,000,000 and $5,000,000, greatly benefiting the public, through a tax on cultivation, a straightforward export duty, or a combination of both. This would significantly increase production, lower prices for consumers, and likely more than double the net revenue.

From the produce of the lottery, 253,500 dollars, there have to be deducted—expenses of administration, 4,472 dollars; prizes paid, 195,000 dollars; prizes not claimed, 1,000 dollars; commission on sales of tickets, 4,680 dollars; making in all, 205,152 dollars; so that this fertile source of misery, [323]disappointment, and frequently of crime, does not produce a net income of 50,000 dollars to the State. It may well be doubted if such a source of revenue should be maintained. The revenue derived from cock-fights, 86,326·25 dollars, is to some extent subject to the same condemnation, as gambling is the foundation of both, but in the case of the galleras the produce is paid without deduction into the treasury.

From the lottery proceeds of $253,500, we need to deduct—administrative expenses of $4,472; prizes paid out, $195,000; unclaimed prizes, $1,000; and commission on ticket sales, $4,680; totaling up to $205,152. This means that this abundant source of misery, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]disappointment, and often crime, does not yield a net income of $50,000 for the State. It’s worth questioning whether such a revenue source should be continued. The revenue from cockfighting, $86,326.25, faces similar criticism since both are rooted in gambling, but with the case of the galleras, the proceeds go directly to the treasury without deductions.

In the Bisayas palm wine has been lately made the object of a State monopoly which produces 324,362 dollars, but is very vexatious in its operation and much complained of by the Indians. The tax on spirituous liquors gives 1,465,638 dollars. The opium monopoly brings 44,333·34 dollars; that of gunpowder, 21,406 dollars. Of smaller sources of income the most remarkable are—Papal bulls, giving 58,000 dollars; stamps, 39,600 dollars; fines, 30,550 dollars; post-office stamps, 19,490 dollars; fishery in Manila harbour, 6,500 dollars.

In the Bisayas, palm wine has recently become subject to a state monopoly, generating $324,362, but it's very frustrating to manage and is often criticized by the locals. The tax on alcoholic beverages brings in $1,465,638. The opium monopoly generates $44,333.34, and the gunpowder monopoly collects $21,406. Among smaller income sources, the most notable are—Papal bulls, which provide $58,000; stamps, $39,600; fines, $30,550; post-office stamps, $19,490; and fishing rights in Manila harbor, $6,500.

It is remarkable that there are no receipts from the sale or rental of lands. Public works, roads and bridges are in charge of the locality, while of the whole gross revenue more than seven-tenths are the produce of monopolies.

It’s surprising that there are no records from the sale or rental of land. Public projects like roads and bridges are managed by the local area, yet over seventy percent of the total revenue comes from monopolies.

Of the government expenditure, under the head of Grace and Justice, the clergy receive 488,329·28 dollars, and for pious works 39,801·83; Jesuit missions to Mindanao, 25,000. The cost of the Audiencia is 65,556; of the alcaldes and gobernadores, 53,332 dollars. [324]

Of the government spending, in the category of Grace and Justice, the clergy receive $488,329.28, and for charitable works, $39,801.83; Jesuit missions to Mindanao receive $25,000. The cost of the Audiencia is $65,556, and the alcaldes and gobernadores cost $53,332. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In the war department the cost of the staff is 154,148·80 dollars; of the infantry, 857,031·17 dollars; cavalry, 52,901·73 dollars; artillery, 192,408·71 dollars; engineers, 32,173 dollars; rations, 140,644·31 dollars; matériel, 149,727·10 dollars; transport, 112,000 dollars; special services, 216,673·89 dollars. In the finance expenses the sum of 310,615·75 dollars appears as pensions.

In the war department, the staff costs $154,148.80; the infantry costs $857,031.17; the cavalry costs $52,901.73; the artillery costs $192,408.71; the engineers cost $32,173; rations cost $140,644.31; materials cost $149,727.10; transport costs $112,000; and special services cost $216,673.89. In the finance expenses, $310,615.75 is listed for pensions.

The personnel of the marine department is 235,671·82 dollars; cost of building, repairing, &c., 266,813·17 dollars; salaries, &c., are 155,294·98 dollars; rations, 190,740·84 dollars.

The staff of the marine department is $235,671.82; cost of construction, repairs, etc., is $266,813.17; salaries, etc., total $155,294.98; provisions cost $190,740.84.

The governor-general receives, including the secretariat, 31,056 dollars; expenses, 2,500 dollars. The heaviest charge in the section of civil services is 120,000 dollars for the mail steamers between Hong Kong and Manila, and 35,000 dollars for the service between Spain and Hong Kong. There is an additional charge for the post-office of 6,852 dollars. The only receipt reported on this account is for post-office stamps, 19,490 dollars.

The governor-general receives, along with the secretariat, $31,056; expenses are $2,500. The biggest expense in the civil services section is $120,000 for the mail steamers between Hong Kong and Manila, and $35,000 for the service between Spain and Hong Kong. There's an additional expense of $6,852 for the post office. The only income reported for this account is from post office stamps, totaling $19,490.

I have made no reference to the minor details of the incomings and outgoings of Philippine finance. The mother country has little cause to complain, receiving as she does a net revenue of about 5s. per head from the Indian population. In fact, about half of the whole amount of direct taxation goes to Spain, independently of what Spanish subjects receive who are employed in the public service. The Philippines happily have no debt, and, considering that the Indian pays nothing for his lands, it [325]cannot be said that he is heavily taxed. But that the revenues are susceptible of immense development—that production, agricultural and manufactured, is in a backward and unsatisfactory state—that trade and shipping might be enormously increased—and that great changes might be most beneficially introduced into many branches of administration, must be obvious to the political economist and the shrewd observer. The best evidence I can give of a grateful remembrance of the kindnesses I received will be the frank expression of opinions friendly to the progress and prosperity of these fertile and improveable regions. Meliorations many and great have already made their way; it suffices to look back upon the state of the Philippines, “cramped, cabined and confined” as they were, and to compare them with their present half-emancipated condition. No doubt Spain has much to learn at home before she can be expected to communicate commercial and political wisdom to her dependencies abroad. But she may be animated by the experience she has had, and at last discover that intercourse with opulent nations tends not to impoverish, but to enrich those who encourage and extend that intercourse. [326]

I haven't mentioned the minor details of Philippine finance's income and expenses. The mother country has little to complain about, receiving a net revenue of about 5 shillings per person from the indigenous population. In fact, around half of the total direct taxation goes to Spain, not including what Spanish citizens employed in public service receive. The Philippines fortunately has no debt, and since the indigenous people pay nothing for their land, it can't be said that they are heavily taxed. However, it’s clear that revenues have huge potential for growth—that agricultural and manufactured production is lagging and inadequate—that trade and shipping could be greatly expanded—and that significant improvements might be very beneficial across many areas of administration, something that any political economist or astute observer should realize. The best way I can show my appreciation for the kindness I received is by openly expressing opinions that support the progress and prosperity of these rich and improveable regions. Many significant improvements have already taken place; it only takes a glance back at the state of the Philippines, “cramped, cabined and confined” as they were, and compare it to their present partly liberated condition. It's clear that Spain has a lot to learn domestically before expecting to share commercial and political wisdom with its territories abroad. But she can take inspiration from her experiences and eventually realize that engaging with wealthy nations doesn’t lead to impoverishment, but rather enriches those who promote and expand that engagement. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XXII.

TAXES.

Down to the year 1784 so unproductive were the Philippines to the Spanish revenues, that the treasury deficit was supplied by an annual grant of 250,000 dollars provided by the Mexican government. A capitation tax was irregularly collected from the natives; also a custom-house duty (almojarifango) on the small trade which existed, and an excise (alcabala) on interior sales. Even to the beginning of the present century the Spanish American colonies furnished the funds for the military expenses of Manila. In 1829 the treasury became an independent branch of administration. Increase of tribute-paying population, the tobacco and wine monopoly, permission given to foreigners to establish themselves as merchants in the capital, demand for native and consumption of foreign productions, and a general tendency towards a more liberal policy, brought about their usual beneficial results; and, though slowly moving, the Philippines have entered upon a career of prosperity susceptible of an enormous extension. [327]

Up until 1784, the Philippines were so unproductive for Spanish revenues that the treasury's deficit was covered by an annual grant of $250,000 from the Mexican government. A head tax was collected sporadically from the locals, along with a customs duty (almojarifango) on the limited trade that existed, and a sales tax (alcabala) on local sales. Even into the early 2000s, the Spanish American colonies funded the military expenses in Manila. In 1829, the treasury became an independent administrative branch. An increase in the tribute-paying population, the tobacco and wine monopoly, allowing foreigners to set up as merchants in the capital, the local demand for native goods and consumption of foreign products, as well as a general shift toward a more liberal policy, led to their typical positive results; and although progress was slow, the Philippines began a path to prosperity with great potential for growth. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The capitation tax, or tribute paid by the natives, is the foundation of the financial system in the Philippines. It is the only direct tax (except for special cases), makes no distinction of persons and property, has the merit of antiquity, and is collected by a machinery provided by the Indians themselves. Originally it was levied in produce, but compounded for by the payment of a dollar (eight reales), raised afterwards to a dollar and a quarter, and finally the friars have managed to add to the amount an additional fifty per cent., of which four-fifths are for church, and one-fifth for commercial purposes.

The capitation tax, or tribute paid by the locals, forms the basis of the financial system in the Philippines. It is the only direct tax (except for special cases), does not differentiate between people and property, has a long history, and is collected using a system established by the locals themselves. Initially, it was collected in kind, but later it was replaced with a payment of one dollar (eight reales), which was then increased to a dollar and a quarter. Eventually, the friars managed to add an extra fifty percent to this amount, with four-fifths going to the church and one-fifth for commercial purposes.

The tribute is now due for every grown-up individual of a family, up to the age of sixty; the local authorities (cabezas de barangay), their wives and eldest or an adopted son, excepted. A cabeza is charged with the collection of the tribute of his cabaceria, consisting generally of about fifty persons. There are many other exceptions, such as discharged soldiers and persons claiming exemptions on particular grounds, to say nothing of the uncertain collections from Indians not congregated in towns or villages, and the certain non-collections from the wilder races. Buzeta estimates that only five per cent. of the whole population pay the tribute. Beyond the concentrated groups of natives there is little control; nor is the most extended of existing influences—the ecclesiastical—at all disposed to aid the revenue collector at the price of public discontent, especially if the claims of the convent are recognized and the wants of the church sufficiently provided for, which they seldom [328]fail to be. The friar frequently stands between the fiscal authority and the Indian debtor, and, as his great object is to be popular with his flock, he, when his own expectations are satisfied, is naturally a feeble supporter of the tax collector. The friar has a large direct interest in the money tribute, both in the sanctorum and the tithe; but the Indian has many means of conciliating the padre and does not fail to employ them, and the padre’s influence is not only predominant, but it is perpetually present, and in constant activity. There is a decree of 1835 allowing the Indians to pay tribute in kind, but at rates so miserably low that I believe there is now scarcely an instance of other than metallic payments. The present amount levied is understood to be—

The tribute is now required from every adult in a family, up to the age of sixty; local authorities (cabezas de barangay), their wives, and the eldest or an adopted son are exempt. A cabeza is responsible for collecting the tribute from his cabaceria, which generally consists of about fifty people. There are many other exemptions, such as discharged soldiers and individuals claiming exemptions for specific reasons, not to mention the uncertain collections from Indigenous people not living in towns or villages, and the definite non-collections from more remote groups. Buzeta estimates that only five percent of the entire population pays the tribute. Beyond the concentrated groups of natives, there is little oversight; even the strongest existing influence—the church—is not inclined to support the revenue collector if it stirs public discontent, especially if the needs of the convent are acknowledged and the church's requirements are adequately met, which they rarely are. The friar often mediates between the tax authority and the Indigenous debtor, and since his main goal is to remain popular with his community, he tends to weakly support the tax collector once his own interests are fulfilled. The friar has a significant personal stake in the tribute money, both in terms of church offerings and tithes; however, the Indigenous people have various ways to gain favor with the padre and do not hesitate to use them. The padre’s influence is not only strong but is also always present and actively engaged. There’s a decree from 1835 allowing Indigenous people to pay tribute in kind, but at such low rates that it’s now rare to see anything other than cash payments. The current amount being collected is understood to be—

For the Government 10 rials of plate.
For the tithe 1
rials
,,
of
,,
plate.
,,
Community Fund (Caja de Comunidad) 1
rials
,,
of
,,
plate.
,,
Sanctorum (Church) 3
rials
,,
of
,,
plate.
,,
15 rials, or $1.87.

Which at 4s. 6d. per dollar makes a capitation tax of about 8s. 6d. per head.

Which at 4s. 6d. per dollar makes a per-person tax of about 8s. 6d..

The Sangleys (mestizos of Chinese origin) pay 20 rials government tribute, or 25 rials in all, being about 14s. sterling.

The Sangleys (mestizos of Chinese origin) pay a government tribute of 20 rials, or a total of 25 rials, which is about 14s. sterling.

There are some special levies for local objects, but they are not heavy in amount.

There are some specific fees for local purposes, but they aren't very high.

The Chinese have been particularly selected to be the victims of the tax-gatherer, and, considering the general lightness of taxation, and that the Chinese had been invited to the Philippines with every assurance of [329]protection, and as a most important element for the development of the resources of the country, the decree of 1828 will appear tolerably exacting. It divides Chinese settlers into three classes:—

The Chinese have been specifically targeted as victims of the tax collector, and given the overall low level of taxation, along with the fact that the Chinese were welcomed to the Philippines with strong promises of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]protection and as a crucial part of the country’s resource development, the decree of 1828 seems quite demanding. It categorizes Chinese settlers into three groups:—

Merchants who are to pay a monthly tax of 10 dollars £27 0 per annum.
Shopkeepers who are to pay a monthly tax of 4 dollars 10 16
per
,,
annum.
,,
All others who have to pay a monthly tax of 2 dollars 5 8
per
,,
annum.
,,

Not consenting to this, and if unmarried, they might quit the country in six months, or pay the value of their tribute in labour, and they were, after a delay of three months in the payment of the tax, to be fineable at 2 rials a day. At the time of issuing the decree there were 5,708 Chinese in the capital, of whom immediately 800 left for China, 1,083 fled to the mountains and were kindly received and protected by the natives, 453 were condemned to the public works, and the rest left in such a condition of discontent and misery that in 1831 the intendente made a strong representation to the government in their favour, and in 1834 authority was given to modify the whole fiscal legislation as regarded the Chinese.

Not agreeing to this, and if they were unmarried, they could leave the country in six months or work off their tax. If they delayed paying their taxes for three months, they would be fined 2 rials for every day late. When the decree was issued, there were 5,708 Chinese people in the capital. Immediately, 800 returned to China, 1,083 escaped to the mountains and were welcomed and protected by the locals, 453 were sent to public works, and the remaining left in a state of discontent and misery. In 1831, the intendente strongly appealed to the government on their behalf, and in 1834, the authority was granted to change the entire tax legislation concerning the Chinese.

The Chinese, on landing in Manila, whether as sailors or intending settlers, are compelled to inhabit a public establishment called the Alcaiceria de San Fernando, for which payment is exacted, and there is a revenue resulting to the State from the profits thereof. [330]

The Chinese, upon arriving in Manila, whether as sailors or would-be settlers, are required to stay in a public establishment known as the Alcaiceria de San Fernando, for which they must pay, and the government collects revenue from the profits made there. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XXIII.

OPENING THE NEW PORTS OF ILOILO, SUAL AND ZAMBOANGA.

The opening of the ports of Sual, Iloilo and Zamboanga to foreign trade, was of course intended to give development to the local interests of the northern, central and southern portions of the archipelago, the localities selected appearing to offer the greatest encouragements, and on the determination of the Spanish government being known, her Britannic Majesty’s Consul at Manila recommended the appointment of British vice-consuls at Sual and Iloilo, and certainly no better selections could have been made than were made on the occasion, for the most competent gentleman in each of the ports was fixed upon.

The opening of the ports of Sual, Iloilo, and Zamboanga to foreign trade was clearly aimed at promoting local interests in the northern, central, and southern regions of the archipelago. The selected areas seemed to offer the best opportunities, and once the Spanish government's decision was known, the British Consul in Manila suggested appointing British vice-consuls at Sual and Iloilo. Indeed, the choices made were excellent, as the most capable individuals at each port were selected.

Mr. Farren’s report, which has been laid before Parliament, very fairly represents the claims of the new ports and their dependencies; each has its special recommendations. The population of the northern division, comprising Pangasinan, the two Ilocos (North and South), Abra and La Union, may be considered among the most industrious, opulent [331]and intelligent of the Philippines. Cagayan produces the largest quantity of the finest quality of tobacco.

Mr. Farren's report, which has been presented to Parliament, fairly represents the claims of the new ports and their associated areas; each has its specific recommendations. The population of the northern division, which includes Pangasinan, the two Ilocos (North and South), Abra, and La Union, is considered among the most hardworking, wealthy, and educated in the Philippines. Cagayan produces the largest quantity of the highest quality tobacco. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The central division, the most thickly peopled of the whole, has long furnished Manila with a large proportion of its exports, which, in progress of time, will, no doubt, be sent directly from the ports of production to those of consumption; while the southern, and the least promising at present, has every element which soil and climate can contribute to encourage the cultivation of vast tracts hitherto unreached by the civilizing powers of commerce and colonization.

The central region, the most populated of them all, has long supplied Manila with a significant portion of its exports, which over time will likely be sent directly from the production ports to the consumption ports. Meanwhile, the southern region, currently the least promising, has everything that soil and climate can provide to promote the cultivation of large areas that have so far been untouched by the civilizing forces of trade and colonization.

The population in the northern division is large. In Ilocos, South and North, there are twelve towns with from 5,000 to 8,000 inhabitants; seven with 8,000 to 12,000; seven with from 12,000 to 20,000; and three with from 20,000 to 33,000. In Pangasinan, nine towns with from 5,000 to 12,000; seven with from 12,000 to 20,000; and three with from 20,000 to 26,000 inhabitants. The capital (Cabazera) of Cagayan has above 15,000 inhabitants. The middle zone presents a still greater number of populous places. Zebu has fourteen towns with 5,000 to 10,000 inhabitants, and nine towns of from 10,000 to 12,000; and in Iloilo there are seven towns with from 5,000 to 10,000 inhabitants; fourteen towns with from 10,000 to 20,000; seven with from 20,000 to 30,000; two with from 30,000 to 40,000; and one (Haro) with 46,000 inhabitants.

The population in the northern region is substantial. In Ilocos, both South and North, there are twelve towns with 5,000 to 8,000 residents; seven with 8,000 to 12,000; seven with 12,000 to 20,000; and three with 20,000 to 33,000. In Pangasinan, there are nine towns with 5,000 to 12,000 residents; seven with 12,000 to 20,000; and three with 20,000 to 26,000 residents. The capital (Cabazera) of Cagayan has over 15,000 residents. The central region shows an even larger number of populated areas. Zebu has fourteen towns with 5,000 to 10,000 residents, and nine towns with 10,000 to 12,000; in Iloilo, there are seven towns with 5,000 to 10,000 residents; fourteen towns with 10,000 to 20,000; seven with 20,000 to 30,000; two with 30,000 to 40,000; and one (Haro) with 46,000 residents.

These statistics for 1857 show a great increase of [332]population since Mr. Farren’s returns and prove that the removal of restrictions has acted most beneficially upon the common weal, imperfect as the emancipation has been. There cannot be a doubt that more expansive views would lead to the extension of a liberal policy, and that mines of unexplored and undeveloped treasure are to be found in the agricultural and commercial resources of these regions. The importance of direct intercourse with foreign countries is increased by the fact that, for many months of the year, the monsoons interrupt the communication of the remoter districts with the capital. The old spirit of monopoly not only denied to the producer the benefit of high prices, and to the consumer the advantage of low prices, but the trade itself necessarily fell into the hands of unenterprising and sluggish merchants, wholly wanting in that spirit of enterprise which is the primum mobile of commercial prosperity. For it is the condition, curse and condemnation of monopoly, that while it narrows the vision and cramps the intellect of the monopolist, it delivers the great interests of commerce to the guardianship of an inferior race of traders, excluding those higher qualities which are associated with commercial enterprise when launched upon the wide ocean of adventurous and persevering energy. How is the tree to reach its full growth and expansion whose branches are continually lopped off lest their shadows should extend, and their fruit fall for the benefit of others than its owner? [333]

These statistics for 1857 show a significant increase in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] population since Mr. Farren’s reports and demonstrate that removing restrictions has greatly benefited the common good, even if the emancipation has not been perfect. There's no doubt that broader perspectives would lead to a more liberal policy, and that untapped agricultural and commercial resources are available in these regions. The importance of direct interaction with foreign countries is heightened by the fact that for many months of the year, monsoons disrupt communication from remote areas to the capital. The old spirit of monopoly not only deprived producers of the benefits of high prices and consumers of the advantages of low prices, but also caused trade to fall into the hands of unambitious and sluggish merchants, lacking the drive that is the primum mobile of commercial prosperity. Monopoly ultimately limits the vision and constrains the intellect of the monopolist, leaving the significant interests of commerce in the care of a lower tier of traders, excluding the higher qualities linked to commercial enterprise when set against the vast landscape of adventurous and persistent effort. How can a tree reach its full growth and expansion when its branches are constantly pruned to prevent their shadows from spreading, and their fruit from benefiting anyone other than its owner? [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

But in reference to the beneficial changes which have been introduced, their value has been greatly diminished by the imperfect character of the concessions. They should have been complete; they should, while opening the ports to foreign trade, have allowed that trade full scope and liberty. The discussions which have taken place have, however, been eminently useful, and the part taken in favour of commercial freedom by Mr. Bosch and Mr. Loney, both British vice-consuls, has been creditable to their zeal and ability. In the Philippines, the tendency of public opinion is decidedly in the right direction. The resistance which for so many years, or even centuries, opposed the admission of strangers to colonial ports, no doubt was grounded upon the theory that they would bring less of trade than they would carry away—that they would participate in the large profits of those who held the monopoly, but not confer upon them any corresponding or countervailing advantages.

But regarding the beneficial changes that have been made, their value has been significantly reduced by the incomplete nature of the concessions. They should have been comprehensive; while opening the ports to foreign trade, they should have given that trade full range and freedom. The discussions that have occurred have been extremely valuable, and the support for commercial freedom by Mr. Bosch and Mr. Loney, both British vice-consuls, reflects well on their enthusiasm and competence. In the Philippines, public opinion is clearly moving in the right direction. The resistance that for so many years, or even centuries, blocked the entry of outsiders to colonial ports was likely based on the belief that they would bring less trade than they would take away—that they would enjoy the large profits of those who held the monopoly but wouldn't provide any equivalent or compensatory benefits.

Mr. Farren states that, in 1855, “the British trade with the Philippines exceeded in value that of Great Britain with several of the States of Europe, with that of any one State or port in Africa, was greater than the British trade with Mexico, Columbia, or Guatemala, and nearly ranked in the second-class division of the national trade with Asia, the total value of exports and imports approaching three millions sterling. The export of sugar to Great Britain and her colonies was, in 1854, 42,400 tons, that to Great Britain alone having gradually grown upon the exports of 1852, which was 5,061 tons, to [334]27,254 tons, which exceeds the exports to the whole world in 1852. The imports of British goods and manufactures, which was 427,020l. in value in 1845, exceeded 1,000,000l. sterling in 1853.” It still progresses, and the removal of any one restriction, the encouragement of any one capability, will add to that progress, and infallibly augment the general prosperity.

Mr. Farren says that in 1855, “the British trade with the Philippines was worth more than Britain's trade with several European countries, greater than that of any specific country or port in Africa, surpassed the British trade with Mexico, Colombia, or Guatemala, and almost ranked in the second tier of national trade with Asia, with total exports and imports nearing three million pounds sterling. In 1854, the export of sugar to Great Britain and its colonies was 42,400 tons, which had grown significantly from 5,061 tons in 1852 to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]27,254 tons, exceeding the exports to the entire world in 1852. The imports of British goods and products, valued at 427,020l. in 1845, surpassed 1,000,000l. sterling in 1853.” It continues to grow, and the removal of any single restriction or the encouragement of any one opportunity will contribute to that growth and surely enhance overall prosperity.

The statistics of the island of Panay for 1857 give to the province of Iloilo 527,970; to that of Capiz, 143,713; and to that of Antique, 77,639; making in all 749,322, or nearly three-quarters of a million of inhabitants. The low lands of Capiz are subject to frequent inundations. It has a fine river, whose navigation is interfered with by a sandbank at its mouth. The province is productive, and gives two crops of rice in the year. The harbours of Batan and of Capiz (the cabacera) are safe for vessels of moderate size. The inhabitants of Antique, which occupies all the western coast of Panay, are the least industrious of the population of the island. The coast is dangerous. It has two pueblos, Bugason and Pandan, with more than 10,000 souls. The cabacera San José has less than half that number. The roads of the provinces are bad and communications with Iloilo difficult. The lands are naturally fertile, but have not been turned to much account by the Indians. There are only forty-two mestizos in the province. There is a small pearl and turtle fishery, and some seaslugs are caught for the Chinese market.

The statistics for the island of Panay in 1857 show that the province of Iloilo had a population of 527,970; Capiz had 143,713; and Antique had 77,639, totaling 749,322, or almost three-quarters of a million people. The lowlands of Capiz are prone to frequent flooding. It has a nice river, but its navigation is blocked by a sandbank at the mouth. The province is fertile and produces two rice crops a year. The harbors of Batan and Capiz (the capital) are safe for medium-sized vessels. The residents of Antique, which spans the entire western coast of Panay, are the least hardworking of the island's population. The coast is hazardous. It has two towns, Bugason and Pandan, each with more than 10,000 people. The capital San José has less than half that number. The roads in the provinces are poor, making communication with Iloilo difficult. The lands are naturally rich but haven't been effectively utilized by the locals. There are only forty-two mestizos in the province. There is a small pearl and turtle fishery, and some sea slugs are caught for the Chinese market.

Iloilo has, no doubt, been fixed on as the seat of [335]the government, from the facilities it offers to navigation; but it is much smaller, less opulent and even less active than many of the towns in its neighbourhood. The province of Iloilo is, on the whole, perhaps the most advanced of any in the Philippines, excepting the immediate neighbourhood of the capital. It has fine mountainous scenery, richly adorned with forest trees, while the plains are eminently fertile. All tropical produce appears to flourish. The manufacturing industry of the women is characteristic, and has been referred to in other places, especially with reference to the extreme beauty of the piña fabric. Of the mode of preparing the fabric Mallat gives this account:—

Iloilo has definitely been chosen as the center of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the government due to its navigation facilities; however, it is much smaller, less luxurious, and even less lively than many nearby towns. Overall, the province of Iloilo is probably the most developed in the Philippines, aside from the area around the capital. It boasts beautiful mountain scenery, richly covered with trees, and the plains are very fertile. All tropical crops seem to thrive here. The manufacturing work done by women is distinctive and has been mentioned elsewhere, particularly regarding the stunning beauty of the piña fabric. Mallat provides the following account of how the fabric is prepared:—

“It is from the leaves of the pine-apple—the plant which produces such excellent fruits—that the white and delicate threads are drawn which are the raw material of the nipis or piña stuffs. The sprouts of ananas are planted, which sometimes grow under the fruit to the number of a dozen; they are torn off, and are set in a light soil, sheltered, if possible, and they are watered as soon as planted. After four months the crown is removed, in order to prevent the fruiting, and that the leaves may grow broader and longer. At the age of eight months they are an ell in length, and six fingers in breadth, when they are torn away and stretched out on a plank, and, while held by his foot, the Indian with a piece of broken earthenware scrapes the pulp till the fibres appear. These are taken by the middle, and cautiously raised from one end to the other; they are washed twice or [336]thrice in water, dried in the air and cleaned; they are afterwards assorted according to their lengths and qualities. Women tie the separate threads together in packets, and they are ready for the weaver’s use. In the weaving it is desirable to avoid either too high or too low a temperature—too much drought, or too much humidity—and the most delicate tissues are woven under the protection of a mosquito net. Such is the patience of the weaver, that she sometimes produces not more than half an inch of cloth in a day. The finest are called pinilian, and are only made to order. Ananas are cultivated solely for the sake of the fibre, which is sold in the market. Most of the stuffs are very narrow; when figured with silk, they sell for about 10s. per yard. The plain, intended for embroidery, go to Manila, where the most extravagant prices are paid for the finished work.”

“It’s from the leaves of the pineapple—the plant that produces such amazing fruits—that the white and delicate threads are made, which are the raw material for the nipis or piña fabrics. The pineapple sprouts are planted, and sometimes they grow under the fruit to about a dozen; they are cut off and placed in light soil, sheltered if possible, and watered as soon as they’re planted. After four months, the crown is removed to prevent fruiting, allowing the leaves to grow wider and longer. At eight months, they reach about a yard in length and six fingers in width; then they are pulled off and laid out on a plank. While being held down by his foot, the Indian uses a piece of broken pottery to scrape the pulp away until the fibers appear. These fibers are grabbed by the middle and carefully lifted from one end to the other; they are washed two or three times in water, air-dried, and cleaned, and then sorted according to their lengths and qualities. Women tie the separate threads into bundles, and they are ready for the weaver. In weaving, it’s important to avoid temperatures that are too high or too low—too much dryness or too much humidity—and the most delicate fabrics are woven under a mosquito net. The patience of the weaver is such that she may produce only half an inch of cloth in a day. The finest are called pinilian and are made only to order. Pineapples are grown solely for the fiber, which is sold in the market. Most of the fabrics are quite narrow; when paired with silk, they sell for about 10s. per yard. The plain fabrics, meant for embroidery, are sent to Manila, where extravagant prices are paid for the finished products.”

Mr. Vice-Consul Bosch has written an interesting report on the capabilities of the province of Pangasinan, and of Sual, its principal port. The circumference of coast is from fifty to sixty miles on the south and east of the Gulf of Lingayen. The interior abounds with facilities for water communication, and the most important river, the Agno, enters the sea at St. Isidro, about one and a half mile from Sual. The Agno has about seventy to eighty miles of internal navigation, and brings produce from the adjacent provinces of La Union and Nueva Ecija, The exports to Manila are generally made from Sual, those for China from Dagupan. Dagupan is at the mouth of a large estuary, but a bar prevents [337]the entry of any large vessel. The want of safe anchorage is the disadvantage of all the coast of the province, with the exception of the harbour of Sual. This harbour, though small, is safe: it is nearly circular. It would hold from twelve to fifteen large vessels and thirty to forty coasters, and is well protected on every side, but there is a somewhat dangerous bank within the port.

Mr. Vice-Consul Bosch has written an intriguing report on the capabilities of Pangasinan province, focusing on Sual, its main port. The coastline is about fifty to sixty miles long on the south and east sides of the Gulf of Lingayen. The interior is rich in waterway options, and the most significant river, the Agno, flows into the sea at St. Isidro, which is about one and a half miles from Sual. The Agno has around seventy to eighty miles of navigable waters, bringing products from the nearby provinces of La Union and Nueva Ecija. Exports to Manila typically come from Sual, while those heading to China are shipped from Dagupan. Dagupan sits at the mouth of a large estuary, but a sandbar prevents [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]large vessels from entering. The lack of safe anchorage is a drawback for the province's coastline, except for Sual's harbor. This harbor, while small, is secure: it has a nearly circular shape. It can accommodate twelve to fifteen large ships and thirty to forty smaller vessels and is well-protected on all sides, although there is a somewhat dangerous sandbank within the port.

There are only about 400 houses in Sual: they are scattered on the plain in front of the harbour, and are of wood. There are, besides, 100 Indian huts (chozas) constructed of the nipa palm. The church is a poor, provisional edifice.

There are only about 400 houses in Sual: they are spread out on the flat land in front of the harbor and are made of wood. In addition, there are 100 Indian huts (chozas) built from nipa palm. The church is a simple, temporary building.

Sual is exhibiting some signs of improvement. The road to the neighbouring province of Zambales is in progress. The allied forces in Cochin China have been lately drawing provisions, especially cattle, from Sual. The value of the exports from Sual, for 1858, is 670,095 dollars; the imports of foreign goods and manufactures into the three ports of the province—Dagupan, Binmaley and Lingayen—amount to 464,116 dollars, all brought by coasting vessels, of which 75 belong to the province. The largest pueblo of the province is San Carlos, with 26,376 inhabitants; the second, Binmaley, with 24,911; the third, Lingayen, with 23,063; but the population of Sual is only 3,451. Rice and sugar are the leading articles of produce exported, but there is at Calasiao a considerable manufacture of hats, cigar-cases, mats and other fabrics of the various fibres of the country. There are no large estates, nor manufactures [338]on an extensive scale. Everything is done by small proprietors and domestic industry. There are many places where markets (called tiangues) are periodically held, and articles of all sorts brought thither for sale. It is calculated that Pangasinan could give 20,000 tons of rice for exportation, after providing for local wants. The sugar, though it might be produced abundantly, is carelessly prepared. Much wood is cut for ship-building and other purposes. On the arrival of the N. E. monsoon commercial enterprise begins and many shipments take place; the roads are passable, the warehouses filled with goods: this lasts till the end of June or July. Then come on the heavy rains: the vessels for the coasting trade are laid up for the season; the rivers overflow; most of the temporary bridges are carried away by the floods; everybody is occupied by what the Spaniards call their “interior life;” they settle the accounts of the past year and prepare for that which is to come, and the little foreign trade of Sual is the only evidence of trading activity.

Sual is showing some signs of improvement. The road to the nearby province of Zambales is under construction. The allied forces in Cochin China have recently been sourcing provisions, especially cattle, from Sual. The value of exports from Sual in 1858 is $670,095; the imports of foreign goods and manufactured items into the three ports of the province—Dagupan, Binmaley, and Lingayen—amount to $464,116, all brought in by coastal vessels, 75 of which are registered in the province. The largest town in the province is San Carlos, with 26,376 residents; the second is Binmaley, with 24,911; the third is Lingayen, with 23,063; however, Sual has only 3,451 residents. Rice and sugar are the main products exported, but in Calasiao, there is a significant production of hats, cigar cases, mats, and other fabrics made from local fibers. There are no large estates or large-scale manufacturing [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]. Everything is managed by small owners and local industry. Many places have markets (called tiangues) that are held periodically, where all sorts of goods are brought for sale. It is estimated that Pangasinan could export 20,000 tons of rice after meeting local needs. Although sugar could be produced in abundance, it is carelessly processed. A lot of wood is harvested for shipbuilding and other uses. When the N.E. monsoon arrives, commercial activity kicks off, and many shipments occur; the roads are passable, and the warehouses are stocked with goods. This situation lasts until the end of June or July. Then the heavy rains begin: vessels for coastal trade are put away for the season; rivers overflow; most temporary bridges are washed away by floods; everyone gets involved in what the Spaniards call their “interior life;” they settle accounts for the past year and prepare for the upcoming one, and the little foreign trade of Sual becomes the only sign of trading activity.

Labour is moderately remunerated. Taking fifty ship carpenters, employed in one yard, the least paid had 5 rials, the highest 10 rials per week (say 3s. to 6s.). They are also allowed two measures of rice and a little meat or fish. A field labourer (or peon) has a rial a day and his food. A cart with a buffalo and leader costs 1½ rial per day.

Labour is paid fairly. In one yard, fifty ship carpenters are employed, with the lowest wage being 5 rials and the highest 10 rials per week (around 3. to 6.). They also get two measures of rice and some meat or fish. A field worker (or peon) earns 1 rial a day along with his meals. A cart with a buffalo and a driver costs 1.5 rials per day.

Almost all purchases are made by brokers (personeros), who, for a commission, generally of 5 per [339]cent., and a guarantee of 2½ per cent., collect the products of the country from the cultivators, to whom they make advances—always in silver; and it sometimes passes through many hands before it reaches the labouring producer.

Almost all purchases are made by brokers (personeros), who, for a commission, usually around 5 percent, and a guarantee of 2.5 percent, gather the products from local farmers, to whom they provide advances—always in cash; and it often changes hands multiple times before reaching the working producer.

There are few native Spaniards in Pangasinan. A good many mestizos are devoted to commerce. In Lingayen, with 23,000 inhabitants, there are more than 1,000 mestizos; in Binmaley, with 24,000 inhabitants, only twenty-two mestizos: the first being a trading, the second an agricultural, pueblo. There are few Indians who have acquired opulence. The Chinese element has penetrated, and they obtain more and more influence as active men of business. No Oriental race can compete with them where patience, perseverance and economy can be brought into play. They are not liked; but they willingly suffer much annoyance and spread and strengthen themselves by unanimity of purpose. In Calasiao they are said in two years to have established nearly eighty shops, and were gradually insinuating themselves into all profitable occupations—attending the markets both as buyers and sellers, and establishing relations with the interior such as no native Indian would have ever contemplated. Nor in the ordinary transactions of life do they make the mistake of requiring extravagant profits. A Chinaman may, indeed, ask a high price or offer a low one in his different relations, but when he sees his way to a clear profit, he will not let the bargain escape him. There is an increasing demand for European merchandise, [340]of which the Chinese are the principal importers; and they, above all other men, are likely to open new channels of trade. The current rate of interest is 10 per cent.; though the church funds are lent at 6 per cent. to those whom the clergy are disposed to favour, which indeed is the legal rate.

There are few native Spaniards in Pangasinan. Many mestizos are engaged in business. In Lingayen, with 23,000 residents, there are over 1,000 mestizos; in Binmaley, which has 24,000 people, there are only twenty-two mestizos: the first town is focused on trade, while the second is agricultural. There are few locals who have become wealthy. The Chinese community has made significant inroads and they are gaining more influence as active businesspeople. No other ethnic group can compete with them in terms of patience, perseverance, and frugality. They aren’t very popular, but they endure a lot of hassle and grow stronger through a shared goal. In Calasiao, it’s said that in just two years they have set up nearly eighty shops and are gradually infiltrating all profitable sectors—participating in markets as both buyers and sellers, and establishing connections inland that no local would have considered. In everyday transactions, they don't make the mistake of seeking outrageous profits. A Chinese person may ask for a high price or offer a low one in different situations, but when they see a clear profit opportunity, they won’t let it slip away. There’s a growing demand for European goods, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] which the Chinese are the main importers of; they are, above all, likely to create new trade routes. The current interest rate is 10 percent, although church funds are lent at 6 percent to those whom the clergy prefer, which is indeed the legal rate.

Mr. Bosch’s return for the year 1858 shows that eight large vessels, with 7,185 tons, and 282 coasters, with 7,780 tons, entered the port of Sual. Only four of the former carried cargoes away, two having gone to repair damages, and two being Spanish government steamers for the remittal to Manila of money which amounted to 210,000 dollars. [341]

Mr. Bosch’s report for 1858 indicates that eight large ships, totaling 7,185 tons, and 282 smaller vessels, with a combined weight of 7,780 tons, arrived at the port of Sual. Only four of the larger ships left with cargo; two were under repair, and two were Spanish government steamers transporting 210,000 dollars back to Manila. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XXIV.

ZAMBOANGA.

Chart of Zamboanga.

We steamed away from Manila on the 20th December. It was our first purpose to visit Labuan, which had become of some interest to me as Governor of Hong Kong, having been made of late the penal settlement for a certain number of Chinese convicts. Two groups of sixty each had been sent thither, and the Governor was desirous their number should be increased. I do not see how the settlement can be made a prosperous or productive one. The coals which it furnishes are not liked by our engineers, and seldom employed if English or Welsh coals can be [342]obtained. A considerable quantity was reported to me as raised and lying on the shore without demand, but I found no willingness, either on the part of the naval authorities or of the merchants, to purchase it. I expect both China and Japan will be in a condition to provide this very important article on cheaper terms and of better quality than that of Labuan, or any part of Borneo. I should have been glad to have had an opportunity of forming an opinion, grounded on my own observations, as to the prospects of Sarawak. I am disposed to believe the Government has acted judiciously in refusing to buy the colony, and to encumber the treasury with the charges which its establishments would inevitably entail. The arguments which I have seen put forward in its favour by the advocates of the purchase, have certainly little weight. To represent the locality as of any importance as a place of call between Europe and China, is to display extraordinary geographical and commercial ignorance: it is hundreds of miles out of the regular course, and has in itself no attraction to induce any vessel to waste the time which must be expended in visiting it. It has a fertile soil, which may be said of the whole circumjacent region—of almost every island in the tropical archipelagos; but it must depend principally on imported labour, costly and capricious in its supply, and which must be directed by European machinery, still more costly and uncertain, for the climate is, and will long continue, unfriendly to the health of European settlers. The native population is too barbarous to labour; with [343]few wants, they have few motives to exertion. I have had the advantage of much conversation with the Catholic Vicar Apostolic of Borneo, whose knowledge of the natives is probably greater than that of any other European, as he has lived so much among them in the discharge of the duties of his mission. He represents the different tribes as engaged in perpetual wars with one another, each taking any opportunity of pillaging or doing mischief to its neighbours; and our involving ourselves in the native quarrels, by ill-judged partisanship, must lead, he thinks, to much cruelty and injustice. He gave me many particulars of the savage practices of which he had been an eye-witness, particularly in the displays and processions of human heads as trophies of victory. Although I had not an opportunity of visiting Borneo and of witnessing there the progress that has been made under European influences, I have had so many means of studying the character of the native and unsubdued races in the territories of Spain and the Netherlands, that I feel quite justified in the conclusion, that little is to be expected from their co-operation, either as producers of tropical, or consumers of European, articles. The great element which is now revolutionizing these regions, is the introduction of Chinese labour, which has received a check not easily to be surmounted in the unfortunate outbreak at Sarawak, after the events in Canton; but the introduction of the Chinese must be spontaneous, and not forced. The Chinese field-labourer works unwillingly for a master who is to receive the profits of [344]his labour; but far different are his feelings, his activity and perseverance, when the profits are all to be his own. Then, indeed, he becomes a valuable settler, from whom much is to be expected. Our new treaties—the presence of British shipping in so many ports of China—the supersession of the heavy junks by the square-rigged vessels of the West, which the habit of insuring that the Chinese are now adopting cannot fail to promote—will all assist in the transfer of the surplus population of China to regions where their industry will find a wider scope and a more profitable field. The adventurous spirit in China is becoming more and more active. The tens of thousands who have emigrated to California and Australia, and the thousands who have returned with savings which they have deemed a sufficiency, have given an impulse to the emigrating passion, which will act strongly and beneficially in all countries towards which it may be directed. In process of time, and with the co-operation of the mandarins, who are really interested in the removal of a wretched, sometimes starving and always discontented, social element, the difficulties attaching to the removal of females may in time be surmounted, and the Chinese may perpetuate, what they have never yet done, a Chinese community in the lands where they settle. No doubt the mestizo mixture of races—the descendants of Chinese fathers and Indian mothers—is now extensively spread, and is a great improvement upon the pure Malay or Indian breed. The type of the father is more strongly preserved than that of the mother; [345]its greater vigour has given it predominance. The Chinese mestizo is physically a being superior to the Indian—handsomer in person, stronger in limb, more active in intellect, more persevering in labour, more economical in habits. The marvellous exodus of Chinese from their country is one of the most remarkable ethnological circumstances of modern history, and is producing and will produce extraordinary and lasting results. I do not believe any of the other Oriental races able to withstand the secret and widely spreading influences of Chinese competition and superiority. Dealt with justly and fairly, the Chinese are the most manageable of men, but they will be dangerous where despotism drives them to despair.

We left Manila on December 20th. Our main goal was to visit Labuan, which had recently caught my attention as Governor of Hong Kong, as it was now the penal settlement for a certain number of Chinese convicts. Two groups of sixty convicts each had been sent there, and the Governor was keen to increase their numbers. I don’t see how the settlement can thrive or be productive. The coal produced there is not favored by our engineers and is rarely used if English or Welsh coal is available. I was told that a significant amount was extracted and sitting on the shore without any demand, but I found that neither the naval authorities nor the merchants were willing to buy it. I expect that both China and Japan will be able to offer this vital resource at better prices and higher quality than what Labuan or any part of Borneo can provide. I would have liked the chance to form my own opinion based on my observations regarding Sarawak’s prospects. I believe the government has made a wise choice in refusing to purchase the colony and burden the treasury with its inevitable expenses. The arguments I have seen from those advocating for the purchase are of little value. Suggesting that the location is significant as a stopover between Europe and China shows a remarkable lack of geographical and commercial understanding: it is hundreds of miles off the main route and lacks any appeal to make vessels want to divert and spend time visiting it. It has fertile soil, but that can be said about the entire surrounding region—almost every island in the tropical archipelagos. However, it primarily depends on imported labor, which is costly and unpredictable in supply, and that must be managed by European machinery, which is even more expensive and unreliable, as the climate is, and will continue to be, hostile to the health of European settlers. The indigenous population is too primitive to work; with few needs, they have little reason to exert themselves. I have had the benefit of extensive conversations with the Catholic Vicar Apostolic of Borneo, whose understanding of the natives is likely greater than that of any other European, as he has lived among them while carrying out his mission. He describes the different tribes as being in constant conflict with each other, each seizing any chance to raid or harm their neighbors; he believes that getting involved in these native disputes through misguided favoritism will lead to significant cruelty and injustice. He shared many details of the brutal practices he witnessed firsthand, especially displays and processions of human heads as trophies of victory. Although I haven’t had the chance to visit Borneo and see firsthand the progress made under European influence, I feel justified in concluding from my extensive study of the character of indigenous, ungoverned populations in Spanish and Dutch territories that little can be expected from them as producers of tropical goods or consumers of European products. The major factor currently changing these regions is the introduction of Chinese labor, which has faced a setback due to the unfortunate uprising at Sarawak following the events in Canton; however, the arrival of Chinese labor must come naturally, not through coercion. The Chinese field worker is reluctant to work for a master who reaps the benefits of his labor, but his attitude, diligence, and determination change significantly when he knows all profits will be his. In that case, he becomes a valuable settler, from whom much can be expected. Our new treaties—the presence of British ships in many Chinese ports—the replacement of bulky junks with Western square-rigged vessels, supported by the trend of Chinese adopting insurance—will all contribute to the relocation of surplus population from China to areas where their labor can find greater opportunities and profitability. The adventurous spirit in China is becoming increasingly active. The tens of thousands who have emigrated to California and Australia, along with the thousands who have returned with what they consider sufficient savings, have fueled a desire to emigrate that will positively affect all countries it targets. Over time, and with the cooperation of the mandarins who genuinely want to alleviate a desperate, often starving, and consistently dissatisfied social class, the challenges of relocating women may eventually be overcome, allowing the Chinese to establish, for the first time, a lasting community in their new lands. There is no doubt that the mix of races—the descendants of Chinese fathers and Indian mothers—is now widespread and represents a significant improvement over the purely Malay or Indian lineage. The father's characteristics are more notably preserved than those of the mother; its greater vigor has allowed it to dominate. The Chinese mestizo physically excels compared to the Indian—more attractive, stronger, more intellectually active, more hardworking, and more frugal. The remarkable outflow of Chinese from their homeland is one of the most significant ethnological events in modern history and is creating, and will continue to create, extraordinary and lasting effects. I don't believe any other Asian races can withstand the subtle, spreading forces of Chinese competition and superiority. Treated fairly and justly, the Chinese are the most manageable people, but they can become dangerous if pushed to despair by despotism.

On the sixth day of our voyage we arrived at Zamboanga. Indian houses were visible through the plantain trees, and amidst the woodlands of the coast, and a large fortification, with the yellow and scarlet Spanish flag, advised us of our adjacency to the seat of government. We sent on shore, and found the guns and the garrison were not in a condition to return our salute, but we received an early and cordial communication from the governor, Colonel Navarro, inviting us to take up our abode at his residence, and we landed at a convenient wooden pier, which is carried out for some distance into the harbour. There was a small body of soldiers to meet us on landing. In walking about we found one street wholly occupied by Chinese shopkeepers, well supplied with European and Chinese wares; they generally [346]appeared contented and prosperous, and will certainly find the means of supplying whatever the population may demand; they will leave nothing undone which is likely to extend their trade or augment their profits. There are about three hundred Chinese settled in Zamboanga, mostly men of Fokien. We walked to the fortification, and on our way met several of the Mahomedan women who had been captured in a late fray with natives; their breasts were uncovered, and they wore not the veils which almost invariably hide the faces of the daughters of Islam. We learnt that these females were of the labouring and inferior classes; but in the fortification we saw the wives and children of the chiefs, who had been captured, and they presented the most marvellous contrasts, between the extreme ugliness of the aged and the real beauty of some of the young. One mother especially, who had a child on her haunches, appeared to me singularly graceful and pleasing. Most of the captured chiefs had been sent to Manila; but in another part of the fortress there were some scores of prisoners, among whom, one seemed to exercise ascendency over the rest, and he repeated some of the formula of the Koran in Arabic words. The Spaniards represented them as a fierce, faithless and cruel race, but they have constantly opposed successful resistance to their invaders.

On the sixth day of our journey, we arrived in Zamboanga. We could see Indian houses through the plantain trees and among the coastal woodlands, and a large fort with the yellow and red Spanish flag indicated that we were close to the government seat. We sent a party ashore and learned that the guns and garrison were not in a condition to return our salute. However, we received a warm invitation from the governor, Colonel Navarro, to stay at his residence. We landed at a convenient wooden pier that extended a good distance into the harbor. A small group of soldiers greeted us when we arrived. As we explored, we found one street entirely lined with Chinese shopkeepers, well-stocked with European and Chinese goods. They seemed content and prosperous, and they would undoubtedly find ways to meet the needs of the population, leaving no stone unturned to expand their trade and increase their profits. About three hundred Chinese have settled in Zamboanga, mostly men from Fokien. We walked to the fort, and on the way, we encountered several Muslim women who had been captured during a recent skirmish with the locals; their breasts were uncovered, and they weren't wearing the veils that typically cover the faces of Islamic women. We learned that these women belonged to the laboring and lower classes, but at the fort, we saw the wives and children of the chiefs who had been captured. They presented a striking contrast between the extreme ugliness of the older women and the real beauty of some of the younger ones. One mother, in particular, who had a child on her hip, appeared especially graceful and pleasing. Most of the captured chiefs had been sent to Manila, but in another part of the fortress, there were several dozen prisoners, among whom one seemed to dominate the rest, reciting some Quranic phrases in Arabic. The Spaniards portrayed them as a fierce, untrustworthy, and cruel race, but they have consistently mounted successful resistance to their invaders.

Next to Luzon, Mindanao is the largest of the Philippines. Though its surface is 3,200 square leagues in extent, the Spaniards do not occupy one-tenth of the whole. The number of Mahomedans [347](Moros) is great in the interior, and they are the subjects of an independent Sultan, whose capital is Selangan, and who keeps up amicable relations with the Spanish authorities. To judge by some of their native manufactures which I saw at Zamboanga, they are by no means to be considered as barbarians. The inland country is mountainous, but has some fine lakes and rivers little visited by strangers. There are many spacious bays. Storms and earthquakes are frequent visitants. The forests are said to be extensive, and filled with gigantic trees, but travellers report the jungle to be impenetrable. Mines of gold, quicksilver and sulphur are said to abound. Besides Zamboanga, the Spaniards have settlements in Misamis, Caraga and New Guipuzcoa, but they are reported to be unhealthy from the immense putrefaction of decaying vegetables produced by a most feracious soil, under the influence of a tropical sun. Beyond the Moros, and in the wildest parts of the mountains, are coloured races in a low state of savage existence. Mindanao was one of the earliest conquests of Magallanes (1521). The Augustine friars were the first missionaries, and they still retain almost a monopoly of religious instruction, but their success among the Mahomedans has been small. Many attempts have been made by the Spaniards to subdue the interior, but, however great their temporary success, they have never been able long to maintain themselves against the fanaticism of the Moros, the dangers and difficulties of the country and the climate, while supported only by inadequate military means. Misamis [348]is used as a penal settlement. The Spaniards have not penetrated far into the interior of this part of the island, which is peopled by a race of Indians said not to be hostile, but, being frequently at war with the more formidable Mahomedans, they are considered by the Spaniards as affording them some protection, their locality dividing the European settlements from the territory of the Moors. But there is little development of agriculture or industry, and not one inhabitant in ten of the province pays tribute. The Jesuits had formerly much success in these regions; on their expulsion the Recolets (barefooted Augustines) occupied their places, but it would seem with less acceptance. The settlers and the Indians recognizing the Spanish authority have been so frequently molested by the Moors that their numbers are far less than they were formerly, and it is believed the revenues are quite inadequate to pay the expenses of the establishments; but it is said some progress is being made, and if all impediments to commercial intercourse were removed, a great amelioration in the condition and prospects of the natives would result. Caraga, from which New Guipuzcoa has been lately detached, has Surigao for its capital, and is on the north-east corner of the island. The dominions of the Sultan of Mindanao mark the limits of the province. A race of Indians remarkable for the whiteness of their skin, and supposed to be of Japanese descent, called Tago-balvoys, live on the borders of a creek in the neighbourhood of a town bearing the name of Bisig, a station of the Recolets. [349]Some of this race pay tribute, and live in a state of constant hostility with the Moros. They are advanced in civilization beyond the neighbouring tribes. Butuan, in this province, was the last landing place of Magallanes; he planted a cross there, and the Indians took part in the ceremonials, and profess Christianity to the present hour. The Moros have destroyed some of the earlier establishments of the Spaniards. There are immense tracts of uncultivated and fertile lands. Teak is reported to abound in the forests, which are close to the habitations of the settlers. The orang-utan is common, and there are many varieties of apes and monkeys, wild beasts, particularly buffaloes and deer, and several undescribed species of quadrupeds. The Spaniards say that the province of Caraga is the richest of the Philippines; it is certainly one of the least explored. A Frenchman has been engaged in working the gold mines; I know not with what success. A favourite food of the natives is the wild honey, which is collected in considerable quantities, and eaten with fruits and roots. The Butuan River is navigable for boats. There are very many separate races of natives, among whom the Mandayos are said to be handsome, and to bear marks of European physiognomy. Some of the tribes are quite black, fierce and ungovernable. Cinnamon and pepper are believed to be indigenous. Wax, musk and tortoise-shell are procurable, but as the Spanish settlements are not much beyond the coast little is done for the encouragement of the productive powers of the [350]interior. Gold, however, no doubt from the facility of its transport, is not an unimportant article of export, and the Spaniards complain that the natives attend to nothing else, so that there is often much suffering from dearth, and the insalubrity of the climate deters strangers from locating themselves. This is little to be wondered at, as the attacks of pirates are frequent and the powers of government weak. Along the coasts are towers provided with arms and ammunition for their defence; but the pirates frequently interrupt the communications by sea, on which the inhabitants almost wholly depend, there being no passable roads. On the approach of the piratical boats the natives generally abandon their own and flee to the mountains. There are many Mahomedan tribes who take no part in these outrages, such as the Bagobos, Cuamanes and others. Even the mails are interrupted by the pirates, and often delayed for days in localities where they seek shelter. All these drawbacks notwithstanding, the number of tributaries is said to have greatly increased, and the influence of the friars to have extended itself. I have compared various statistical returns, and find many contradictions and inconsistencies.1 Some evidence that little progress has been made is seen in the fact that in the province of Surigao, where the census gives 18,848 Indians, there are only 148 mestizos; in that of Misamis, only 266 mestizos to 46,517 Indians; in Zamboanga, to [351]10,191 Indians, 16 mestizos; Basilan, 447 Indians and 4 mestizos; Bislig, 12,718 Indians and 21 mestizos; Davao, 800 Indians, no mestizo. This state of things assuredly proves that the island of Mindanao, whatever be its fertility, has few attractions for strangers, otherwise the proportion of the mixed races to the population would be very different from what it appears to be. Father Zuñiga, who, in 1799, published an account of the visit of General Alava, gives many particulars of the then state of the island, and suggests many plans for extending Spanish influence.

Next to Luzon, Mindanao is the largest island in the Philippines. Although its land area is about 3,200 square leagues, the Spaniards occupy less than one-tenth of it. There are many Muslims (Moros) in the interior, and they are under the rule of an independent Sultan, whose capital is Selangan, and who maintains friendly relations with the Spanish authorities. Based on some of the local crafts I saw in Zamboanga, they should not be seen as barbarians. The inland areas are mountainous, featuring some beautiful lakes and rivers that are rarely visited by outsiders. There are numerous spacious bays. Storms and earthquakes happen often. The forests are said to be vast, filled with giant trees, but travelers report that the jungle is nearly impossible to navigate. Mines containing gold, mercury, and sulfur are rumored to be plentiful. Besides Zamboanga, the Spaniards have settlements in Misamis, Caraga, and New Guipuzcoa, though these areas are said to be unhealthy due to decaying vegetation caused by a very fertile soil and a tropical climate. Beyond the Moros, in the most remote parts of the mountains, there are colored races living in a primitive state. Mindanao was one of the earliest conquests of Magellan in 1521. The Augustinian friars were the first missionaries, and they still have a virtual monopoly on religious education, but their success among Muslims has been limited. Numerous attempts have been made by the Spaniards to conquer the interior, but despite some temporary victories, they have never been able to hold their ground against the Moros' fervent resistance, coupled with the country and climate's challenges, all while relying on insufficient military resources. Misamis is used as a penal settlement. The Spaniards have not ventured far into the interior of this part of the island, populated by a group of Indians believed to be non-hostile. However, as they're often at war with the more aggressive Muslims, the Spaniards consider them a form of protection, as they create a buffer between European settlements and Moro territory. Yet, there is little agricultural or industrial development, and only one in ten people in the province pays tribute. The Jesuits previously had significant success in these regions; after they were expelled, the Recollects took over, but it appears with less popularity. The settlers and the Indians, acknowledging Spanish authority, have been frequently harassed by the Moros, leading to a significant decrease in their numbers, and it is believed that the revenues are not enough to cover the expenses of their establishments. However, there are reports of some progress, and if all barriers to trade were lifted, it could greatly improve the living conditions and prospects of the locals. Caraga, recently separated from New Guipuzcoa, has Surigao as its capital and is located in the northeastern corner of the island. The territory of the Sultan of Mindanao marks the province's boundaries. A group of Indians, notable for their fair skin and thought to be of Japanese descent, called Tago-balvoys, live along a creek near a town named Bisig, which is a Recollects' station. Some of them pay tribute and live in constant conflict with the Moros. They are more advanced in civilization compared to nearby tribes. Butuan, in this province, was the last landing place of Magellan, who planted a cross there, and the Indians participated in the ceremonies, still professing Christianity to this day. The Moros have destroyed some of the early Spanish settlements. There are vast areas of uncultivated and fertile land. Teak is said to be plentiful in the nearby forests. The orangutan is common here, along with various types of apes and monkeys, wild animals, especially buffaloes and deer, and several unclassified species of quadrupeds. The Spaniards claim that the province of Caraga is the richest in the Philippines, yet it is certainly one of the least explored. A Frenchman has been working the gold mines, but I don't know how successful he has been. One of the locals' favorite foods is wild honey, which is gathered in large quantities and eaten with fruits and roots. The Butuan River is navigable for boats. There are numerous distinct native races, among which the Mandayos are known to be attractive and show some European features. Some tribes are very dark-skinned, fierce, and unruly. Cinnamon and pepper are believed to be native plants. Wax, musk, and tortoise-shell can be sourced, but since the Spanish settlements extend only a bit beyond the coast, not much is being done to promote the productive potential of the interior. Gold, however, is undoubtedly an important export, and the Spaniards complain that locals focus solely on that, often causing significant food shortages, and the unhealthiness of the climate discourages outsiders from settling here. This is not surprising, considering the frequent pirate attacks and the weak government authority. Along the coasts are towers equipped with arms and ammunition for defense, but pirates frequently disrupt sea communications, which the locals heavily rely on since there are no significant roads. When pirate boats approach, the natives usually abandon their homes and flee to the mountains. There are many Muslim tribes, such as the Bagobos and Cuamanes, that do not partake in these attacks. Even mail delivery is affected by pirates, often delayed for days in places where they seek refuge. Despite all these challenges, it's said the number of tributaries has significantly increased, and the friars’ influence has expanded. I’ve compared various statistical reports and found many contradictions and inconsistencies. Some evidence of limited progress can be seen in the province of Surigao, where the census lists 18,848 Indians but only 148 mestizos; in Misamis, there are only 266 mestizos among 46,517 Indians; in Zamboanga, out of 10,191 Indians, there are 16 mestizos; Basilan has 447 Indians and 4 mestizos; Bislig has 12,718 Indians and 21 mestizos; and Davao has 800 Indians with no mestizos. This situation undoubtedly shows that, regardless of its fertility, Mindanao has few attractions for outsiders; otherwise, the ratio of mixed races to the total population would look quite different. Father Zuñiga, who published a report in 1799 about General Alava's visit, provided many details about the island's condition at the time and suggested various plans to expand Spanish influence.

Zamboanga is not likely to become a port of much importance unless it is wholly emancipated from fiscal restrictions. The introduction of the custom-house has driven away the whalers that formerly visited the harbours; there is little capital, and the trading establishments are on a very small scale. The roads in the immediate neighbourhood are in very tolerable order; the villages have the general character of Indian pueblos; the country is rich in all the varieties of tropical vegetation; but the interior, even close to the cabaceras, is imperfectly known. Its produce is small in reference to the obvious fertility of the soil. Some companies of troops arrived during our stay at Zamboanga, and it is probable an effort is to be made to strengthen and widen the authority of the Spanish government.

Zamboanga is unlikely to become an important port unless it is completely freed from financial restrictions. The establishment of the customs house has chased away the whalers that used to come to the harbors; there is very little investment, and the trading businesses are quite small. The roads nearby are in decent condition; the villages resemble typical Indian pueblos; the land is rich in various types of tropical vegetation; however, the interior, even near the main settlements, is not well-explored. Its production is minimal considering the soil's clear fertility. Some troops arrived during our time in Zamboanga, and it seems likely that there will be an effort to strengthen and expand the authority of the Spanish government.

Of the arms used by the Moros the governor had a large collection, consisting of long spears, swords of [352]various forms, handsomely adorned kreeses, daggers and knives displaying no small amount of manufacturing art.

Of the weapons used by the Moros, the governor had a large collection that included long spears, swords of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]various shapes, beautifully decorated kreeses, and daggers and knives that showed a considerable amount of craftsmanship.

Confined as the Spaniards are to a narrow strip of land along the coast, it may be supposed there are few conveniences for locomotion, nevertheless a carriage was found, and a pair of horses, and harness such as it was, and an Indian driver, and thus we managed to obtain a very pleasant evening ride into the country, and had an opportunity of seeing its great fertility and its varied productions, leading to natural feelings of regret that so many of the boons of Providence should remain unenjoyed and unimproved, accompanied with the hope that better days may dawn. But the world is full of undeveloped treasures, and its “Yarrows unvisited” promise a bright futurity.

Confined as the Spaniards are to a narrow strip of land along the coast, it can be assumed there aren’t many options for transportation. However, we found a carriage, a pair of horses, some makeshift harnesses, and an Indian driver. This allowed us to enjoy a lovely evening ride into the countryside, where we saw the land's great fertility and diverse products, stirring up feelings of regret that so many blessings from Providence remain unappreciated and undeveloped, along with the hope that better days are ahead. The world is filled with untapped treasures, and its “unvisited Yarrows” promise a bright future.

There would seem to have been some increase in the population of Zamboanga. In 1779 Zuñiga reports it to be 5,612 souls, “including Indians, Spaniards, soldiers and convicts;” in 1818 the number is stated to have been 8,640; in 1847, 7,190. The Guia of 1850 gives 8,618; that of 1858, 10,191, of whom 16 were mestizos, and tribute-payers 3,871; but I do not think much reliance can be placed on the statistical returns. The last states that the marriages were 55, the births 429, the deaths 956, which represents a fearful mortality. In the province of Misamis for the same period the proportion of births to deaths was 2,155 to 845.

There seems to have been an increase in the population of Zamboanga. In 1779, Zuñiga reports it as 5,612 people, “including Indians, Spaniards, soldiers, and convicts.” By 1818, the number was noted to be 8,640; in 1847, it was 7,190. The Guia of 1850 lists it as 8,618; the 1858 report shows 10,191, including 16 mestizos and 3,871 tribute-payers; however, I don't think we can rely much on these statistics. The latest report states there were 55 marriages, 429 births, and 956 deaths, indicating a high mortality rate. In the province of Misamis for the same period, the ratio of births to deaths was 2,155 to 845.

A great value is attached to some of the canes [353]which are found on the island of Palawan, or Paragua, especially where they are of variegated colours, or pure white, and without the interruption of a knot, so as to serve for walking-sticks. I was informed that two hundred dollars had been given for a fine specimen.

A lot of value is placed on certain canes [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] that are found on the island of Palawan, or Paragua, particularly those that have mixed colors or are solid white, especially if they don't have any knots. They are used for walking sticks. I was told that someone paid two hundred dollars for a high-quality one.

A gold-headed sticky with a silk cord and tassels, is the emblem of authority in the Philippines. [354]

A gold-headed stick with a silk cord and tassels is the symbol of authority in the Philippines. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Buzeta may be consulted, especially under the head “Caraga,” on which he has a long article. 

1 You can check Buzeta, particularly in the section “Caraga,” where he has written a lengthy article.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XXV.

ILOILO AND PANAY.

Chart of Port Iloilo and Panay.

Of the three ports lately opened to foreign commerce, Iloilo is the most promising. The province of Iloilo is one of the most populous of the Philippines. It contains more than half a million of inhabitants, and though portions of the province are very thinly [355]peopled, there is an average exceeding 2,000 inhabitants per square league. Independently of the pueblos which I visited, and of which some description will be given, Cabatuan has 23,000 inhabitants, Miagao 31,000, Dumangas 25,000, Janiuay 22,000, Pototan 34,600, and several others more than 10,000 souls. The province is not only one of the most numerously peopled, it is, perhaps, the most productive in agricultural, the most active in manufacturing, industry, and among the best instructed of the Philippines.1 It has extensive and cultivated plains and forest-covered mountains; its roads are among the best I have seen in the archipelago. At the entrance of the channel are a number of islands called the Seven (mortal) Sins—Los Siete Pecados. The large island of Guimaras limits the channel on the south; it was visited by some of our party, who returned delighted with the extensive stalactite caverns which they explored, reaching them with some difficulty over the rocks, through the woods and across the streams which arrested their progress. The forests are full of game and the river Cabatuan abounds with crocodiles. There are many rivulets and rivers which greatly assist the cultivator, and we found a good supply of cattle. The ponies of Iloilo are among the best in the archipelago, and [356]some attention is paid to the breeding of sheep. A good deal of salt is made, and there is a considerable fishery of trepang (sea-slug) and tortoises for the sake of the shells. But the island is most renowned for the piña fabrics called nipas and sinamays, some of which are of exquisite fineness and beauty; they are largely exported, and their perfection has given them a vast reputation even in Europe.

Of the three ports recently opened to foreign trade, Iloilo is the most promising. The province of Iloilo is one of the most populous in the Philippines, with over half a million residents. Although some parts of the province are sparsely populated, the average is over 2,000 inhabitants per square league. Aside from the towns I visited, which I'll describe shortly, Cabatuan has 23,000 residents, Miagao 31,000, Dumangas 25,000, Janiuay 22,000, and Pototan 34,600, with several others also having more than 10,000 people. The province is not only one of the most densely populated but is also possibly the most productive in agriculture, the most active in manufacturing, and among the best educated in the Philippines. It has vast cultivated plains and forested mountains; its roads are among the best I've seen in the archipelago. At the entrance to the channel are a number of islands known as the Seven (mortal) Sins—Los Siete Pecados. The large island of Guimaras borders the channel to the south; some members of our party visited it and returned thrilled with the extensive stalactite caves they explored, which they reached with some difficulty over the rocks, through the woods, and across streams that slowed their progress. The forests are full of game, and the Cabatuan River is teeming with crocodiles. There are many streams and rivers that greatly assist farmers, and we found a good supply of cattle. The ponies of Iloilo are among the best in the archipelago, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] attention is given to sheep breeding. A significant amount of salt is produced, and there is a considerable fishery for trepang (sea slug) and tortoises for their shells. However, the island is most famous for the piña fabrics known as nipas and sinamays, some of which are incredibly fine and beautiful; they are widely exported, and their quality has earned them a great reputation even in Europe.

On the arrival of the Spaniards they found the district occupied by painted Indians, full of superstitions, which, notwithstanding the teachings of the Augustine friars, are still found to prevail, especially at the time of any public calamity. They are among the best formed of the Indians, speak a dialect of the Bisayan, which they called Hiligueyna, but in the remoter parts another idiom named the Halayo prevails. The Augustines boast of having converted fifty thousand families in 1566, but they were not able to induce them to cultivate their lands and to store their surplus produce, and the locusts having desolated the district, in the two following years more than half the population perished of hunger. But the missionaries made no progress among the Negritos who dwelt in the wilder parts of the mountainous regions, and who were joined by many desiring to escape from the authority of the invaders. These savages have not unfrequently attacked the villages of the converted Indians, but of late years have found it more prudent and profitable to bring down their wax and pitch, and exchange them for rice and garments. They have no general ruler, but each [357]clan has its recognized head, and it is said that, when perplexed as to choice of a successor to a departed chief, they send deputations to the missionaries and ask their advice and assistance to regulate their choice. Formerly the district was frequently attacked by pirates, who committed great ravages and destroyed several towns. In 1716 the Dutch attacked the fortress of Iloilo, but were compelled to retire after a heavy loss both in killed and wounded. There has been a great increase in the population, which in 1736 numbered 67,708 souls; in 1799, 176,901; in 1845, 277,571; and by the last census, 527,970, of whom 174,874 pay tribute. There is a small number of Spaniards—of mestizos many, of whom the larger proportion are sangleys, the descendants of Chinese fathers and native mothers. The increase of the population must be great, the census in 1857 giving 17,675 births, and only 9,231 deaths.

Upon the arrival of the Spaniards, they found the area inhabited by painted Indigenous people, who were deeply superstitious. Despite the teachings of the Augustine friars, these beliefs still largely existed, especially during times of public disaster. They are among the best-educated Indigenous groups, speaking a dialect of the Bisayan called Hiligueyna, although in more remote areas, another language called Halayo is spoken. The Augustines claim to have converted fifty thousand families in 1566, but they couldn’t get them to farm their land or store any extra food. After locusts devastated the area, more than half the population starved in the following two years. Meanwhile, missionaries made little headway with the Negritos living in the wilder mountainous regions, who were joined by many seeking to escape the invaders' control. These groups have often attacked the villages of the converted Indigenous people, but in recent years, they've found it wiser and more profitable to gather wax and pitch and trade them for rice and clothing. They don’t have a central leader; each [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] clan has its own recognized head. It is said that when they struggle to choose a successor for a deceased chief, they send representatives to the missionaries for advice and help in making their decision. In the past, the area was frequently raided by pirates, causing significant damage and the destruction of several towns. In 1716, the Dutch attacked the Iloilo fortress but were forced to retreat after suffering heavy casualties. The population has greatly increased, from 67,708 in 1736 to 176,901 in 1799, 277,571 in 1845, and reaching 527,970 according to the last census, with 174,874 paying tribute. There is a small number of Spaniards, including many mestizos, most of whom are sangleys, the descendants of Chinese fathers and native mothers. The population growth has been significant; the census of 1857 recorded 17,675 births and only 9,231 deaths.

The approach to Iloilo is by a channel between a sandbank (which has spread nearly a mile beyond the limits given in the charts) and the island of Guimaras. The town appears adjacent as it is approached, but the river by which vessels enter makes a considerable bend and passes round close to the town. We observed a large fortification, but it had not the means of saluting us, and we were therefore exonerated from the duty of exploding H. M.’s gunpowder; but if not in the shape of noisy salutations, the courtesies of the Spanish authorities were displayed in every possible way towards the officers and [358]crew of our frigate, for whose service and entertainment everything was done. We were soon waited on by a gentleman from the British vice-consulate. The vice-consul returned to Iloilo the day after our arrival. It would indeed be well if all British functionaries possessed as much aptitude, knowledge and disposition to be useful as we found in Mr. Loney, to whom the commerce of the Philippines generally, and the port of Iloilo especially, is under great obligations. To him, more than to any other individual, the development of the trade of Panay will be due.

The approach to Iloilo is through a channel between a sandbank (which has extended nearly a mile beyond the areas shown on the charts) and the island of Guimaras. The town looks close as you get nearer, but the river that vessels use to enter makes a significant bend and runs right by the town. We noticed a large fortification, but it couldn't salute us, so we were off the hook from firing H. M.’s gunpowder. However, the Spanish authorities showed us their hospitality in every possible way towards the officers and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]crew of our frigate, doing everything they could for our service and comfort. Before long, we were visited by a gentleman from the British vice-consulate. The vice-consul returned to Iloilo the day after we arrived. It would be great if all British officials had as much skill, knowledge, and willingness to help as we found in Mr. Loney, to whom the commerce of the Philippines generally, and the port of Iloilo in particular, owe a lot. The growth of trade in Panay will be more thanks to him than to anyone else.

From the Governor of Iloilo, Colonel José Maria Carlès, especially I experienced great kindness. He was Buffering under a sore affliction—for affliction holds sway over every part of the world—the loss of an only and beloved son who had preceded him as governor of the province and was an object of so much affection that the people earnestly implored the Captain-General to allow the father to succeed him, which was granted. It was touching to hear the tales of the various displays of popular sympathy and sorrow which accompanied the death and the interment of Don Emilio Carlès, whom no less than fifty carriages followed to his grave in Arévalo. I passed the village more than once with the mourning father; at a time, too, when sorely suffering from sorrows of my own, I felt the consolation which is found in remembering and helping others to remember the virtues of the dead. These are their best monuments, though not written on tablets of stone. [359]

From the Governor of Iloilo, Colonel José Maria Carlès, I experienced a lot of kindness. He was dealing with a deep sorrow—the kind that touches everyone around the world—the loss of his only beloved son, who had served as governor of the province before him and was so loved by the people that they fervently asked the Captain-General to let the father take his place, which was granted. It was moving to hear about the many expressions of sympathy and grief that marked the death and burial of Don Emilio Carlès, who was followed to his grave in Arévalo by no less than fifty carriages. I passed through the village more than once with the grieving father; at that time, when I was also feeling deep sorrow, I found comfort in recalling and helping others remember the qualities of the deceased. These are the best monuments, even if they’re not carved in stone. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The principalia of Molo came to invite us to a ball, and very prettily the ball was got up. It is a most industrious locality; in ancient times was a Chinese colony, and is now occupied by mestizos and their descendants, most of them having a mingling of Chinese blood. The pueblo has 16,428 inhabitants, of whom the mestizos are 1,106. It is one of the busiest towns in the island, and everything has a prosperous and active look. Some of the buildings have in the same apartment many looms occupied in making the piña stuffs. The place was gaily illuminated on occasion of the ball, and the gobernadorcillo made an oration in Spanish to the effect that the locality had been much honoured by our presence, and that the memory of the day would be long preserved. Many of the mestizos keep their carriages, which were placed at the disposal of our friends, and which fell into the procession when music and firing of guns and muskets accompanied us through the town. Molo is an island formed by two creeks, and entered by bridges on both sides. I believe it is one of the few localities served by a secular curate. It is about four miles from Iloilo, the road being good, and many Indian houses are seen on both sides of the way. Almost all these have their gardens growing plantains, cocoa-nuts, bread-fruits, cocoa, betel and other vegetable productions. Sugar planting appeared to be extending, and there are many paddy-fields and much cultivation of maize.

The local leaders of Molo invited us to a ball, and it was beautifully organized. It's a very industrious area; it was a Chinese colony in ancient times and is now mainly populated by mestizos and their descendants, most of whom have some Chinese ancestry. The town has 16,428 residents, with 1,106 being mestizos. It’s one of the busiest towns on the island, and everything looks prosperous and lively. Some buildings have multiple looms in the same space, busy making piña fabric. The place was brightly lit for the ball, and the gobernadorcillo gave a speech in Spanish, saying that the community felt honored by our visit and that the memory of this day would be cherished. Many mestizos have carriages that were provided for our friends, which joined the procession as music and gunfire accompanied us through the town. Molo is an island formed by two creeks, with bridges on both sides for access. I believe it's one of the few places served by a secular priest. It’s about four miles from Iloilo, with a good road, and you can see many local houses along the way. Almost all of these have gardens with growing plantains, coconuts, breadfruit, cacao, betel, and other crops. Sugarcane farming seemed to be on the rise, and there are many rice paddies and a lot of corn cultivation.

The Governor and British vice-consul accompanied [360]us in our pleasant excursions to the interior, during which we visited some of the most populous pueblos of the provinces. We travelled in comfortable carriages, the friars or the gobernadorcillos providing us with relays of horses, and the convents were generally the places appointed for our reception, in which we invariably found most hospitable cheer. One day it was determined to visit Janiuay, and we first stopped at Jaro, a pueblo of more than 22,000 souls. The roads had their usual adornings: the Indian cottages exhibited their flags, the equestrian principalia came out to escort us, and the native bands of music went before us when we entered and when we quitted the populous part of the town. Jaro is deemed the most opulent place in the island of Panay. It was founded in 1584 or 1585. Cultivation extends to some distance around it. It boasts of its stone bridge, more than 700 feet in length and 36 feet in breadth, the erection of which, as well as the excellent roads by which the pueblo is approached, are due to the munificence of a curate knighted by his sovereign for his patriotic sacrifices. Though the country is level, the rich vegetation on the banks of the streams and by the borders of the highway make the scenery picturesque. The manufacture of fine stuffs and cotton, piña and silk, is very considerable. These fabrics are exposed for sale at a weekly market, held on Thursdays, which is crowded by people from every part of the province, being the largest of the Iloilo marts. From Jaro we proceeded to Santa Barbara, a pueblo of 23,000 souls. Here we were received at [361]the convent of the Augustine friars, in whose hands are all the cures of Iloilo, to one of whom we had the pleasure of giving a passage to Manila, whither he was bound as the delegate to the annual assembly of the fraternity. Here, too, other Augustine friars visited us, all inviting us to partake of the hospitalities of their spacious convents. Santa Barbara is a modern town, built in 1759, and placed under the special protection of the saint whose name it bears. It has shared in the general prosperity of the province: in 1820 it had no manufactures; but it has now a weekly market for the sale of the produce of its looms, consisting principally of cottons, sail-canvas, quilts, coverlets, &c. The forests furnish fine timber for building and for cabinet work, and are crowded with wild bees, whose wax and honey form a considerable article of traffic. Excellent were the carriages and horses of the friars. Our next resting-place was Cabatuan, somewhat larger than Santa Barbara. Cabatuan was founded in 1732. It is on the banks of the river Tiguin; sometimes nearly dry, and at others deluging the country with its impetuous torrents. The numerous crocodiles make fishing unsafe; and the navigation even of small boats is often interrupted, either by the superfluity or insufficiency of its waters. There is a large production of rice and of cocoa-nut oil for lighting. From Cabatuan we went to Janiuay, which was the limit of the day’s journey, and of our visit to the interior. It is called Matagul in the ancient maps of the province, and [362]has about the same number of inhabitants as Santa Barbara. The convent and church are on a slightly elevated ground, and offer a pretty view of the pueblo and surrounding country. Many of the women are engaged in the labours of the loom, but agriculture is the principal industry of the neighbourhood. We had hoped to visit the Dingle mountain, one of whose caves or grottos is said to present the character of a temple of fantastic architecture, adorned with rock crystal and exhibiting masses of marble and alabaster which form its walls; another cave is formed of granite, which abounds in the locality: but we had to return to Iloilo to meet the principal people at a late dinner, succeeded as usual by a ball. The Governor’s house being at some distance from the town, we were kindly accommodated at that of one of the native merchants, conveniently situated on the quay of the river. Several of the friars, who had been our hosts, were the guests of the merchants; and the kind hospitality we experienced did not justify the constant expression of courteous regrets for the inadequacy of the entertainment, the blunders of the native servants (sometimes amusing enough), and the contrasts between the accommodations of Europe and those which a remote Spanish settlement in the Philippines could afford; but there was so much of courtesy, good breeding and cordiality that it was impossible to feel otherwise than grateful and contented, and, after all, in this world to do all we can is to discharge every duty. [363]

The Governor and the British vice-consul joined us on our enjoyable trips into the interior, where we explored some of the most populated towns in the provinces. We traveled in comfortable carriages, with friars or local leaders providing us with fresh horses along the way, and convents typically served as our welcoming stops, where we always found a warm and generous reception. One day, we decided to visit Janiuay and first made a stop in Jaro, a town with over 22,000 residents. The roads were adorned as usual: Indian cottages displayed their flags, local leaders came out to greet us, and native music bands played as we entered and exited the busiest part of the town. Jaro is considered the wealthiest location on the island of Panay. It was founded in 1584 or 1585. Agriculture stretches for some distance around it. It boasts a stone bridge that's over 700 feet long and 36 feet wide, built thanks to the generosity of a curate who was knighted by his king for his patriotic contributions. Even though the land is mostly flat, the lush vegetation along the streams and beside the roads adds a picturesque touch. The production of fine textiles, cotton, piña, and silk is significant. These fabrics are sold at a weekly market every Thursday, which attracts people from all over the province, making it the largest market in Iloilo. From Jaro, we continued to Santa Barbara, a town with 23,000 residents. Here, we were welcomed at the convent of the Augustinian friars, who oversee all the parishes in Iloilo. We also had the pleasure of giving a ride to one of the friars headed to Manila for an annual assembly. Other Augustinian friars came to visit us, inviting us to enjoy the hospitality of their spacious convents. Santa Barbara is a relatively new town, established in 1759, and is under the special patronage of the saint after whom it is named. It has shared in the province's overall prosperity: in 1820, it had no manufacturing, but now it boasts a weekly market for selling local produce, mainly cotton goods, sail-canvas, quilts, coverlets, etc. The forests provide fine timber for construction and furniture-making and are filled with wild bees, whose wax and honey are important trade items. The friars had excellent carriages and horses. Our next stop was Cabatuan, slightly larger than Santa Barbara. Cabatuan was founded in 1732 and is located beside the Tiguin River, which can be nearly dry at times but also floods the area with its strong currents. Due to the numerous crocodiles, fishing can be risky, and navigation for small boats is often disrupted by the river's variable water levels. The region produces a lot of rice and coconut oil for lighting. From Cabatuan, we traveled to Janiuay, the final destination of our day's journey and our visit to the interior. It's referred to as Matagul in older maps of the province and has a population similar to that of Santa Barbara. The convent and church sit on slightly elevated ground and offer a nice view of the town and the surrounding area. Many women work at the loom, but agriculture is the main industry in the area. We had hoped to visit Dingle mountain, where one of its caves or grottos is said to resemble a fantastical temple, decorated with rock crystal and featuring walls made of marble and alabaster; another cave consists of abundant granite from the area. However, we had to return to Iloilo to meet with the key figures at a late dinner, which was followed, as usual, by a ball. Since the Governor's house was some distance from the town, we were kindly accommodated in the home of a local merchant, conveniently located by the river’s quay. Several friars who had hosted us were guests at the merchant's house, and despite the constant expressions of polite regret for the shortcomings of the hospitality, the amusing mishaps of local servants, and the differences between European accommodations and those of a distant Spanish settlement in the Philippines, the warmth, good manners, and hospitality we experienced left us feeling grateful and content. After all, in this world, doing all we can is the best way to fulfill our responsibilities.

The next day we made our arrangements for visiting the different pueblos on the coast, and, starting in our carriages soon after daybreak, we passed through Molo and Arévalo to Oton. Arévalo has some celebrity in the annals of the Philippines, and had a special interest for the Governor, as here had been lately displayed the affection of the Indians for his son, whose funeral they had honoured with such special marks of sympathy and regret. Arévalo was formerly the residence of the governor—built by Ronquillo in 1581, who gave it the name of his birth-place. Molested by the Indians, attacked by pirates and the government quite disorganized, it was for a long time abandoned; and the seat of authority being removed to Iloilo, Arévalo presents few signs of activity: there are about 8,000 inhabitants in this district. At Oton we saw from the Augustine convent an interesting ceremony. It was on a Sunday; and on quitting the church the inhabitants were summoned by beat of drum to attend the reading of a proclamation of the government. They were all in their holiday garments, and men, women and children formed a circle round one of the native Indian authorities, who, in a loud voice, read in the Bisayan tongue the document which he had been ordered to communicate to the people. There was perfect silence during the reading, and a quiet dispersion of the crowd. Fortifications are erected along the coast, and a great variety of manufactures were brought to us for examination. A good deal of English cotton twist is sold, which [364]forms the warp of most of the fabrics.2 There were rugs of silk and cotton; varieties of coloured ginghams; tissues, in which the fibres of the abacá and the piña were mixed with our cotton thread, whose importation is, however, confined to the colours which the Indians are themselves not able to dye. Oton has nearly 23,000 inhabitants. I observe the proportion of births to deaths is as nearly four to one, and that while there are five births to one marriage, the deaths exceed the marriages by less than one-third, so that the increase of population must be very great. In 1818, it was less than 9,000. Tigbauan, with its 21,000 inhabitants, was our next halting place. Its general character resembles that of Oton. Rice is the principal agricultural production, but the women are mostly employed in weaving stuffs, which find markets in Albay and Camarines. We were accompanied from the Augustine convent by a friar of Guimbal, who obviously exercised much influence over his brethren and over the whole community. His conversation was both entertaining and instructive. He had a good stud of horses, a handsome carriage, and he certainly employs his large revenues with generous hospitality. Not to repeat what has been repeated so often, the Indians, on the [365]whole line of our journey, made a holiday time for our reception, which partook everywhere of the character of a public festivity. After the principalia had accompanied us to the convents, and received their thanks from me, and their dismissal from the Governor and the friar, a number of little girls were introduced, to whom the service of the table and attendance on the guests were confided. There was a strange mixture of curiosity, fear and respect in their deportment; but they gathered round my arm-chair; their bright black eyes looked inquiringly into my face, and asked for orders; while one, who seemed rather a pet of the ghostly father, put her hand into the curls of my white hair, which she seemed to consider worthy of some admiration: but the friar told me they were discoursing among themselves whether it was possible I could be a general and a great man, who had no gold about my clothes; I was not dressed half as finely as the officers they had been accustomed to see. They were very proud of some of the piña garments they wore, and one after another came to display their finery. They took care to supply me with cigars, and that light should be ready whenever the cigar was extinguished, and when we sat down to our well-furnished repast, several of them were at hand to remove the plates, to provide others, and to see that we were well provided with the delicacies of the day. On our way back to Iloilo, we learnt that the principalia of Molo were to escort us in their carriages to our domicile; they were waiting for us in the main road, so that we made together quite a procession. They had [366]before invited Captain Vansittart and the officers of the Magicienne to their ball, and many attended, keeping up the dance to an early morning hour.

The next day we made our plans to visit the different towns along the coast, and after setting off in our carriages just after dawn, we traveled through Molo and Arévalo to Oton. Arévalo is notable in the history of the Philippines and held special significance for the Governor, as it was here that the locals showed their affection for his son, whose funeral they honored with special gestures of sympathy and sorrow. Arévalo was once the governor's residence—established by Ronquillo in 1581, who named it after his hometown. After being troubled by the locals, attacked by pirates, and facing a disorganized government, it was abandoned for a long time, and authority moved to Iloilo; as a result, Arévalo shows few signs of activity today, with about 8,000 residents in the area. In Oton, we witnessed an interesting ceremony from the Augustinian convent. It was a Sunday, and as the church service ended, the townspeople were called by drum to hear a government proclamation. Dressed in their Sunday best, men, women, and children formed a circle around one of the local authorities, who loudly read the document in the Bisayan language. There was complete silence during the reading, and then the crowd quietly dispersed. Fortifications were built along the coast, and a wide range of products were brought to us for review. A considerable amount of English cotton twist is sold, which [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]forms the foundation of most of the fabrics.2 We saw silk and cotton rugs; various types of colored gingham; fabrics that combined fibers of abacá and piña with cotton thread, which is imported only in colors that the locals cannot dye themselves. Oton has nearly 23,000 inhabitants. I noted that the birth-to-death ratio is almost four to one, and there are five births for every marriage, with deaths exceeding marriages by less than one-third, indicating a significant population growth. In 1818, the population was less than 9,000. Tigbauan, with its 21,000 residents, was our next stop. Its general character is similar to that of Oton. Rice is the main crop, but most women work weaving textiles that are sold in Albay and Camarines. We were joined by a friar from Guimbal, who clearly had a lot of influence over his peers and the community. His conversation was both entertaining and educational. He had a good number of horses, an impressive carriage, and he definitely used his substantial income to provide generous hospitality. Not to repeat what has been said many times, the locals made our journey feel festive, giving us a warm reception everywhere we went. After the local leaders had escorted us to the convents, received my thanks, and were dismissed by the Governor and the friar, they introduced a group of little girls who took care of the dining service and attended to the guests. There was an odd mix of curiosity, fear, and respect in their behavior as they gathered around my chair; their bright black eyes looked curiously into my face, waiting for my directives. One girl, who seemed to be favored by the friar, played with my white hair, as if it deserved some admiration. The friar told me they were discussing among themselves whether I could be a general or a great man, despite not having gold on my clothes; I was dressed much more simply than the officers they were used to seeing. They were quite proud of their piña outfits and one by one came to show off their finery. They made sure I had cigars and that there was always light ready whenever I needed it, and as we sat down to our well-prepared meal, several of them were there to clear plates, bring new ones, and ensure we had plenty of the day's delicacies. On our return to Iloilo, we learned that the local leaders of Molo were going to escort us in their carriages to our place; they had been waiting for us on the main road, creating quite a procession. They had [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]previously invited Captain Vansittart and the officers of the Magicienne to their ball, which many attended, dancing until early morning.

We left Iloilo the following day. The Governor and several of the principal people, among whom was a large group of Augustine friars, accompanied us with music to the ship. Three loud shouts of grateful hurrah broke forth from our decks, cordially responded to by our hosts—and so farewell! and all happiness to Iloilo.

We left Iloilo the next day. The Governor and several important people, including a large group of Augustinian friars, came to the ship with music. Three loud cheers of thanks rang out from our decks, warmly echoed by our hosts—and so we said goodbye! Wishing all the best to Iloilo.

I have sent to Sir William Hooker, for the museum of the Royal Gardens at Kew, sixty specimens of woods grown in the northern and western districts of the island of Panay and the province of Antique, of which the most notable are—the molave, the most useful and compact of the Philippine woods, and applied to all purposes of building; bancaluag, for fine work; duñgon, for ship-building and edifices; bago-arour, building and cabinet-work; lumati, a species of teak; guisoc, a flexible wood for ships and houses; ipil has similar merits; naga, resembling mahogany, used for furniture; cansalod, planks for floors; maguilomboy, for the same purpose; duca, baslayan, oyacya, for ship-building; tipolo, for musical instruments; lanipga, a species of cedar used for carving and sculpture; bayog, spars for masts and yards; bancal, for internal roofs and carving; malaguibuyo, for flooring; ogjayan, flexible for joints, &c.; lanitan, guitars, violins, &c.; janlaatan, furniture; lauaan, spars for shipping; basa, in large blocks for building and shipping; talagtag, cabinet-work; nino, the bark [367]used for dyeing both red and yellow; bacan, spars; panao, a medicinal wood used for sore eyes by the Indians; banate, a fine and solid box-wood, used for billiard-maces, has been exported to Europe; bancolinao, ebony; casla has a fruit resembling a French bean, whose oil is used by the natives for their lamps; jaras, for construction of houses. It will be observed that all these bear their Indian names, which are generally applied to them by the Spaniards.

I sent sixty wood specimens to Sir William Hooker for the museum of the Royal Gardens at Kew, collected from the northern and western areas of Panay island and the province of Antique. The most notable among them are: molave, the most useful and dense Philippine wood, used for all kinds of building; bancaluag, for fine craftsmanship; duñgon, used for shipbuilding and structures; bago-arour, for construction and furniture; lumati, a type of teak; guisoc, a flexible wood for ships and homes; ipil has similar qualities; naga, which looks like mahogany, used for furniture; cansalod, planks for flooring; maguilomboy, also for flooring; duca, baslayan, oyacya, used in shipbuilding; tipolo, for musical instruments; lanipga, a type of cedar used for carving and sculpture; bayog, used for masts and yards; bancal, for internal roofs and carving; malaguibuyo, for flooring; ogjayan, flexible for joints, etc.; lanitan, for guitars, violins, etc.; janlaatan, for furniture; lauaan, used for shipping spars; basa, in large blocks for construction and shipping; talagtag, for cabinet-making; nino, the bark [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] used for dyeing red and yellow; bacan, spars; panao, a medicinal wood used by the Indians for treating sore eyes; banate, a fine and sturdy boxwood used for billiard cues, which has been exported to Europe; bancolinao, ebony; casla has a fruit resembling a French bean, and its oil is used by the locals for their lamps; jaras, for building houses. It should be noted that all these carry their Indian names, which are typically used by the Spaniards.

As regards the commercial position and prospects of the whole of the central and southern islands of the Philippine Archipelago, the most satisfactory details which have reached me are those furnished in 1857 by the Vice-Consul of Iloilo, Mr. Loney, to the Consul of Manila, from which I extract the following information.

As for the commercial status and potential of the central and southern islands of the Philippine Archipelago, the most promising details I’ve received come from 1857, provided by the Vice-Consul of Iloilo, Mr. Loney, to the Consul of Manila. Here’s the information I gathered from that report.

That portion of the Philippines called the Bisayas may be generally described as including the whole of the islands to the southward of Luzon, though, strictly speaking, it is understood to comprehend only those of Samar, Leyte, Panay, Negros, Cebu, Bohol (with their dependencies, Tablas, Romblon, Sibuyan, &c.), and four provinces—Misamis, Caraga, Zamboanga, and Nueva Guipuzcoa—of the important island of Mindanao, next to Luzon the finest and largest of the archipelago.

That area of the Philippines known as the Bisayas can be generally described as covering all the islands to the south of Luzon. However, in a more specific sense, it refers only to Samar, Leyte, Panay, Negros, Cebu, and Bohol (along with their smaller islands, like Tablas, Romblon, Sibuyan, etc.), as well as four provinces—Misamis, Caraga, Zamboanga, and Nueva Guipuzcoa—on the significant island of Mindanao, which is the second largest and most remarkable island in the archipelago after Luzon.

The administration of the revenue of the Bisayas was formerly in charge of a separate Government Intendency (Gobierno Intendencia de Bisayas) established in the city of Cebu; but this being abolished [368]in 1849, all the provinces, as regards revenue, are now equally under control of the Superintendencia at Manila. While, however, the provinces and districts of Luzon (with the exception of Cavite, La Isabela, Nueva Viscaya, El Abra, San Mateo, and La Union) are presided over by civil functionaries (alcaldes mayores), those of the Bisayas are governed by military officers (gobernadores militares y politicos) of the rank of captain to that of colonel, assisted in most instances by a lieutenant-governor, a civilian, and usually a lawyer, who takes cognizance of all ordinary civil and criminal cases.

The management of revenue in the Bisayas used to be handled by a separate government office known as the Gobierno Intendencia de Bisayas, which was based in Cebu City. However, this was abolished [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] in 1849, and now all provinces regarding revenue are under the Superintendencia in Manila. Meanwhile, the provinces and districts of Luzon (except for Cavite, La Isabela, Nueva Viscaya, El Abra, San Mateo, and La Union) are overseen by civil officials called alcaldes mayores, whereas those in the Bisayas are led by military officers (gobernadores militares y politicos) ranging from captain to colonel, often with a lieutenant-governor, who is a civilian, typically a lawyer, to handle all regular civil and criminal cases.

The Bisayan group is mostly inhabited by a race resembling, in all essential characteristics, the Tagálog, and other Malayan races of Luzon. Their language may be called a dialect of the Tagálog, though rather harsher in sound, and neither so copious, so refined, nor so subjected to grammatical rules, as this latter idiom. The Bisayan has more Malay words than have the dialects spoken in Luzon. The natives of these islands and those of Luzon imperfectly comprehend each other, though their languages are evidently derived from the same parent stock.

The Bisayan group is mainly made up of people who closely resemble, in all key traits, the Tagálog and other Malayan groups from Luzon. Their language can be considered a dialect of Tagálog, although it's harsher in sound and not as rich, refined, or governed by strict grammatical rules as the latter. The Bisayan language contains more Malay words than the dialects spoken in Luzon. The natives of these islands and those from Luzon have a limited ability to understand each other, even though their languages clearly come from the same root.

The Bisayas furnish a hardy, seafaring race; but, as a rule, the general tendency to indolence, attributed to the Philippine “Indian,” applies, in a perhaps greater degree, to the inhabitants of the whole southern group, and constitutes at present, in the absence of any available means of coercion, one of the principal obstacles to a more rapid extension of agriculture by the introduction of European capital. [369]

The Bisayas are a tough, seafaring people; however, the widespread tendency toward laziness, often associated with the Philippine “Indian,” seems to apply even more to the people in the entire southern group. This factor currently serves as one of the main barriers to the quicker expansion of agriculture through the influx of European investment, especially in the absence of any effective means to enforce change. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The christianized population of the Bisayas may be estimated as follows:—

The Christianized population of the Visayas can be estimated as follows:—

Samar 118,000
Leyte 115,000
Romblon 16,600
Panay:—
Capiz 135,000
Iloilo 450,000
Antique 80,000
Cebu and Bohol 385,200
Negros 108,000
Calamianes 18,000
Mindanao:—
Misamis 44,500
Caraga (Surigao) 15,300
New Guipuzcoa (Bislig and Davao) 11,200
Zamboanga 12,000
Total 1,508,800

This estimate does not include the unsubdued tribes inhabiting the mountains in the interior, some idea of the number of which may be formed from a note of those ascertained to have existed in 1849, in the undernoted provinces:—

This estimate doesn't cover the ungoverned tribes living in the mountains inland. A rough idea of their numbers can be gained from a note about those that were confirmed to exist in 1849 in the provinces listed below:—

Misamis 66,000
Samar 25,964
Leyte (not ascertained).
Negros 8,545
Panay 13,900
Cebu 4,903
Total 119,312

The largest number of unsubjected tribes (principally Mahomedan) inhabit Mindanao, the total population of which is generally asserted to amount to nearly one million souls. [370]

The largest number of independent tribes (mainly Muslim) live in Mindanao, which is generally said to have a total population of nearly one million people. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The island of Panay, advantageously placed towards the centre of the Bisayas group, is distant at its nearest point—that of Potol, in lat. 11° 48´ N., long. 122° W. of Greenwich—180 miles in a right line from Manila. Its shape is nearly triangular, and it has a circumference of about 300 miles. It is the fifth in size of the Philippine Islands, coming in this respect after Luzon, which has a circumference of 1,059 miles; Mindanao, 900; Paragua, 420; and Samar, 390; but, though smaller than the islands just named, it is, next to Luzon, the most populous of the archipelago, if Mindanao, with the doubtful population of independent tribes above-mentioned, be left out of the question.

The island of Panay, conveniently located at the center of the Visayas group, is 180 miles away in a straight line from Manila at its closest point—Potol, at lat. 11° 48' N., long. 122° W. of Greenwich. It has a nearly triangular shape and a circumference of about 300 miles. It is the fifth largest of the Philippine Islands, ranking after Luzon, which has a circumference of 1,059 miles; Mindanao, 900; Paragua, 420; and Samar, 390. Although it's smaller than these islands, it has the second-largest population in the archipelago after Luzon, excluding Mindanao due to the uncertain population of its independent tribes.

Panay is divided into the three provinces of Capiz, Antique, and Iloilo, which together contain a population of about 665,000.

Panay is split into three provinces: Capiz, Antique, and Iloilo, which together have a population of around 665,000.

Capiz occupies the whole of the northern portion of the coast of Panay, for a distance of seventy-seven miles.

Capiz covers the entire northern part of the coast of Panay, stretching for seventy-seven miles.

Its limits towards the interior may be defined by a curved line, commencing from a little to the eastward of Point Bulacan, passing by the Pico de Arcangel, in the Siaurágan Mountains, and continued westward to Pandan, on the coast. Its chief town is Capiz, situated on the river of the same name. Though broken towards the southern and western portion by an irregular series of mountain chains, the greater part of the territory of Capiz consists of extensive low-lying plains, which produce rice in great abundance. It possesses a few good harbours, particularly [371]that of Batan; and Capiz itself, situated at the confluence of the rivers Panay and Capiz, affords secure anchorage. Its tribute-paying population is officially reported to be 135,000 souls.

Its interior boundaries can be outlined by a curved line starting just east of Point Bulacan, passing the Pico de Arcangel in the Siaurágan Mountains, and continuing west to Pandan on the coast. The main town is Capiz, located on the river of the same name. Although the southern and western parts are disrupted by an irregular series of mountain ranges, most of Capiz's territory consists of large, flat plains that produce a lot of rice. It has a few good harbors, especially [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the harbor of Batan; and Capiz itself, located where the Panay and Capiz rivers meet, offers safe anchorage. Its tax-paying population is officially recorded as 135,000 people.

Antique takes up the western side of the island, to an extent of 84 miles—from Point Naso on the south to Pandan on the north—is of triangular shape, and limited on the north by the province of Capiz, on the south and east by that of Iloilo, and on the west by the sea. Antique is very mountainous, and, being comparatively thinly inhabited, does not at present produce much for export, especially as the greater development of its resources is retarded by the want of good harbours, of which it does not possess one along its whole line of coast. At its chief town and port, San José de Buenavista, a breakwater is in process of construction, which, if completed, will give a great impulse to the trade of the province, by enabling vessels to load there at all seasons of the year. At San José foreign whaling and other vessels not unfrequently call for water and fresh provisions. The number of its inhabitants, exclusive of the remontados and monteses, who occupy the mountainous districts, is computed to amount to 80,000 souls.

Antique occupies the western side of the island, stretching 84 miles from Point Naso in the south to Pandan in the north. It's triangular in shape, bordered on the north by Capiz province, on the south and east by Iloilo, and on the west by the sea. Antique is very mountainous and, because it's relatively sparsely populated, it doesn't currently produce much for export. The development of its resources is held back by the lack of good harbors, as there isn’t a single one along its entire coastline. In its main town and port, San José de Buenavista, a breakwater is being built, which, once completed, will significantly boost the province's trade by allowing ships to load year-round. In San José, foreign whaling ships and other vessels often stop for water and fresh supplies. The population, excluding the remontados and monteses who live in the mountainous areas, is estimated at around 80,000 people.

Iloilo extends over the south-eastern portion of the island, is also of triangular form, bounded on the north by Capiz, on the west by Antique, and on the south-east by the arm of the sea which separates it from the island of Negros. This, the largest, richest and most peopled of the three provinces, deserves more particular notice. [372]

Iloilo covers the southeastern part of the island and has a triangular shape, bordered to the north by Capiz, to the west by Antique, and to the southeast by the body of water that separates it from the island of Negros. This province, the largest, wealthiest, and most populated of the three, deserves special attention. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Iloilo, its chief town, and the residence of its governor, distant 254 miles in a direct line from Manila, and placed by Spanish hydrographers in lat. 10° 48′ W. of the meridian of San Bernardino, is situated near the south-eastern extremity of the island, close to the sea, on the border of the narrow channel formed by the island of Guimarás, which lies opposite to it at a distance of two miles and a half from the Panay shore.

Iloilo, the main town and home of its governor, is located 254 miles from Manila in a straight line. According to Spanish mapmakers, it sits at latitude 10° 48′ W of the San Bernardino meridian. It's positioned near the southeastern tip of the island, right by the sea, next to the narrow channel created by the island of Guimarás, which is about two and a half miles away from the Panay shore.

The town is built principally on low, marshy ground, subject to tidal influence, partly fronting the sea, and partly along the left bank of a creek, or inlet, which runs towards Jaro, and after describing a semicircle again meets the sea near Molo. Although the principal seaport and seat of the government of the province, its population is not so large as that of many of the towns in its vicinity. It does not at present exceed 7,500, while Jaro, Molo and Oton, towns in its immediate neighbourhood, possess 33,000, 15,000 and 20,000 respectively. This comparative scarcity of inhabitants is principally owing to the want of space for further extension on the narrow tongue of land on which the town is chiefly built. This obstacle to its further increase should in time cease to exist, as efficient measures are being taken to draw the population more inland; among others, the erection of a new government house and public offices at a more central point; the contemplated removal of the present church to a more advantageous and open site, beyond the tongue of land alluded to; and the convergence [373]at this place of new and more direct roads (now in course of construction) leading to and from the adjacent populous towns.

The town is mostly built on low, marshy land that's affected by tides, partly facing the sea and partly along the left bank of a creek or inlet that runs towards Jaro. After forming a semicircle, it meets the sea again near Molo. Even though it's the main seaport and the provincial government seat, its population isn't as large as that of many surrounding towns. It currently has fewer than 7,500 residents, while nearby towns like Jaro, Molo, and Oton have populations of 33,000, 15,000, and 20,000 respectively. The relatively low number of residents is mainly due to the limited space for expansion on the narrow piece of land where the town is primarily located. However, this limitation should eventually be resolved, as effective measures are being taken to encourage more people to move inland. These include building a new government house and public offices at a more central location, considering relocating the current church to a better and more open site beyond the narrow land mentioned, and the development of new and more direct roads (currently under construction) that will connect this place to the nearby populated towns. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Notwithstanding the drawback of limited space, the progress in size and importance of the town has of late years been very marked, while the European residents, who, in 1840, numbered only three, now, in 1857, amount to 31 in Iloilo, and 30 in the remaining towns of the province. A considerable portion of this number arrived during the past two years, and the effect of this increase of Europeans, though their number is so small, is already visible in the construction of new buildings, and projects for the erection of many others. The rise in house property may be illustrated by the fact that the house in which the vice-consulate is established—constructed of wood with a palm-thatched roof—is subject to a rental of 33 dollars per month, or about 80l. per annum. The value of land for building lots has also augmented in proportion.

Despite the limitation of space, the town has recently seen significant growth in both size and importance. While there were only three European residents in 1840, by 1857, that number has risen to 31 in Iloilo and 30 in the other towns of the province. A large portion of these newcomers arrived in the past two years, and even though their total is still small, the impact of this increase is already evident in the construction of new buildings and plans for many more. The rise in property values can be illustrated by the house where the vice-consulate is located—made of wood with a palm-thatched roof—that rents for 33 dollars per month, or about 80l. per year. The value of land for building lots has also increased accordingly.

The population of the province is given officially as 511,066; but there is reason to think it considerably exaggerated, and that 400,000, or at most 450,000, would be nearer the real amount.

The official population of the province is stated to be 511,066; however, there are reasons to believe this number is significantly inflated, and that 400,000, or at most 450,000, would be closer to the actual figure.

The harbour of Iloilo, though well protected and naturally good, is not without inconveniences, capable, however, of being obviated with little trouble, and, provided with one of the excellent charts lately issued by the Comisión Hidrográfica (and, if approaching from the north, with a pilot), large vessels may enter with safety. [374]

The harbor of Iloilo, while well-protected and naturally good, has its drawbacks, but these can be easily managed. With one of the excellent charts recently issued by the Hydrographic Commission (and, when coming from the north, with a pilot), large vessels can enter safely. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The island of Guimarás, which is twenty-two miles long by three in breadth, forms in front of Iloilo a sheltered passage, running nearly north and south, of a width varying from two miles and a half to six miles, with deep water and good anchorage. The entrance to this passage from the south is a good deal narrowed by the Oton shoal (Bajo de Oton), which stretches for a considerable distance from the Panay shore, and contracts for about a mile in length the available channel at this part to the breadth of about two miles. This, however, will be no obstacle for large ships during the south-west monsoon (especially when the channel is properly buoyed off), the passage being perfectly clear as far as it extends; and with a contrary north-east monsoon they can work or drag through with the tide, keeping well over towards Guimaras, the coast of which is clear with deep water close in, anchoring, if necessary, on the edge of the shoal, which affords good holding-ground, and, being of soft sand, may be safely approached. The whole of this coast, protected as it is by Guimaras, the Panay shore, and, in a considerable degree, by the island of Negros, offers secure anchorage in the north-east monsoon; and situated on the south-west portion of Guimaras, the fine port of Buluanga, or Sta. Ana, of easy access and capable of admitting vessels of the largest tonnage, will afford shelter under almost any circumstances. The approach to the opposite or northern entrance is generally made by the coasting vessels through the chain of small islands (Gigantes, [375]Pan de Azucar, Sicógon, Apiton, &c.), called collectively the Silanga, which lie off the north-east coast of Panay and afford an excellent refuge for a considerable distance to the vessels engaged in the trade with Manila and the southernmost Bisayas. But though there is good anchorage among these islands, particularly at Pan de Azucar and Tagú, it would be more prudent for vessels of large burden, in cases where there is no practical acquaintance with the set of the tides and currents, to take the outside channel between the Silanga and the island of Negros. After passing the Calabazas rocks and Pepitas shoal and making the castle or blockhouse of Banate (formerly erected, like many others along the Philippine coasts, for defence against the pirates of the Sooloo Sea), the route is due south until sighting a group of seven remarkable rocks, called the “Seven Sins,” for which a direct course should then be made, the lead being kept going to avoid the Iguana Bank (which is well marked off on the charts referred to), and on getting south of the Iloilo Fort vessels of a certain tonnage may enter the creek, or, if too large, should bring up on the east side of the fort, where they are protected from the wind and the strength of the tides. The depth of water on the bar at the entrance to the creek is about five fathoms at low water; but at a short distance farther inside the water shoals to fifteen feet at low water, and then deepens again. The rise and fall being six feet, a vessel of 300 tons, drawing, when loaded, sixteen to eighteen feet, can [376]easily obtain egress with a full cargo. A dredging machine employed to clear away the mud which has been allowed to accumulate at the shallower parts near the entrance, would enable ships of almost any burden to complete their cargoes inside. The Santa Justa, a Spanish ship of 700 tons, loaded, in 1851, part of a cargo of tobacco inside the creek, and finished her lading outside.

The island of Guimarás, which is twenty-two miles long and three miles wide, creates a protected channel in front of Iloilo that runs nearly north and south. The width of this passage varies from two and a half miles to six miles, with deep water and good anchorage. The entrance to this channel from the south is somewhat narrow due to the Oton shoal (Bajo de Oton), which extends quite a distance from the Panay shore and reduces the available channel here to about two miles in width over a stretch of roughly a mile. However, this won't pose a problem for large ships during the southwest monsoon (especially if the channel is properly marked), as the passage is clear all the way through. During the northeast monsoon, ships can maneuver through with the tide, staying close to Guimaras where the coastline is clear and has deep water nearby, with the option to anchor if needed on the edge of the shoal, which provides good holding ground and is made of soft sand, making it easy to approach. This entire coastline, protected by Guimaras, the Panay shore, and significantly by the island of Negros, offers secure anchorage during the northeast monsoon; located in the southwest part of Guimaras is the excellent port of Buluanga, or Sta. Ana, which is easily accessible and can accommodate large vessels, offering shelter almost in any conditions. The approach to the northern entrance is often made by coasting vessels that navigate through the chain of small islands (Gigantes, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Pan de Azucar, Sicógon, Apiton, etc.), collectively known as the Silanga, which lie off the northeast coast of Panay and provide great refuge for vessels trading with Manila and the southernmost Bisayas. Although there is decent anchorage among these islands, especially at Pan de Azucar and Tagú, it's advisable for large vessels, especially those unfamiliar with the tides and currents, to use the outside channel between the Silanga and the island of Negros. After passing the Calabazas rocks and Pepitas shoal and reaching the castle or blockhouse of Banate (historically built like many others along the Philippine coasts to defend against pirates from the Sooloo Sea), the route continues due south until reaching a group of seven notable rocks referred to as the “Seven Sins.” Vessels should then set a direct course toward them, keeping the lead line out to avoid the Iguana Bank (which is clearly marked on the referenced charts). Once south of the Iloilo Fort, vessels of a certain tonnage can enter the creek, or if too large, they should anchor on the east side of the fort, where they are sheltered from the wind and strong tides. The depth of water at the bar entrance to the creek is about five fathoms at low tide; however, a short distance inside, the water depth decreases to fifteen feet at low tide before deepening again. With a rise and fall of six feet, a vessel weighing 300 tons that draws sixteen to eighteen feet when loaded can [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]easily exit with a full load. A dredging machine used to clear the accumulated mud at the shallow parts near the entrance would allow ships of nearly any size to complete their cargoes inside. The Santa Justa, a Spanish ship of 700 tons, loaded part of its cargo of tobacco in 1851 inside the creek and finished loading outside.

It should be mentioned that, the banks of the creek being of soft mud, there is little or no risk to be apprehended from grounding. Proceeding about a mile and a half up the creek (which varies in breadth from half a mile to three-quarters of a mile, and affords complete protection from wind and sea), the coasting crafts bring up at the jetties of their respective owners, and have the great advantage of discharging and loading at the stores without the necessity of employing boats.

It’s worth noting that the banks of the creek are made of soft mud, so there’s minimal risk of running aground. After traveling about a mile and a half up the creek (which ranges in width from half a mile to three-quarters of a mile and offers full protection from wind and waves), the coastal vessels dock at their owners’ jetties and have the significant benefit of unloading and loading at the stores without needing to use boats.

Beyond this point, the creek stretches as far as Molo. Formerly the coasting vessels used, when necessary, to go on to Molo, but the drawbridge through which they had to pass having got out of repair, and the present bridge (now in very bad condition) affording no means of passage, they remain at Iloilo, to which place the Molo traders have had to transfer their warehouses.

Beyond this point, the creek stretches all the way to Molo. In the past, when needed, the coastal ships would continue on to Molo, but since the drawbridge they had to use fell into disrepair, and the current bridge (which is in really poor condition) doesn't allow for passage, they stay at Iloilo. As a result, the Molo traders have had to move their warehouses there.

The export trade of Iloilo, hitherto confined to the port of Manila and the adjacent islands, is at present chiefly carried on by four Spanish firms resident at Iloilo and owners of the better class of native craft sailing from this port; but to these [377]are to be added a considerable number of mestizos, or half-castes, principally of Chinese descent, living at the neighbouring towns of Molo and Jaro, several of whom are also owners of vessels, and employ considerable sums in the trade.

The export trade of Iloilo, which was previously limited to the port of Manila and the nearby islands, is now mainly conducted by four Spanish companies based in Iloilo that own the higher-quality local boats sailing from this port; in addition to these [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], there is a significant number of mestizos, or people of mixed heritage, mainly of Chinese descent, living in the nearby towns of Molo and Jaro. Several of them are also vessel owners and invest large amounts in the trade.

The principal products exported are leaf tobacco, sugar, sapan-wood, rice in the husk (or paddy); hemp and hides, besides other articles in lesser quantity, including horns, beche-de-mer, mother-of-pearl shell, beeswax, canes, &c., and a considerable amount of native manufactured goods. Leaf, or unmanufactured tobacco, is at present the article of most importance, and the one which the Spanish traders have found most lucrative. It is purchased by them from the small native growers, and shipped to Manila for exclusive sale to the government, at prices fixed by the factory appraisers, according to the size and quality of the leaf. From Iloilo some 30,000 quintals were shipped last year for Manila, and from Capiz 20,000, giving about 50,000 as the exportable quantity of the leaf produced in Panay per annum.

The main products exported are leaf tobacco, sugar, sapan wood, and rice in the husk (or paddy); hemp and hides, along with other items in smaller quantities, including horns, beche-de-mer, mother-of-pearl shell, beeswax, canes, etc., as well as a significant amount of native manufactured goods. Leaf or unprocessed tobacco is currently the most important item and has proven to be the most profitable for Spanish traders. They buy it from small local growers and ship it to Manila for exclusive sale to the government, at prices set by factory appraisers, based on the size and quality of the leaf. Last year, around 30,000 quintals were shipped from Iloilo to Manila, and 20,000 from Capiz, totaling about 50,000 quintals as the annual exportable quantity of leaf produced in Panay.

The export of tobacco to Manila, until the year 1845, did not amount in this province to more than 10,000 quintals per annum; but in that year the agent of a Manila firm having raised the usual low prices given by the Iloilo traders from 10 rials to an average of 20 to 21 rials for the three first qualities, the export, in 1847, had rapidly reached 24,000 quintals.

The export of tobacco to Manila, until 1845, was no more than 10,000 quintals a year from this province. However, in that year, the representative of a Manila company increased the typically low prices offered by Iloilo traders from 10 rials to an average of 20 to 21 rials for the top three quality grades. As a result, by 1847, exports had quickly risen to 24,000 quintals.

The attention of the government being directed to its growing importance, it was resolved to institute [378]a system of “Coleccion,” through the governor and a staff of collectors, similar to those “Collecciones” that are established at Cagayan, La Union, and Nueva Ecija. By this system, the purchase for, and export to, Manila by private traders, though not positively interdicted (as is the case in the provinces just named), was so much prejudiced and interfered with by the unequal competition with the government (to which the private buyers had ultimately to sell what they shipped), that the total export from Iloilo fell during the six years from 1848 to 1853 from 25,000 to 18,900 quintals. In this latter year the coleccion was withdrawn. In 1853 a company formed at Madrid was allowed the exclusive privilege of the manufacture and export of cigars and leaf tobacco to foreign markets. A large and expensive stone-built factory was erected near Iloilo, the manufacture of cigars organized, and purchases of the leaf effected, and, latterly, the company’s operations were extended to the cultivation of the plant in different parts of the province. A clause, however, in its charter rendered it incumbent on the company to furnish the factories at Manila, if required, with a considerable yearly amount both of leaf tobacco and cigars, equal, if necessary, to the amount annually derived in the province from other sources. As a consequence, the requirements made for the Manila factories (purposely augmented, it is said, by the hostility of the then Intendente de Hacienda to the company) were to such an extent as virtually to deprive it of all power to act on its own account; [379]and, after an existence of nearly three years, its embarrassments were such as to compel its extinction, with the loss of a considerable portion of the capital originally sunk. Had the authorities at Manila favoured its development, the result, though necessarily cramped by the defective principle inherent in all monopolies, might have been favourable, as, with the liberty to manufacture for, and ship to, foreign markets, it could have afforded to give good prices, and might have extended the culture of the tobacco plant. It is a suggestive fact in connection with this subject that one of the Europeans formerly in the employ of the company has since had cigars manufactured for local consumption, which he has sold at 8 dollars per thousand, nearly, if not quite, equal in quality to the “Imperiales” occasionally manufactured at the factory at Manila at 25 dollars per thousand.

The government recognized the growing importance of the situation, so it was decided to set up a system of “Coleccion” through the governor and a team of collectors, similar to the “Collecciones” established in Cagayan, La Union, and Nueva Ecija. This system meant that while private traders weren't outright banned from purchasing and exporting to Manila, their ability to do so was severely impacted by the unfair competition with the government (to which private buyers eventually had to sell their shipments), leading to a drop in total exports from Iloilo from 25,000 to 18,900 quintals between 1848 and 1853. The coleccion system was abolished in 1853. In that same year, a company formed in Madrid was granted exclusive rights to manufacture and export cigars and leaf tobacco to foreign markets. A large, costly stone factory was built near Iloilo, the cigar production was organized, and leaf purchases were made. Eventually, the company also started to cultivate tobacco in various parts of the province. However, a clause in its charter required the company to supply the Manila factories with a significant yearly amount of both leaf tobacco and cigars, matching the annual output from other sources in the province. As a result, the demands placed on the Manila factories (which were supposedly increased due to the then Intendente de Hacienda's hostility towards the company) were so overwhelming that they nearly stripped the company of its ability to operate independently. After nearly three years, its financial struggles forced it to shut down, resulting in a significant loss of the original capital invested. If the authorities in Manila had supported its growth, the outcome—even with the limitations of the monopolistic structure—might have been positive, as the freedom to manufacture for and export to foreign markets could have allowed it to offer good prices and expand tobacco cultivation. It's notable that one of the Europeans who previously worked for the company has since produced cigars for local use, selling them for 8 dollars per thousand, which are nearly equal in quality to the “Imperiales” occasionally made at the Manila factory for 25 dollars per thousand.

Since 1853, and coexistent with the company’s operations, the purchase and shipment of tobacco by private individuals have been resumed on their original footing; and, while the amount so shipped has steadily, though very gradually, increased, prices have maintained a slight upward tendency. The maximum rates, however, which the local traders can afford to pay the native growers are not high enough to bring about a rapid extension of planting, or induce these latter to give time and labour enough to improve the quality of a plant, the proper culture of which requires special attention, and the application of more capital and intelligence than they have it [380]in their power to bestow. The Iloilo shippers complain of the arbitrary manner in which the classification of qualities is made at Manila, and of the fact that, even after delivery of the tobacco at the government stores, it is held entirely at their risk until examined, repacked and ready for shipment to Spain. The qualities shipped at Iloilo are classed as 1st (of which a very small quantity is produced under the present system), 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th; and any rejected by the examiners at Manila as under the 5th quality is retained and burnt, though no allowance on such portion is made to the vendor. The rates given by the factory for the above qualities are 7·75, 6·75, 5·25, 4, and 3 dollars per quintal respectively. The seedlings are planted out in January, and the greater part of the crop comes forward in May and June. The soil of the greater part of the Bisayas is favourable to the growth of tobacco. The island of Negros formerly produced about 8,000 quintals, of very good quality, which the Iloilo traders, through their agents, were in the habit of purchasing from the independent tribes inhabiting the interior; but the measures taken by the present governor to bring the latter into subjection having resulted last year in the slaughter of several hundreds and the dispersion of the rest, supplies from this source are at present stopped. Cebú produces about 15,000 quintals, of rather inferior quality. At Leyte, particularly in the district of Moasin, tobacco of very excellent quality and colour is grown, but it does not pay to produce in large quantity for export to [381]Manila, and is consequently used almost exclusively in the Bisayas, where it is much appreciated. Samar also grows tobacco for local consumption. The manufacture of cigars is allowed throughout the Bisayas, but not for sale at Manila or elsewhere.

Since 1853, alongside the company’s activities, private individuals have resumed buying and shipping tobacco as they used to. The amount shipped has gradually increased, and prices have slightly gone up. However, the maximum prices local traders can pay native growers aren't high enough to encourage a rapid expansion in planting or motivate growers to invest the time and effort needed to improve the quality of a plant, which requires careful attention and more capital and knowledge than they can provide. The Iloilo shippers complain about the inconsistent way qualities are classified in Manila, and that once the tobacco is delivered to government stores, it's completely at their risk until it’s examined, repacked, and made ready for shipment to Spain. The qualities shipped from Iloilo are categorized as 1st (with very little produced under the current system), 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th; anything deemed lower than 5th quality by the Manila examiners is kept and burned, with no compensation given to the seller for that portion. The factory rates for these qualities are $7.75, $6.75, $5.25, $4, and $3 per quintal, respectively. Seedlings are planted in January, and most of the crop is harvested in May and June. The soil in most of the Bisayas is good for growing tobacco. The island of Negros used to produce about 8,000 quintals of high-quality tobacco, which Iloilo traders used to purchase from independent tribes in the interior; however, due to recent government actions that led to the killing of several hundreds and the scattering of the rest, supplies from that source have now stopped. Cebú produces about 15,000 quintals of lower quality tobacco. In Leyte, especially in the Moasin district, excellent quality tobacco is grown, but it's not profitable to produce in large quantities for export to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Manila, so it is mainly used locally in the Bisayas, where it is highly valued. Samar also grows tobacco for local use. Cigar manufacturing is permitted throughout the Bisayas, but sales in Manila or elsewhere are not allowed.

For the present the export of tobacco from Panay and the other islands possesses little direct interest for British or foreign merchants, the transactions with government, as at present conducted, not being of a satisfactory nature. It is, however, almost superfluous to say, that if the existing government monopoly of tobacco were abolished (substituted by a system of farming out lands, a direct territorial tax on the quantity under cultivation, or a duty on exports), and both the free manufacture for, and direct shipment to, a foreign market allowed, the export from Panay would immediately become of great importance to the foreign trade. The soil of a very great portion of the island being well adapted for the cultivation of the plant, the export, under the stimulus of much higher prices and the consequent employment of more and better-directed capital, would be capable of great expansion, particularly if, as would in all probability be the case, the culture were undertaken by Europeans, and the present system of small patches cultivated by natives gave place to estates on a large scale, as in Cuba. The benefits which would accrue to the native population by the opening up of larger sources of industry need not be pointed out. [382]

For now, the export of tobacco from Panay and the other islands doesn’t really interest British or foreign traders, as the current dealings with the government aren’t satisfactory. However, it’s worth mentioning that if the government’s tobacco monopoly were lifted (replaced by a system of leasing land, a direct tax based on how much is being grown, or an export duty), and if free manufacturing and direct shipping to foreign markets were allowed, then tobacco exports from Panay would quickly become significant for foreign trade. Much of the island's soil is well-suited for growing tobacco, and with the incentive of much higher prices and the use of more and better-directed investment, exports could really grow. This would likely happen if Europeans took over cultivation instead of the current small-scale farming by locals, transitioning to large estates like those in Cuba. The advantages for the local population from expanding industrial opportunities are clear. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The subject of the suppression of the existing monopoly is a most important one for the Philippines; and it is to be hoped that the government at Madrid, encouraged by the beneficial results of the abrogation, in 1819, of the monopoly in Cuba, will at no distant date resolve to overcome the difficulties which at present surround the question, particularly as its solution becomes yearly more urgent, and more called for on the part of both Europeans and natives.

The issue of breaking the current monopoly is really important for the Philippines. It is hoped that the government in Madrid, inspired by the positive outcomes of ending the monopoly in Cuba in 1819, will soon decide to tackle the challenges surrounding this issue. This is especially pressing as both Europeans and locals are increasingly demanding a solution.

Sugar, as an article of export, may be said to be as yet comparatively in the germ. By an abstract taken from notes of province cargoes given daily by the Boletin Oficial of Manila, it is seen that nearly 12,000 peculs went forward last year from this province to Manila, of which it may be estimated that about 3,000 were brought over from the Isla de Negros, and sent on to the capital as Iloilo sugar. So great has been the stimulus given by the high prices for this article which have lately ruled, that the quantity exported from Iloilo alone will not fall short of 20,000, or say, with contributions from Negros, about 25,000 peculs, or nearly 1,600 tons; and, were the present rapid extension of planting to continue in the same ratio for three years, the amount exportable would in that time, as there is no want of available land, reach about 80,000 peculs, or 5,000 tons, subject to further augmentation from other sources, should foreign vessels commence loading at this port.3 At the island of [383]Negros, from whence the voyage occupies from six to ten hours, the soil of which is eminently fertile, and which possesses immense tracts particularly adapted for the growth of sugar, a similar extension of culture is in progress, in spite of the great drawback of the comparative sparseness of its population, which alone prevents it from yielding sugar and hemp in larger proportion than any other province in the Philippines. At present Negros produces about 14,000 peculs, or nearly 900 tons, of sugar, of which more than two-thirds go to Manila direct, and the remainder by way of Iloilo. There is a further available source from whence sugar (in the event of foreign vessels loading at Iloilo) would be derivable at the contiguous island of Cebú, which produces upwards of 90,000 peculs, or 5,695 tons, for the Manila market, and is within easy distance of two to three days’ sail from Iloilo.

Sugar, as an export commodity, can be said to still be in its early stages. By looking at the daily cargo notes from the Boletin Oficial of Manila, we can see that nearly 12,000 peculs were shipped from this province to Manila last year. It's estimated that about 3,000 of these were brought over from the Isla de Negros and sent to the capital as Iloilo sugar. The high prices for this product recently have spurred a significant increase in exports, and the amount shipped from Iloilo alone is expected to reach at least 20,000 peculs, or with contributions from Negros, about 25,000 peculs, which is nearly 1,600 tons. If the current rapid growth of planting continues at the same rate for three more years, the exportable amount could reach about 80,000 peculs, or 5,000 tons, since there is plenty of land available, plus more could come from other sources if foreign ships start loading at this port.3 On the island of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Negros, which is a six to ten hour journey away, the soil is very fertile and has large areas well-suited for sugar cultivation. Despite having a sparse population, which limits its sugar and hemp production compared to other provinces in the Philippines, Negros currently produces about 14,000 peculs, or nearly 900 tons, of sugar, with more than two-thirds going directly to Manila and the rest via Iloilo. Additionally, there is another source of sugar available from the nearby island of Cebú, which produces over 90,000 peculs, or 5,695 tons, for the Manila market and is just two to three days’ sail from Iloilo.

The effective nature of the stimulus given by the present prices will be comprehended when it is considered that the value of Iloilo sugar, which in previous years up to 1855 had generally ranged from 2 to 2·10 dollars per pecul in the Manila market, is now 5·68¾ dollars per pecul at Manila, against 3·2 to 3·3 dollars, with 25 per cent. for prem. on silver, or equal to 4·06 dollars to 4·21½ dollars here, and as long as the rate obtainable at Manila does not recede below 3 dollars per pecul of 140 lbs., the extension of planting will be continued. Of late years, owing to the disproportionally low prices paid at Manila, sugar planting had in many districts been [384]abandoned as unremunerative, but during the past and present year it has rapidly increased, particularly since the introduction of a more economical kind of furnace, in which the refuse cane is used to some extent in place of the large amount of wood formerly consumed.

The impact of the current prices will be understood when you consider that the value of Iloilo sugar, which in previous years up to 1855 generally ranged from $2 to $2.10 per pecul in the Manila market, is now $5.68¾ per pecul in Manila, compared to $3.20 to $3.30, with a 25% premium on silver, which equals $4.06 to $4.21½ here. As long as the price in Manila doesn’t drop below $3 per pecul (140 lbs), the expansion of planting will continue. In recent years, due to the surprisingly low prices paid in Manila, sugar planting had been abandoned in many areas as it was seen as unprofitable. However, over the past year and this year, it has quickly increased, especially since the introduction of a more cost-effective furnace that uses some of the leftover cane instead of the large amount of wood that was previously required.

The very defective nature of the process employed by the native and mestizo planters does not allow of the production in Iloilo of a superior class of sugar, and all that leaves for Manila may be described as “ordinary unclayed;” but the grain is usually very good, and on undergoing the ulterior processes in England and Australia, it yields a fine strong sugar, and has been much approved of for boiling purposes at the Glasgow refineries. Were a better system of crushing and boiling introduced here, sugar of an excellent quality would be produced, and it is greatly to be desired that a few Europeans with sufficient capital and experience would form estates in this neighbourhood. At present there is not a single iron-mill in the island. The unclayed sugars of the Philippines in ordinary times, even under the present defective and consequently expensive mode of production are held to be the cheapest in the world. The only Europeans now engaged in the cultivation of sugar in this quarter are a French planter, at Negros, who produces an excellent sugar (which always commands upwards of 1 dollar a pecul more than ordinary Iloilo), and a planter of the same nation, in this province, who has lately commenced on a limited scale. [385]

The flawed methods used by local and mestizo planters make it impossible to produce high-quality sugar in Iloilo. The sugar that’s shipped to Manila can only be called “ordinary unclayed,” but the grain is generally very good. When it goes through further processing in England and Australia, it produces a strong, high-quality sugar that is highly regarded for boiling at the Glasgow refineries. If a more effective crushing and boiling system were introduced here, we could produce excellent quality sugar, and it would be great if a few Europeans with enough capital and experience would start estates in this area. Currently, there isn’t a single iron mill on the island. Even with the current inefficient and costly production methods, the unclayed sugars from the Philippines are considered the cheapest in the world during normal times. The only Europeans involved in sugar cultivation in this region are a French planter in Negros who produces an excellent sugar that typically sells for over 1 dollar a pecul more than the usual Iloilo sugar, and another French planter in this province who has recently started on a small scale. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Taking the prices quoted above as a basis (4·21½ dollars here against 5·68¾ dollars at Manila), the difference in favour of this, the place of production, is now 1·47¼ dollar per pecul; but supposing the additional 47¼ cents to be given here by the foreign exporter in order to secure such share of the crop as would be required to load a direct vessel, there would still remain an important saving of 1 dollar per pecul, or say 17½ per cent. less than the prime cost at Manila. The freight to Manila at present charged by the coasting vessels is 50 cents per pecul. The bulk of the sugar crop is delivered from February to March.

Taking the prices quoted above as a basis (4.21½ dollars here against 5.68¾ dollars in Manila), the difference in favor of this production site is now 1.47¼ dollars per pecul. However, if we assume the foreign exporter pays an additional 47¼ cents here to secure a portion of the crop needed to load a direct vessel, there would still be a significant saving of 1 dollar per pecul, which is about 17½ percent less than the prime cost in Manila. The freight to Manila currently charged by the coasting vessels is 50 cents per pecul. Most of the sugar crop is delivered from February to March.

Sapan-wood is exported in considerable quantity from the province of Iloilo. It is chiefly produced in the vicinity of the southern coasting towns, Guimbal, Miagao, and San Joaquin (the farthest within twenty miles of Iloilo), from whence the greater part is brought round by sea to Iloilo for exportation to Manila, and the rest shipped direct from Guimbal. Last year, as reported in the imperfect notes of the Boletin Oficial, 32,723 peculs, or 2,045 tons, were shipped to Manila, and 789 peculs from Antique.

Sapan wood is exported in large quantities from the province of Iloilo. It is mainly produced near the southern coastal towns of Guimbal, Miagao, and San Joaquin (which is the farthest at twenty miles from Iloilo). Most of it is transported by sea to Iloilo for export to Manila, while the remainder is shipped directly from Guimbal. Last year, according to the incomplete notes of the Boletin Oficial, 32,723 peculs, or 2,045 tons, were sent to Manila, and 789 peculs came from Antique.

The high prices lately obtained at Manila have led to the formation of new plantations, which will still further increase the exportable amount. A large quantity is sent on yearly to Singapore and Amoy, and forms the bulk of the cargoes of such vessels as load at Manila for the former port.

The high prices recently seen in Manila have spurred the creation of new plantations, which will further boost the amount available for export. A significant quantity is shipped annually to Singapore and Amoy, making up the majority of the cargo for ships that load at Manila for the former port.

The quality of the Iloilo sapan-wood would be much better were the natives to abstain from the [386]practice of cutting down a large portion before the trees are sufficiently grown. When allowed to obtain its proper development, it is said to be quite equal or superior to that of Misamis or Bolinao, at present the best qualities brought to the Manila market. As both sellers and brokers endeavour to deliver the wood as soon as possible after it is cut, the loss in weight on the voyage to Manila is said to be sometimes as much as 12 to 14 per cent. The present price of sapan-wood delivered at Iloilo is, with the addition of 25 per cent. for cost of silver, 1·08 dollar per pecul against the Manila rate of 1·75 to 1·875 dollar, leaving a considerable margin in favour of vessels loading here for a foreign market. The freight to Manila is 31·25 cents per pecul.

The quality of Iloilo sapan wood would be much better if the locals stopped the practice of cutting down a large portion before the trees are fully grown. When allowed to develop properly, it’s said to be equal to or even better than the Misamis or Bolinao varieties, which are currently the best available in the Manila market. Since both sellers and brokers try to deliver the wood as quickly as possible after it’s cut, the weight loss during the trip to Manila can sometimes reach 12 to 14 percent. The current price of sapan wood delivered in Iloilo, including a 25 percent markup for silver costs, is $1.08 per pecul, compared to the Manila rate of $1.75 to $1.875, leaving a significant margin for ships loading here for foreign markets. The freight to Manila is 31.25 cents per pecul.

Hemp (so called, though in reality the product of a variety of the plantain) produced in Iloilo is chiefly of a long, white fibre, equal to what is known in the London market as “Lupiz,” used in the manufacture of the native fabrics, and at present little attention is paid to it as an article of export. But though Iloilo produces little or no surplus hemp, the small coasting craft annually bring here some 350 tons from the neighbouring islands and provinces of Leyte, Samar, Negros, Camarines, and Albay, received at those places in exchange for the paddy and native goods of this province.

Hemp (as it's called, although it's actually a type of plantain) produced in Iloilo mainly consists of long, white fibers that are comparable to what is referred to as “Lupiz” in the London market. This hemp is used in making local fabrics, but right now, it doesn't get much attention as an export product. Even though Iloilo has little to no surplus hemp, small coastal boats bring around 350 tons from nearby islands and provinces like Leyte, Samar, Negros, Camarines, and Albay each year, trading it there for rice and local goods from this province.

Both Leyte and Samar now produce large quantities of excellent hemp for the Manila market, particularly the former island; and the voyage hither throughout the greater part of the year is so short [387](at present vessels take five to six days in going and two to return) that were the native traders to find a ready market at Iloilo, at prices relatively equivalent to those of Manila, it is more than probable that a considerable additional quantity would be directed to Iloilo instead of to the capital.

Both Leyte and Samar now produce large amounts of high-quality hemp for the Manila market, especially Leyte; and the journey here for most of the year is so quick [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] (currently, ships take five to six days to arrive and two days to return) that if local traders were to find a good market in Iloilo, with prices fairly similar to those in Manila, it’s very likely that a significant amount would be sent to Iloilo instead of the capital.

At the island of Negros the production is increasing very rapidly, a large quantity having been planted during the past year, several pueblos and districts possessing tracts of upwards of 100,000 and 200,000 plants, which will come into use during the next two years, and as the plant is remarkable for its great propagative power, the obtainable quantity should increase in duplicative ratio every year. The export of hemp from the Isla de Negros amounts at present to 13,000 to 14,000 peculs, or about 850 tons, per annum, chiefly from the port of Dumaguele, on the eastern side of the island.

At the island of Negros, production is rapidly increasing, with a large quantity planted over the past year. Several towns and districts have areas with more than 100,000 and 200,000 plants, which will start being used in the next two years. Since the plant has an incredible ability to multiply, the amount available should double every year. Currently, the export of hemp from Isla de Negros is around 13,000 to 14,000 peculs, or about 850 tons, annually, mainly from the port of Dumaguete on the eastern side of the island.

When it is recollected that in 1831 the whole export of hemp from the Philippines did not amount to more than 346 tons, and that in 1837 it had already reached 3,585 tons, and that during 1856 no less than 22,000 tons left Manila for the United States and Europe, some idea may be formed of the future of this valuable article at the fertile island of Negros, even with the drawback already alluded to of a scanty population.

When you consider that in 1831 the total export of hemp from the Philippines was just 346 tons, and by 1837 it had skyrocketed to 3,585 tons, and during 1856, an impressive 22,000 tons were shipped from Manila to the United States and Europe, you can get a sense of the potential of this valuable resource on the fertile island of Negros, despite the mentioned challenge of a limited population.

I am the more inclined to dwell on the facts regarding Negros, as from its close proximity it may almost be considered, in the event of direct exports from Iloilo, as an integral part of the island of [388]Panay. The amount of hemp shipped from Capiz last year was 6,458 peculs, or 400 tons, chiefly, however, of an inferior description made from the fibres of the pácul, a wild variety of the plantain. As this inferior hemp, however, commands a remunerative price, I believe the plant producing the genuine article is now being more generally cultivated at Capiz. The rate for hemp here may be quoted at 5·375 dollars, or, with 25 per cent. for cost of silver, 6·715 dollars per pecul, against the Manila rate of 7·75 to 8 dollars. Freight to Manila, 50 cents per pecul.

I am more inclined to focus on the facts about Negros, since its close proximity means it can almost be considered part of the island of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Panay, especially if we think about direct exports from Iloilo. Last year, the amount of hemp shipped from Capiz was 6,458 peculs, or 400 tons, mostly of a lower quality made from the fibers of the pácul, a wild variety of plantain. However, since this lower quality hemp sells for a good price, I believe the plant that produces the genuine quality is now being more widely cultivated in Capiz. The price for hemp here is around 5.375 dollars, or 6.715 dollars per pecul when you add 25% for the cost of silver, compared to the Manila price of 7.75 to 8 dollars. Freight to Manila is 50 cents per pecul.

Rice in the husk, or Paddy, is an important item in the agriculture of Panay, though at present of little actual interest in relation to the foreign trade. The yearly production of the province of Iloilo, though nothing definite is ascertained regarding it, may be supposed to be 850,000 cavans, of which probably 40,000 are exported to the neighbouring islands and Manila. Capiz may produce about 900,000 cavans, and export about 100,000 in the same way. Antique also contributes a considerable quantity for the consumption of the island, and exports upwards of 15,000 cavans. These amounts, however, must be looked upon as guesses at the actual quantities consumed and shipped.

Rice in the husk, or Paddy, is a key agricultural product in Panay, though currently it holds little real interest for foreign trade. The annual production of Iloilo province, while not definitively known, is estimated to be around 850,000 cavans, with about 40,000 likely exported to nearby islands and Manila. Capiz may produce about 900,000 cavans and export around 100,000 similarly. Antique also provides a significant amount for the island's consumption and exports over 15,000 cavans. However, these figures should be considered rough estimates of the actual amounts consumed and shipped.

The paddy exported is chiefly conveyed in small schooners (pancos and barotos) to the neighbouring islands of Leyte and Samar, and also to Camarines and Albay, in exchange for hemp and cocoa-nut oil (the latter obtained at Leyte), which are either [389]brought to Iloilo for sale or taken on to Manila. When prices at Manila leave a sufficient margin (which they generally do throughout the year), some amount of paddy goes in that direction, forming a portion of the cargo of the vessels leaving for the capital.

The paddy that's exported is mainly transported in small schooners (pancos and barotos) to the nearby islands of Leyte and Samar, as well as to Camarines and Albay, in exchange for hemp and coconut oil (the latter sourced from Leyte). These products are either [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] sold in Iloilo or taken on to Manila. When the prices in Manila allow for a decent profit margin (which they usually do throughout the year), some paddy heads in that direction, making up part of the cargo of the ships leaving for the capital.

The paddy shipped from Iloilo is chiefly drawn from the vast plains of Dumangas, Zarraga, Pototan, Santa Barbara and Barotac-viejo. Were a large portion of land brought under cultivation, the increased surplus of this grain would be available for an export to China, in which foreign vessels might be employed, as they frequently are at Sual, in Pangasinan; and it may not unreasonably be surmised that, in the course of time, ships frequenting the port of Iloilo, and proceeding to China, will naturally take part of their cargoes in rice, and thus give a further impetus to its cultivation. At present, owing to the late scarcity of rice in Camarines and Leyte, the price of paddy at Iloilo has risen to 10 rials per province cavan, which is equal to one and a half of the measure (cavan del rey) used at Manila. The other articles shipped from Panay likely to be of importance to the direct export trade are:—

The rice shipped from Iloilo mainly comes from the large plains of Dumangas, Zarraga, Pototan, Santa Barbara, and Barotac Viejo. If a significant amount of land were cultivated, there would be a larger surplus of this grain available for export to China, utilizing foreign vessels, as is commonly done at Sual in Pangasinan. It’s reasonable to think that, over time, ships visiting the port of Iloilo on their way to China will naturally carry rice as part of their cargo, further boosting its cultivation. Currently, due to the recent rice shortage in Camarines and Leyte, the price of rice at Iloilo has risen to 10 rials per provincial cavan, which is one and a half times the measure (cavan del rey) used in Manila. Other goods shipped from Panay that could be significant for direct export trade include:—

Hides—Buffalo and cow, of which the last year’s exports to Manila were 128 tons from Iloilo, 60 tons from Capiz, and 24 tons from Antique. Prices here (very high at present) may be quoted at 5 dollars to 8 dollars for buffalo, and 10 dollars to 14 dollars for cow hides, per pecul. [390]

Hides—Buffalo and cow, with last year’s exports to Manila totaling 128 tons from Iloilo, 60 tons from Capiz, and 24 tons from Antique. Prices here (currently very high) are around 5 to 8 dollars for buffalo hides, and 10 to 14 dollars for cow hides, per pecul. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Horns—A limited quantity from the three provinces. Price, from 2 dollars to 3 dollars per pecul.

Horns—A small amount available from the three provinces. Price ranges from 2 dollars to 3 dollars per pecul.

Cowries—430 cavans were shipped last year from Capiz, 42 from Antique, 33 from Iloilo. This article, formerly worth at Manila 2·50 dollars to 3 dollars per cavan, has lately risen to 15 dollars.

Cowries—430 cavans were shipped last year from Capiz, 42 from Antique, 33 from Iloilo. This item, which used to be worth 2.50 to 3 dollars per cavan in Manila, has recently skyrocketed to 15 dollars.

Gum Mastick—2,359 peculs, or 147 tons, were sent last year from Capiz to Manila, where its value is usually from 1·50 dollar to 3 dollars per pecul.

Gum Mastick—2,359 peculs, or 147 tons, were sent last year from Capiz to Manila, where its value usually ranges from $1.50 to $3 per pecul.

Mother-of-Pearl Shell—A small quantity is obtainable at this port, and at Capiz, chiefly brought from Sooloo, viâ Zamboanga, and from the adjacent islands of the Silanga. Quotation here usually about 18 dollars to 22 dollars per pecul.

Mother-of-Pearl Shell—A small amount can be found at this port and in Capiz, mainly sourced from Sooloo, via Zamboanga, and from nearby islands of the Silanga. Prices here typically range from 18 dollars to 22 dollars per pecul.

Rattans or Canes—Used in packing produce at Manila; 401,000 went forward from Capiz in 1856, 104,000 from Iloilo, and 97,000 from Antique.

Rattans or Canes—Used for packing produce in Manila; 401,000 were shipped from Capiz in 1856, 104,000 from Iloilo, and 97,000 from Antique.

Mat Bags—Made from the leaf of the sago palm, used also for packing; 155,850 were shipped to Manila, from Capiz, in 1856.

Mat Bags—Made from the leaf of the sago palm, also used for packing; 155,850 were shipped to Manila from Capiz in 1856.

Beeswax—A few peculs are annually shipped from the three provinces to Manila.

Beeswax—Every year, a few peculs are shipped from the three provinces to Manila.

Gutta-Percha—Some quantity of this valuable substance has been sent from hence to Manila, but, either owing to adulteration, or ignorance of the proper mode of preparation, it has not obtained an encouraging price. The tree yielding it, called by the Bisayans nato, abounds in this province, and in Guimarás, and if it prove to be the real Isonandra gutta of the Straits and Borneo, should hereafter become of considerable importance. The monopoly [391]of shipment from Manila, granted to Señor Elio, has an injurious effect on the production of this article.

Gutta-Percha—Some of this valuable material has been sent from here to Manila, but either due to contamination or a lack of knowledge about the correct preparation methods, it hasn't fetched a good price. The tree that produces it, known by the Bisayans as nato, is plentiful in this province and in Guimarás, and if it turns out to be the genuine Isonandra gutta found in the Straits and Borneo, it could become quite significant in the future. The monopoly [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] on shipments from Manila, given to Señor Elio, is negatively impacting the production of this product.

Timber—for building, and woods, of various descriptions, for furniture, abound in Panay, and the islands of the Silanga and Guimarás are peculiarly rich in valuable trees. From thence are obtained the supplies for Iloilo and the neighbouring towns, and for the construction of vessels, occasionally built at Guimarás, where one of 350 tons is now (1857) on the stocks; but as yet little impression has been made on the immense quantity to be obtained.

Timber for construction and various types of wood for furniture are plentiful in Panay, and the islands of Silanga and Guimarás are especially rich in valuable trees. Supplies for Iloilo and nearby towns come from there, as well as for ships that are occasionally built at Guimarás, where a 350-ton vessel is currently in progress (1857); however, not much impact has been made on the vast supply available.

Of other articles, which are either not adapted for European markets, or as yet produced in insignificant quantities, I will merely enumerate—cocoa, of excellent quality; arrowroot; vegetable pitch, of which a considerable quantity is sent to Manila; wheat, which grows freely in the elevated districts of the island, and of which 1,125 bags were sent from Iloilo and Antique in 1856; maize, beche-de-mer, dried vegetables (beans, &c., a large amount), sago, cotton, tortoise-shell, deer-skins, ginger and gold-dust.

Of other items that either aren’t suitable for European markets or are still produced in very small amounts, I will just list—high-quality cocoa; arrowroot; vegetable pitch, with a significant quantity shipped to Manila; wheat, which grows easily in the island's highlands, and from which 1,125 bags were sent from Iloilo and Antique in 1856; corn, beche-de-mer, dried vegetables (like beans, a large amount), sago, cotton, tortoise shell, deer hides, ginger, and gold dust.

Gums, dyes and drugs, of various descriptions, abound in Panay, and a scientific examination of the many products of this nature, of which little or no use is made, is a great desideratum. It should be borne in mind that most of the minor articles above-mentioned are also produced by the neighbouring islands, and may be therefore obtainable in increased quantities, should the anticipation of Iloilo becoming in a great measure the emporium of the trade of the Bisayas be realized in future. [392]

Gums, dyes, and various drugs are abundant in Panay, and there’s a real need for a scientific study of these many products, most of which go unused. It's important to remember that many of the smaller items mentioned are also produced by the nearby islands, so they could be available in greater quantities if Iloilo does become a major center for trade in the Visayas in the future. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Of the mineral wealth of the island little or nothing definite is known. Gold is found in the bed of a river near Abacá, in this province, and near Dumárao, in Capiz. Iron and quicksilver are said to have been discovered, the former at various places in the island; and coal is reported to exist in Antique; but these are points which have hitherto received little attention. In a journey to the interior, made with the governor of Iloilo, through the Silanga, along the whole north-eastern portion of the province, and as for as the Capiz boundary, near Dumárao, Mr. Loney was shown several specimens of ore, apparently containing a large percentage of iron. With reference to this expedition, Mr. Loney adds from personal experience, his testimony in confirmation of the accounts of the fertility of the island, and the prosperous commercial future which seems to await it. The roads in general are tolerably good until the setting in of the heavy rains from August to October; but there is at present in many cases a want of efficient bridges, which impedes the free transit of produce towards the coast. The island does not afford a superficies large enough for the formation of any considerable streams, and the principal and only important river in this province, the Jalaur, which meets the sea near Dumángas, and by which a large quantity of paddy is conveyed to the coast, and forwarded to Iloilo, is only capable in the dry season of bearing craft of very small burden.

Of the mineral resources on the island, very little is known for sure. Gold is found in a river near Abacá in this province and near Dumárao in Capiz. Iron and mercury are said to have been discovered in various places on the island, and coal is reported to exist in Antique; however, these areas have not received much attention so far. During a trip to the interior with the governor of Iloilo through Silanga, covering the entire northeastern part of the province, and reaching the Capiz boundary near Dumárao, Mr. Loney was shown several ore samples that seemed to contain a significant amount of iron. Regarding this expedition, Mr. Loney shares from his personal experience that it confirms the reports of the island's fertility and the promising commercial future ahead. Generally, the roads are fairly good until the heavy rains arrive from August to October; however, there are currently many areas lacking proper bridges, which hampers the smooth transport of goods to the coast. The island does not have enough surface area for large rivers to form, and the main and only significant river in this province, the Jalaur, which flows into the sea near Dumángas and carries a large quantity of paddy to the coast for shipment to Iloilo, can only support very small boats during the dry season.

The system of purchases of produce at Iloilo is, as usual in nearly all the provinces, to employ brokers, [393]or personeros, who buy the produce from the native and mestizo growers and dealers at the different pueblos in the interior and along the coast, and receive a commission of five per cent. on the amount delivered. It is generally necessary to make advances through these brokers against the incoming crop, in order to secure any quantity, and such payments in advance are always attended with a certain amount of risk. The price of the article to be received is commonly fixed at the time of paying over the advance, and for any overplus of produce received from the grower the current rate at the time of delivery is generally accepted. In the event of a permanent direct trade being established, it is likely that the practice will in time become more assimilated to that which obtains at Manila, i. e., shippers may be able to purchase or contract on the spot from mestizo, Chinese or Spanish holders of produce, either directly or at the expense of a trifling brokerage.

The system for buying produce in Iloilo is like it is in most provinces, where brokers, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]or personeros, are hired to purchase items from local and mestizo growers and sellers in various towns inland and along the coast. They earn a five percent commission on the total delivered. To ensure they can secure any quantity, it’s usually necessary to make advance payments through these brokers against the upcoming harvest, which always carries some level of risk. The price for the produce is typically set when the advance is paid, and for any excess produce from the grower, the current rate at the time of delivery is usually accepted. If a permanent direct trade is established, it’s likely that this practice will eventually align more with what happens in Manila, i. e., shippers may be able to buy or contract directly from mestizo, Chinese, or Spanish producers, either directly or with minimal brokerage fees.

Nearly all payments being made to the natives in silver—as they will seldom agree to receive gold—it is necessary to place funds here in the former coin.

Nearly all payments made to the locals are in silver, since they rarely agree to accept gold. Therefore, it's important to have funds available in silver here.

Besides the natural products above mentioned, Panay produces a large quantity of manufactured goods, both for export and home consumption. Of these the greater and more valuable portions, included under the native term sinamay, are made of the delicate fibres of the leaf of the pine-apple (piña), either pure or mixed with silk imported from China, and a proportion of the finer sorts of British manufactured cotton thread. The process [394]of separating the piña fibres and sorting them in hanks previous to manufacture, and the manufacture itself, requiring a great deal of time and care, the pure piña textures are proportionally dear. Some of the finest sorts are of exquisitely delicate texture. Those mixed with silk, though not so durable, are cheaper, and have of late years been gradually superseding the pure piña fabrics, although these latter are still much worn by the more wealthy natives and mestizos. To such an extent, indeed, is silk from China now imported into this province, that, according to the statement of the principal Chinese trader in this article at Manila, fully 400,000 dollars worth is annually sent to Iloilo from the capital. Latterly the price of silk has risen from 40 to 45 dollars per chinanta of ten catties to 80 and 90 dollars, or say from 450 to 900 dollars per pecul.

Besides the natural products mentioned earlier, Panay also produces a large quantity of manufactured goods for both export and local consumption. The larger and more valuable items, referred to by the native term sinamay, are made from the delicate fibers of pineapple leaves (piña), either on their own or blended with silk imported from China, as well as some of the finer types of British cotton thread. The process of separating the piña fibers and sorting them into hanks before manufacturing, along with the actual production, takes a lot of time and care, making the pure piña fabrics relatively expensive. Some of the finest types have an exquisitely delicate texture. Those mixed with silk, while not as durable, are cheaper and have gradually been replacing the pure piña fabrics in recent years, although the wealthier natives and mestizos still wear the latter quite often. In fact, the amount of silk imported from China into this province has reached such a level that, according to the main Chinese trader in this product in Manila, about $400,000 worth is sent to Iloilo from the capital each year. Recently, the price of silk has increased from $40 to $45 per chinanta of ten catties to between $80 and $90, which translates to about $450 to $900 per pecul.

The greater part of the piña and mixed piña, silk and cotton fabrics is used for shirts for the men, and short jackets or shirts for the women. The price varies considerably, according to the fineness or coarseness of the texture, and the greater or less amount of mixture, some pieces for the men’s shirts costing as much as 7 dollars (the value of which, elaborately embroidered at Manila, is sometimes enhanced to 50 or 100 dollars), and the inferior sorts 50 cents to 2 dollars per piece of 4½ varas. The figured work of these fabrics is generally of European cotton sewing thread or coloured German and British yarn, and the stripes of thread, yarn or coloured and [395]white silk. Textures of a cheaper character are also extensively made of hemp and other fibres, costing two to four rials each. There is also an extensive manufacture of coloured silk and cotton goods for “sarongs” (similar to those, principally of Bugis manufacture, used throughout the Malayan Archipelago), cambayas, and silk and cotton kerchiefs for the head. The better class of silk fabrics are excellent both for solidity of texture and finish. Those of cotton are principally made of German and British dyed twist, and of native yarn manufactured from cotton grown in several districts in this province, and also imported from Luzon. The finer sorts are well and closely woven, and the ordinary kinds of a cheap description adapted for more common use. Trouserings, of cotton and mixed silk and cotton, are manufactured to some extent, but the Manchester and Glasgow printed drills and plain grandrills are fast displacing them as articles of general consumption. Among the other manufactures may be enumerated table-cloths, napkins, towels, coverlets, cotton rugs, &c. Of embroidery work, which enters so largely into the industry of the provinces of Bulacan and Manila, there is little done in Iloilo, with the exception of the working of sprigs of flowers on the lace and network mantillas, which are much used by the female population in attendance at church.

Most of the piña and mixed piña, silk, and cotton fabrics are used for men's shirts and women's short jackets or shirts. Prices vary a lot based on the quality of the texture and how much of each material is mixed. Some men's shirts can cost as much as $7 (which, when elaborately embroidered in Manila, can sometimes be valued at $50 or $100), while the lower-quality ones go for 50 cents to $2 for a piece of 4½ varas. The decorative work in these fabrics usually uses European cotton sewing thread or colored German and British yarn, with stripes of thread, yarn, or colored and white silk. Cheaper fabrics are also widely made from hemp and other fibers, costing between two and four rials each. There’s also a large production of colored silk and cotton goods for “sarongs” (similar to those, mainly made in Bugis, used throughout the Malayan Archipelago), cambayas, and silk and cotton head scarves. Higher-quality silk fabrics are great for their durability and finish. The cotton ones are mainly made from German and British dyed twist, as well as local yarn made from cotton grown in various districts in this province and imported from Luzon. The finer ones are well and tightly woven, while the ordinary types are more affordable and suited for everyday use. Cotton and mixed silk and cotton trouserings are produced to some extent, but Manchester and Glasgow printed drills and plain grandrills are quickly replacing them in common consumption. Other products include tablecloths, napkins, towels, coverlets, cotton rugs, etc. In terms of embroidery work, which is a significant part of the industries in the provinces of Bulacan and Manila, there's not much done in Iloilo, except for stitching floral designs on lace and network mantillas, which are popular among women attending church.

In addition to the goods above mentioned, a considerable amount of coarse fabrics is made of the leaf of the sago palm, of hemp, and of other fibres. [396]These are known in the Manila market as Saguran, Guináras and Medrinaque, and are shipped to the United States and Spain, and in lesser quantity to England. Saguran and guináras are largely used at the government factories in packing the leaf tobacco forwarded to Spain. Price, from 25 to 37½ dollars per pecul of 7½ to 8 varas. Medrinaque has for some years past been exported in increasing quantity to the United States and Europe, where it is chiefly used for stiffening dresses, linings, &c. This article is principally made at Samar, Leyte and Cebú, from whence, in case of direct export, it will be obtainable for shipment. Present prices in the Manila market for Cebú 20 dollars, Samar 18 dollars, per fifty pieces.

In addition to the goods mentioned above, a significant amount of rough fabrics is made from the leaves of the sago palm, hemp, and other fibers. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]These are referred to in the Manila market as Saguran, Guináras, and Medrinaque, and are shipped to the United States and Spain, with smaller quantities going to England. Saguran and guináras are mainly used at government factories for packing the leaf tobacco sent to Spain. Prices range from 25 to 37½ dollars per pecul of 7½ to 8 varas. Medrinaque has been increasingly exported to the United States and Europe in recent years, where it is primarily used for stiffening dresses, linings, etc. This product is mainly produced in Samar, Leyte, and Cebú, from where it can be obtained for direct export. Current prices in the Manila market are 20 dollars for Cebú and 18 dollars for Samar, per fifty pieces.

Considering that the Philippines are essentially an agricultural rather than a manufacturing region, the textile productions of Iloilo may be said to have reached a remarkable degree of development. Nothing strikes the attention at the weekly fairs held at the different towns more than the abundance of native goods offered for sale; and the number of looms at work in most of the towns and villages also affords matter for surprise. Almost every family possesses one of these primitive-looking machines, with a single apparatus formed of pieces of bamboo, and, in the majority of the houses of the mestizos and the well-to-do Indians, from six to a dozen looms are kept at work. The total number in this province has been computed at 60,000; and though these figures may rather over-represent the [397]actual quantity, they cannot be much beyond it. All the weaving is done by women, whose wages usually amount to from 1 to 1·50 dollar per month. In general—a practice unfortunately too prevalent among the natives in every branch of labour—these wages are received for many months in advance, and the operatives frequently spend years (become, in fact, virtually slaves for a long period) before paying off an originally trifling debt. There are other workwomen employed at intervals to “set up” the pattern in the loom, who are able to earn from 1 to 1·50 dollar per day in this manner. It should be added that Capiz and Antique also produce, in a lesser degree than Iloilo, a proportion of manufactured goods.

Considering that the Philippines is primarily an agricultural region rather than a manufacturing one, the textile production in Iloilo has developed remarkably. Nothing catches the eye at the weekly fairs held in various towns more than the wide array of local goods for sale; and the number of looms operating in most towns and villages is also impressive. Almost every family has one of these primitive-looking machines, crafted from bamboo, and in many mestizo and well-off Indian households, there are anywhere from six to a dozen looms in action. The total number in this province is estimated to be around 60,000; while this figure may slightly overstate the actual count, it’s likely close. All the weaving is done by women, who typically earn between $1 and $1.50 per month. Generally—unfortunately a common issue among the locals across all types of labor—these wages are often paid months in advance, and workers can end up spending years (essentially becoming trapped in a system) to pay off what started as a minor debt. There are other women who are occasionally hired to “set up” the patterns in the loom, earning between $1 and $1.50 a day doing so. It’s also worth noting that Capiz and Antique produce a smaller amount of manufactured goods compared to Iloilo.

Notwithstanding the increasing introduction of European piece goods into Panay, it is gratifying to observe that the quantity of mixed piña stuffs exported rather augments than otherwise with the gradual addition to the general population and the increased means derived by it from the rapidly progressive development of the resources of the islands. Judging from the values of the quantities taken on in almost every vessel leaving for the port of Manila, the annual export in that direction would not seem to be at all over-estimated if put down at 400,000 dollars. The goods represented by this amount are not, it should be remarked, used in the city and province of Manila alone, but enter also into the consumption of Pampanga, La Laguna, Camarines and other provinces [398]of Luzon. In addition to the export of piña to the capital, about 30,000 dollars worth of cotton and silk sarongs and handkerchiefs are sent yearly to Camarines. Some quantity is also exported to Leyte and Samar, but anything like an approximate value of the goods so shipped cannot be given. In fact the subject of statistics here has received so little attention, either from the authorities or from the local traders themselves, that on terminating his notice of the principal articles exported from Panay, Mr. Loney regrets to find himself unable to supply a reliable account of their united value. The Estadistica de Filipinas, issued in 1855, and compiled at Manila by the Comision Central, nominated for that purpose, gives, from data probably obtained from the very imperfect custom-house entries, the following as the value of the imports into Manila from Panay in 1854:—

Despite the growing influx of European textiles into Panay, it's encouraging to see that the amount of mixed piña fabrics exported is actually increasing, thanks to the gradual rise in the general population and the improved economic opportunities created by the fast development of the islands' resources. Based on the values of goods loaded on almost every ship heading to Manila, the annual export in that direction seems quite reasonable if estimated at around 400,000 dollars. It’s worth noting that the goods represented by this amount aren't just used in Manila, but also consumed in Pampanga, La Laguna, Camarines, and other provinces of Luzon. Besides the exports of piña to the capital, around 30,000 dollars worth of cotton and silk sarongs and handkerchiefs are sent to Camarines each year. Some quantities are also exported to Leyte and Samar, but it's hard to provide an approximate value for those shipments. In fact, the topic of statistics in this area has been so overlooked, both by the authorities and local traders, that when finishing his report on the main goods exported from Panay, Mr. Loney regrets his inability to provide a reliable account of their total value. The Estadistica de Filipinas, published in 1855 and compiled in Manila by the Comision Central, which was appointed for that purpose, provides the following value for imports into Manila from Panay in 1854 based on data likely gathered from the very incomplete custom-house records:—

Iloilo Dollars. Dollars.
Iloilo 264,416
Guimbal 39,850
——— 304,266
Capiz Province
Capiz 181,681
Calwo 114,124
Jbajay 7,095
Batan 15,147
——— 318,047
Vintage
Antique 18,866
San José 2,925
Cagayancillo 3,061
Culasi 1,199
——— 26,051
648,364

[399]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

But the most cursory examination of what must be the probable value of the more important articles exported, even adopting the probably understated quantities given in the preceding remarks, leads to the conclusion that the export to Manila from the province of Iloilo alone must equal or exceed the amount given by the Estadistica as the total sum for the provinces.

But even a brief look at the likely value of the more significant items exported, using the probably underestimated figures mentioned earlier, leads to the conclusion that the exports to Manila from the province of Iloilo alone must match or surpass the total amount reported by the Estadistica for all the provinces.

Presuming the quantities and values to be as undernoted, there will result of

Presuming the amounts and values are as listed below, there will be a result of

Dollars.
Piña, silk, hempen and other manufactures 400,000
Tobacco, 30,000 quintals, average 3½ dolls. 105,000
Paddy, 30,000 cavans,
average
,,
1
dolls.
,,
30,000
Sugar, 20,000 peculs,
average
,,
3
dolls.
,,
60,000
Sapanwood, 33,000
peculs,
,,
average
,,
1
dolls.
,,
33,000
Hemp, 5,000
peculs,
,,
average
,,
dolls.
,,
27,500
Hides, 2,050
peculs,
,,
total value 19,800
All other articles roughly valued at 45,000
720,300

To which sum if the exports to other islands and provinces be added, it may be fairly inferred that the total value of exports from Iloilo cannot fall short of 800,000 dollars; an amount which does not seem at all out of proportion to the number of its inhabitants. These figures, if Capiz be put down at 700,000 dollars, and the Antique exports be taken at 70,000 dollars, will give to the yearly exports from Panay an aggregate value of upwards of 1,500,000 dollars.

To this total, if we add the exports to other islands and provinces, we can reasonably conclude that the overall value of exports from Iloilo must be at least 800,000 dollars; a figure that seems quite fitting given its population. These numbers, assuming Capiz is valued at 700,000 dollars and Antique exports are estimated at 70,000 dollars, will bring the total yearly exports from Panay to over 1,500,000 dollars.

But even the imperfect data of the Estadistica would afford some indication of the rapid rate of [400]increase in the exports from the three provinces. For example—

But even the flawed data from the Estadistica would provide some insight into the fast rate of [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]increase in exports from the three provinces. For example—

Dollars.
1852—value of products from Iloilo, Capiz, and Antique 271,335
1853
—value
,,
of
,,
products
,,
from
,,
Iloilo,
,,
Capiz,
,,
and
,,
Antique
,,
302,605
1864
—value
,,
of
,,
products
,,
from
,,
Iloilo,
,,
Capiz,
,,
and
,,
Antique
,,
648,369

Or an augmentation in 1854 of considerably more than double the amount given in 1852. While on this subject, it may be added that the local custom-house has unfortunately registered no complete details of the exports for 1856, though it has commenced doing so for 1857. These details are, however, relatively of much less importance than those of direct foreign shipments, which will demand future attention.

Or an increase in 1854 of more than twice the amount given in 1852. While we're on this topic, it’s worth noting that the local customs office unfortunately hasn’t recorded complete details of the exports for 1856, although it has started doing so for 1857. These details are, however, much less significant than those of direct foreign shipments, which will need to be addressed in the future.

Mr. Loney thus adverts to the present state of the Iloilo import trade:—

Mr. Loney refers to the current state of the Iloilo import trade:—

“Although perhaps the greater part of the clothing for the population of Panay is furnished by the native looms, still a large amount of European goods is annually imported from Manila. I estimate that on the average (as far as can be judged where anything like positive data are totally wanting) about 30,000 dollars to 40,000 dollars per month are now brought in goods to the port of Iloilo by the mestizo and Chinese traders, and subsequently disposed of at the larger markets of Jaro, Molo, Oton, Mandurriao, &c., from whence a certain portion finds its way into the interior. This branch of the trade is as yet principally conducted by the mestizo dealers of Molo and Jaro, who, on completing their purchases of native-made [401]goods for the Manila market, embark with them (in numbers of from six to ten, fifteen, and sometimes twenty) in the coasting vessels leaving for the capital. The returns for these speculations they generally bring back in foreign (principally British) manufactures, purchased at cheap rates from the large Chinese shopkeepers at Manila. The sale of these goods by retail here is still conducted in the rather primitive way of conveying them from place to place on certain fixed days. In this way goods that appear to-day at the weekly fair or market of Jaro, are subsequently offered for sale at Molo, Mandurriao, Oton, or Arévalo. They are carried to and from the different pueblos in cumbrous, solid-wheeled vehicles, drawn by buffaloes and oxen, a mode of conveyance which, during the wet season, is attended with a good deal of delay and risk. The Chinese dealers at Molo, and a few small traders at Iloilo, have, however, commenced opening permanent shops, and it is probable that the number of these will gradually increase throughout the province, though, as the fairs are also the central point of attraction for all the products within a certain radius of each pueblo, and thus bring together a large concourse of people, the weekly transfer of piece and other goods from one place to another must still continue to a great extent. There are about thirty Chinese permanently established at Molo (mostly connected with others at Manila, either as partners or agents), and two or three at Jaro. A certain number are also employed in voyaging to and from Manila with goods, after [402]realizing which here they return for a fresh parcel, either taking the returns in money or produce. One of the Chinese traders at Molo, who is well supplied from the capital, sells goods to the amount of some 30,000 dollars or 40,000 dollars a-year. Owing, however, to too much competition among themselves and the other traders, I do not, judging from the prices at which they usually sell, think that their profits are in general at all large. The fact that the mestizo dealers look for their principal profit to the piña goods which they take to Manila, and are comparatively less solicitous to obtain an advance on their return goods, has also a tendency to keep prices low, as compared with Manila rates.

“Even though most of the clothing for the people of Panay comes from local weavers, a significant amount of European goods is imported every year from Manila. I estimate that around $30,000 to $40,000 worth of goods is brought to the port of Iloilo each month by mestizo and Chinese traders, who then sell them in the larger markets of Jaro, Molo, Oton, Mandurriao, etc., with some of these goods eventually reaching the interior. This part of the trade is mainly run by mestizo merchants from Molo and Jaro, who, after completing their purchases of locally made [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] goods for the Manila market, travel back with them in groups of six to twenty on coasting vessels headed to the capital. The returns from these ventures are usually brought back as foreign goods, mainly British, bought at low prices from the big Chinese shopkeepers in Manila. Selling these goods retail is still done in a relatively old-fashioned way, where items are moved from place to place on designated days. For instance, goods seen at the weekly market in Jaro today are later sold at Molo, Mandurriao, Oton, or Arévalo. They are transported in bulky, solid-wheeled vehicles pulled by buffaloes and oxen, a method that can be quite slow and risky during the rainy season. However, Chinese merchants in Molo and a few small traders in Iloilo have started to open permanent shops, and it's likely that more of these will pop up across the province. Still, since markets attract a large crowd and gather products from various surrounding areas, the weekly movement of goods from one location to another will likely continue significantly. There are about thirty Chinese merchants who have set up shop in Molo (mostly linked to others in Manila, either as partners or agents), along with a couple at Jaro. Some also travel back and forth to Manila with goods, after [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] selling them here, only to return for more, either taking their earnings in cash or in produce. One Chinese trader in Molo, who is well-stocked from the capital, sells about $30,000 to $40,000 worth of goods each year. However, due to high competition among themselves and with other traders, I don’t think their profits are very high, judging by the selling prices. The mestizo traders primarily seek their main profits from piña goods they take to Manila and are less concerned about getting a premium on their return goods, which tends to keep prices lower compared to Manila's rates.”

“As is the case in most of the provinces where the Chinese have penetrated, there exists a more or less subdued feeling of hostility towards them on the part of the natives, and a tendency, both among the mestizos and Spanish, to regard them as interlopers. But though the government at Manila has been repeatedly urged to withdraw them from the provinces, and confine their trading operations to Manila alone, it does not seem inclined to adopt a measure which would prove injurious to the general trade of the colony. It is true that if a portion of the Chinese were induced to become agriculturists (for which purpose alone they were originally admitted to the provinces), great benefit would accrue in the shape of an increased outturn of produce; but as yet their numbers in the interior are too few to enable them to cultivate the ground on a large scale, and in [403]small isolated bodies they would not have sufficient security from the ill-will of the natives.

“As is the case in most of the provinces where the Chinese have settled, there is a somewhat muted feeling of hostility towards them among the locals, and a tendency, both among mestizos and Spaniards, to see them as outsiders. However, even though the government in Manila has been repeatedly urged to remove them from the provinces and limit their trading activities to Manila only, it doesn’t seem willing to take action that would harm the overall trade of the colony. It's true that if some of the Chinese were encouraged to become farmers (which was the main reason they were originally allowed into the provinces), it could lead to significant benefits through increased agricultural output; but so far, their numbers in the interior are too small to farm on a large scale, and in small, isolated groups, they wouldn’t have enough protection from the animosity of the locals.”

“The principal articles of foreign manufacture imported into this province are—handkerchiefs (printed) of bright attractive colours, wove and printed trouserings, ginghams, fancy cambayas, plain grandrills, white shirtings, gray shirtings and gray longcloths, gray twills (29 inches, both American and English), bleached twills, lawns, white jaco-nets, striped muslins, cotton sewing thread, cotton sarongs, cotton twist, or yarn, and woollens (not in much demand). There is also sale for hardware, glassware and earthenware, and for other minor articles.

The main imported items from foreign countries into this province are bright, attractive printed handkerchiefs, woven and printed fabric for trousers, ginghams, stylish cambayas, plain grandrills, white and gray shirting fabrics, gray longcloths, American and English gray twills (29 inches), bleached twills, lawns, white jaco-nets, striped muslins, cotton sewing thread, cotton sarongs, cotton yarn, and some woolens (which aren't very popular). There’s also a market for hardware, glassware, earthenware, and other smaller items.

“Import duties are leviable at Iloilo on a valuation either by tariff, or according to the market rate at time of entry. They are the same as those charged at Manila, viz.:—

“Import duties are charged in Iloilo based on either the tariff valuation or the market rate at the time of entry. They are the same as those applied in Manila, namely:—

By foreign ships. By Spanish ships.
On most descriptions of foreign goods 14 per cent. 7 per cent.
With the following exceptions:—
Cambayas, ginghams, handkerchiefs, &c., entirely of black, purple, and blue, with or without white grounds
25
per
,,
cent.
,,
15
per
,,
cent.
,,
Yarn of same colour 50
per
,,
cent.
,,
40
per
,,
cent.
,,
Ditto, red, yellow, rose and green free free
Machinery, gold and silver, plants and seeds free free
Made-up clothing, boots, &c. 50
per
,,
cent.
,,
40
per
,,
cent.
,,
Bottled ale or porter 25
per
,,
cent.
,,
20
per
,,
cent.
,,
Wine, liquors and vinegar 50
per
,,
cent.
,,
40
per
,,
cent.
,,
Spirits 60
per
,,
cent.
,,
30
per
,,
cent.
,,

“Tropical productions, similar to those of the Philippines, [404]are not admitted to consumption, nor fire-arms, without a special licence.

“Tropical productions, like those from the Philippines, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] cannot be consumed, nor can firearms, without a special license.

“All goods may be bonded on payment of 1 per cent.

“All goods can be bonded with a payment of 1 percent.”

“Export duties on produce of every description to foreign ports are, 3 per cent. by foreign, and 1½ per cent. by Spanish ships, with the following exceptions:—Hemp, 2 per cent. by foreign, and 1½ per cent. by Spanish ships; tortoise-shell, mother-o’-pearl shell, 1 per cent. by foreign, and 1 per cent. by Spanish ships; rice, 4½ per cent. by foreign, and 1½ per cent. by Spanish ships.

“Export duties on products of all kinds to foreign ports are 3% for foreign ships and 1.5% for Spanish ships, with the following exceptions: Hemp, 2% for foreign ships and 1.5% for Spanish ships; tortoise shell and mother-of-pearl shell, 1% for both foreign and Spanish ships; rice, 4.5% for foreign ships and 1.5% for Spanish ships.”

“No duties are charged on goods arriving or departing coastwise by coasting vessels.

“No duties are charged on goods coming in or going out along the coast by coastal vessels."

“Port dues.—No special charges are yet fixed for vessels arriving at Iloilo, but they may be stated as about equivalent to those levied at Manila, viz.:—On foreign vessels arriving and leaving in ballast, 18¾ c. per ton; with cargo inwards or outwards, 34¾ c. per ton; with cargo both inward and outward, 37½ c. per ton.

“Port dues.—No specific fees have been established for ships arriving at Iloilo, but they are expected to be similar to those charged at Manila, specifically:—For foreign vessels arriving and departing with no cargo, 18¾ c. per ton; with cargo coming in or going out, 34¾ c. per ton; with cargo both coming in and going out, 37½ c. per ton.”

“Wages are moderate at Iloilo:—Labourers, 12½ c. to 18¾ c. per day; carpenters, 18¾ c. to 25 c. per day; caulkers, 25 c. per day.

“Wages are moderate in Iloilo:—Laborers, 12½ cents to 18¾ cents per day; carpenters, 18¾ cents to 25 cents per day; caulkers, 25 cents per day.

“Fresh provisions are obtainable at cheap rates.

“Fresh supplies are available at low prices.”

“The weights and measures in use for produce are—the quintal, of 4 arrobas, or 100 lbs. Spanish, equal to 101¾ lbs. English; pecul of 100 catties, or 140 lbs. English. The cavan of rice (cavan de provincia) is equal to one and a half of the Manila cavan, or cavan del rey; it weighs about 190 lbs. English, and [405]measures 8,997 cubic inches. The pesada, by which sapan-wood is sold, weighs 13 arrobas 13 lbs., or nearly 2½ peculs.

The weights and measures used for produce are—the quintal, which is 4 arrobas or 100 lbs. Spanish, equal to 101¾ lbs. English; the pecul, which is 100 catties or 140 lbs. English. The cavan of rice (cavan de provincia) is one and a half times the Manila cavan, or cavan del rey; it weighs about 190 lbs. English and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]measures 8,997 cubic inches. The pesada, used for selling sapan-wood, weighs 13 arrobas 13 lbs., or almost 2½ peculs.

“The currency is nominally the same as in Manila, but silver dollars have to be paid for nearly all purchases, gold being of difficult circulation.

“The currency is technically the same as in Manila, but you have to pay with silver dollars for almost everything, as gold is hard to use.”

“From the preceding outline of the trade of this port, you will gather that at present, with an annual export of about 1,600 tons of sugar, upwards of 2,000 tons of sapan-wood, and 350 to 400 tons of hemp, it is (considering the quantity which the foreign shippers would be able to secure) capable of furnishing cargoes for two foreign vessels of moderate tonnage; and next year, as regards sugar, which will form the bulk of the cargoes of foreign vessels loading here, the supply will probably be doubled. The more important question, however, as regards the foreign trade of Iloilo, is not as to the actual quantity of produce (still so very limited) which this island may furnish, but whether the concentration of produce from the neighbouring islands and provinces will in reality be brought about.

“From the previous outline of the trade at this port, you can see that right now, with an annual export of about 1,600 tons of sugar, over 2,000 tons of sapan-wood, and 350 to 400 tons of hemp, it has the potential to supply cargoes for two foreign vessels of moderate size, considering what foreign shippers can secure. Next year, regarding sugar, which will make up the majority of the cargoes for foreign vessels loading here, the supply is likely to double. However, the more significant question about the foreign trade of Iloilo isn’t about the actual amount of produce (still very limited) this island can provide, but whether the gathering of produce from the neighboring islands and provinces will really happen.”

“A review of the facts regarding the southern Philippines would seem to lead to a conclusion in the affirmative. With Leyte and Samar giving a combined annual export of 4,000 tons of hemp, Cebú upwards of 5,000 tons of sugar, Negros a (rapidly expanding) product of about 900 tons of sugar and 800 tons of hemp, and without taking into account the possible supply of hemp which may be drawn from South Camerines and from Albay (which [406]produce by far the largest part of the existing export of hemp from the Philippines, and are, during the north-east monsoon, within a shorter distance of Iloilo than Manila), it seems in no way hazardous to assume that, on relatively equal prices being obtainable here, Iloilo will attract in the course of time a gradually augmenting proportion of the products which now go on to Manila. It may be further conjectured that Misamis (which yields a considerable quantity of remarkably good hemp), Caraga, and the other provinces of Mindanao, may also in time contribute their share to the products obtainable at a port which their traders must pass on their way to Manila, though the full development of the intercourse of the neighbouring islands with Iloilo will greatly depend on the amount of European imports with which this latter port should gradually be able to supply its new customers. The opinion of the natives themselves, though not to be taken as a guide, may still serve in some measure as an index of what may be looked for. In talking on the subject to the owners of the small craft whose cargoes of hemp have been brought to Iloilo, they have frequently said, ‘If foreign vessels come here and give higher prices, much more hemp from Leyte and Camarines will come to Iloilo.’

A review of the facts about the southern Philippines seems to lead to a positive conclusion. With Leyte and Samar exporting a total of 4,000 tons of hemp annually, Cebu more than 5,000 tons of sugar, and Negros producing around 900 tons of sugar and 800 tons of hemp (with that number growing), and not considering the potential supply of hemp from South Camerines and Albay (which produce the majority of the hemp exports from the Philippines and are closer to Iloilo than Manila during the northeast monsoon), it seems reasonable to assume that, if similar prices are available, Iloilo will eventually attract a growing share of the products currently sent to Manila. It can also be speculated that Misamis (which produces a significant amount of high-quality hemp), Caraga, and other provinces of Mindanao could eventually contribute to the products available at a port that traders must pass on their way to Manila, although the complete development of trade between the neighboring islands and Iloilo will largely depend on the volume of European imports that Iloilo can offer to its new customers. The views of the locals, while not definitive, can still provide some insight into what can be expected. While discussing the topic with the owners of the small boats that have delivered hemp to Iloilo, they often said, "If foreign ships come here and offer higher prices, even more hemp from Leyte and Camarines will come to Iloilo."

“Cebú producing rice and manufactures for its own consumption, there is at present little communication between it and Iloilo; but it is encouraging to learn that one of the partners of the most enterprising Spanish firm at this place intends proceeding both to [407]Cebú and Leyte, to establish, if practicable, a commercial connection, with the ulterior view of getting both sugar and hemp sent to this quarter.

“Cebu produces rice and goods for its own use, and right now there's not much communication between it and Iloilo. However, it's encouraging to hear that one of the partners from the most enterprising Spanish firm here plans to head to [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Cebu and Leyte to establish a commercial connection, with the aim of getting both sugar and hemp shipped to this area.”

“It is also a favourable symptom that the trade of the contiguous islands is more and more attracting the attention of some of the foreign firms in Manila. The American houses (generally the first in enterprises of this kind) have already, through Spanish intermedia, established agencies at Negros, Leyte and Cebú, for the purchase of hemp and sugar, and it is stated from Manila, on apparently good authority, that one of them has lately advanced a sum of 170,000 dollars for this purpose, the distribution of which should have a stimulating effect on production, and thus give a collateral aid to the future exports from Iloilo.

“It’s also a good sign that the trade of the nearby islands is increasingly attracting the attention of some foreign companies in Manila. The American firms (usually the first to get involved in these kinds of ventures) have already set up agencies in Negros, Leyte, and Cebú through Spanish intermediaries, to purchase hemp and sugar. Reports from Manila, backed by credible sources, indicate that one of these firms has recently advanced $170,000 for this purpose, which should positively impact production and thus provide additional support for future exports from Iloilo.”

“Considering the great advantages which would accrue from the establishment of lines of small merchant steamers between the islands, the fact that the government have lately given orders to commence working the extensive coal districts existing at Cebú is not without importance. The subject of steam communication for the archipelago is attracting attention at Manila, and it is not improbable that in a few years the islands will be connected in this way in a manner which will greatly tend to their advantage.

“Given the significant benefits that would come from setting up small merchant steamer routes between the islands, the recent government orders to begin operations on the large coal deposits in Cebú are quite important. The idea of steam communication throughout the archipelago is gaining interest in Manila, and it’s likely that in a few years the islands will be connected in a way that will greatly benefit them.”

“It should have been previously mentioned that the voyage from Iloilo to Manila during the north-easterly monsoon (from November to March) usually occupies the better class of square-rigged vessels in [408]the trade from ten to fifteen days, and from four to six days on the return voyage. Owing to the protection afforded by the group of islands forming the Silanga, and by other harbours on the route, vessels do not (as is usually the case between the ports on the northern part of the more exposed coast of Luzon and the capital) lay up during the stormy months from September to November; and communication, though less frequent during these months, is seldom altogether suspended for any length of time with Manila. On the average, a vessel leaves for the capital every eight to twelve days.”

“It should have been mentioned earlier that the journey from Iloilo to Manila during the northeast monsoon (from November to March) usually takes larger square-rigged ships about ten to fifteen days for the trip there, and four to six days for the return. Thanks to the protection from the Silanga islands and other ports along the way, ships don't usually stay put during the stormy months from September to November, unlike the routes on the northern coast of Luzon to the capital, which are more exposed. Communication is less frequent during these months, but it’s rarely completely interrupted for long periods with Manila. On average, a ship departs for the capital every eight to twelve days.”

I add a few further extracts from a report on the trade of 1858, with which Mr. Loney has favoured me, and which strongly exhibits the growing importance of Iloilo.

I’m including a few more excerpts from a report on the trade of 1858, which Mr. Loney has shared with me, and it clearly shows the rising significance of Iloilo.

“The import trade, in direct connection with British and foreign houses, has increased during the past year to a degree which could not have been anticipated. Formerly it did not exceed 7,000 dollars in amount; but now, during a period of two years, it has reached fully 140,000 dollars, and is likely to increase much more in future as the capabilities of the market for taking off an important quantity of manufactures become more fully known.

“The import trade, directly linked to British and foreign companies, has grown over the past year far beyond expectations. In the past, it was no more than 7,000 dollars; but now, over a two-year period, it has reached nearly 140,000 dollars and is expected to grow even more in the future as the market’s ability to absorb a significant amount of manufactured goods becomes better understood."

“Owing to the existence of a stock of foreign articles at Iloilo, obtainable by the native dealers as a general rule (and as a consequence of the more direct manner in which they reach their hands) at cheaper prices than from the Chinese shops at Manila, many of the native, and even some of the Chinese traders, find [409]the advantage of making their purchases on the spot instead of in Manila, and some of the former have ceased altogether to undergo the expense and loss of time they formerly incurred in proceeding to Manila to lay in their stocks, while others make voyages to the capital less frequently than before, and send on their piña goods under the care of friends or agents; consequently, the trade is beginning to be conducted in a less primitive manner than in previous years, when each small trader brought on his goods himself, purchased at high rates from the Manila shopkeepers. Dealers from Antique, from the island of Negros and from Leyte now also find at Iloilo a stock of goods sufficient to supply their wants. Another beneficial effect is, that those who buy wholesale at Iloilo are enabled to dispose of their goods to the small dealers, or to their agents, who distribute them over the interior, at lower prices than formerly. Goods are thus saleable, owing to this greater cheapness, at places in the interior of the island, where they were formerly rarely bought, and the natural consequence is, a considerable increase of consumption. The concurrent testimony of all the older residents in the province is, that during the last few years a very marked change has taken place in the dress and general exterior appearance of the inhabitants of the larger pueblos, owing in great measure to the comparative facility with which they obtain articles which were formerly either not imported, or the price of which placed them beyond their reach. In the interior of the houses the same [410]change is also observable in the furniture and other arrangements, and the evident wish to add ornamental to the more necessary articles of household uses; and those who are aware how desirable it is, from the peculiarly apathetic nature of the natives, to create in them an ambition for bettering the condition of themselves and their families, or emulating that of others, by placing within their reach the more attractive and useful articles of European production, will at once recognize in these facts the beneficial tendency of increased and cheaper imports.

“Because there's a stock of foreign goods available in Iloilo that local dealers can usually get at lower prices than from Chinese shops in Manila, many local and even some Chinese traders see [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] the benefit of buying locally instead of in Manila. Some locals have completely stopped wasting time and money traveling to Manila for their supplies, while others make trips to the capital less often and send their piña goods through friends or agents. As a result, trade is becoming more efficient than in the past when each small trader had to bring their goods themselves, buying at high prices from Manila shopkeepers. Dealers from Antique, Negros, and Leyte also find a sufficient stock of goods in Iloilo to meet their needs. Another positive outcome is that those buying wholesale in Iloilo can sell their goods to smaller dealers or their agents, who then distribute them inland at lower prices than before. Thanks to this increased affordability, goods are now more marketable in the interior of the island, where they used to hardly sell, leading to a notable rise in consumption. Long-time residents of the province unanimously agree that in recent years, there's been a significant change in how people dress and their overall appearance in larger towns, largely due to the easier access to items that were previously not available or too expensive. The same [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] change is visible in home furnishings and setups, reflecting a clear desire to add decorative elements to essential household items. Those who understand the importance of sparking ambition in the natives, who can be quite indifferent, to improve their lives and those of their families, or to emulate others, by making attractive and useful European products more accessible, will immediately see the positive impact of increased and cheaper imports.”

“With regard to duties derivable from imports, we must consider the more or less remote probability of direct imports from Europe or China to Iloilo. It needs very little acquaintance with the gradual and hesitative processes of trade to be aware of the slowness with which they adapt themselves to new channels of communication. Especially is this the case in reference to these southern islands, from the previous commercial seclusion in which they had been kept—a seclusion so great that it may be safely asserted that the island of Panay, with its 750,000 inhabitants, is scarcely known, by name even, in any of the commercial marts of Europe, America, or even of Asia. Consequently, it affords no ground for surprise that no direct transactions in imports have taken place. It must be recollected that the years 1857–58 have been eminently unfavourable for new commercial enterprises of any kind, owing to the depressed state of trade in all the markets of the world. This state of depression, though still felt, is, [411]however, drawing to a close, and the Iloilo market, among others, will doubtless attract the attention of European manufacturers and capitalists, though some time must necessarily elapse before a sufficient number of shippers can be found to send consignments of such a varied nature and assortment as would be required to make up a cargo to suit the wants of Panay and the neighbouring islands. Already consignments have arrived by way of Manila, which were made up specially for the Iloilo market; and this circumstance, and the fact that the Manchester manufacturers are beginning to take an interest in the Iloilo demand, fully warrant the belief that before long consignments from Europe, by the way of Manila, will take place on an important scale, and pave the way to direct shipments to Iloilo. Though it is almost useless to prognosticate in cases of this kind, where so many circumstances may occur to retard or accelerate the development of a new market, still I have no hesitation in affirming it to be much more than probable, that in the course of two years from this time Spanish vessels will arrive from Liverpool direct, or touching and discharging part of their cargoes at Manila, more particularly as by that time direct exports will have taken place, and the sugar crop be raised to a point which will render it easy for the vessels arriving with piece goods to obtain return cargoes of sugar, sapan-wood and hides, all of which products, it is unnecessary to say, can be obtained at Iloilo much more cheaply than in Manila. [412]

“When it comes to import duties, we need to consider the potential for direct imports from Europe or China to Iloilo. It doesn’t take much experience with the slow and tentative nature of trade to realize how gradually it adjusts to new communication routes. This is especially true for the southern islands, which have been kept in a state of commercial isolation—so much so that it’s fair to say the island of Panay, with its 750,000 residents, is hardly known, even by name, in any commercial center in Europe, America, or even Asia. So it’s no surprise that there haven’t been any direct import transactions. We should remember that the years 1857-58 have been particularly unfavorable for new business ventures due to the depressed state of trade in markets worldwide. This depression, while still felt, is, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] however, coming to an end, and the Iloilo market, among others, will likely catch the attention of European manufacturers and investors, though it will take time to find enough shippers to send a diverse range of goods needed to fill a cargo suitable for Panay and its neighboring islands. Already, shipments have arrived via Manila specifically prepared for the Iloilo market; this, along with the growing interest from Manchester manufacturers in Iloilo’s demands, supports the belief that soon we will see significant imports from Europe, via Manila, leading to direct shipments to Iloilo. While it’s usually pointless to predict in such cases, where various factors can speed up or slow down the growth of a new market, I confidently assert it is more than likely that within two years, Spanish ships will arrive directly from Liverpool or stop and unload part of their cargoes in Manila, especially since by that time direct exports will have occurred, and the sugar crop will have increased enough to allow ships arriving with goods to load back up with sugar, sapan-wood, and hides—all of which can be obtained in Iloilo much more cheaply than in Manila. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“It is also probable that direct imports from China will take place sooner than from Europe. The employment of raw Shanghai silk is much greater at Iloilo than in any of the other Philippine provinces, and the consumption amounts to fully 30 peculs per month, worth, on an average, 600 dollars, silver, per pecul, or say 18,000 dollars per month.

“It’s likely that we’ll start getting direct imports from China before we do from Europe. The use of raw silk from Shanghai is much higher in Iloilo than in any other province in the Philippines, with consumption reaching about 30 peculs each month, valued at around 600 dollars in silver per pecul, which totals about 18,000 dollars each month.”

“The export trade from Iloilo direct to foreign markets is, in fact, evidently the primary event on which the commercial fate, so to speak, of the Bisaya Islands depends. The chief obstacle, in addition to those mentioned above, which has retarded its commencement has been the extreme smallness of the yield of sugar. In 1855–56, the Iloilo crop, including some quantity received from the island of Negros, scarcely reached 12,000 peculs, and, instead of increasing, it had been declining in consequence of the discouraging effect of the miserable price of 1·875 to 2 dollars per pecul of 140 lbs.; all that could be obtained for it after incurring the expense of sending it to Manila. In 1856–57, under the stimulus of higher prices, the yield amounted to 35,000 to 37,000 peculs. In 1857–58, these high prices had a still more stimulating effect on the planting of cane, and it was calculated that the crop would yield at least 50,000 peculs; but an excess of rainy weather reduced the actual outturn to about 30,000. The present crop, however, of 1858–59 has escaped the danger of rain, and it is computed that it will yield about 80,000 peculs from January to July next. Some estimates place it as [413]high as 100,000 peculs, but in this I think there must be exaggeration.

“The export trade from Iloilo directly to foreign markets is clearly the main factor on which the commercial future of the Bisaya Islands depends. The biggest hurdle, aside from the previously mentioned issues, that has delayed its start has been the extremely low yield of sugar. In 1855-56, the Iloilo crop, including some amount from the island of Negros, barely reached 12,000 peculs, and instead of increasing, it had been declining due to the discouraging price of 1.875 to 2 dollars per pecul of 140 lbs.; that was all that could be obtained after covering the costs of sending it to Manila. In 1856-57, thanks to higher prices, the yield increased to 35,000 to 37,000 peculs. In 1857-58, these high prices encouraged even more cane planting, and it was estimated that the crop would yield at least 50,000 peculs; however, too much rain reduced the actual output to about 30,000. The current crop for 1858-59 seems to have avoided the risk of rain, and it is estimated that it will yield about 80,000 peculs from January to July next. Some estimates suggest it could be as high as [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]100,000 peculs, but I think that might be an exaggeration."

“The yield of sugar at Iloilo (leaving out of the question the crop of Isla de Negros, which is now computed to produce 30,000 peculs, and that of Antique, 20,000, both available for the Iloilo market) having fortunately reached the above amount, direct sugar exports have now become possible, and preparations are made for shipments to Australia direct, during the first months of the ensuing year.

“The sugar yield in Iloilo (not counting the crop from Isla de Negros, which is currently estimated to produce 30,000 peculs, and that from Antique, 20,000, both ready for the Iloilo market) has fortunately reached the above amount, making direct sugar exports now possible. Preparations are underway for shipments to Australia directly during the first months of the upcoming year.”

“‘To reach the consuming markets by the most direct line, to avoid transshipments and save double freights are objects, commercially, of the highest importance.’4 And there is an aspect of the matter which renders it still more necessary, as regards the Philippine trade, that these objects should be kept in view. Australia is now, after Great Britain, the most important market for the Philippine sugars, and particularly for the reclayed Bisayan sugars of Iloilo and Cebú, which are there used for refining purposes, and it will most undoubtedly be before long the largest consumer of the sugar of these islands. In 1857 the exports of Iloilo and Cebú sugar from Manila to Australia were 18,178 and 51,519 peculs respectively, while to all the other markets, including Great Britain, they were only 11,519 and 41,699 peculs; and the same year the total export of all kinds of sugar to Australia was even more than to Great Britain, being 17,847 tons, or 285,552 [414]peculs, to the former, against 16,675 tons, or 266,800 peculs, to the latter market. In the present year (1858), the total export from Manila to Australia, owing to a deficiency in the Pampanga crop, and the discouragement caused to the Australian importers by the high prices of 1857, have only reached 9,038 tons, or 145,028 peculs.

“‘To access the consumer markets through the most direct routes, to avoid transshipments and save on double shipping costs are objectives that are commercially crucial.’4 Additionally, there’s an aspect that makes it even more essential, especially concerning the Philippine trade, to keep these goals in mind. Australia is now, after Great Britain, the second most important market for Philippine sugars, particularly for the refined Bisayan sugars from Iloilo and Cebú, which are utilized there for refining, and it will undoubtedly soon become the largest consumer of sugar from these islands. In 1857, the exports of Iloilo and Cebú sugar from Manila to Australia were 18,178 and 51,519 peculs respectively, while the combined exports to all other markets, including Great Britain, were only 11,519 and 41,699 peculs; that same year, the total sugar export to Australia exceeded that to Great Britain, totaling 17,847 tons, or 285,552 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]peculs, for Australia, compared to 16,675 tons, or 266,800 peculs, for the British market. In the current year (1858), total exports from Manila to Australia have only reached 9,038 tons, or 145,028 peculs, due to a shortfall in the Pampanga crop and the discouragement of Australian importers by the high prices of 1857.”

“In the meantime Mauritius, Java and Bengal all supply large and increasing quantities of sugar to Australia, and Mauritius in particular, possessing the great advantages of greater proximity (as to time) and of machinery and other appliances far superior to those in use in the Philippines, furnishes the Australian market with a large quantity of crystallized and yellow sugars, which are much sought for in Sydney and Melbourne, where the steady increase of population and general wealth augment the demand for high-classed sugars. In 1857 the Australian colonies took 24,000 tons, or 384,000 peculs, of sugar from Mauritius; and the latest accounts anticipate that the shipments this year to the same quarter will be 30,000 tons, or 480,000 peculs. To quote the words of the Port Louis Commercial Gazette of August 10th, 1858:—‘There is no doubt that the present crop will reach the figures of 240,000,000 lbs., say 120,000 tons’ (nearly 2,000,000 peculs); ‘but as the Australian colonies took 24,000 of the last crop, we must expect they will take at least 30,000 of this, our crystallized and yellow sugars gaining in estimation there.’ The same journal, of the 27th of October, adds, ‘This [415]facility of realizing produce at fair prices has given animation to business and has improved the prospects of the colony. There are now 150 vessels in our harbour, loading and discharging for and from different parts of the world. Our marine establishments are busily engaged in repairing vessels of different nations that have been happy to seek refuge here; our vast quays are too small for our commerce; the capacious new stores lately erected, and which embellish our port, are filled with goods and produce; 25,000 immigrants have been added to our population this year, whilst only 6,500 have left. Our public revenue has largely increased—companies are prosperous—cultivation has been extended, sugar machinery and works improved and increased, and private buildings throughout the principal part of the town enlarged and improved in appearance.’

“In the meantime, Mauritius, Java, and Bengal are all providing large and growing amounts of sugar to Australia. Mauritius, in particular, has significant advantages due to its closer proximity and much better machinery and equipment compared to what's being used in the Philippines. It supplies the Australian market with a substantial quantity of crystallized and yellow sugars, which are highly desired in Sydney and Melbourne, where the continual population growth and overall wealth boost the demand for high-quality sugars. In 1857, the Australian colonies imported 24,000 tons, or 384,000 peculs, of sugar from Mauritius. Recent reports predict that shipments to the same region this year will reach 30,000 tons, or 480,000 peculs. As stated in the Port Louis Commercial Gazette on August 10th, 1858: ‘There’s no doubt that this year’s crop will hit around 240,000,000 lbs, or about 120,000 tons (nearly 2,000,000 peculs); but since the Australian colonies took 24,000 tons from the last crop, we should expect them to take at least 30,000 tons of this one, as our crystallized and yellow sugars are becoming more popular there.’ The same journal, on October 27th, adds, ‘This [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]ability to sell products at fair prices has energized business and improved the colony's prospects. There are now 150 ships in our harbor, loading and unloading goods for different parts of the world. Our marine services are busy repairing ships from various nations that have happily sought shelter here; our large docks are insufficient for our trade; the spacious new warehouses recently built, which beautify our port, are filled with goods and produce; 25,000 new immigrants have joined our population this year, while only 6,500 have left. Our public revenue has significantly increased—businesses are thriving—farming has expanded, sugar machinery and facilities have been upgraded and increased, and private buildings throughout the main part of town have been enlarged and improved in appearance.’”

“Fortunately for the Philippines, with respect to their better-appointed rivals—Mauritius, Java and Bengal—the low-graded unclayed sugars of Iloilo, Capiz and Antique, Isla de Negros and Cebú, are, in ordinary times, cheaper than those of either of the latter colonies, and consequently more adapted for refining purposes; but nothing can place in a stronger light than the above facts regarding the export from Mauritius the very great importance of keeping the way open for exporting the unclayed Philippine sugars to Australia at the cheapest possible cost to the importers.

“Fortunately for the Philippines, compared to their better-equipped competitors—Mauritius, Java, and Bengal—the low-quality unrefined sugars from Iloilo, Capiz, Antique, Isla de Negros, and Cebú are, under normal circumstances, cheaper than those from the other colonies, making them more suitable for refining. However, nothing highlights the significance of ensuring the ability to export the unrefined Philippine sugars to Australia at the lowest possible cost to importers more than the facts about exports from Mauritius.”

“The much greater extent and more than equal [416]fertility of the Philippines, as compared with Mauritius, must, in the end, if no artificial obstacles are again imposed on the production of the former, lead to the development of larger sugar crops than those of the latter colony.

“The much greater extent and more than equal [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]fertility of the Philippines, compared to Mauritius, will ultimately result in larger sugar crops than in that colony, as long as no artificial obstacles are placed on production in the former.”

“The results of the opening of the ports of Soerabaya, Samarang, Cheribon, and others in the island of Java are encouraging circumstances, as showing, among other similar examples, of what importance Iloilo, as the central port of the Bisayan Islands, may become. Soerabaya and Samarang (and especially the former), which enjoy a favourable proximity to the chief points of production, now export an immense quantity of produce, and orders for the direct shipment to Europe of rice, sugar, coffee, tobacco and other Javan products are transmitted by electric telegraph by the Batavian houses to their agents at these ports over a distance exceeding 350 miles. I cannot at present do more than briefly allude to the approaching commencement of an export of timber and furniture woods from Iloilo and Antique to China. The Spanish ship Santa Justa loaded a large cargo of wood this year for Hong Kong, which has lately been sold at 63½ cents per foot. Since then, in anticipation of the demand for the rebuilding of Canton, the price has risen in Hong Kong, and arrangements are being made for the charter of a large vessel, either Spanish or foreign, to convey other cargoes to China; and there is every prospect of there being, before long, an active traffic in this article, which, as before noticed, is of excellent quality, abundant, cheap, and [417]easily accessible near Iloilo, and at the adjoining province of Antique.

“The results of opening the ports of Surabaya, Semarang, Cirebon, and others on the island of Java are promising, highlighting the potential importance of Iloilo as the central port of the Visayan Islands. Surabaya and Semarang (especially the former), which are located close to major production areas, now export a vast amount of goods. Orders for direct shipments to Europe of rice, sugar, coffee, tobacco, and other Javan products are sent via electric telegraph from Batavian companies to their agents at these ports, spanning over 350 miles. I can only briefly mention the impending start of timber and furniture wood exports from Iloilo and Antique to China. The Spanish ship Santa Justa carried a large load of wood this year to Hong Kong, which recently sold for 63½ cents per foot. Since then, in anticipation of the demand for rebuilding Canton, prices have increased in Hong Kong, and plans are being made to charter a large vessel, either Spanish or foreign, to transport additional cargoes to China. There is every indication that soon, there will be an active trade in this product, which, as previously noted, is of excellent quality, abundant, cheap, and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]easily accessible near Iloilo and in the neighboring province of Antique.”

“It is recommended that vessels making the voyage to Iloilo from Australia, or any place to the south of the Philippines, should, during the S.W. monsoon, enter the archipelago between the islands of Basilan and Zamboanga, and, on passing Point Batalampon, keep well up to Point Gorda, and make the Murcielagos Island, so as to avoid being driven to the westward by the strong currents setting from off the Mindanao coast during both monsoons.

“It is recommended that ships traveling to Iloilo from Australia, or anywhere south of the Philippines, should, during the southwest monsoon, enter the archipelago between Basilan and Zamboanga. After passing Point Batalampon, they should head toward Point Gorda and make for Murcielagos Island to avoid being pushed westward by the strong currents coming off the Mindanao coast during both monsoons.”

“Pending the N.E. monsoon, the best course is to make a détour to the east of the Philippines, and enter the archipelago by the Straits of San Bernardino. The straits should be entered by Samar and Masbate. Vessels bound from Manila or northern ports may proceed through the Mindoro passage, but they should consult Don Claudio Montero’s charts. After passing Tablas and Romblon (an excellent harbour there), make for the Silanga Islands, a good mark for which is the high conical island called Sugar Loaf (Pan de Azucar). During the N.E. monsoon vessels should keep between the islands of Jintotolo and the larger Zapato (Shoe Island), but during the S.W. pass between Oliuaya and the smaller Zapato. The best channel is between Sicogon and Calaguan, but the outer and broader passage between the groups of islands and that of Negros is preferable for large ships. There is safe anchorage through the inner route. At Bacuan and Apiton supplies are to be found. [418]

“Until the N.E. monsoon arrives, the best option is to take a detour to the east of the Philippines and enter the archipelago through the Straits of San Bernardino. You should enter the straits via Samar and Masbate. Vessels coming from Manila or northern ports can go through the Mindoro passage, but they should reference Don Claudio Montero’s charts. After passing Tablas and Romblon (which is a great harbor), head towards the Silanga Islands, with Sugar Loaf (Pan de Azucar) being a prominent landmark. During the N.E. monsoon, vessels should stay between Jintotolo Island and the larger Zapato (Shoe Island), but during the S.W. monsoon, they should pass between Oliuaya and the smaller Zapato. The best channel is found between Sicogon and Calaguan, although the wider outer passage between the island groups and Negros is preferred for larger ships. There is safe anchorage through the inner route. You can find supplies at Bacuan and Apiton. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“The tide through the Silanga Islands and Seven Sins flows at the rate of three to four miles an hour—from the Seven Sins to Iloilo often at six to seven miles an hour.”

“The tide through the Silanga Islands and Seven Sins moves at a speed of three to four miles an hour—from the Seven Sins to Iloilo often at six to seven miles an hour.”

Commercial prosperity is so intimately connected with general improvement and the increase of human happiness, that one cannot but look with interest upon the results of any legislation which removes the trammels from trade and gives encouragement to industry, and the island of Panay may be considered a promising field for the future. The latest accounts report that the planting of cane has been extended very rapidly in this province, owing to the continuance of high prices for sugar, and also to the fact of the direct export trade to Australia having commenced. Planters now see that the arrival of foreign vessels will lead to a permanent demand for their sugars at prices which will pay them better than those formerly obtainable for the Manila market, from whence, before the opening of the port of Iloilo to foreign trade, all the sugar of this and the neighbouring provinces had to be shipped at a great additional expense in heavy coasting freight, landing and reshipping charges, sea risk, commission, brokerage, &c., all of which are now avoided by direct shipment at the place of production.

Commercial success is closely tied to overall improvement and the rise of human happiness, making it hard not to take a keen interest in any laws that remove barriers from trade and support industry. The island of Panay looks like a promising area for the future. Recent reports indicate that the planting of sugarcane is growing rapidly in this province, thanks to ongoing high prices for sugar and the start of direct export trade to Australia. Farmers now recognize that the arrival of foreign ships will create a steady demand for their sugar at prices that are better than what they used to get in the Manila market. Before the port of Iloilo opened to foreign trade, all the sugar from this and nearby provinces had to be shipped at a significant extra cost due to heavy coastal freight, landing and reshipping fees, sea risks, commissions, brokerage, etc., all of which can now be avoided by shipping directly from the production site.

“The stimulus given to planting has resulted this year in an increase in the yield to 60,000 peculs (3,750 tons), and, judging from the amount of cane planted for next season’s crop, it is fully anticipated that in 1860 about 140,000 peculs (7,500 tons) will be [419]produced, without counting on the quantity yielded by the neighbouring provinces of Antique (30,000 peculs) and the island of Negros (35,000 to 40,000 peculs), from both of which places sugar is brought and exported.

“The encouragement given to planting has led to an increase in this year's yield to 60,000 peculs (3,750 tons), and, looking at the amount of cane planted for next season’s crop, it’s expected that in 1860 about 140,000 peculs (7,500 tons) will be produced, not including the quantities from the neighboring provinces of Antique (30,000 peculs) and the island of Negros (35,000 to 40,000 peculs), from which sugar is also brought in and exported. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

“The difference in the cost of sugar at Iloilo and at Manila is at present 2l. 16s. 5d. per ton, free on board; as will be seen from the following:—

“The difference in the cost of sugar at Iloilo and Manila is currently 2l. 16s. 5d. per ton, free on board; as will be seen from the following:—

Cost Comparison.

At Manila, 23rd April, 1859. Dollars.
1 ton = 16 peculs, at 3·87½ dollars 62·00
Export duty, at 3 per cent. 1·86
Receiving, rebagging and shipping, 27 cents per pecul 4·32
—— 6·18
68.18
Commission (if in Funds), 2½ per cent. 1·70
Cost free on board at Manila 69.88
Cost
,,
free
,,
on
,,
board
,,
at
,,
Iloilo
55·71
Difference 14·17
At Iloilo, 2nd May, 1859.
1 ton = 16 peculs, at 2·75 dollars 44·00
Export duty, 3 per cent. 1·32
Receiving, bagging and shipping, 20 cents per pecul (no boat hire is incurred at Iloilo) 3·20
—— 4·52
48·52
Commission, 2½ per cent. 1·21
49.73
12 per cent., cost of silver 5·98
Cost at Iloilo, free on board 55·71 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]
Difference, 14·17 dolls., equal at exchange 4s. d. to £3 1 5
Less for additional freight payable per ton, in engaging a vessel at Manila to load at Iloilo, say 0 5 0
Costs per ton, less at Iloilo £2.16 5

“The island of Panay, of which Iloilo is the chief port, is divided into the three provinces of Iloilo, Capiz, and Antique, which contain respectively 527,970, 143,713, and 77,639 inhabitants, or a total of 749,322, according to the official returns of 1858.

“The island of Panay, with Iloilo as its main port, is divided into three provinces: Iloilo, Capiz, and Antique, which have populations of 527,970, 143,713, and 77,639 respectively, totaling 749,322 according to the official records from 1858.”

“British Vice-Consulate for Panay,
Iloilo, 2nd May, 1859.N. Loney.

“British Vice-Consulate for Panay,
“Iloilo, May 2, 1859.” N. Loney.

Notwithstanding the favourable prospects for commerce at Iloilo, little or nothing has been done for the improvement of the port or for facilitating the extension of its trade. There is no buoy, no light, no indication of dangerous places, though the Oton shoal is extending itself, and it is of the greatest importance that the safe channel should be pointed out to navigators. The latest Admiralty instructions (1859) are as follow:—

Notwithstanding the positive outlook for business in Iloilo, very little has been done to improve the port or help expand its trade. There are no buoys, no lights, and no signs marking hazardous areas, even though the Oton shoal is growing, and it’s crucial for navigators to have a clear indication of the safe channel. The most recent Admiralty instructions (1859) are as follows:—

“Port Iloilo, situated on the southern shore of Panay Island, though well protected and naturally good, is not without certain inconveniences, capable, however, of being easily obviated; provided with a good chart, and if approaching from the northward with a pilot, large vessels may enter with safety.

“Port Iloilo, located on the southern shore of Panay Island, although well-protected and naturally favorable, does have some inconveniences that can easily be avoided. With a good chart and a pilot when coming from the north, large vessels can enter safely.”

“The depth of water on the bar at the entrance to the creek or river Iloilo is about five fathoms at low water, but at a short distance within it decreases to fifteen feet, and then deepens again. The rise of tide [421]being six feet, a vessel drawing sixteen to eighteen feet can easily enter or leave; and when, as is proposed, a dredging-machine is employed to clear away the mud which has been allowed to accumulate at the shallower parts near the entrance, vessels of almost any burden will be able to complete their cargoes inside. A Spanish ship of 700 tons, in 1857, loaded part of a cargo of tobacco inside the creek, and finished the lading outside.

“The depth of water at the entrance to the creek or river Iloilo is about five fathoms at low tide, but just a short distance in, it drops to fifteen feet before getting deeper again. The tide rises about six feet, so a vessel with a draft of sixteen to eighteen feet can easily come in or go out. Also, when, as planned, a dredging machine is used to remove the mud that has built up in the shallower areas near the entrance, vessels of nearly any size will be able to finish loading inside. A Spanish ship of 700 tons loaded part of a tobacco cargo inside the creek in 1857 and completed the loading outside.”

“The banks of the creek being of soft mud, there is little or no risk to be apprehended from grounding. Proceeding about a mile and a half up the creek, which varies in breadth from one-half to three-quarters of a mile, the coasting craft bring up at the jetties of their respective owners, and have the great advantage of discharging and loading at the stores without employing boats. Beyond this point the creek reaches as far as Molo, to which place coasting vessels formerly could proceed by passing through a drawbridge. This got out of repair, and the present bridge affording no means of passage, they remain at Iloilo, where the Molo traders have had to transfer their storehouses. The works of a new moveable bridge, to allow vessels to pass, have, however, already been commenced.

The banks of the creek are soft mud, so there’s little risk of getting stuck. After going about a mile and a half up the creek, which ranges in width from half a mile to three-quarters of a mile, the coastal boats dock at the jetties owned by their respective owners. This allows them to unload and load cargo directly at the stores without needing to use boats. Beyond this point, the creek extends to Molo, which used to allow coastal vessels to pass through a drawbridge. That bridge fell into disrepair, and since the current bridge doesn’t allow passage, they now stay at Iloilo, where Molo traders have had to move their warehouses. However, construction has already started on a new movable bridge to allow vessels to pass.

“The island of Guimaras forms, in front of Iloilo, a sheltered passage, running nearly north and south, of a breadth varying from two miles and a half to six miles, with deep water and good anchorage. The southern entrance to this passage is much narrowed by the Oton Bank, which extends a considerable [422]distance from the Panay shore, and contracts for about a mile the available channel at this port to the breadth of about two miles. This shoal is fast becoming an island. There is, however, no obstacle to large vessels during the north-west monsoon (especially as the channel is to be buoyed), the passage being quite clear, and in the north-east monsoon they can work or drop through with the tide, keeping well over towards Guimaras (the coast of which is clear, with deep waters quite close in), anchoring, if necessary, on the edge of the shoal, which affords good holding-ground and may be safely approached. The whole of this part of the coast is, in fact, safe anchorage during the north-east monsoon.

The island of Guimaras lies in front of Iloilo, creating a protected channel that runs almost north and south, ranging from two and a half to six miles wide, with deep water and excellent anchorage. The southern entrance to this channel is significantly narrowed by the Oton Bank, which stretches a good [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]distance from the Panay shore, reducing the available channel at this port to about two miles wide for roughly a mile. This shoal is quickly turning into an island. However, there are no barriers for large ships during the northwest monsoon (especially since the channel will be marked with buoys); the passage is completely clear, and during the northeast monsoon, ships can either navigate or drift with the tide while staying close to Guimaras (whose coast is clear, with deep waters running close in), anchoring if needed at the edge of the shoal, which provides good holding-ground and can be approached safely. Overall, this part of the coast is indeed a safe anchorage during the northeast monsoon.

“If blowing hard in the southern channel to Iloilo, a vessel may proceed to the port of Bulnagar, or Santa Ana, on the south-west side of Guimaras, which is of easy access, and capable of admitting vessels of the largest tonnage, and it affords good shelter under almost any circumstances.

“If sailing strongly through the southern channel to Iloilo, a ship can head to the port of Bulnagar or Santa Ana, located on the southwest side of Guimaras. This port is easy to access, can accommodate ships of the largest size, and provides good shelter in nearly all conditions."

“The approach from the northward to the northern entrance to Iloilo is generally made by the coasting craft through the small, richly wooded islands Gigantes, Sicogon, Pan de Azucar, Apiton, &c., called collectively the Silanga, which lie off the north-east coast of Panay, and afford an admirable refuge for a considerable distance to the vessels engaged in the trade with Manila and the southernmost Bisangas. Though, however, there is excellent anchorage among these islands, particularly at Pan de Azucar and Tagal, it would be most prudent for [423]large ships, in cases where there is no practical acquaintance with the set of the tides, currents, &c., to take the outside channel between the Silanga and the island of Negros.

The route from the north to the northern entrance of Iloilo is usually taken by coastal boats through the small, lush islands of Gigantes, Sicogon, Pan de Azucar, Apiton, etc., collectively known as the Silanga. These islands are located off the northeast coast of Panay and provide a great shelter for vessels involved in trade with Manila and the southern Bisangas. Although there is excellent anchorage around these islands, especially at Pan de Azucar and Tagal, it would be wise for [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]large ships, in situations where there is no good understanding of the tides, currents, etc., to use the outside channel between the Silanga and the island of Negros.

“After passing the Calabazos rocks and Papitas shoal, and sighting the block-house of Banate” (erected, like many others along the Philippine coasts, for defence against the pirates of the Sulu Sea), “the course is due south, until sighting a group of seven remarkable rocks, called the Seven Sins, which lie between the north end of Guimaras and the Panay shore; a direct course for them should then be made, taking care to keep the lead going to avoid the Iguana Bank. Vessels of proper draught may enter the creek, or, if too large, should bring up on the east side of the fort, where they are protected from the wind and strength of the tide.

“After passing the Calabazos rocks and Papitas shoal, and spotting the blockhouse of Banate” (built, like many others along the Philippine coasts, for defense against the pirates of the Sulu Sea), “the course heads directly south, until you see a group of seven notable rocks, called the Seven Sins, which are located between the north end of Guimaras and the Panay shore; you should then head straight for them, making sure to use the lead to avoid the Iguana Bank. Vessels with the right draft can enter the creek, or if they are too large, they should anchor on the east side of the fort, where they are shielded from the wind and strong tide.”

“A lighthouse, for exhibiting a fixed light, is to be erected on the Seven Sins, and another on Dumangas Point. Buoys are also to be laid down along the channel near the Iguana and Oton shoals.”5

“A lighthouse, to display a constant light, will be built on the Seven Sins, and another on Dumangas Point. Buoys will also be placed along the channel near the Iguana and Oton shoals.”5

The latest report on the navigation of the port of Iloilo is given in the note below.6 [424]

The latest report on the navigation of the port of Iloilo is provided in the note below. 6 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Iloilo has great facilities for the introduction of wharves, piers and landing-places, but none have been constructed. The entrance to the river, and, indeed, the whole of its course, might be easily dredged, hut little or nothing is done for the removal of the accumulating mud. [425]

Iloilo has excellent potential for the construction of wharves, piers, and landing spots, but none have been built. The entrance to the river, and really the entire length of it, could be easily dredged, but very little is done to clear away the accumulating mud. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Archbishop Hilarion says:—“There are multitudes of pueblos, such as Argao, Dalaguete, Boljoon in Zebu, and many in the province of Iloilo, where it would be difficult to find either a boy or girl unable to read or write, which is more than can be said for many of the cities of the Peninsula.”—(Answer to Manila Deputation.) 

1 Archbishop Hilarion says:—“There are countless towns, like Argao, Dalaguete, and Boljoon in Cebu, as well as many in the province of Iloilo, where it's hard to find a boy or girl who can't read or write, which is more than can be said for many cities on the Peninsula.”—(Answer to Manila Deputation.)

2 Among the arts by which pernicious legislation is defeated, a curious example is presented in the Philippine Islands. White cotton twist being prohibited in the interest of certain home producers, it is found to be more economical to import yellow and green twist, which is allowed to enter, and it is afterwards converted to white by extracting the colour, which is easily accomplished by steeping the thread in a strong infusion of lime. 

2 Among the ways that harmful laws are overcome, there’s an interesting example in the Philippines. Since white cotton thread is banned to protect certain local producers, it turns out to be cheaper to import yellow and green thread, which is allowed in, and then it's dyed white by soaking the thread in a strong lime solution.

3 In 1859 it is likely to amount to from 3,000 to 3,500 tons. 

3 In 1859, it is expected to total between 3,000 and 3,500 tons.

4 Quoted from Sir J. Bowring’s letter to N. Loney of Aug. 3, 1858. 

4 Quoted from Sir J. Bowring’s letter to N. Loney dated August 3, 1858.

5 The track of the Spanish discovery ships Atrevida and Descubierta passes over it. See Admiralty chart of St. Bernardino Strait and parts adjacent, No. 2,577; scale, degree = 6 inches. 

5 The route of the Spanish exploration ships Atrevida and Descubierta goes over it. Check the Admiralty chart of St. Bernardino Strait and nearby areas, No. 2,577; scale, degree = 6 inches.

6 Vessels bound to Iloilo by the southern passage, if in the N.E. monsoon, should, when to the northward of Point Guinad, beat up along the coast of Guimaras. In April, 1859, in the barque Camilla, from Manila to Iloilo, I had soundings much farther to the S.W. than are laid down on the Spanish charts. With Point Guinad bearing south, and Point Balingasag bearing east, I had from seven to nine fathoms water, with soft ground. Stood to the N.W., had regular soundings seven fathoms.

6 Ships traveling to Iloilo via the southern route should, during the northeast monsoon, navigate along the coast of Guimaras when they are north of Point Guinad. In April 1859, on the barque Camilla, sailing from Manila to Iloilo, I found deeper waters much further southwest than what the Spanish charts indicate. With Point Guinad to the south and Point Balingasag to the east, I was in seven to nine fathoms of water with a soft bottom. I headed northwest and recorded consistent soundings of seven fathoms.

When five or six miles off shore, had four fathoms, tacked inshore, and brought up for the night, Point Cabalig bearing N.E. two miles, eight fathoms water; good holding-ground, soundings deepening to twenty fathoms when one mile off shore.

When we were about five or six miles off the coast, we had four fathoms of water, turned in towards the shore, and stopped for the night, with Point Cabalig two miles northeast from us and eight fathoms of water; it was good holding ground, and the depth increased to twenty fathoms when we were a mile off the shore.

Point Cabalig and Point Bondulan, when bearing N.E., form two very prominent headlands, which are not shown on the Spanish charts I had. With common precaution there is no danger whatever in approaching the port of Iloilo by keeping the coast of Guimaras close inboard from Point Cabalig until nearly abreast the fort, which will clear the Oton Bank. Even should a vessel ground, she will receive no damage, and can be easily got off, as the bottom is quite soft. When the fort bears S.W. by W. one mile, the channel to Iloilo is then open, and with a flood-tide keep the N.E. point close on board. When past it, keep more over to the other shore, where there are from three and a half to three fathoms water close to the shore, and two fathoms at low water. The port of Iloilo is a perfect dock formed by nature. Vessels lay alongside the wharf, where there are two and a half fathoms at high water, and two fathoms at low water, and every facility for discharging and loading. I discharged 200 tons of ballast and took in 300 tons of sugar within nine days. Labour and fresh provisions are very moderate.

Point Cabalig and Point Bondulan, when viewed from the northeast, create two very noticeable headlands that aren’t marked on the Spanish charts I had. With standard precautions, there’s no danger in approaching the port of Iloilo by staying close to the Guimaras coast from Point Cabalig until you’re nearly opposite the fort, which will avoid the Oton Bank. Even if a vessel runs aground, it won't sustain any damage and can be easily refloated since the bottom is quite soft. When the fort is located southwest by west, one mile away, the channel to Iloilo is open. During a flood tide, keep the northeast point close to your side. Once past it, steer more towards the opposite shore, where the water depth is between three and a half to three fathoms close to the shore, and two fathoms at low tide. The port of Iloilo is a naturally formed perfect dock. Vessels can dock alongside the wharf, where there are two and a half fathoms of water at high tide and two fathoms at low tide, with all the facilities needed for unloading and loading. I unloaded 200 tons of ballast and loaded 300 tons of sugar in just nine days. Labor and fresh provisions are quite affordable.

Iloilo, 4th May, 1859. (Signed) J. H. Pritchard.
Barque Camilla

Iloilo, May 4, 1859. (Signed) J.H. Pritchard.
Barque Camilla.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

CHAPTER XXVI.

SUAL.

Chart of Port of Sual.

The province of Pangasinan consists principally of an extensive plain, or, rather, of a very gradual descent from the mountains where the Igorrote Indians dwell, and extending to those of Zambales. The roads are generally good and have trees planted by their sides, and the lands are rich and fruitful. Many rivers descend from the hills and are used for the conveyance of timber, rattans, and other forest productions. The Igorrotes collect gold in [426]the mountain streams, especially in the neighbourhood of Asingan. Large herds of wild buffaloes, oxen, deer and pigs, are found on the hills, but little attended to by the natives. The fertility of the lands will give a crop of sugar and of rice in the same year. The coast and lakes abound with fish, of which, as of salt, cocoa-nut oil and sugar, there is a considerable exportation. Hides are tanned for the Manila market. Ship-building is an important branch of industry, especially on the Agno River. Multitudes of the women are employed in making straw hats, cigar-cases and other articles, of the fibres of various vegetables, some of great fineness and selling for high prices—a cigar-case is sometimes valued at an ounce of gold. Mats, plain and ornamented, are also manufactured for use and for sale. It is said that the Indian, with no other instrument than his knife for all his domestic needs, and his plough for his field labours, supplies himself with every object of desire. Women are proud of having woven and embroidered the garments worn by their husbands and their children, and they present a gay appearance on days of festivity. In the year 1755 there was a serious insurrection against Spanish rule, and again in the year 1762, when the English took Manila; but both were subdued, though the population was diminished to the extent of 20,000 by these outbreaks. Two distinct idioms are spoken in the province, the aboriginal Pangasinan people being distinct from the races which penetrated from Ilocos. The Dominican friars exercise [427]the principal ecclesiastical authority in the province.

The province of Pangasinan mainly consists of a large plain or, more accurately, a very gradual slope from the mountains where the Igorrote people live, extending to Zambales. The roads are generally well-maintained and lined with trees, and the land is rich and productive. Many rivers flow down from the hills and are used to transport timber, rattan, and other forest products. The Igorrot collect gold in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the mountain streams, particularly near Asingan. There are large herds of wild buffalo, oxen, deer, and pigs on the hills, but they receive little attention from the locals. The fertile land can yield both sugar and rice in the same year. The coast and lakes are plentiful with fish, and there is significant exportation of salt, coconut oil, and sugar. Hides are tanned for the Manila market. Shipbuilding is an important industry, especially along the Agno River. Many women are engaged in making straw hats, cigar cases, and other items from various plant fibers, some of which are very fine and sell for high prices—a cigar case can sometimes be worth an ounce of gold. Both plain and decorative mats are also produced for use and sale. It is said that the indigenous people, with just a knife for all their domestic needs and a plow for farming, can provide themselves with everything they desire. Women take pride in having woven and embroidered the clothes worn by their husbands and children, and they look vibrant on festive days. In 1755, there was a significant insurrection against Spanish rule, and again in 1762, when the English captured Manila; both were suppressed, although the population was reduced by 20,000 due to these conflicts. Two distinct languages are spoken in the province, with the indigenous Pangasinan people differing from the groups that migrated from Ilocos. The Dominican friars hold [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the main ecclesiastical authority in the province.

On our leaving Iloilo, after three days’ steaming, and sighting Nasog and the Isla Verde, which had been recommended to us as a preferable course to that of the outer passage by which we had come down, we returned to Manila again to enjoy the hospitalities of the palace of the Governor and the attentions of my friend Colonel Trasierra, in whose hands I had been so kindly placed. We arrived on the Dia de los Reyes (day of the kings), one of formal reception at court. In the evening we took a long ride into the country as far as the province of Bulacan, which is divided from that of Tondo by a handsome stone bridge over a branch of the Pampanga River. The question of going by land to Lingayen, which can in favourable circumstances be accomplished in a day, the distance being thirty leagues, was discussed, but the state of the roads not being satisfactory, and the delay consequently uncertain, I determined again to take ship, and on the second day of our voyage we anchored at Sual. The captain of the port came out to pilot us into the harbour, in the middle of which is a dangerous rock not laid down in many of the charts. The narrowness of the passage requires much precaution, but once anchored, it is a very safe and well-sheltered, though small harbour. The appearance of Sual disappointed us; a few scattered dwellings, the church and the custom-house, did not look very promising. On landing, however, the musicians of the pueblo came to escort [428]us with their band, and we learnt that all the authorities were at Lingayen, a few miles off; but a courier was immediately despatched to announce our arrival, and, as a specimen of the language, I give a copy of the receipt he brought back to show that his mission had been properly fulfilled:—

On our departure from Iloilo, after three days of sailing and catching a glimpse of Nasog and Isla Verde, which were suggested to us as a better route than the outer passage we had taken, we returned to Manila to enjoy the hospitality of the Governor's palace and the attention of my friend Colonel Trasierra, who had kindly taken care of me. We arrived on the Dia de los Reyes (Day of the Kings), a day for formal court receptions. In the evening, we took a long ride into the countryside as far as Bulacan province, which is separated from Tondo by a beautiful stone bridge over a branch of the Pampanga River. We discussed the possibility of traveling by land to Lingayen, which can be done in a day under good conditions, as it is thirty leagues away, but the road conditions were not great, and the timing was uncertain. So, I decided to take a ship again, and on the second day of our journey, we anchored at Sual. The port captain came out to guide us into the harbor, which has a dangerous rock in the middle that isn't marked on many charts. The narrow passage requires caution, but once anchored, it's a very safe and well-protected, albeit small, harbor. The appearance of Sual was disappointing; a few scattered houses, the church, and the customs house didn’t look promising. However, upon landing, the town's musicians came out to welcome [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] us with their band, and we found out that all the authorities were in Lingayen, just a few miles away. A courier was quickly sent to announce our arrival, and as an example of the language used, I’m sharing a copy of the receipt he brought back to confirm that his mission was successfully completed:—

“Recibido del Conductor de S. Idro (San Isidro) alioncio (á las once?) Castilio so sagay agangan cá Sogenti amar som pal ed Señor Aldi (Alcalde) maìor sin mabidia pasodo à lacho (à las ocho) ed Labi Martes ed pitcha 11 de Eniro de 1859.

“Received from the Conductor of San Isidro alioncio (at eleven?) Castilio so sagay agangan cá Sogenti amar som pal ed Señor Aldi (Mayor) maìor sin mabidia pasodo à lacho (at eight) ed Labi Martes ed pitcha 11 de Eniro de 1859.”

Juan Gabril.

Juan Gabril.

Meaning, that having started at eight o’clock from San Isidro, the despatch was delivered at eleven o’clock to the alcalde.

Meaning, that after leaving San Isidro at eight o’clock, the dispatch was handed over to the mayor at eleven o’clock.

Carriages having been provided for our conveyance to the seat of government (Lingayen), we started at early day for the convent at San Isidro, which is on the left bank of the Agno, a fine river, affording great facilities for navigation, and presenting charming points of scenery on its banks, with the beauties of which we amused ourselves until preparations for a procession were seen, and the sound of music was heard from the opposite shore; upon which we embarked, and found our Indian escorts, with comfortable carriages and sprightly horses, and their accustomed display, waiting to receive us, the roads and houses adorned as usual, and everything bearing marks of gaiety and good-will. Tropical fruit-trees are seen [429]all along the line of the road, through which the Indian cabanas prettily peep; the women and children in their gay dress giving a picturesque and varied character to the scene. The windows and platforms before the houses were crowded with spectators, who seemed greatly delighted as from time to time we recognized their courtesies or admired some flag more demonstrative or more decorated than the rest. We entered one or two of the ship-building yards, and our naval officials expressed their satisfaction with the state of naval architecture among the natives. One vessel on the stocks was of 350 tons. An Indian ship-builder, who was introduced to us as being remarkable for mechanical genius, came from some distance to ask permission from Captain Vansittart to visit the Magicienne, and to instruct himself in matters connected with the application of steam-engines to navigation, and to discover any other improvements of which he expected a British ship of war to bear about the evidence. The leave, which was very humbly asked, was very courteously given; on obtaining which the Indian was trotted off in his carriage without losing a moment. The abundance, adjacency, excellence and cheapness of the materials on the banks of the Agno give it great advantages for the construction of vessels, but the bar is a great obstacle against their getting to sea.

Carriages were arranged to take us to the seat of government (Lingayen), so we set off early for the convent at San Isidro, located on the left bank of the Agno, a beautiful river that offers excellent opportunities for navigation and has stunning views along its banks. We enjoyed the scenery until we noticed preparations for a procession and heard music from the opposite shore. We then boarded our boat and found our Indian escorts waiting for us with comfortable carriages and lively horses, all set for our arrival. The roads and houses were decorated as usual, and everything radiated festivity and goodwill. Tropical fruit trees lined the road, with Indian huts peeking out charmingly; the women and children in their bright clothing added a picturesque and colorful touch to the scene. The windows and balconies of the houses were filled with spectators, who seemed thrilled as we acknowledged their greetings or admired the flags that were particularly eye-catching or elaborate. We visited a couple of shipbuilding yards, and our naval officials were pleased with the state of naval architecture among the locals. One ship being built was 350 tons. An Indian shipbuilder, known for his mechanical skills, came from afar to ask Captain Vansittart for permission to visit the *Magicienne* to learn about steam engines and any other improvements he expected a British warship would show. The request, which was made very humbly, was kindly granted; as soon as he received it, the Indian immediately left in his carriage. The abundance, proximity, quality, and low cost of materials along the Agno provide significant advantages for constructing vessels, but the bar presents a considerable obstacle for getting them to sea.

We were met on the road by the alcalde mayor, and I entered his carriage. The superior Spanish officials carry a cane with a gold head and a silk [430]tassel as a mark of their authority; and we galloped away to Lingayen, the cabazera of the province. It has a population of 23,000 souls. The roads were good, except in one part where the Agno had made itself a new channel, and there the horses had some difficulty in dragging the carriage through the sand. We came upon the coast, and the waves were dashing with foaming impetuosity, as if tempest-vexed, upon the shore; but joining again the principal causeway, we pursued our journey without interruption. We had been accompanied by the excellent Vice-Consul Don José de Bosch and Friar Gabriel, who was everywhere our guardian and guide. The vice-consul was thoroughly cognizant of all commercial matters, and furnished me with the information I sought. The friar was delighted to pour out his stores of local knowledge, and they were great, while the alcalde, Señor Combas, was in all things kind, considerate and communicative. In fact, it was impossible not to feel at home when everybody was contributing to amuse, interest and instruct. We visited several of the pueblos in the neighbourhood, and at Calasiao, which has 18,000 inhabitants, the gobernadorcillo brought us specimens of the manufactures of the place, and pressed a fine straw hat on my acceptance, while the good Friar Gabriel insisted on every one of our party carrying away a cigar-case. What we had seen elsewhere was repeated in the pueblos through which we passed, in each of which the friars and the principalia were on the qui vive, not only for our comfort [431]and accommodation, but to do us all honour. We returned to Lingayen at sunset, and the good father summoned us to dine with him the following day, on which occasion he said he would do his best to show us what his convent could produce. And certainly nothing was wanting. The tables were crowded with numerous guests, and covered with abundant supplies of substantial and decorative dishes. I imagine the father must have drawn on all the resources of the community, for the meats and drinks, the plate and the porcelain, decanters and glasses, and all the paraphernalia of a handsome public dinner, were there, and there was no small amount of fun and jollity, the padre taking the lead.

We were met on the road by the mayor, and I got into his carriage. High-ranking Spanish officials carry a cane with a gold head and a silk [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]tassel as a sign of their authority; and we took off to Lingayen, the capital of the province. It has a population of 23,000 people. The roads were decent, except in one area where the Agno River had carved a new path, making it difficult for the horses to pull the carriage through the sand. We reached the coast, where the waves crashed violently against the shore, as if disturbed by a storm; but once we got back on the main road, our journey continued without any interruptions. We were joined by the excellent Vice-Consul Don José de Bosch and Friar Gabriel, who was always looking out for us and guiding us. The vice-consul was very knowledgeable about all commercial matters and provided me with the information I needed. The friar happily shared his wealth of local knowledge, which was extensive, while the mayor, Señor Combas, was kind, thoughtful, and engaging in every way. It genuinely felt like home when everyone was working to entertain, interest, and educate us. We visited several nearby towns, and in Calasiao, which has 18,000 residents, the town leader showed us samples of local products and insisted I take a nice straw hat, while Friar Gabriel insisted that everyone in our group take a cigar case. What we had seen elsewhere was reflected in the towns we passed through, where the friars and local leaders were always alert, not only to ensure our comfort [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and hospitality, but also to honor us. We returned to Lingayen at sunset, and the kind father invited us to dinner with him the next day, assuring us he would do his best to showcase what his convent could offer. And indeed, nothing was missing. The tables were filled with numerous guests and abundant helpings of hearty and elegant dishes. I suspect the father must have tapped into all the resources of the community, as there were plenty of meats and drinks, silverware and porcelain, decanters and glasses, along with all the details of a nice public dinner, and there was no shortage of laughter and joy, with the padre leading the festivities.

Father Gabriel boasted of the immense capabilities of the river Agno. It flows through a large portion of the province of Pangasinan, and was navigable for a great distance in its wanderings. He sketched its course upon paper, and pointed out the many pueblos which it visited. The misfortune was, it had a terrible bar, and could not be navigated from or into the sea. The river is certainly one of considerable depth, and of great beauty, having its source in the Cordillera of Caraballes in the province of Abra, amidst wild mountains, and receiving, in its flowing course, many confluent streams. Between San Isidro and Lingayen there was much ship-building on its banks, and a busy Indian population. On the shores were fine forest trees ready for the hand [432]of the woodman, materials for cordage, bamboos and canes, which are brought down by the wild tribes of Igorrotes. It is said that much gold is found in the sand and mud of the river. Many attempts have been made by the Spaniards, and especially by the friars, to conquer, civilize and christianize the wild tenants of the rough and craggy regions, but with little success. Their numbers are increased by criminals escaping from justice, and who seek and find refuge in the least accessible parts of Luzon.

Father Gabriel spoke proudly of the amazing qualities of the Agno River. It flows through a large part of Pangasinan province and is navigable for quite a distance along its route. He drew its path on paper and highlighted the numerous towns along the way. Unfortunately, it has a terrible sandbar, making it impossible to navigate to or from the sea. The river is definitely deep and beautiful, originating in the Cordillera of Caraballes in Abra province, surrounded by rugged mountains, and collecting many smaller streams as it flows. Between San Isidro and Lingayen, there was a lot of shipbuilding along its banks, and a bustling Indigenous community. On the shores, there were tall forest trees ready for the lumberjack's axe, plus materials for ropes, bamboos, and canes, which are brought down by the wild Igorot tribes. It’s said that a lot of gold can be found in the river's sand and mud. Many efforts have been made by the Spaniards, especially the friars, to conquer, civilize, and convert the wild inhabitants of the rough and rocky areas, but with little success. Their numbers are bolstered by criminals fleeing justice, who seek and find refuge in the most remote parts of Luzon.

Father Gabriel, who has greatly interested himself in developing the commercial resources of Sual, which he called his “port,” expressed a confident expectation that the establishment of foreign trade and the visits of shipping for cargoes, would induce the natives to bring down their produce and open the way to the influences of improvement.

Father Gabriel, who has been very focused on developing the commercial resources of Sual, which he referred to as his “port,” confidently expected that establishing foreign trade and the arrival of ships for cargo would encourage the locals to bring down their produce and pave the way for positive changes.

We found it necessary to prepare for our departure, but our good friends had determined, as we had come by land, we should return by water, and an aquatic procession, with flags and music, was put in motion. The sky lowered, the rain fell in tropical torrents, and the musicians and other actors and spectators dispersed; nothing discouraged, however, after a delay of two hours, sunshine brought them out again. The boats were put in requisition, the bands of music reassembled, and we embarked on the river Agno. All went on pleasantly and perfectly for an hour, when a drenching storm compelled me to leave the [433]open barge in which I was, and to seek the shelter of one of the covered boats. Many of our companions were as thoroughly wetted as if they had been dragged through the water, and we reached San Isidro as if escaped from wreck. There we sought dry garments, and the friars’ wardrobes were largely drawn on for our comforts. Grotesque, indeed, were the figures and drapery of many, and a humorous sketcher might have made excellent capital out of the laughing groups. Some got carriages, some horses, and some disappointment, to help us to Sual, where a handsome dinner was provided at the custom-house by the vice-consul. The harbour-master broke out into poetry in honour of the British flag, and gloria and Victoria rhymed in to the delectation of the guests, and to the echoes of the walls. Our captain was inspired, and harangued our hospitable hosts in answer to the warm brindis of the company. The Indians had been studying our national song, and for the first time the noble air of “God save the Queen” was heard in the pueblo of Sual. It was late when we got on board the Magicienne, but before our departure on the following day, the authorities, the vice-consul and the friar, with many attendants, were on board to give us a despedida as kind as our welcome had been cordial. They brought various presents as souvenirs, and a lilliputian midshipman, who had excited the interest and admiration of the visitors, was specially summoned that he might receive a cigar-case from the hands of Padre Gabriel. As soon as they left, our anchor was raised [434]and we steamed away from Pangasinan and the Philippines. It would be strange, indeed, if we took not with us a grateful memory of what we had seen. [435]

We needed to get ready for our departure, but our good friends decided that since we arrived by land, we should leave by water. They organized a water procession with flags and music. The sky darkened, and it poured rain like a tropical storm, causing the musicians and other participants to scatter. However, undeterred, after a two-hour delay, the sun came out, and everyone regrouped. The boats were readied, the music bands reassembled, and we boarded the river Agno. Everything was going smoothly for an hour until a heavy storm forced me to leave the open barge I was in and find shelter in one of the covered boats. Many of our companions were soaked through as if they'd been pulled underwater, and we arrived in San Isidro feeling like we had just escaped a shipwreck. There, we searched for dry clothes, and we made good use of the friars' wardrobes for comfort. The outfits some ended up in were quite ridiculous, and a funny artist could have found great material in the laughing groups. Some people took carriages, some got horses, and some faced disappointment on our way to Sual, where a nice dinner awaited us at the custom-house hosted by the vice-consul. The harbour-master burst into poetry in honor of the British flag, and “gloria” and “Victoria” rhymed to the delight of the guests and echoed off the walls. Our captain felt inspired and gave a speech to our generous hosts in response to the warm toasts from everyone. The locals had been practicing our national anthem, and for the first time, the noble tune of “God save the Queen” rang out in the town of Sual. We boarded the Magicienne late, but before we left the next day, the authorities, the vice-consul, the friar, and many others came on board to give us a farewell as warm as our welcome had been. They brought various gifts as keepsakes, and a little midshipman, who had caught the attention and admiration of the visitors, was specially called so he could receive a cigar case from Padre Gabriel. As soon as they left, we raised our anchor and set off from Pangasinan and the Philippines. It would indeed be strange if we didn't carry away a grateful memory of what we had experienced.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Comintang de la Conquista.

INDIAN SONG OF THE PHILIPPINES.

(From Mallat).

From Mallat

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ | __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__]

Music: Andantino. Guitar.
Music.
Music.
Music: Pianoforte.

[436]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Music: Canto.
Music: Si-nor a un Cay-a sa san-da-ig di gan
Music: ang may du sa ni tong a guing ca hi ra

[437]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Music: pan Di mo na ni li ñgot
Music: pi na lu ñgai lu nĝai pag sin ta sa i yong va tang ca li lo
Music: han di mo na ni lin ñgot

[438]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Music: pi na lu ñgai lu nĝai pag sin ts sa-i yong va
Music: lang ca li lo han.

II.

Signos at planetas nañga saan cayo

Signos and planets do not matter to you.

Yoao cametayan ñgaioy sumaclodo

Yoao cametayan ñgaioy sumaclodo

Anhin coi ang huhay sa pamahong ito

Anhin coi ang huhay sa pamahong ito

Valaring halaga oong ang sintay lito.

Valaring halaga oong ang sintay lito.

III.

Mahintai hintaica ih un macamatai

Mahintai hintaica ih un macamatai

Itun pinatai mo con paghalican

It’s better to say goodbye

Indi co namauica acoy pagluisan

Indie co namauica acoy pagluisan

Ijelit mo laman tatavina jncai.

Ijelit mo laman tatavina jncai.

I.

To know is to remember thee;

To know is to remember you;

And yet in grief I rove,

And yet I wander in grief,

Because thou wilt not fathom me,

Because you won't get me,

Nor feel how much I love.

Nor feel how much I love.

II.

All traitors are the stars on high—

All traitors are the stars in the sky—

For broken hopes I grieve:

I mourn for broken hopes.

I cannot live—I fain would die;

I can't go on—I would gladly die;

’Tis misery to live.

It's misery to live.

III.

Sweet bird! yet flutter o’er my way,

Sweet bird! Yet flit on by my path,

And chant thy victim’s doom;

And chant your victim’s doom;

Be thine, be thine the funeral lay

Be yours, be yours the funeral song

That consecrates my tomb.

That seals my grave.

[439]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Preparing for Publication,

Getting Ready for Publication,

In Two Volumes, 8vo,

In Two Volumes, 8vo,

A WORK ON CHINA,
BY
SIR JOHN BOWRING, LL.D., F.R.S.,
Late Governor of Hong Kong, H.B.M.’s Plenipotentiary in China, etc. etc.

A WORK ON CHINA,
BY
SIR JOHN BOWRING, LL.D., F.R.S.,
Former Governor of Hong Kong, H.B.M.’s representative in China, etc. etc.

—————————

Understood! Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

LONDON: SMITH, ELDER AND CO., 65, CORNHILL. [440]

LONDON: SMITH, ELDER AND CO., 65, CORNHILL. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

LONDON:
PRINTED BY SMITH, ELDER, AND CO.,
LITTLE GREEN ARBOUR COURT, OLD BAILEY, E.C.

LONDON:
PRINTED BY SMITH, ELDER, AND CO.,
LITTLE GREEN ARBOUR COURT, OLD BAILEY, E.C.

Colophon

Availability

Scans for this book are available from the Internet Archive (copy 1), and the German State Library in Berlin (copy 1). The former has been used for the text during proofreading, the latter for the illustrations used in this edition.

Scans for this book can be found on the Internet Archive (copy 1) and the German State Library in Berlin (copy 1). The former was used for the text during proofreading, while the latter was used for the illustrations in this edition.

Encoding

Revision History

  • 2014-06-03 Started.

External References

Corrections

The following corrections have been applied to the text:

The following corrections have been made to the text:

Page Source Correction
viii, 199 . [Deleted]
10 Franciso Francisco
31 plaintains plantains
51 engulphed engulfed
64 Batambangan Balambangan
68, 215 Tagal Tagál
71 geografico geográfico
71 estadistico estadístico
71 historico histórico
73, 82, 202, 226, 265, 270, 270, 270, 270 [Not in source] .
84 ong long
108 foward forward
111 Suriago Surigao
114 unmistakeable unmistakable
144 Mabuling Mabuting
150 characterise characterize
151 mactin maitin
158 Kayona Hayona
185 acknowleged acknowledged
199 instal install
215 connexion connection
216 gnalan ngalan
216 anglool angloob
216 hunag-mo huvag-mo
216 ipahivntolot ipahuintulot
216 ditan dilan
217 Tagúl Tagál
217 uguas ugusa
217 dulavangporo dulavangpovo
217 [Not in source] gasùt
217 ; [Deleted]
217 daáse daán
223 lung mononna lungmonorna
223 haling hating
225 cotoo totoo
226 call called
227 pears peace
227 vata vato
244 conribution contribution
268 1/8 1/862
274 , [Deleted]
288 caidian caiclian
288 magcalulay magcatulay
288 taro tavo
288 ot at
289 lapat tapat
289 maudin mandin
290 mabalo mabato
290 smosoyo somosoyo
290 ainghuli anghuli
290 any ang
290 dimahaba dimababa
369 Zumboanga Zamboanga
373 Comisian Hidrografica Comisión Hidrográfica
401 eithers either
413 transhipments transshipments


        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!